An account of the Crustacea of Norway, with short descriptions and figures of all the species

eo

yaya. eaten Sn ante he
Re a he ga hte ee
—s

AN ACCOUNT

Brea lACkaA

IN\@ I eee

AN ACCOUNT

OF, THE

mUMLACE A

OF

NORWAY

WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIES

BY

G. O. SARS,

PROFESSOR AT THE UNIVERSITY OF CHRISTIANIA

VOL. II.

ISOPODA

BERGEN
PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM
SOLD BY
ALB. CAMMERMEYERS FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA
1899

BERGEN. JOHN GRIEG

Pyle tds Ac,

I have now the satisfaction of presenting to the scientific world the 2nd
Volume of my work on the Crustacea of Norway.

The Jsopoda have not yet been treated of as a whole by any of the
Scandinavian zoologists, although of solitary groups there have recently been
published several excellent monographs, especially by Danish zoologists. Thus
the Cymothoide and Afgide have been treated of by Prof. Liitken and Meinert,
the Cirolanide by Dr. Hansen, and the extensive group Oniscoida by Mr. Budde-
Lund. In all these monographs, however, both indigenous and foreign forms
are combined, and the present Volume is accordingly the first faunistic work
on Scandinavian Isopoda.- In as much as this is the case, I hope that it will
be of practical use to future zoologists, who may enter upon a study of the
indigenous Isopod-Fauna.

The plan according to which the work has been carried out, is chiefly
that followed in the Ist Volume treating of the nearly-allied order Amphipoda.
Of course, in so doing, some limits have presented themselves, beyond which the
treating of the several forms could not pass, though in some instances, perhaps,
a more detailed account would hays been desirable.

The difficulties connected with the elaboration of this work have been by
no means small. I have especially taken great pains in investigating and critically
determining the Hpicarida, which undoubtedly is the most difficult of the Isopod
groups, being at the same time of very prominent interest in biological respects.
It is not improbable that some deficiencies and perhaps also errors may be found to
exist in my account of this or the other groups; but considering the great difficulties
connected with this investigation, I hope that they will be excused, and that they
will soon be corrected hy other zoologists. I may add, that the account especi-
ally of the Oniscoida and Epicarida would have been still much more defective,
if I had not been assisted in a most ready manner by the directors of the

)

VI

Copenhagen Museum, who have kindly placed at my disposal the rich collections
of these groups procured during recent years by that Museum.

As to the systematic arrangement here adopted, some objections may
perhaps be urged against its validity. I must, however, observe, that it is chiefly
out of regard to the merely practical side of the question, that I have been
induced to retain unaltered this arrangement, proposed by me several years ago,
and now sanctioned by several distinguished authors.

In the Appendix to the Volume, some additions, chiefly as regards the
geographical distribution of the species, are given, as also descriptions and figures
of a few new species.

The plates, as in the Ist Volume, have been prepared by the autographic
method, the appropriateness of which has been proved both by the plates of the
1st Volume, and by several other illustrations published by the present author.
I am sorry, however, that some of the last plates of the present Volume have
been less perfectly executed, owing to some want of care on the part of the
lithographer in the transfer of my drawings. Yet I hope that these plates too will
be found sufficiently distinct to allow of easily recognising the species illustrated.

In concluding this short preface, I wish in the first place to express my
most hearty feeling of gratitude to my friend, the distinguished Danish zoologist,
Dr. Hansen, for the kindness with which he has at all times assisted me, both
by forwarding to me specimens from the Copenhagen Museum, and by giving
me much useful advice and information. I am likewise indebted to Mr. Budde-
Lund, the well-known author of the work on air-breathing Isopoda, for identifying
some difficult forms of Oniscoida. There are also several other gentlemen to
whom my thanks are due, partly for having sent me specimens, partly for having
assisted me in other ways.

Finally, I beg to offer my best thanks to the direction of the Bergen
Museum for the readiness with which it has undertaken the continued publication

of this great work.

G. O. Sars.

PRINCIPAL WORKS ON ISOPODA.’)

Isopoda in general.

H. Milne-Edwards. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, Tome III. 1840.

H. Rathke. Beitrige zur Fauna Norwegens. 1843.

HI, Kroyer. Crustacées, in Gaimard’s Voyage en Scandinavie, etc. Atlas.
1849.

J. Dana. Report on the Crustacea of the United States Exploring Expe-

dition. Part I. 1853.
P. v. Beneden. Recherches sur la faune littorale de Belgique. Crustacés. 1861.
Cam. Heller. Carcinologische Beitrige zur Fauna des adriatischen Meeres.
Isopoda. 1866.
Sp. Bate & Westwood. A History of British sessile-eyed Crustacea. Vol. II.
1868.
Fr. Meimert. - Crustacea Isopoda, Amphipoda et Decapoda Daniz. 1877.
= Crustacea malacostraca (Det videnskabelige Udbytte af ,,Hauch’s“
Togter). 1890.
Oscar Harger. Report on the marine Isopoda of New England and adjacent
Waters. 1878.
P. P. C. Hoek. Die Crustaceen gesammelt wiihrend der Fahrten des ,,Willem
Barents“. 1882.
G2 On Sars. Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I. 1882.
= Crustacea of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition. 1885.
fr, Beddard. — Report on the Isopoda of the Challenger Expedition. 1886.

1) It is of course not my intention to give here any complete account of the litera-
ture referring to the Isopoda, as such an account would fill several sheets; it is only my pur-
pose to record some of the more important works, especially those referring to the northern
fauna. The works are, as a rule, enumerated in chronological succession, and besides those
treating of the Isopoda in general, some particular works are recorded for each of the chief
groups, an arrangement which I hope may be of some practical use in facilitating reference,

H. J. Hansen.

D. Robertson.

Vi

Oversigt af de paa Dijmphna-Togtet indsamlede Krebsdyr. 1886.
Oversigt over det vestlige Grgnlands Fauna af malacostrake
Havkrebsdyr. 1887.

Isopoden, Cumaceen und Stomatopoden der Deutschen Plankton
Expedition. 1895.

Catalogue of the Amphipoda and Isopoda of the Firth of Clyde.
1888.

T. kh. R. Stebbing. A History of Crustacea. Recent Malacostraca. 1893.

Jules Bonnier.

A. Kroyer.
Fritz Miiller.

W. Liiljeborg.

Anton Dohrn.

G. O. Sars.

Edriophthalmes (Résultats scientifiques de la campagne du ,,Cau-
dan“ dans le golfe de Gascogne). 1896.

Chelifera.

Nye Arter af Slegten Tanais. Nat. Tidsskr. Bd. IV. 1842.
Ueber der Bau der Scheerenasseln. Arch. f. Naturg. Jahrg.
XXX, Bd. I. 1864.

Bidrag til kinnedomen om de inom Sverige och Norrige fére-
kommande Crustaceer af Isopodernes underordning och Tanai-
dernes familj. 1865.

Zur Kenntniss von Bau und der Entwickelung von Tanais. Je-
naische Zeitschrift, Bd. 3. 1870.

Revision af Gruppen Isopoda chelifera. Arch. f. Mathem. &
Naturvid. 1881.

Middelhavets Saxisopoder. Arch. f. Mathem. & Naturvid. 1886.

Norman & Stebbing. On the Crustacea Isopoda of the ,,Lightning“, ,, Porcupine“

H. Blane.

Chr. Liitken.

KE. Hesse.
A. Dohrn.

and ,,Valorous“ Expeditions. Apseudide & Tanaide. 1884.
Contribution a l’histoire naturelle des Asellotes hétéropodes.
1884,

Flabellifera.

Nogle Bemerkninger om de nordiske A’gaarter. Vid. Medde-
lelser. 1859.

Tilleg til ,Nogle Bemerkninger om de nordiske Atga-Arter“.
Vid. Meddelelser. 1861.

Mémoire sur les Pranizes et les Ancées. 1864.

Zur Kenntniss des Baues von Paranthura Costana (Untersuchun-

gen tiber Bau und Entwickelung der Arthropoden). 1870.

A. Dohrn. Entwickelung und Organisation von Praniza (Anceus) mavxillaris.
Tbid.

J. Schidte & Fr. Meinert. Symbol ad monographiam Cymothoarum. I. Aigide.
1879.

O. Harger. Report on the result of dredging under the supervision of Alex.

Agassis, on the east coast of the United States during the sum-
mer of 1880. Isopoda. 1883.
Norman & Stebbing. On the Crustacea of the , Lightning“, ,,Porcupine“ and
, Valorous“ Expeditions. Anthuridse. 1884.
C. Bovallius. A new Isopod from the coast of Sweden. Bihang till Vetensk.
Akad. Handl. Bd. 10. 1885.
— A new Isopod from the Swedish Arctic Expedition. Ibid.
— New or imperfectly known Isopoda. II. Ibid. Bd. 11. 1886.
H. J. Hansen. Cirolanide et familiz nonnulle propingve. 1890.

Valvifera.

H. Goodsir. On 2 new species of Leachia. Edinb. New. Ph. Journ. Vol.
XXX. 1841.

T. R. R. Stebbing. On a new species of Arcturus (A. danmoniensis). Ann. Nat.
Hist. 1874.

By. J. Mers. Revision of the Idoteide. 1881.

Ch. Chilton. Revision of New Zealand Idoteide. Trans. N. Z. Inst. 1889.

A. Dolfuss. Les Idoteide des cétes de France. Feuille des jeunes Natu-
ralistes 1898.

J. E. Benedict. The Arcturide in the U.S. National Museum. Proc. of the biol.
Soc. of Washington. 1898.

Asellota.
A. Kroyer. Munna, en ny Krebsdyrslegt. Nat. Tidsskr. Bd. 2. 1839.
M. Sars. Beskrivelse af en ny Slegt og Art af Isopoder, Munnopsis typica

Sars. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl. 1860.

GO: Sars: Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.
1863.

A. Dohrn. Die embryonale Entwickelung des Asellus aqvaticus. Zeitschr.

f. wiss. Zoologie. 1866.

C. Bovallius.

C. G. Sye.

J. EH. Brandt.
V. v. Hber.

Max Weber.

G. Budde-Lund.
R. #. Scharff.

H. Kroyer.
W. Lilljeborg.
E. Hesse.

R. Buchholtz.

Fr. Miiller.

R. Kossmann.

es

Notes on the family Asellidz. Bihang till Kgl. S. Vetensk. Handl.
Bd: i ess.
Beitrige zur Anatomie und Histologie von Jaera marina (Inau-

gural-Dissertation). L887.

Oniscoida.

Conspectus monographiz Oniscodorum Latreillii. 1833.
Helleria, eine neue Isopoden-Gattung aus der Familie der Onis-
ciden. Verhandl. d. zool. botan. Gesellsch. in Wien. 1868.
Ueber einige neue Isopoden der Niederliindischen Fauna. Tydschr.
d. nederlandsche Dierk. Vereenigg. 1881.

Anatomisches iiber Trichonisciden. Arch. f. mikrosk. Anatomie.
Bd. XIX.

Crustacea Isopoda terrestria. 1885.

The Irish Wood-lice. 1894.

Bopyrida.

Bopyrus abdominalis. Nat. Tidsskr. Bd. 3. 1840.

Les genres Liriope et Peltogaster. 1859.

Observations sur des Crustacés rares ou nouvelles des cétes de
France. Ann. scienc. nat. 1865, 1867, 1876.

Ueber Hemioniscus, eine neue Gattung parasitischen Isopoden.
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. 16. 1866.

Bruchstiicke zur Naturgeschichte der Bopyriden. Jen. Zeitschr.
Bd. 6. tere

Studien iiber Bopyriden. Mittheil. a. d. zool. Station zu Neapel.
1881, and in Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. XXXV.

Neueres iiber Cryptonisciden. Sitzungsb. d. Akad. d. Wissensch.
zu Berlin. 1884.

A. Giard & J. Bonnier. Contribution a l’étude des Bopyriens. 1887.

Sur les Kpicarides de la famille des Dajide. 1889.

Prodrome d’une Monographie des Epicarides du golfe de Naples
1890.

Sur les Epicarides parasites des Arthrostracés. Travaux du

Labor. de Wimmereux-Ambleteuse. 1895.

General Remarks.

The present order being rather nearly allied to that of the Amphipoda,
a similar terminology may on the whole be applied to both. The body, which in
most cases exhibits a more or less depressed, not as in the Amphipoda com-
pressed, form, admits of being divided into 3 chief sections, viz., cephalon, meso-
some and metasome, the urosome not being, as in the Amphipoda, defined as a
particular division. In the group Chelifera, as also in the family Gnathude among
the Llabellifera, the cephalon is coalesced with the 1st segment of the mesosome, for
which reason, in the said forms, this section may more properly be termed cephalosome.
As to the several appendages, those of the cephalon are the same as in the
Amphipoda, and are denominated in a similar manner. The 2 pairs of antenne,
it is true, are generally described as inner and outer, not as superior and inferior;
but on a closer examination it may be easily proved, that in all forms the outer
antennee in reality issue beneath the imner. The 2 pairs of maxille, in the
typical Isopoda, differ somewhat from those in the Amphipoda, the anterior ones
being generally devoid of palp, whereas the posterior ones carry outside the outer
lobe a lamellar appendage which ought to be regarded as a palp. The maxillipeds
only exhibit a single pair of masticatory lobes, answering to the basal lobes in the
Amphipoda. On the other hand they are provided outside with a more or less
distinctly developed epignath, wholly wanting in the Amphipoda. In parasitic
forms, as usual, the oral parts become more or less modified in their struc-
ture. The appendages of the mesosome, the legs, exhibit only in the terres-
trial Isopoda (Oniscoidea) such a uniform appearance as to justify the name
given to the order; but in by far the greater part of the Isopoda, the structure
of the legs is rather diversified, in some cases (for instance in the Munnopside)
even more so than in the Amphipoda. The 1st pair generally differ conspicuously

from the next succeeding ones, being prehensile and applied to the oral region,

1 — Crustacea.

thus meriting the name of true gnathopoda, but in some instances the 2 suc-
ceeding pairs assume a similar prehensile nature (gide, Cirolanide, Idotheide).
In the group Chelifera, the Ist pair of legs attain their greatest development,
exhibiting the character of true chelipeds, as in the higher Crustacea. The number
of legs is 7 pairs, as in the Amphipoda, with the one exception of the family
Gnathiide, in which only 6 pairs are counted, the last pair being wholly absent.
This, as is well known, is also the case with the young of all Isopoda, immedi-
ately after being hatched. The coxal plates to which the legs are appended, are
far from being so distinct in the Isopoda as in the Amphipoda. In a great
number of forms not even a trace of these plates is to be seen, and, when
present, they are always so firmly connected with the corresponding segments,
as scarcely to admit of being detached from them by dissection. In no case
are branchial lamellae found to be appended to these plates. The appendages
of the metasome are, as a rule, 6 pairs, as in the Amphipoda. Of these
the 5 anterior ones are in some instances natatory in character. But in the
greater part of the Isopoda their function has changed to be more or less ex-
clusively respiratory, and in such cases they lie densely crowded beneath the shield-
like terminal portion of the metasome. In the group Asellota the 1st pair of
these appendages are, as a rule, peculiarly modified, being in the female coalesced
to a single thin opercular plate, covering the succeeding pairs, whereas in the
male they are transformed into complicated copulative organs. Only the last pair
can properly be termed uropoda. Their structure is rather variable in different
Isopoda, affording excellent systematic characters. The telson is distinctly defined
only in the Anthuride. In all other Isopoda it is fused with the preceding seg-
ment, and in some cases all the segments of the metasome are coalesced to a
single shield-like plate, the so-called wrus.

The systematic arrangement adopted in the present work is that pro-
posed by the present author in 1882 (Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I). I give
below a Synopsis of the 6 Tribes into which the Isopoda, according to this ar-
rangement, are divided, each tribe being defined by 3 characters, viz., those of

the Ist pair of legs, the uropoda, and the pleopoda:

cheliform. Uropoda terminal. Pleopoda, when| , Chelifera
distinctly developed, exclusively natatory. J ; ;

forming together with the
terminal segment of the
metasome a caudal fan.;2. Flabellifera.

Pleopoda for the most part
Uropoda
natatory.
lateral,

valve-like, inflexed, arching
over the pleopoda, which :
eee 3. Valvifera.

toa great extent are bran-

Legs of Ist

pair not cheli-

chial.

Pleopoda exclusively bran-

form.

———

eal, generally covered by ie Gesellotis
a thin opercular plate ec

modified Ist pair.)

Uropoda | Pleopoda fitted for air-]

-). Oniscoidea.
breathing.

terminal.

Pleopoda, when present, ex-
clusively branchial in the
adult animal, and not coy-

J
| 6. Epicarida.

ered by any operculum.

Tribe 1.

CHELIFERA.

Body generally slender, nearly cylindric in form. Cephalon and the Ist
segment of mesosome coalesced, forming together a kind of carapace, which on
each side contains a small branchial cavity. The 6 other segments of mesosome
well defined, with the coxal plates small or inconspicuous. Metasome generally
composed of 6 segments, the 5 anterior short, subequal, the last much the largest.
Eyes distinct or wanting. Superior antennee generally simple, sometimes, however,
provided with a distinct secondary appendage; inferior ones smaller than the
superior and issuing immediately beneath them. Mandibles with or without palps.
Anterior maxille provided with a reflexed, setiferous palp; posterior ones very
small, often quite rudimentary. Maxillipeds more or less coalesced at the base,
and each having outside a membranous epignath projecting within the branchial
cavity. Ist pair of legs very strong, curving anteriorly, and each terminating
in a cheliform hand; 2nd pair sometimes unlike the succeeding ones, which are
simple, ambulatory. Pleopoda, when present, comparatively small, natatory, rami
lamelliform. Uropoda terminal, consisting of a short basal part and one or two
terminal filaments. Sexual difference often very pronounced.

Remarks. — This is certainly a very anomalous group, differing, as it
does, in certain particulars very markedly from the typical Isopoda, and exhibiting
some points of resemblance to apparently widely distant crustacean orders, for
instance the Cumacea. For this reason it has been proposed by some authors
to remove this group altogether from the Isopoda, and to regard it as a distinct
order. I do not find, however, that such an arrangement affords any real ad-
vantage, and as the present forms agree in many other respects with the Isopoda,
I prefer to retain them within that order as an anomalous tribe. The most

striking external feature is undoubtedly the peculiar modification of the Ist pair

of legs, or the gnathopoda, into strong cheliform organs, a character not found in
any other Isopoda, and somewhat recalling the higher Crustacea, crabs and
‘lobsters. It is mdeed from this character that the name of the group, chelifera,
proposed by the author, has been derived. Another very anomalous feature is
the complete fusion of the chephalon and the 1st segment of the mesosome, to form
a kind of carapace, and the localisation of the respiration to that part, instead
of, as in other Isopoda, to the metasome. In connection therewith is also the
more anterior situation of the heart in the present forms. The group contains
2 distinct famihes, Apseudide and Tanaide, both represented in the fauna

of Norway.

Fam. 1. Apseudide.

Body more or less elongated, tapering behind, and subdepressed in front,
with the cephalosome rather broad and carinated laterally. Free segments of
mesosome very sharply marked off, and exhibiting at the insertions of the legs,
distinct, though small coxal plates. Metasome very narrow, composed of 6 well-
defined segments. Eyes well-developed or rudimentary, being placed on distinctly
defined lobes at the outer corners of the frontal margin. Superior antenne is-
suing far apart, just beneath the ocular lobes, and consisting of a 3articulate
peduncle and 2 unequal filiform flagella. Inferior antennze much smaller than
the superior, and sometimes having at the end of the peduncle a small squami-
form appendage. Mandibles rather strong, each with a well-developed molar expansion
and a triarticulate palp. Anterior maxille with 2 masticatory lobes, palp biarticulate
and terminating in a number of slender sets; posterior ones normally developed,
though rather small. Epignath of maxillipeds rather large, forming a broad
vaulted plate, terminating in a digitiform point. The 2 anterior pairs of legs unlike
the others, and provided at the base with a small biarticulate exopodite; 1st pair
distinctly cheliform and much instricted at the base, with the ischial joint obsolete;
2nd pair very powerful, fossorial in character, the outer joints being complanated
and edged with strong spines. Pleopoda well developed and having the rami
tipped with long natatory sete. Uropoda biramous, rami filiform, multiarticulate,
the inner one much the longer. Incubatory pouch normal.

Remarks. — This family is well distinguished from that of the Tanaide
by the gradually tapering, and slightly depressed body, the greater development of the
cephalosome, the peculiar structure of the antennz and of the 2nd pair of legs,

and the presence of a rudimentary exopodite at the base of the 2 anterior pairs
sd

of legs. In the structure of the oral parts also, several well-marked differences are
to be found. Thus the mandibles are provided with distinct palps, always wanting
in the Tanaide, and the maxille are more fully developed, the anterior ones
having 2 masticatory lobes, and the posterior ones exhibiting all the parts cha-
racteristic of the typical Isopoda. Finally, the epignath of the maxillipeds is of
an essentially different shape, and much more fully developed than in the Tanaide.
The family contains as yet 5 genera, viz., Apseudes Leach, Sphyrapus Norm. &
Stebb., Parapseudes G. O. Sars, Typhlapseudes Beddard, and Leiopus Beddard.
Of these the 2 first-named genera are represented in the fauna of Norway.

Gen. 1. Apseudes, Leach, 1814.
Syn: Hupheus, Risso.
» Rhoéa, M. Edw.

Generic Characters. — Body, as a rule, very slender and attenuated, with the
segments generally sharply marked off from each other. Cephalosome rather broad,
depressed, more or less distinctly sculptured above, and generally terminating in front
in a flattened rostral plate. First free segment of mesosome rather firmly connected
to the cephalosome, and having the coxal plates spiniform, pointing obliquely
in front. Metasome very narrow, more or less hairy, with the terminal segment
rather produced. Ocular lobes generally well-defined, with or without distinct
eyes. Superior antenne of similar structure in the two sexes, both flagella rather
elongated. Inferior antenne furnished at the end of the peduncle outside with
a scale-like setous appendage. Mandibles rather strong, cutting part divided into
2 superposed dentated lamelle and having behind a dense bunch of slender spines
doubly or trebly forked at the tip, palp well developed and densely setous. Chelipeds
in male larger than in female, with the hand more tumid and the thumb tuber-
culated inside. Fossorial legs rather strongly built and of similar structure in the
two sexes. All the pleopoda distinctly developed, rami uniarticulate and clothed
with long ciliated sete. Uropoda with the rami very slender, filiform, being
composed of numerous short articulations.

Remarks. — This is the first recorded genus, and may therefore be regarded
as the type of the family. It is chiefly characterised fromthe next genus by
the slender body, the flattened and distinctly sculptured cephalosome, the presence
of a well-defined scale-like appendage to the inferior antennze, and the less pro-
nounced sexual differences, as regards the superior antennz and the first 2 pairs

of legs. The genus contains several species from different parts of the Oceans,

amounting to about 14 in all. Only a single species is as yet found off the

coast of Norway.

Apseudes spinosus, M. Sars.
(GAR Ese JU)

Rhoéa spinosa, M. Sars, Oversigt over de i den Norsk-arktiske Region forekommende Krebsdyr.
Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. f. 1858, p. 30.

Syn: Apseudes talpa, Lilljeb. (not Mont.).

Specific Characters. — Body very slender and elongated, gradually tapering
behind. Cephalosome distinctly areolated above, with a slight notch on each side
in front of the middle, rostral plate cordiform, defined on each side by a distinct
notch, and terminating in an acute, somewhat deflexed point. Ocular lobes well-
defined, outer part shghtly tumefied, and armed anteriorly with a short pointed
prominence. Free segments of mesosome defined by deep constrictions, and having
the upper face slightly tubercular. 1st pair of coxal plates of moderate size,
spiniform, and pointing obliquely outwards, the others rather small and rounded.
Antero-lateral corners of the 5 posterior segments produced to triangularly pointed,
setiferous projections. Metasome very narrow, with the epimera of the 5 anterior
segments produced to spiniform projections densely clothed with long ciliated
bristles, terminal segment narrow and elongated, equalling in length the other 5
combined, subcylindrical in form and furnished laterally with numerous small
setiferous nodules. Eyes imperfectly developed, with opaque whitish pigment and
devoid of any distinct visual elements. Superior antenne rather elongated, 1st
joint of the peduncle attenuated distally and finely serrated in the proximal half
of the inner edge, flagellum fully as long as the peduncle and 16—20-articulate,
accessory appendage about half as long, and 8—9-articulate. Inferior antennze
with the flagellum longer than the peduncle. Chelipeds in female rather robust,
scarcely smaller than the fossorial legs, basal joint fusiform, with a strong denti-
form projection on the posterior edge beyond the middle, hand much larger than
the carpus, oblong ovate in form, thumb with a distinct tubercle in the middle
of the inner edge; those in male with the hand very large and tumid, both the
thumb and the dactylus strongly tubercular inside. Uropoda very much elongated,
attaining almost half the length of the body, inner ramus composed of about 30
articulations, outer ramus scarcely 1/3; as long and 12-articulate. Colour whitish.
Length reaching to 13 mm.

Remarks. — The present species was briefly described by my late father

in the year 1858 as Rhoéa spinosa, but was subsequently, by most authors, identi-

fied with Apseudes talpa of Montagu. Having, however, been enabled to examine
the latter species from Mediterranean specimens, I have convinced myself of its
distinctness from the Norwegian form. The latter grows to a much larger size
than the typical species, and has the body more strongly spinous, differing more-
over very conspicuously in the rudimentary condition of the eyes, which in A.
talpa, on the other hand is well developed, with dark pigment and distinctly
defined visual elements.

Occurrence. —The species occurs along the whole coast of Norway, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé on a bottom consisting of loose muddy clay with
gravel or stones intermingled, the depth ranging from 30 to 150 fathoms. It is
a rather sluggish animal, concealing itself in the loose mud, so that at first it is not
easily caught sight of. In many cases, moreover, it is found to be so thickly
covered with mud adhering to the several spiniform projections of the body, and to the
setee issuing from them, that it is rather difficult to recognise. J have never
seen it make any attempt to swim, though the structure of the pleopoda would
seem to allow it, at least in a younger state, to move at times freely through
the water.

Distribution. — Bohusliin (Lilljjeborg); SSW of Ireland (Porcupine Expe-
dition) in a depth of 725 fathoms (Norman & Stebbing).

Gen. 2. Sphyrapus, Norm. & Stebb., 1884.

Generic characters. — Body less elongated than in Apseudes, though some-
what more slender in male than in female. Cephalosome broadest behind and
gradually narrowed in front, upper face vaulted and less distinctly areolated, frontal
plate imperfectly defined at the base. Ocular lobes very small. First free segment
of mesosome rather broad, and firmly connected with the cephalosome, but not
coalesced with the same, coxal plates very small, not produced in the form of
spines. Metasome not very much elongated, terminal segment comparatively short.
Eyes wholly absent. Superior antenne with the Ist joint of the peduncle rather
large and flattened, accessory appendage small; flagellum in male with dense
bunches of sensory filaments. Inferior antennze very slender and without any
scale-like appendage. Mandibles comparatively less strong than in Apseudes, palp
very slender and only thinly setous. Chelipeds with the hand very large, sub-
malleolate, being set on at right angles to the carpus, the latter, as also the

meral joint, much more elongated in male than in female. Fossorial legs in male

of extraordinary length. Pleopoda well-developed, with both rami biarticulate.
Uropoda of moderate length, and of a similar structure to that in Apsewdes.
Remarks. — This genus has been established by Messrs. Norman & Stebbing,
to include some forms differing from Apseudes, among other things, in the absence
of the scale-like appendage to the inferior antenns. As another distinctive
‘character, is mentioned the supposed fusion of the first 2 segments of the meso-
some with the cephalon; but this, I believe, is not quite correct. For in the Nor-
wegian species, at any rate, the 2nd segment is well defined from the cephalosome,
though apparently rather firmly connected with it. As a third characteristic
feature may be mentioned the very pronounced sexual difference occurring in this
genus, both as to the general form of the body, and to the structure of the
superior antenne and the first 2 pairs of legs. The generic name refers to the
peculiar malleolate appearance of the chelipeds, which, especially in the male, is very
conspicuous. We know as yet of 4 species, 2 of which, S. malleolus and S. tudes,
were procured during the Porcupine Expedition from very considerable depths,
the greatest being 1460 fathoms, the 3rd, S. serratus G. O. Sars, likewise from

great depths in the Arctic Ocean, the 4th a Norwegian form, to be described below.

Sphyrapus anomalus, G. O. Sars.
CELL Some)
Apseudes anomalus, G. O. Sars, Undersogelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna, N. Mag.
f. Naturvid. f. 1869, p. 45.

Specific Characters. — Body in female scarcely 5 times as long as it is
broad, in male considerably more slender. Cephalosome with the upper face
evenly vaulted and perfectly smooth, frontal plate broad, rounded, exserted at
the end to a short, finely denticulated point. First free segment of mesosome
somewhat broader than the cephalosome; the succeeding ones much narrower and
defined by deep constrictions; last segment shorter than the others. Metasome
perfectly smooth, with the epimera not at all produced, terminal segment occupying
about 1/3; of the length of the metasome and obtusely rounded at the tip. Superior
antenne in female about the length of the cephalosome, 1st joint of the peduncle
gradually widening distally, with 4 strong sete on the outer edge, last joint very
small; flagellum scarcely half the length of the peduncle, and 5-articulate, acces-
sory appendage about half its length, and 3-articulate; those in male rather
larger, flagellum more fully developed, 7-articulate, and carrying dense fascicles
of sensory filaments. Inferior antennz fully as long as the superior, but much

narrower, flagellum much shorter than the peduncle, and 4-articulate. Chelipeds
? to} 3

2 — Crustacea.

10

in female rather strong, hand very large oblong oval, malleolate, exceeding in
length the 2 preceding joints combined, fingers about the length of the palm and
densely serrated inside. Chelipeds of male much more elongated, with the basal
joint exceedingly large, and the meral joint greatly elongated and narrow. Fos-
sorial legs in female longer than the chelipeds, and in male almost attaining the
length of the whole body, the carpus being greatly elongated. Ambulatory legs
narrow, and but scantily setiferous. Uropoda scarcely exceeding in length the
metasome, inner ramus 10-articulate, outer rather small and 3-articulate. Colour
a pure white. Length of female 4 mm., of male 5 mm.

Remarks. — The present form was first recorded by the author under the
name of Apseudes anomalus. It certainly belongs, however, to the genus
Sphyrapus subsequently established by Messrs. Norman and Stebbing. It is very
nearly allied to the arctic species, S. serratus, described by the present author
from the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, but may be at once distinguished
by the fact that the epimera of the metasome are not, as in that species,
acutely produced, but are simple and rounded.

Occurrence. — I have met with this form along the whole Norwegian
coast from the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé. In the great fjords especially, it
is often found in rather large numbers on a bottom consisting of muddy clay,
the depth ranging from 100 to 400 fathoms. It is accordingly, like the other
species of the genus, a true deep-water form, and resembles in habits the species
of the genus Apseudes.

Distribution. — The Kara Sea (Hansen),

Fam. 2. Tanaide.

Body sublinear, cylindric, scarcely attenuated behind. Cephalosome not
very broad, scarcely depressed, and having the front, as a rule, narrowly trun-
cated; ocular lobes sometimes well defined, sometimes obsolete. Free segments of
mesosome perfectly smooth, the middle ones being generally the longer; coxal
plates inconspicuous. Metasome comparatively short, but scarcely narrower than
the mesosome. Eyes present or wanting. Superior antennze issuing close together
from the frontal part, simple, in female comparatively short, conical and composed
of only 3 or 4 articulations, in male, as a rule, much more fully developed,

with a well-defined, multiarticulate flagellum. Inferior antenne generally smaller

than the superior, flagellum short, and, as a rule, only biarticulate. Mandibles
of various structure in the several genera, but always without palps. Anterior
maxillze with only a single slender masticatory lobe; posterior ones quite
rudimentary, forming simple rounded lobes. Maxillipeds coalesced at the base,
epignath generally narrow, falciform. Chelipeds, as a rule, strongly built and
closely applied to the oral area, issuing from the posterior part of the cephalo-
some with a broad base, carpus generally broad and compressed, hand some-
times rather dissimilar in the two sexes. ‘Second pair of legs not very different
from the succeeding ones, being rather small and ambulatory in character. Pleo-
poda, as a rule, very small, with the rami lamelliform and incurved, sometimes
in female rudimentary or quite wanting. Uropoda not much elongated, simple
or biramous.

Remarks. — This family may be easily distinguished from the preceding
one, both as regards the outward appearance of the body, and the structure of
the several appendages. It comprises rather a large number of genera, amounting
to about 15 in all. These genera are chiefly characterised by the structure of the
mandibles, partly also by that of the superior antennze, the legs and the several
appendages of the metasome. As to habits, the greater part of the species—
perhaps all—seem to be tubicolar in character, constructing for themselves abodes
of mud, into which they may wholly withdraw their bodies. They all, moreover,
exhibit this peculiarity, namely, that on reaching the surface of the water, they
remain floating, without being able to reimmerge their bodies, whereby the dis-
covery of the generally very small and inconspicuous specimens is_ essentially
facilitated. On placing some muddy clay taken from greater depths, in a shal-
low vessel, and stirring up the mud, they will very soon appear floating on the
surface like small white pins, and may easily be taken up for a closer examina-

tion. To the Norwegian fauna belong 11 different genera, to be described below.

Gen. 1. Tanais, M.-Edw., 1829.

Syn. Crossurus Rathke.

Generic Characters. — Body not much elongated, but with the cephalosome
rather tumid and provided with distinctly defined ocular lobes. Metasome only
composed of 5 segments. Eyes well developed. Superior antenne of similar

structure in the two sexes, 3-articulate, with a very small knob-like terminal

12

flagellum. Inferior antenne a little smaller than the superior, with the flagellum
3—4-articulate. Mandibles rather strong, with the molar expansion well-developed.
Palp of the anterior maxillz biarticulate and provided at the tip with several
slender sete. Epignath of the maxillipeds more fully developed than in most
other Tanaide, forming a semilunar, ciliated plate terminating in a digitiform
lappet. Chelipeds very robust, especially in the male, hand in the latter much
larger than in female, and having the fingers subforcipate. Second pair of legs
shghtly differmg from the succeeding ones, the dactylus being very much elongated
and setiform; dactyli of the other pairs strongly hooked, and in the 3 posterior pairs
armed with comb-like teeth. Only 3 pairs of pleopoda present, all of them rather
fully developed, with densely setiferous lamelliform rami. Uropoda simple, not
much elongated, and composed of a limited number of articulations. Incubatory
pouch formed by 2 lamellz only, issuing from the base of the 5th pair of legs.

Remarks. — This is the first recorded genus, and from it, therefore, the
whole family has been named. It is well distinguished from all the other genera,
especially by the structure of the metasome and the limited number of pleo-
poda. The genus contains as yet 4 species, viz., 7’. tomentosus Kroyer, T. Cavo-
lint M.-Edw., 7. Dulongi M.-Edw. and T. nove-zealandie Thomson. Only the

first-named of these species occurs off the coasts of Norway.

Tanais tomentosus, Kroyer.
(C2 Wa)
Tanais tomentosus, Kréyer, Naturh. Tidsskr. Bd. IV, p. 183.
Syn: Crossurus vittatus, Rathke.
, Lanais vittatus, Lilljeborg.

» Lanais hirticaudatus, Sp. Bate.

Specific Characters. — Body of female about 5 times as long as it is broad,
that of male somewhat shorter and thicker. Cephalosome rather tumid in its
posterior part, and gradually narrowed anteriorly, frontal edge slightly angular in
the middle. Free segments of mesosome defined by well-marked and rather deep
constrictions, the 3 posterior ones being somewhat longer than the 3 anterior, and
widening behind. Metasome fully as broad as the mesosome, but considerably
narrowed in its posterior part, the 3 anterior segments being much the largest,
and densely clothed laterally with stiff bristles, which on the 2 foremost ones are
continued across the dorsal face in band-like fringes; 4th segment very small,
terminal one scarcely broader, and subquadrangular in form. Eyes well developed,

with dark pigment and distinct visual elements. Superior antenne in female

13

shorter than the cephalosome, and rather densely setiferous at the end of the
joints, 1st joint about the length of the remaining joints combined, olfactory
filaments 5 in number. Inferior antenne but little shorter than the superior,
though somewhat narrower. Chelipeds very strong, hand in female oblong oval
and exceeding in length the carpus, both fingers provided inside with an obtuse
tubercle; that in male considerably larger, with the fingers distinctly forcipate.
Ist pair of pereiopoda longer than the others, dactylus biarticulate and subulate
in shape; the succeeding ones with the carpal joint somewhat expanded and armed
with several strong denticles, dactylus in the 3 posterior pairs very strong,
hooked and armed inside in their outer part with comb-like denticles. Uropoda
about the length of the last 2 segments of metasome combined, 3-articulate and
rather densely setiferous, middle joint the longest, terminal joint rather short.
Body whitish, variegated on the dorsal surface with a dark brownish pigment form-
ing on the cephalosome a close reticulation, on the segments of mesosome, inter-
rupted transversal bands. Length of adult female 5 mm., of male somewhat less.

Remarks. — This form has been recorded by Kroyer, as early as in 1842,
under the above name, whereas Rathke’s description of his Crossurus vittatus dates
from the succeeding year. According to the rules of priority therefore, the specific
name proposed by Kréyer ought to be preferred to that of Rathke. The 7. Cavolini
of M.-Edw. is very closely allied to the present species, and the only, in any
way essential difference I have found in examining a single specimen of that
species, is that the uropoda are 4-articulate instead of 3-articulate.

Occurrence. — Rathke found this form on oysters at Molde. It has sub-
sequently been observed at Christiansund by y. Diiben, and on the south coast
by Orsted. My late father found it at Floré and Manger. I have myself ob-
served it rather plentifully in a small bay at Korshavn, south of Bergen, where
it occurred in quite shallow water among grass. At Haugesund, farther south,
I have found it occasionally im weedy pools left by the tide.

Distribution. — Oresund (Kriyer), British Isles (Sp. Bate), Atlantic coast

of North America (Harger).

Gen. 2. Heterotanais, G. O. Sars, 1880.

Generic Characters. — Body comparatively short and thick, slightly depressed,
and exhibiting a rather different appearance in the two sexes. Metasome nor-

mally developed, with all 6 segments well defined. Eyes distinct, placed, as in

14

Tanais, on separate lobes. Superior antenne in female short, triarticulate, with
only a single terminal olfactory filament, in male more elongated, with the flagel-
lum more or less developed. Mandibles rather strong, cutting edge in the left
one consisting of 2 superposed dentated lamellz, in the right mandible simple
and finely serrated on the front edge, molar expansion in both mandibles large
and thick. Palp of anterior maxillze uniarticulate, terminating with 2 sete only.
Epignath of maxillipeds narrow falciform. Oral parts in male quite abortive.
Chelipeds in female normal, in male very different, being imperfectly chelate,
thumb very short, or transformed to a posteriorly-pointing lappet. Ist pair
of pereiopoda longer than the others, with the dactylus setiform; the succeeding
ones comparatively short and stout, with the dactylus simple. Pleopoda normal.
Uropoda biramose, outer ramus very small, inner elongate, 4—5 articulate. In-
cubatory pouch normal.

Remarks, — This genus was established by the present author in 1880, to in<lude
Tanais Orstedi of Kréyer, which in some points differs rather markedly from the
other Tanaidze, though being most nearly allied to the genus Leptochelia of Dana.
From the latter it differs chiefly in the very anomalous structure of the chelipeds
in the male. Besides the typical form, another species has been described by
the present author from the Mediterranean as H. anomalus. Moreover, the north
American form Leptochelia limicola Harger, and the New Zealand species Paratanais

tenuis Thomson, are most probably referable to this genus.

Heterotanais Orstedi, Kréyer.
(Pl. VI.)

Tanais Orstedi, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. Bd. 4, p. 183.

Syn: Tanais curculio Kriyer &.

- * balthicus Fr. Miler Q.
- A rhynchites Fr. Miller o.
Specific Characters. — Body about 5 times as long as it is broad, with the

cephalosome in female of normal appearance, equalling in length the 3 succeeding
segments combined, in male strongly produced and abruptly narrowed in front
to a cylindrical neck, carrying on the tip the antennze and eyes. Segments of
mesosome much more densely crowded in male than in female. Metasome in
male about half the length of the mesosome, in female scarcely longer than the
last 2 segments combined, terminal segment comparatively short and obtusely
rounded at the tip. Eyes of moderate size and same appearance in the two

sexes. Superior antenne in female shorter than the cephalosome, with the basal

15

joint nearly twice as long as the other 2 combined, in male considerably
more elongated, and composed of 5 articulations successively diminishing in size,
the outer 2 representing the flagellum. Chelipeds in female of moderate size,
hand oval, with the fingers comparatively short, the thumb having, inside, 3 serra-
tions, the dactylus a single tubercle; those in male of enormous size, carpus very
large and produced in front, outside the hand, to a lamellar lobe, hand imper-
fectly chelate, the thumb being transformed into a thin, reflexed lappet instricted
at the base, dactylus long and falciform, with 3 small denticles inside. First
pair of pereiopoda much larger than the others, the 3 pos‘erior pairs more
strongly built than the 2 preceding ones, with the basal joint rather tumid. Uro-
poda about half the length of the metasome, inner ramus 4-articulate, outer very
small and biarticulate. Colour whitish. Length of adult female 2 mm., of male
about the same.

Remarks. — The very pronounced sexual difference occurring in the present
form has caused it to be twice described under 2 different names. Kréyer de-
scribed the female as Tanais Orstedi and the male as 7. curculio, and some years
afterwards Fr. Miller, having apparently not been aware of Kréyer’s description,
recorded the same form under 2 different names, viz.: Tanais baithicus (the female)
and 7’. rhynchites (the male). In this manner therefore, no less than 4 different
names have been assigned to the same species. As Kréyer was the first to
observe the species, one of his 2 specific names ought to be retained for the
species, and more properly that by which the female was described. From the
Mediterranean species, H. anomalus, the present form is easily distinguished by
the very different aspect of the male.

Occurrence. — I have taken this form rather plentifully in the Iddefjord at
Fredrikshald, where it occurred on a muddy bottom at a depth of 3—6 fathoms.
Male specimens were, as usual, far less frequent than female ones, of which
numerous specimens, both young and adult, were collected. Some specimens
of this form are moreover contained in our University Museum, having been
taken by the late Dr. Boeck from piles of the quay at Christiansand.

Distribution. — Oresund (Kréyer), Baltic at Landskrona and Westervik
(Lilljeb.), Prussia at Greifswalde (Fr. Miller), Bohusliin (Lilljeb.).

16

Gen./2) Paratanais, Dana, 1852.

Generic Characters. — Body of female linear, more or less elongated, of male
much shorter and stouter. Cephalosome and metasome in both sexes normal.
Eyes distinct, bemg much larger in male than in female, superior antenne in
female conical, 3-articulate, in male much more fully developed, consisting of a
biarticulate peduncle and a well-defined 4-articulate flagellum densely clothed
with sensory filaments. Mandibles well-developed and of a structure similar to
that in the preceding genus. Oral parts in male, with the exception of the
maxillipeds, abcrtive, epistome greatly produced. Chelipeds in both sexes nor-
mal and not very dissimilar, hand oblong oval, fingers comparatively short.
Pereiopoda of moderate size, 1st pair slightly differing from the others, and having
the dactylus setiform, the 3 posterior paizs much stronger than the 2 prece-
ding pairs, though having the basal joint not much tumefied. Pleopoda all well
developed, being comparatively larger in maie than in female. Uropoda small,
biramose, rami subequal and biarticulate. Incubatory pouch normal.

Remarks. — This genus was established in the year 1852 by Dana, to in-
clude a small Tanaid from the Sooloo Sea, P. elongatus. Several species have been
subsequently adduced to this genus, but the greater part of them are in my
opinion evidently generically distinct, and at the present time only a single
additionai species is to be noted, viz., the one described below. The genus is
somewhat intermediate in character between the genera Leptochelia and Typhlo-

tanais, though differing in some points rather markedly from both of them.

Paratanais Batei, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. VIL)
Paratanais Batei, G. O. Sars, Revision af Gruppen Isopoda chelifera, p. 32.

Syn: Paratanais forcipatus, Sp. Bate (not Lilljeb.)

Specific Characters. — Body of female about 5 times as long as it is
broad, slightly tapering in front and behind, that of male much shorter and
conspicuously constricted in the middle. Cephalosome in female gradually tapering
anteriorly, with the frontal margin slightly angular in the middle; that of male
not having the anterior part prolonged; ocular lobes in both sexes imperfectly
defined. -Metasome in female scarcely as broad as the mesosome and furnished
laterally with scattered hairs, terminal segment about the length of the 2 preceding
ones combined, and evenly rounded at the tip. Hyes in female comparatively
small, though distinct, in male very large, oval, with numerous refracting cornee.

Superior antennz in female shorter than the cephalosome, basal joint somewhat

£7

exceeding in length the other 2 combined, terminal joimt longer than the penul-
timate one; those in male attaiming almost '/; of the length of the body, Ist
joint of the flagellum very short, discoidal and, like the 2 succeeding joints, having
a dense bunch of olfactory filaments. Chelipeds in female somewhat tapering
distally, hand a little longer than the carpus, and oblong oval in form, with the
fingers much shorter than the palm; those in male slightly differmg, the hand
being conspicuously dilated in the middle. Uropoda about the length of the
last 2 segments of metasome combined, outer ramus a little shorter and narrower
than the inner, joints of the rami of equal length. Length of adult female 1.60
mm., of male 0.90 mm.

Remarks. — This form was first recorded by Sp. Bate, but was errone-
ously identified by him with Vanais forcipatus Lilljeborg, which belongs to a
very different genus. It was therefore necessary to change the specific name,
and in 1880 I proposed for the species the name of P. Bater. From the type
species, P. elongatus Dana, it is easily distinguished by its much less slender
form, the male especially exhibiting quite an unusually short and thick body.

Occurrence. — I have met with this form in several places on the west
coast of Norway, in comparatively shallow water among the roots of Laminarie.
The males, as usual, are far less numerous than the females and, on the whole,
look so very different, that they may easily be mistaken for quite a different
species. As however, they, were found in company with the females, and
no other Tanaid occurred in these places, their true relation could with certainty
be affirmed.

Distribution.— British Isles (Sp. Bate), Mediterranean at Spezia (the author).

Gen. 3. Typhlotanais, G. 0. Sars, 1880

Generic Characters. — Body in female more or less elongated, sub-depressed,
linear, with the lateral contours almost straight; that of male comparatively shorter
and constricted in the middle. Cephalosome of moderate size, narrowly truncated
in front, or slightly produced in the middle, with no traces of ocular lobes.
Ist free segment of mesosome generally much shorter than the others. Me-
tasome normal. Eyes wholly absent. Superior antennze in female conically
attenuated, 3-articulate, with the middle joimt small, the terminal one narrow
and elongated; those in male much larger and of a similar structure to that in

3 — Crustacea.

18

the genus Paratanas. Inferior antenne, as a rule, rather narrow, with the 2nd
jot more or less dilated. Mandibles well-developed, cutting edge obscurely
dentated and provided on the left mandible with a distinct secondary lamella,
molar expansion cylindric, straight, and shghtly dilated at the tip, which is
transversely truncated, and surrounded with dentiform tubercles. Oral parts in
male, excepting the maxillipeds, abortive; epistome prominent, globular. Chelipeds
in female less robust, generally attenuated distally, with the hand comparatively
narrow, and the fingers simple; those in male but shghtly different. 1st pair
of pereiopoda, as a rule, longer than the second, with the dactylus setiform; the
succeeding ones comparatively short, basal joint of the 3 posterior pairs generally
strongly tumefied. Pleopoda normally developed and larger in’ male than in
female. Uropoda short, biramose, both rami biarticulate, or one of them
uniarticulate. Incubatory pouch normal.

Remarks. — This genus is chiefly distinguished from the preceding ones
by the total absence of eyes and ocular lobes, as also by the somewhat different
structure of the mandibles. Moreover the subulate form of the superior antennz
in the female, and the narrowness of the hand of the chelipeds may serve as
recogmzing marks. The genus contains rather a large number of species, which
all are true deep-water forms, and pronouncedly tubicolar, constructing small
cylindric tubes of mud-particles agglutinated together. No less than 9 different
species occur off the coast of Norway, and will be described below. Moreover
the present author has recorded a Mediterranean species, 7 messimensis, and 2
additional species, 7. kerguelensis and T. brachyurus have been described by
Mr. F. Beddard from the Challenger Expedition.

1. Typhlotanais tenuimanus (Lilljeb.).
(Pl. VII, fig 1.)
Tanais tenuimanus, Lilljebore, Bidrag till Kinnedomen om de inom Sverige och Norrige fore-

kommande Crustaceerne af Tanaidernes familj, p. 15.

Specific Characters. —Q. Body more than 6 times as long as it is broad,
with the segments only separated by very narrow constrictions. Cephalosome rather
large, much longer than it is broad, and gradually attenuated in front. Ist
free segment of mesosome much shorter than the others, the 4 succeeding ones
subequal, rectangular, last one somewhat shorter. Metasome shghtly dilated in
the middle, with the terminal segment about the length of the 2 preceding ones
combined, Superior antenns but little shorter than the cephalosome, subulate,

terminal jomt much elongated and narrow, almost attaining the length of the

19 _

basal one. Inferior antennze with the 2nd joint of the peduncle considerably
dilated. Chelipeds much attenuated, hand very narrow, and not nearly attaining
the length of the carpus, fingers shorter than the palm. Ist pair of pereiopoda
longer than the others; the 2 succeeding pairs comparatively robust, with the
meral joint dilated distally, triangular in form, and carrying inside a strong spine;
the 3 posterior pairs lkewise strongly built, with the basal joint much tumefied,
and the 2 outer joints minutely serrulate on the inner edge. Uropoda attaining
half the length of the metasome, both rami biarticulate and rather narrow,
especially the outer one, which scarcely exceeds in length the basal joint of the
inner, and has its terminal joint about twice the length of the basal one. Leneth
reaching to 4.20 mm.

Remarks. — This is the largest and finest species of the genus, and may,
moreover, easily be recognized by the strongly attenuated chelipeds and_ the
structure of the uropoda. It may be regarded as the type of the genus.

Occurrence. — I have met with this beautiful form im numerous places
on the Norwegian coast, from the Christiania Fjord up to the Lofoten Isles, in depths
ranging from 50 to 300 fathoms. In some places, for instance in the Christiania
Fjord south of Drébak, it occurs in considerable numbers on a bottom of loose
muddy clay, covered with decaying Zostera. The specimens examined by Prof.

Lilljeborg were procured at Molde. Out of Norway, it has not yet been recorded.

2. Typhlotanais microcheles, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. VIII, fig. 2.)

Typhlotanais microcheles, G. O. Sars, |. c. p. 38.

Specific Characters. — 9. Body somewhat more slender than im the pre-
ceding species, being about 7 times as long as it 1s broad, and having the seg-
ments more sharply marked otf from each other. Cephalosome gradually attenu-
ated anteriorly, frontal margin acutely produced in the middle. First free segment
of mesosome rather short and somewhat widening in front; the remaining seg-
ments subquadrate in outline. Metasome scarcely broader than the mesosome, and
having the terminal segment rather short. Superior antennze comparatively short,
but little exceeding half the length of the cephalosome, conical m form, basal
joint longer than the other 2 combined, terminal jomt produced at the tip to a
somewhat inward-pointing denticle. Inferior antennze with the 2nd jomt of the
peduncle less dilated than in the preceding species. © Chelipeds rather poorly
developed, hand unusually small and narrow, with the fingers about the length of
the palm. Ist pair of pereiopoda not very different from the 2 succeeding

pairs, though with the dactylus more produced. The 3 posterior pairs less

20

robust than in 7’, tenwimanus, with the basal joint less tumid, and the 3 outer joints
each armed inside with a strong denticle. Uropoda about half the length of the
metasome, rami very narrow and unequal, the inner biarticulate, the outer uni-
articulate and scarcely more than half as long. Length 2.70 mm.

Remarks. — This species is nearly allied to 7. tenwimanus, though easily
distinguishable by several well-marked differences, for instance, the acutely pro-
duced frontal margin, the comparatively short superior antennze, the unusually
poor development of the chelipeds, and the structure of the uropoda.

Occurrence. — Only a few female specimens of this form have hitherto
been found by me. These were collected in two widely-distant localities, viz., at
Bekkervig, on the west coast of Norway, and at Kval6é on the Nordland coast,

the depths bemg 60—100 fathoms.

3. Typhlotanais finmarchicus, G. O. Sars.
(CPIEIEXG)

Typhlotanais finmarchicus, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 36.

Specific Characters. — Body in female sublinear, depressed, about 6 times
as long as it is broad, with the segments only separated by narrow constrictions;
that of male less elongated, with the segments more sharply marked off from each
other. Cephalosome in female almost as broad as it is long, with the side-contours
evenly arcuate; that in male considerably more narrowed in front. Ist free
segment of mesosome in female about same size as the last one, the 4 middle
ones considerably larger and rectangular. Metasome in female of nearly equal
breadth throughout, in male much more fully developed, subfusiform and occupy-
ing '/; of the length of the body. Superior antennz in female scarcely attaming
the length of the cephalosome, basal joimt almost twice as long as the other 2
combined; those in male modified in the usual manner, basal jomt very large
and laminar, slightly widening distally. Chelipeds in female of moderate size, hand
slightly dilated in the middle and nearly as long as the carpus, fingers about the
length of the palm; those in male somewhat more feeble, with the hand narrower
and provided inside the insertion of the dactylus with a transverse row of about
5 sete. Ist pair of pereiopoda a little longer than the succeeding pairs, and
having the dactylus more produced; the 3 posterior pairs moderately strong, with
the basal joint not much tumefied, and the carpal joint forming a smooth, rounded
prominence at the end inside. Pereiopoda in male comparatively more slender
than in female. Uropoda rather short, scarcely exceeding 1/; of the length of

the metasome, both rami distinctly biarticulate, the outer one shorter and much

2]

narrower than the inner, both articulations equal in size. Body in female

whitish, semipellucid,

ach of the segments of the mesosome having 2 irregular,

juxtaposed patches of a light yellowish colour derived from some opaque matter

lying inside the skin; that of male slightly variegated with a pale brownish pig-
ying ; S g | sg

ment. Length of female 2.00 mm., of male 1.50 mm.

Remarks. — This form, at first sight, looks rather like 7. wquiremis

Lallheborg, to be described below, but is found, on a closer examination, to differ

in the structure of the superior antennze, the posterior pairs of pereiopoda, and

the uropoda. It is also rather inferior in size.

Occurrence. — I found this species, many years ago, rather plentifully

in the harbour of Vads6 at a depth of 30 fathoms. Male specimens occurred not

infrequently together with the females, and could of course with perfect certainty be

referred to this s

pecies. Otherwise it is a matter of great difficulty to refer male

specimens to their respective species, not only because they differ very markedly

from the females, but because they exhibit a perplexing mutual similarity.

4. Typhlotanais eqviremis (Lilljeborg).
(PU XesGes 1):

Tanais ceqviremis, Lilljeborg, 1. c. p. 21.

Syn: Tanais depressus, G. O. Sars (olim).

Specific Characters. — 2. Body linear, more than 6 times as long as it is
e *) D5

broad, and pronouncedly depressed, with the cephalosome rather short, but little

longer than it is

broad. First free segment of mesosome shorter than the others,

which are rectangular in form. Metasome scarcely longer than the last 2 see-

ments of mesosome combined, and of equal breadth throughout, terminal seg-

ment comparatively short, and obtusely truncated at the tip. Superior antenne

about the length of

longer than the «

than usual, attaining

about the length

the cephalosome, conically tapering, basal joint somewhat

ther 2 combined. Chelipeds comparatively strong, hand larger

the length of the carpus, and oblong oval in form, fingers

ot the palm. Ist pair of pereiopoda considerably longer than

the 2 succeeding ones, which are rather small; the 3 posterior pairs very robust,

with the basal joimt exceedingly tumefied, and the carpal joint quite smooth, not

produced inside.

of the metasome, rami subequal in length,

and terminating
sometimes with :

Length 3.10 mm.

Uropoda very short, but little longey than the terminal segment

in a rather strong seta,

v very sheght indication of

the outer one distinctly biarticulate
imner ramus uniarticulate, though

a subdivision beyond the middle.

eee

Remarks. — This form was first recorded by the present author as a new spe-
cies under the name of Tanais depressus. I have, however, subsequently convinced
myself that in reality it is identical with the form described by Prof. Lilljcborg
at an earlier date, as Tanais wqviremis. The species may be recognized by the
pronouncedly depressed form of the body, the comparatively strong chelipeds and
the structure of the uropoda. Prof. Lilgeborg states that both rami of the latter
are biarticulate, but the mner one does not in fact exlibit any distiact subdivi-
sion, and may more properly be said to be unarticulate.

Occurrence. — The species is rather common along the whole south and west
coasts of Norway, in depths ranging from 30 to 100 fathoms. It extends north-
wards to the Lofoten Isles.

Distribution. — Bohuslin (hilljeb.)

5. Typhlotanais assimilis, G. O. Sars.
(PI. X, fig. 2).

Typhlotanais assimilis, G. O. Sars, 1. ¢. p. 36.

Specific Characters. — 9. Body rather slender, linear, subdepressed, about
7 times as long as it is broad, with the cephalosome comparatively large, excee-
ding in length the 2 anterior segments of the mesosome combined, and but shghtly
narrowed in front. Ist free segment of mesosome considerably shorter than
the others, which are rectangular in shape. Metasome longer than the last 2
segments of mesosome combined, terminal segment about the length of the 2
preceding ones taken together, and obtusely produced at the tip. Superior an-
tenn rather elongated, conically tapering, with the basal joint but little longer
than the other 2 combined, terminal joint long and narrow. Inferior antennz
with the 2nd jomt of the peduncle rather expanded and finely serrated on the
upper edge. Chelipeds not nearly so strong as in 7. @gviremis, and attenuated
distally, hand about the length of the carpus, but much narrower, fingers shorter
than the palm. Ist pair of pereiopoda much longer than the 2 succeeding ones,
which are very small, with the propodal jomt oblong oval m form and somewhat
compressed; the 3 posterior paizs resembling in structure those in 7. wqviremis,
though having the basal joint less tumefied. Uropoda somewhat longer than the
last segment of the metasome, both rami distinctly biarticulate and rather unequal,
the outer one being much shorter than the inner, though scarcely narrower,
Length 1.70 mm.

Remarks. — The present species is nearly allied to 7. @gviremis, but

easily distinguishable by the comparatively larger size of both the cephalosome and

23

the metasome, as also by the much less strong chelipeds, and the somewhat
different structure of the uropoda. It is also very inferior in size.

Occurrence. — I have found this form occasionally in several places, both
on the south and west coasts of Norway, in depths ranging from 50 to 150 fathoms.

The most northern place where I have met with it, is Kvalé on the Nordland coast.

6. Typhlotanais tenuicornis, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. X, fig. 3).

Typhlotanais tenuicornis, G. O. Sars, 1. ¢. p. 37.

Specific Characters. — 9. Body very slender and elongated, more than
8 times as long as it is broad, with the cephalosome shorter than the first 2
segments of mesosome combined, and slightly narrowed in front. Ist ‘ree seg-
ment of mesosome a little shorter than the last one, the others regularly
quadrate, bemg fully as long as they are broad. Metasome shorter than the last
2 segments of mesosome combined. Superior antennie attaining the length of
the cephaloscme, unusually narrow, with the basal joint longer than the other 2
combined. Inferior antenne, with the 3rd jomt of the peduncle armed below
with 2 recurved denticles. Chelipeds of moderate size, hand rather elongated,
exceeding in length the carpus, fingers about the length of the palm. The first
3 pairs of pereiopod:: rather slender, and each having a long and slender seta
springing off feom the ischial jomt; the 3 posterior pairs much more strongly
built, with the basal joint rather tumefied, and the carpal jomt forming inside
a rounded expansion. Uropoda very short, both +trami uniarticulate, linear,
unequal, the inner one being almost twice as long as the outer. Length 1.75 mm.

Remarks. — This form may be at once recognized by the unusually narrow
superior antenme, and the long seta sprmgine off from the ischial joint of the 3
anterior pairs of pereiopoda, as also by the structure of the uropoda.

Occurrence. — I have met with this species in 3 different localities of
the Norwegian coast, lying rather widely distant from each other, viz., m Eidsfjord
west of Listerland, at Bekkervig south of Bergen, and at Kval6é on the Nordland

coast, the depth ranging from 60 to 120 fathoms.

7. Typhlotanais brevicornis (Lilljeb.)
(PL i fie. 1):

Tanais brevicornis, Lilljeborg, 1. c. p. 15.

Specific Characters. —&. Body extremely slender and narrow, about 9 times

as long as it is broad, with the cephalosome gradually tapering in front. — Ist

free segment of mesosome longer than the last one, and not much shorter than
those immediately succeeding it. Metasome about the length of the last 2 segments
of mesosome combined, terminal segment evenly rounded at the tip. Superior an-
tennee rather short, scarcely more than half as long as the cephalosome, basal
joint much longer than the other 2 combined. Chelipeds of moderate size, hand
oblong in form and somewhat shorter than the carpus, fingers about the length
of the palm. Ist pair of pereiopoda considerably longer than the others, the
3 posterior pairs rather short, with the basal joint not much tumefied. Uropoda
scarcely longer than the terminal segment of metasome, rami very unequal, the
outer one extremely small and uniarticulate, poimting generally straight outwards,
inner ramus more than twice as long, and distinctly biarticulate. Length
1.60 mm.

Remarks. -— The present species, established by Prof. Lilljeborg, is easily
recognized by the very slender and narrow body, the comparatively short superior
antenne, and the structure of the uropoda.

Occurrenee. — 1 have met with this species not infrequently in several
places both on the south and west coasts of Norway, im depths ranging from 60
to 150 fathoms. It extends northwards to Kvalé on the Nordland coast.

Distribution. — Coast of Denmark (Meimert).

8. Typhlotanais cornutus, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XI, fig. 2).

. = ' . 5 Oyno 5 ‘ . — .
Pavatanais cornutus, G. O. Sars, Crustacea & Pycnogonida nova in itinere 2do et 3tio Expedi-
tionis Norvegice anno 1877 & 78 collecta, No. 5.

Specific Characters. — 9. Body comparatively short and thick, depressed,
about 41/2 times as long as it is broad, with the cephalosome rather broad
in proportion to its length, and evenly convex on each side, frontal margin pro-
duced im the middle to an acute rostriform projection. Ist free segment of
mesosome very short, the others more than twice as broad as they are long, and
separated by narrow constrictions. Metasome considerably longer than the last 2
segments of mesosome combined, and slightly narrowed in its distal part. Superior
antenne about the length of the cephalosome, conically tapering, basal joint
somewhat longer than the other 2 combined, terminal joint rather narrow and
tipped by slender bristles. Chelipeds of moderate size, and somewhat attenuated
distally, hand scarcely attaiing the length of the “arpus, and oblong oval in

form, fingers shorter than the palm. Ist pair of pereiopoda, as usual, longer

than the 2 succeeding pairs, basal joint of the 3 posterior pairs rather tumid.
Uropoda equalling in length about '/; of the metasome, both rami distinctly bi-
articulate and somewhat unequal, the outer one being shorter and narrower than
the inner. Length 1.65 mm.

Remarks. — This form was discovered during the Norwegian North Atlantic
Expedition, and has been described and figured in detail by the present author im
the Report of the Crustacea from that Expedition. It is easily distinguished from
any of the previously described species by its comparatively short and thick body,
the acutely produced frontal margin, and the comparatively long bristles issuing
from the tip af the superior antennee.

Occurrence. — A few female specimens of this form have been taken by
me at Kval6é on the Nordland coast, from depths of 60—100 fathoms.

DIistribution. — Stat. 290 of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition,
lying W. of Finmark. |

9. Typhlotanais penicillatus, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XI, fig. 3.)

Typhlotanais penicillatus, G. O. Sars, l.c. p. 39.

Specific Characters. — 9. Body a little more slender than in 7’. cornutus,
being almost 5 times as long as it is broad. Cephalosome not nearly so broad
as in the said species, and having the frontal edge less strongly produced in the
middle. First and last segment of mesosome of about same size and somewhat
shorter than the others, which are separated by rather conspicuous constrictions.
Metasome of almost uniform breadth throughout. Superior antenne extremely
slender and narrow, considerably exceeding in length the cephalosome, terminal
joint linear and tipped by slender bristles, one of which is of quite an unusual
length. Chelipeds slender and feeble, hand very narrow, sublinear, exceeding in
length the carpus, fingers nearly as long as the palm. Pereiopoda resembling in
structure those in 7. cornutus, basal joint of the 3 posterior pairs, however, less
tumid. Uropoda with the inner ramus distinctly biarticulate, the outer one uni-
articulate and somewhat shorter. Length 1.40 mm.

Remarks. —'This species is nearly allied to 7. cornutus, but is of somewhat
more slender form, and moreover easily distinguished by the much feebler struc-
ture of the chelipeds, and by the extremely slender superior antenne, with their
long terminal pencils of bristles. Also the uropoda differ essentially in the fact
of the outer ramus being uniarticulate.

4 — Crustacea.

26

Occurrence. — Only 2 female specimens of this form have hithertho been
taken by me. They were collected at Sauesund, west coast of Norway, from
depths of 50 to 100 fathoms.

Gen. 4. Leptognathia, G. O. Sars, 1880.

Generic Characters. — Body in female, as a rule, narrow and elongated,
subcylindrical, with the segments marked off by marked constrictions; that of
male much shorter and stouter. Cephalosome generally narrowed only in its
most anterior part, and having the front narrowly truncated. Metasome with all
its segments well defined, being much more fully developed in male than in female.
Kyes wholly absent. Superior antenne in female distinctly 4-articulate, Ist joint
the largest, in male much more fully developed, composed of a 3-articulate ped-
uncle and a well-defined, 4-articulate flagellum densely clothed with sensory fila-
ments. Mandibles very small and feeble in structure, cutting part narrow, molar
expansion forming a thin acuminate lappet armed at the tip with a few small
denticles. Oral parts in male, excepting the maxillipeds, abortive, epistome form-
ing a rounded projecting lobe. Chelipeds in female of normal appearance, with
the hand more or less expanded, thumb generally serrated inside; those in male
feebler in structure, with the hand narrower, and the fingers quite simple. Ist
par of pereiopoda not very different from the 2 succeeding pairs, the 3 posterior
pairs generally more strongly built, and having the outer jomts armed with spines.
Pleopoda im female rather small, sometimes wanting; those in male well-developed.
Uropoda, as a rule, biramous, sometimes, however, apparently simple, the outer
ramus not being distinctly defined from the basal part, rami always very unequal,
the immer one much the larger and biarticulate, the outer with either one or
two articulations. Incubatory pouch normal.

Remarks. —- This genus is chiefly characterised by the feeble structure of
the mandibles. From the preceding genera it may moreover be at once distinguished
by the superior antennze in the female being distinctly 4-articulate, not as in the
former 3-articulate. The genus comprises numerous species, which on the whole
are true deep-water forms and tubicolar in habits. Besides the 6 Norwegian
species described below, the arctic form Tanais gracilis Kroyer, as also Tanais
yraciloides Lilljeborg, belongs to this genus. Moreover, the Paralanais rigidus
Sp. Bate and Leptochelia coeca Harger, ought to be referred to the same genus.
Finally, Mr. F. Beddard has recorded a species, L. australis, from the Challenger

Expeditic mn.

ee!

1. Leptognathia longiremis (hiljeb.)
CE xelill):
Tanais longiremis Lilljeborg, 1. c. p. 19.
Syn: Tanais islandicus, G. O. Sars.

Specific Characters. — Body of female rather slender and elongated,
more than 7 times as long as it is broad; cephalosome about the length of the
first 2 segments of mesosome combined, with the proximal half of uniform breadth,
the distal one abruptly attenuated; first free segment of mesosome about same
size as the last one, both being shorter than the others; metasome well developed,
exceeding in length the last 2 segments of mesosome combined, terminal segment
nearly occupuying '/; of the length of metasome, and armed on each side with a
minute deflexed denticle. Body of male much shorter than in female, being
scarcely more than 5 times as long as it is broad; cephalosome rather broad im
proportion to its length; all free segments both of mesosome and metasome of
about equal length, the terminal one narrowly produced at the tip. Superior
antenne in female gradually tapermg distally, basal jomt about equalling in
length the other 3 combmed, 2nd joint shorter than the outer 2 taken together;
those in male attaining in length '/, of the body, the first 2 jomts of the peduncle
large and expanded, flagellum about the length of the peduncle, and having the
2 outer joints much longer than the other 2. Chelipeds in female rather strong,
with the hand considerably dilated, oval triangular in form, and scarcely smaller
than the carpus, with a slight dentated crest in front at the insertion of the
dactylus, the latter crested along the middle, thumb distinctly serrated at the
end inside; those in male with the hand much narrower than in female, and
furnished imside with a transverse row of about 10 flattened spies imcreasing in
length behind, fingers quite simple, pointed, the immovable one rather short.
Uropoda in female attaining half the length of the metasome, both rami biarti-
culate, the inner one more than 3 times as long as the outer, and tipped by
rather long. sete; ner ramus in male distinctly triarticulate. Length of female
3.75 mm., of male 2.55 mm.

Remarks. — This is the largest and finest of the Norwegian species, and
may, moreover, easily be recognized by the structure of the chelipeds and uro-
poda, as also by the dentiform projection occurring on each side of the terminal
segment of the metasome. The form at first recorded by the present author
from the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition as Tanais islandicus is undoubtedly
identical with Lilljeborg’s species.

Occurrence. — The species occurs along the whole Norwegian coast,

from Christianiafjord to Vadsé in depths ranging from 30 to 100 fathoms.

28

Distribution. — Off Reykjavik, Iceland, and at Stat. 290 of the Norwegian
North Atlantic Expedition (the present author); coast of Denmark (Meinert).

2. Leptognathia breviremis (Lilljeb.)
(Pl. XIII, fig. 1)

Tanais breviremis, Lilljeborg, 1. c. p. 21.

Specific Characters. — 9. Body much shorter and thicker than in the
preceding species, being scarcely 6 times as long as it is broad, with the cepha-
losome longer than the first 2 segments of mesosome combined, and rather nar-
rowed in front. Segments of mesosome separated by rather deep, though nar-
row constrictions, the Ist one not being much shorter than the 2nd. Metasome
somewhat fusiform in outline, being slightly dilated in the middle, with the side-
contours regularly convex, and the terminal segment evenly rounded at the tip.
Superior antenne with the basal joint not attainmeg the length of the other 3
combined, 2nd joint fully as long as the outer 2 taken together. Chelipeds of
moderate size, with the hand about the size of the carpus, and somewhat dilated
beyond the middle, fingers much shorter than the palm. Pereiopoda resembling
in structure those in the preceding species, except that the basal joint of the 3
posterior pairs is less tumefied. Uropoda very short, scarcely longer than the
terminal segment of metasome, inner ramus biarticulate and tipped by long
divergent sete, outer one extremely small, uniarticulate. Length 1.45 mm.

Remarks. — The present species, established by Prof. Lilljeborg, is easily
distinguished from the other species belonging to this genus by its comparatively
short and thick body, and by the comparatively short uropoda, which latter character
has given rise to the specific name proposed by its discoverer. It is a rather
small species.

Occurence. — 1 have met with this form rather frequently in the Chri-
stiania Fjord at depths ranging from 20 to 60 fathoms, and also in several other
places on the south and west coasts of Norway. It extends northwards as far
as Kval6 on the Nordland coast.

Distribution. — Bohuslin (Lilljeborg); Kattegat (Meinert).

3. Leptognathia filiformis (hilljeb.)
(Pl. XIH, fig. 2).
Tanais filiformis, Lilljeborg, 1. c. p. 23.
Specific Characters. — 9. Body extremely slender, almost filiform, 11

times as long as it is broad, with the cephalosome rather narrow, and the Ist

29

and last segments of mesosome scarcely more than half as long as the others.
Metasome slightly dilated, and scarcely longer than the last 2 segments of meso-
some combined, terminal segment of medium size, and obtusely rounded at the
tip. Superior antenne with the basal jomt much shorter than the other 3 com-
bined, 2nd joint comparatively large, equalling in length the outer 2 taken
together. Chelipeds not very strong, with the hand subtriangular and about the
length of the carpus. Pereiopoda comparatively small, basal jomt of the 3 pos-
terior pairs considerably tumefied. Uropoda attaining half the length of the
metasome, inner ramus slender, biarticulate, outer one represented only by a
small knob-like projection of the basal part, carrying 2 slender sete. Length
2.70 mm.

Remarks. — This form, likewise first described by Prof. Lilljeborg, is
easily recognized by its extremely slender, almost filiform body, and by the
apparently single-branched uropoda.

Occurrence. — I have met with this species occasionally in several places
on the south and west coasts of Norway, from the Christiania Fyord up to Kvyalé
on the Nordland coast, in depths ranging from 30 to 100 fathoms.

Distribution. — Bohuslin (Lilljeborg), Oresund (Meinert).

4. Leptognathia brevimana (Lilljeborg).
(Pl. XII, fig. 3).

Tanais brevimanus, Lilljeborg, |. ce. p. 22.

Specific Characters. — Q Body slender and elongated, about 10 times
as long as it is broad, with the cephalosome only narrowed in its most anterior
part. First and last segment of mesosome about same size and shorter than
the others, which are fully as long as they are broad. Metasome rather large,
considerably longer than the last 2 segments of mesosome combined, and also
somewhat broader, terminal segment well developed, occupying more than '/; of
the metasome and obtusely rounded at the tip. Superior antenne of the usual
structure, 2nd joint not quite as long as the outer 2 combined. Chelipeds not
very large, hand shorter than the carpus, subtriangular, fingers not attaining the
length of the palm. Pereiopoda comparatively small, basal jomt of the 3 posterior
pairs less tumefied than in L. filiformis. Uropoda about the length of the ter-
minal segment of metasome, inner ramus well developed, biarticulate, with the

last joint rather short, outer ramus represented by a rather strong, mucroniform

30

projection not defined from the basal part, and carrying outside 2 or 3 unequal
setae. Length 2.80 mm.

Remarks. — This species was likewise established by Prof. Lilljeborg, and
may easily be recogmzed by the comparatively short hand of the chelipeds, but
more especially by the peculiar structure of the uropoda.

Oceurrence. — The species occurs along the whole Norwegian coast, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, in depths ranging from 30 to 100 fathoms.

Distribution. — Bohusliin (Liljeborg), Mediterranean at Messina (the

present author); coast of Denmark (Meinert).

5. Leptognathia dentifera, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl. XIV, fig. 2)

Specific Characters. — 9. Body moderately slender, bemg not quite 8
times as long as it is broad, cephalosome rather narrowed in front. First free
segment of mesosome somewhat longer than the last one, but considerably shorter
than the other 4. Metasome rather poorly developed, scarcely as long as the
last 2 segments of mesosome combined, and not any broader, terminal segment
comparatively short and obtusely rounded at the tip. Superior antennze with the
Qnd joint exceeding in length the outer 2 combined. Chelipeds not very strong,
hand comparatively short, scarcely attaining the length of the carpus, triangular
in form, with an obtuse projection im front of the imsertion of the dactylus.
Pleopoda extremely small, though of normal structure, natatory setse very short.
Uropoda exceeding half the length of the metasome, basal part produced at the
end inside to an inflexed hook-shaped process, both rami well defined and biar-
ticulate, the outer one scarcely half as long as the mner and much narrower.
Length 1.60 mm.

Remarks. — This new species may be at once distinguished from any of the
forms previously described, by the poor development of the pleopoda, but more
especially by the peculiar hook-like projection issuing from the basal part of the
uropoda inside, which latter character has given rise’ to the specific name here
proposed,

Occurrence. — I have only seen a few female specimens of this form,
some of which were ovigerous. They were taken in the Christiania Fjord at Hanké

and Soon from depths of 60—100 fathoms.

dL
6. Leptognathia manea, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XIV, fig. 3).

Leptognathia (2?) manca, G. O. Sars, |. c. p. 44.

Specific Characters. — Q Body slender and elongated, more than 8 times
as long as it is broad, with the segments marked off by conspicuous constrictions,
posterior half slightly attenuated. Cephalosome of moderate size, with the side
edges regularly curved. First free segment of mesosome much larger than the
last one, and somewhat dilated in front. Metasome equallmg im length the last
2 segments of mesosome combined, and rather narrow, subcylindric in form, with
the terminal segment short and obtuse. Superior antennee with the 2nd jomt much
shorter than the outer 2 combined. Chelipeds of moderate size, with the hand
scarcely dilated, oblong oval im form, and somewhat longer than the car-
pus, fingers shorter than the palm. The 3 anterior pairs of perieopoda exactly
alike both in size and structure, with the dactylus slender, setiform; the 3 posterior
pairs having the basal joint but slightly tumefied. Pleopoda wholly absent. Uro-
poda about half the length of the metasome, inner ramus biarticulate, outer one
uniarticulate and scarcely half as long. Length 2.00 mm.

Remarks. — The total absence (in the female) of pleopoda is a very
striking feature, which at first put me in some doubt as to the true generic
relation of this form. Having, however, on a closer examination, found it to
agree fairly well in all other essential characters with the species of the present
genus, I prefer to retain it in the genus Leptognathia, as a somewhat anoma-
lous species.

Occurrence. — I have found this form in two widely separated places on
the Norwegian coast, viz., in Kidsfjord, west of Listerland, and at Apelveer, Nam-
dal. In both places it occurred in rather small numbers at depths of 100—150

fathoms.

Gen. 5. Tanaopsis, G. O. Sars, n.

Generic Characters. — Body comparatively robust, with the metasome
unusually large and composed of 6 well-defined segments. Eyes wanting. Su-
perior antennze in female distinctly 4-articulate. Oral parts very poorly developed.
Mandibles extremely small, and rudimentary, unarmed, and without a trace of
molar expansion. Ist pair of maxille with the masticatory lobe much curved.

Maxillipeds with the masticatory lobe very short, transverse, palp slender and

32

but slightly setous. Chelipeds strongly built, with the basal joint very large and
prominent below, carpus comparatively short and thick, hand somewhat curved
and scarcely expanded in the middle. 1st pair of pereiopoda much larger
than the others. Pleopoda rather fully developed. Uropoda short, biramous, both
rami biarticulate and very unequal in size. Incubatory pouch normal.

Remarks. — The present new genus is founded upon the form recorded
by the present author at an earlier date, as Leptognathia laticaudata, which, on
a closer examination, has proved to differ very materially, especially in the struc-
ture of the oral parts, from the species of that genus, and therefore ought more
properly to be regarded as the type of a distinct genus. The unusually large
and broad metasome together with the strongly-built chelipeds and the compar-
atively robust form of the body, somewhat recall the genus Tanais; but the
oral parts are very different, and the metasome is composed of the normal num-

ber of segments. The genus contains as yet but a single species.

Tanaopsis laticaudata, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XIV, fig. 1)

Leptognathia laticaudata, G. O. Sars, 1. ¢. p. 43.

Specific Characters. — 9. Body linear, somewhat depressed, not much
more than 6 times as long as it is broad, with the segments marked off by very
narrow constrictions. Cephalosome scarcely longer than it is broad, and consider-
ably narrowed anteriorly, frontal margin subangular in the middle. The first 2
segments of mesosome much shorter than the others, which are rectangular in
shape. Metasome about half the length of mesosome, but considerably broader,
being rather dilated in the middle, terminal segment well developed, pentago-
nal in form, tip obtusely angular. Superior antenne about the length of the
cephalosome, terminal joint rather slender equalling in length the 2 preceding
ones combined. Inferior antennze with the penultimate and antepenultimate
joints of the peduncle somewhat expanded and each having above a strong bristle.
Chelipeds very strong, with the hand considerably longer than the carpus, and
having inside a transverse row of small bristles, fingers about the length of the
palm, the movable one serrated along the outer edge, the immovable one terminat-
ing in 38 strong denticles. Ist pair of pereiopoda considerably longer than the
others, with the propodal joint conically produced, and the dactylus very slender,
setiform; the 3 posterior pairs rather strongly built, with the basal joint moderately
tumefied, and the meral and carpal joints each provided inside with a single

very small denticle. Uropoda not nearly attaining the length of the terminal

30

segment of metasome, inner ramus rather thick, outer scarcely half as long, and
much narrower. Length 2.60 mm.

Remarks. — As stated above, this form was first described by the present
author as a species of the genus Leptognathia. Having, however, subsequently
had an opportunity of examiming the oral parts more closely, I have found it
necessary to separate it generically. It is easily distinguished from the other
Norwegian Tanaids by the strongly dilated metasome and the peculiarly rigid
appearance of the chelipeds.

Occurrence. — I have met with this form in a few places on the south
coast of Norway (Fredriksveern, Nevlunghavn, Merdé) in comparatively shallow
water, the depth ranging from 6 to 20 fathoms.

Distribution. — Mediterranean at Naples and Messina (the present author).

Gen. 6. Cryptocope, G. O. Sars, 1880.

Generic Characters. — Body more or less robust, with the cephalosome
considerably narrowed anteriorly, front truncated. _Metasome scarcely broader
than the mesosome, and composed of 6 well-defined segments. Eyes wanting.
Superior antennze in female short, 4-articulate, in male much larger and of a
structure similar to that im the genus Leptognathia. Mandibles well developed,
with the cutting edge coarsely dentated, and having on the right mandible a
rather large secondary lamella, molar expansion well defined, conic or lamellar.
Chelipeds rather strong and of a similar structure in the two sexes. Pereiopoda
slender, especially the 3 anterior pairs. Pleopoda in female very small and
rudimentary, with the rami extremely small, lobular; those in male well developed,
natatory. Uropoda in female short, biramose, rami very unequal; those in male
much more fully developed. Incubatory pouch formed only by 2 lamelle issuing
from the bases of the 4th pair of pereiopoda.

Remarks. — This genus is chiefly characterized by the rudimentary con-
dition of the pleopoda in the female. In the structure of the other appendages
it exhibits a close affinity to the genus Leptognathia; but the structure of the
mandibles is slightly different, and the incubatory pouch is constructed as in the
genus Tanais. Besides the Norwegian species described below, the form at first
recorded by the present author as Tanais Voringu belongs to this genus. More-

over, Dr. Hansen has described a third species from the Kara Sea as C. arctica.
?

5 — Crustacea.

34

Cryptocope abbreviata, G. 0. Sars.
(Pl. XV, fig. 1).

Tcnais abbreviatus, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zool. Reise, p. 41.

Specific Characters. — Q Body extremely short and stout, sub-depressed,
scarcely more than 3 times as long as it is broad. Cephalosome scarcely as
long as it is broad posteriorly, and considerably narrowed in front, frontal mar-
gin slightly bisinuate, with the lateral corners somewhat produced. Fifth and
6th segments of mesosome somewhat larger than the other 4, which are very
short. Metasome but little longer than the last 2 segments of mesosome combined,
and gradually narrowed in its posterior part, terminal segment comparatively
short and obtusely produced at the tip. Superior antennz somewhat shorter than
the cephalosome, basal joint about the length of the other 3 combined. Chelipeds
rather strong, carpus comparatively short and thick, hand longer than the former,
and slightly narrowed distally, fingers about the length of the palm. The 3
anterior pairs of pereiopoda rather slender, with the dactylus long and setiform;
the 3 posterior pairs somewhat stronger, but with the basal joint not much
tumefied. Pleopoda with the rami quite smooth, the inner one extremely minute,
nodiform. Uropoda scarcely attaming the length of the terminal segment of
metasome, inner ramus distinctly biarticulate, and tipped with long diverging setie,
outer one extremely minute and uniarticulate. Length 1,40 mm.

Remarks. — This form may be easily recognized from the other Neen egian
Tanaids by its extremely short and thick body, and by the rudimentary condition of
the pleopoda. It differs from Cryptocope arctica Hansen, which it somewhat resembles
in the form of the body, in the rami of the pleopoda being quite smooth, whereas
in the last-named species, according to Dr. Hansen, they are tipped with
small bristles.

Occurrence. — I first discovered this form in the Christiania Fjord
at a depth of about 30 fathoms, and have subsequently found it occasionally in
other places also, both on the south and west coasts of Norway. It has not

been recorded by any other author.

Gen. 7. Haplocope, G. O. Sars, 1880.

Generic Characters. — Q. Body slender and elongated, resembling, as regards

its outward appearance, some species of the genus Leptognathia. Metasome rather

35

narrow, sublinear, with all the segments well defined. Eyes wanting. Superior
antenn (in female) distinctly 4-articulate. Mandibles well developed, and resem-
bling in structure those in the genus Typhlotanais, the molar expansion being
rather strong, cylindric, and armed at the tip with dentiform tubercles. Cheli-
peds comparatively small, with the hand scarcely dilated. The first 3 pairs of
pereiopoda of similar structure, and more slender than the 3 posterior. Pleopoda
(in female) imperfectly developed, forming simple oval lamelle, without a trace
of sete. Uropoda rather slender, biramous, rami unequal, biarticulate. Incuba-
tory pouch normal.

Remarks. — The most prominent character of this genus is the simple
structure of the pleopoda in the female, and it is mdeed from this character,
that the generic name has been derived. In outward appearance, as also in the
structure of the several appendages, it exhibits a close resemblance to the genus
Leptognathia; but the structure of the mandibles is very different, and agrees
much more closely with that found in the genus Typhlotanais. The genus con-

tains as yet but a single species.

Haplocope angusta, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XV. fig. 2).

Haplocope angusta, G. O. Sars, lc. p. dl.

Specific Characters. — 92. Body extremely slender and narrow, being
fully 10 times as long as it is broad. Cephalosome rather small, shghtly nar-
rowed anteriorly, front truncated. Ist free segment of mesosome but little smaller
than the next succeeding ones and somewhat dilated in front, last segment
the smallest. Metasome about the length of the last 2 segments of mesosome
combined, and nearly of uniform breadth throughout, terminal segment of medium
size, and angularly produced in the middle. Superior antennze somewhat shorter
than the cephalosome, basal joimt only attaining the length of the 2 succeeding
jomts combined, last jomt narrow, conic. Chelipeds rather small, hand about the
length of the carpus, fingers shorter than the palm. Ist pair of pereiopoda
scarcely longer than the 2 succeeding pairs; the 3 posterior pairs a little stronger,
and having the outer joints spinous. Uropoda about half the length of the me-
tasome, inner ramus rather elongated, outer scarcely more than half as long and
much narrower. Length 1.70 mim.

Remarks. — As stated above, this is the only species as yet known of
the genus, and may easily be recognized by its slender, narrow body, and the

simple, lamelliform pleopoda,

aoe
Occurrence. — I have met with this form occasionally in 3 widely remote
localities, viz., in Kidsfjord, west of Listerland, at Bekkervig, on the west coast
of Norway, and at Apelver in Namdal. Im all 3 places it occurred in rather

small numbers together with other Tanaids, in depths ranging from 100 to 150 fathoms.

Gen. 8. Strongylura, G. O. Sars.

Generic Characters. — Body more or less elongated, subcylindric in form,
with rather hard integuments. Cephalosome comparatively large, narrowly trun-
cated in front. Metasome of quite an unusual size, cylindric, slightly widening
behind, and composed of 6 well-defined segments, the last of which is very large,
cupuliform. Eyes wanting. Superior antennz in female rather strong, 4-articu-
late. Mandibles well developed, cutting part strongly incurved, and divided into
a few short teeth, molar expansion large, laminar, minutely dentated at the tip.
Chelipeds strongly built, with the hand rather large. Pereiopoda comparatively
slender and elongated, with the dactylus narrow, setiform. Pleopoda in female
wholly absent. Uropoda very small, though distinctly biramous.

Remarks. — The present genus is prominently distinguished by the
peculiar appearance, in the female, of the metasome, which is of quite an unusual
size, and has the segments perfectly cylindric, without a trace of epimera. Nor
is the shghtest rudiment of pleopoda to be detected in the female, whereas in
the male they seem to occur in the normal condition. In addition to the type
species described below, Messrs. Norman & Stebbing have recorded another species,

S. arctophylax, from the Porcupine Expedition.

Strongylura cylindrata, G. O. Sars.
(Pll KVi, fpr):

Strongylura cylindrata, G. O. Sars, l.c. p. 53.

Specific Characters. — Q. Body rather slender and narrow, about 9 times
as long as it is broad, and slightly narrowed in the middle, with the segments
marked off by conspicuous constrictions. Cephalosome comparatively large, almost
equalling in length the first 3 segments of mesosome combined, oblong oval in
form, and slightly narrowed in front. Ist free segment of mesosome much shorter

than the others. Metasome occupying rather more than ‘'/; of the length of the

37

body, or equallmg about the first 5 segments of mesosome combined, slightly
widening behind, terminal segment large, oblong oval and very smooth, tip obtusely
rounded. Superior antenne almost attaining the length of the cephalosome,
basal joint about the length of the other 3 combined, terminal joint comparatively
short and obtusely blunted at the tip. Chelipeds rather strong, hand oblong
oval and longer than the carpus, fingers shorter than the palm, the immovable one
minutely serrulate inside. The 3 posterior pairs of pereiopoda considerably more
strongly built than the 3 anterior ones, and having the outer jomts armed with
ciliated spines, basal joint remarkably constricted at the base. Uropoda very short,
inner ramus conical, biarticulate, and tipped by long diverging Sets, outer ramus
extremely minute, tuberculiform, though well defined from the basal part. Length
2.85 mm.

Remarks. — From 8S. arctophylax of Norman & Stebbing, the Norwegian
species may be at once distinguished by its much more elongated body and the com-
paratively larger size of the metasome. A few specimens, however, are of con-
siderably shorter form, but as in all of these there are distinct traces of pleo-
poda, they are, I believe, of the male sex, though probably not yet sexually mature.

Occurrence. — I have found this peculiar Tanaid in several places, both
on the south and west coasts of Norway, in depths ranging from 50 to 200 fa-

thoms. It extends northwards to Selsévig, situated just within the polar circle.

Gen. 9. Anarthrura, G. O. Sars, 1880.

Generic Characters. — Body elongated, subdepressed, with rather thin,
semipellucid integuments. Cephalosome comparatively short and obtusely trun-
cated im front. Metasome in female very poorly developed, narrower than the
mesosome, and without a trace of segmentation; that in male, however, of quite
normal appearance, being divided into 6 well-defined segments. Hyes wanting.
Superior antenne in female 4-articulate, in male but slightly different, though
composed of 5 articulations. Mandibles extremely small and rudimentary, cutting
edge simple, molar expansion wanting. Chelipeds comparatively small, with the
basal part of a somewhat unusual structure, being oval, tumid, and divided into
2 distinct segments, hand rather small, with the palm unusually short. The 3
anterior pairs of pereiopoda rather slender and nearly equal, the 3 posterior

pairs rather different, and considerably more strongly built. Pleopoda in female

wholly absent, in male normally developed. Uropoda imperfectly biramous, the
outer ramus not being defined from the basal part.

Remarks. — In this genus also, the structure of the metasome in the
female yields the most conspicuous distinctive character; but whereas in the.
genus Strongylura this division is of quite an unusual size, it is in the present
genus more reduced in size than in any hitherto known Tanaid. In the male,
however, this part exhibits quite a normal appearance. The structure of the
chelipeds is likewise somewhat peculiar and differs, among other things, from
that of all other Tanaids in the form of the basal part. The oral parts, and
especially the mandibles, exhibit a similar rudimentary condition to that found
in the genus Tanaopsis. Besides the typical species described below, the Austra-
han form Paratanais linearis Haswell, according to the opinion of the Rev. Mr.

Stebbing, should more properly be referred to this genus,

Anarthrura simplex, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XVI, fig. 2).

Anarthrura simplex, G. O. Sars, l.c. p. 54.

Specific Characters. — Body in female about 8 times as long as it is
broad, in male somewhat shorter, segments marked off by rather deep constrictions.
Cephalosome distinctly depressed, scarcely longer than it is broad, and obtusely
truncated in front. Ist and last segments of mesosome shorter than the others,
and almost quadrate in outline. Metasome in female scarcely longer than the
penultimate segment of mesosome, narrow cylindric, or very slightly depressed,
and somewhat constricted in the middle, tip obtusely angular; that in male nearly
twice as large, and of altogether normal appearance. Superior antennz in female
about the length of the cephalosome, basal joint but little longer than the 2
succeeding ones combined, terminal joint narrow, conical in form. Chelipeds with
the basal part occupying half their length, and having its first segment much
larger than the 2nd, hand longer than the carpus, but rather feeble, with the
palm unusually short, fingers narrow and not perfectly contiguous when shut, the
movable one slightly serrated outside, the immovable one nearly straight and termin-
ating in a lanceolate point. The 3 anterior pairs of pereiopoda exactly alike, having
the propodal joint tapering conically, and the dactylus long and setiform; the 3
posterior pairs more strongly built, with the basal jomt rather tumefied, and
the dactylus quite short. Uropoda generally turned obliquely outwards, imner
ramus well defined, biarticulate, outer represented by a conical, setiferous pro-

jection of the basal part. Length of female 2.35 mm,

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Apseudes spinosus, (M.Sars).

Paro ey Creer,

Apseudide.

s spinosus,(M. Sars),

(continued)

Apseude

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Za

\\ <
— 4 *

4

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Tanais tomentosus, Kroyer.

io Dp Ome PI. VI

Tanaide.

Heterotanais Orstedi, (Kreyer).

G.0.Sars, autogr.

Tanaide.

G.0.S ers, autogr.

So Geraa:

Paratanais Batei,G.0.Sars.

Pl

Vil.

ae eee

—Te | thre

Pi WIE

rSsOouoae:
ais tenuimanus, (Lilljeb)

|. Typhiotan

Tanaide.

G.0.Sars, autogr.

microcheles, G.0.Sars.

Wy

r

a

é
4

|

i. ares |

i

..

ee Spete elem Pl. IX.

Tanaide

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Typhlotanais finmarchicus, 6.0.Sars.

6
Be)
©
(=
©
=

|. Typhlotanis sqviremis, (Lilljeb).

G.0.S ars, autogr.

assimilis, G.0.Sars.

tenuicornis,G.0.Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

|. Typhlotansis brevicornis, (Lilljeb).
2. cornutus, G.0.Sars.
5 a penicillatus, 6.0.Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

ognathia longiremis (Lilljeb).
Aan y\ :

Tanaids. — PI. XIU.

G.0.Sars, autogr. is, (Lill)
SUSypeleletene| |. Leptognathia breviremis, (Lilljeb).
2

; filiformis, (Lilljeb).
S - brevimana,(Lilljeb).

PO DOCS: nae

Tanaide.

ag
ae

atu a LS
Sao

oan
Oe) ie
GY ©
Naw
Ono
©O Oc
Deas
o
bo
Oo &
aan’
©
Ore
+ ©
Ole
~
0 ©
ce
am.
OLOr-
u
ee
=m

G.0.Sars, autogr.

Tanaide.

|. Gryptocope abbreviata, 6.0.Sars.
¢. Haplocope angusta, G.0.Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

=

he Oo po er

Pl ANA:

Tanaide.

Boru
fon rs ‘
SQ SRR ae oti Saale
gece a coarssnsmaneben es

2 a ‘
E

1. Strongylura cylindrata, 6.0.Sars.
2. Anarthrura simplex, 6.0.Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

a ae |

eT Pa

39

Remarks. -— This peculiar form may at once be distinguished from our
other Tanaids, at least in the female sex, by the rudimentary condition of the
metasome. In both sexes, moreover the structure of the chelipeds and uropoda
may serve for recognizing the species.

Occurrence. — I have met with this form occasionally together with other
Tanaids in several places, both on the south and west coasts of Norway, as far

north as Kyvalé, in depths ranging from 50 to 150 fathoms.

Gen. PSeudotanais, G. O. Sars, 1880.

Generic Characters.—Body short and stout, not very different in the 2 sexes,
with the cephalosome more or less contracted in front, and having no distinct
ocular lobes. The 3 anterior segments of mesosome much shorter than the 2
succeeding ones. Metasome not broader than the mesosome, and composed of 6
well-defined segments. Eyes imperfectly developed, or altogether wanting. Superior
antenne of same structure in the 2 sexes, very narrow, 3-articulate; inferior an-
tenn almost of same size as the superior. Mandibles comparatively small, cut-
ting part in the right mandible simple, minutely serrulate, in the left one
provided with a rather large secondary lamella, molar expansion in both mandi-
bles very narrow, styliform. Mavxillipeds with the masticatory lobes coalesced.
Chelipeds large, of a similar structure in the 2 sexes, hand very much elongated,
fingers narrow and acuminate. Pereiopoda slender and elongated; 1st pair somewhat
differing from the others, which are subsimilar in structure, each having a remark-
ably strong, cultriform spine at the end of the carpal joimt inside. Pleopoda
sometimes wanting in female. Uropoda biramose, both rami well-defined and_bi-
articulate. Incubatory pouch formed by only 2 lamella, issuing from the bases
of the 4th pair of pereiopoda.

Remarks.—This genus agrees with the genus Tanais in the less conspicu-
ous sexual difference, and in the structure of the incubatory pouch, but otherwise
differs very materially, both as to its outward appearance, and to the structure
of the several appendages. It comprises as yet 7 species, 3 of which belong to
the Norwegian fauna, and will be described below. Of the other 4, the one,
P. Willemoesi (Studer), has been taken off the Kerguelen Islands, the second, P.
mediterranea G. O. Sars, at Spezia, and the other 2, P. affinis and P. crassi-

cornis Hansen, in the Kara Sea.

40

1. Pseudotanais forcipatus (Lilljeborg).
(Pl XVII, fig. 1.)

Tanais forcipatus, Lilljeborg, 1. c. p. 16.

Specific Characters.—Body of female scarcely more than 4 times as long
as it is broad, in male still shorter and stouter. Cephalosome greatly narrowed
anteriorly, with the front transversely truncated. The first 3 segments of meso-
some combined not exceeding the length of the 4th segment, which about equals
in size the 5th, both being quadrangular in shape; last segment much shorter.
Metasome in female about the length of the last 2 segments of mesosome com-
bined, and slightly narrowed distally, terminal segment obtusely rounded at the
tip; that in male much more fully developed, equalling about '/; of the length of
the body. Eyes in both sexes wholly wanting. Superior antenn about the length
of the cephalosome, basal joint not quite attaining the length of the other 2 com-
bined, last joint longer than the middle one. Chelipeds very large, attaining al-
most half the length of the body, hand twice as long as the carpus, fingers very
narrow, equalling the palm in length, and nearly straight, but distinctly forcipate,
the thumb being deeply sinuated at the base inside. First pair of pereiopoda with
the propodal joint conically tapered, dactylus very slender, setiform; carpal spine
of the succeeding pairs not very large. Pleopoda in female wholly wanting.
Uropoda but little longer than the terminal segment of the metasome, outer ramus
much shorter and narrower than the inner. Length of female 1.40 mm., of male
1.00 mm.

Remarks. — This is the first recorded species, and may therefore be re-
garded as the type of the genus. It is easily recognized by the forcipate cha-
racter of the chelipeds, not found in any of the other species, and equally dis-
tinct i both sexes. ;

Occurrence.—The species occurs along the whole Norwegian coast, as far
north as Kvalé, but nowhere in any abundance.

Distribution.—Bohuslin (Lilljeborg), Oresund (Meinert)

2. Pseudotanais Lilljeborgi, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XVII, fig. 2.)

Pseudotanais Lilljeborgi, G. O. Sars, 1. e. p. 48.

Specific Characters.—Q. Body somewhat more robust than in the prece-
ding species, being scarcely 4 times as long as it is broad, and conspicuously de-

pressed. Cephalosome rather large, and less abruptly narrowed anteriorly, front

4]

obtusely rounded, The first 3 segments of mesosome combined somewhat exceed-
ing in length the 4th segment, which is about the same size as the 5th, both being
almost twice as broad as they are long; last segment, as usual, considerably
smaller. Metasome about the length of the last 2 segments of the mesosome
combined, and distinctly narrowed distally. Eyes present, but very small, puncti-
form, occurring on the sides of the cephalosome, at some distance from the frontal
margin. Superior antenne with the last 2 joints of about equal length, and
combined, not quite attaining the length of the basal one. Chelipeds very strong,
hand oblong oval, not attainimg twice the length of the carpus, fingers shorter
than the palm, and not forcipate. Pereiopoda resembling in structure those in
the preceding species, though perhaps somewhat less slender; carpal spine of the
5 posterior pairs comparatively larger, and more conspicaously cultriform. Pleo-
poda (in female) wholly wanting. Uropoda of about same appearance as in
P. forcipatus. Length of female 1.55 mm.

Remarks.—Vhough rather nearly allied to the preceding species, the
present form may be easily distinguished by the somewhat different form of the
cephalosome, the presence of distinct, though very small eyes, and by the cheli-
peds not being forcipate.

Occurrence.—The only place where I have observed this form, is in the
Varanger Fjord at Vadsé. It occurred here rather sparingly in a depth of 100—

120 fathoms. Out of Norway, it has not yet been recorded.

3. Pseudotanais macrocheles, G. O. Sars.
21S Xevelit)

lod

Pseudotanais macrocheles, G. O. Sars, 1. c. p. 47.

Specific Characters.—Q. Body very short and compact, scarcely more
than 3 times as long as it is broad. Cephalosome scarcely exceeding in length
the 3 anterior segments of mesosome combined, and strongly contracted in front,
tip narrowly truncated. Free segments of mesosome about as in the 2 preceding
species. Metasome gradually narrowed distally, with the terminal segment evenly
rounded at the tip. Eyes wholly absent. Superior antenne very slender, consider-
ably exceeding the cephalosome in length, last joint longer than the 2nd, and
both combined, about the length of the basal one. Chelipeds exceedingly large,
attaining nearly half the length of the body, hand very much elongated, with the
fingers slender and narrow, considerably exceeding the palm in length, bet not
forcipate. Pereiopoda rather slender, 1st pair with the propodal jomt longer than
the 2 preceding joints combined, and conically tapered, dactylus long and: seti-

6 — Crustacea.

42

form; carpal spine of the succeeding pairs very large and conspicuously cultriform.
Pleopoda well developed, both rami tipped by long natatory sete. Uropoda of
a similar structure to that in the 2 preceding species, though somewhat longer.
Length of female 1.45 mm.

Remarks.—As to its general outward appearance, this species resembles,
on the whole, the 2 preceding ones, though the body is of a still shorter and
stouter form. It is, moreover, easily distinguished by the long and slender an-
tenn, the structure of the chelipeds, and the presence of well-developed pleopoda,
wholly wanting in the female of the other known species. The carpal spine of
the 5 posterior pairs of pereiopoda is also considerably larger than in the other
2 Norwegian species.

Oceurrence.—I have met with this form occasionally in 3 widely-distant
places on the Norwegian coast, viz., in the Christiania Fjord, at Bekkervig, south
of Bergen, and in the Varanger Fjord at Vadsi. Out of Norway, it has not yet

been recorded.

vibe 2.

FLABELEIFERSA,

Remarks.—It is not easy to give any exhaustive diagnosis of this tribe,
as it comprises Isopods of extremely different structure. The only essential cha-
racter common to all the forms, is the relation of the uropoda, which are not, as
in the preceding tribe, terminal, but lateral, and arranged in such a manner as
to form, with the last segment of the metasome, a caudal fan, similar to that
found in some of the higher Crustacea, the shrimps and lobsters. As to the
pleopoda, they exhibit more generally the character of true swimming organs,
though at the same time they may also serve for respiration, and it is only in ex-
ceptional instances that the latter function is exclusively devoted to them. By far the
ereater number of the forms seem to lead a parasitic, or at least semi-parasitic exi-
stence, and for this reason, the oral parts are often found to be peculiarly modified,
and, moreover, a number of the legs, in some cases all of them, to assume a more or
less pronouncedly prehensile character. The tribe includes 6 very distinct families,
viz., Anthuride, Gnathiide, Cymothoide, Serolide, Spheromide and Limnoriide ;
but of these, the 3rd has generally been again subdivided into 6 families, viz.,
Ayide, Civolanide, Corallanide, Alcironide, Barybrotide and Cymothoide, thereby
increasing the number of families to no less than 11 in all. Five of these families

are represented in the fauna of Norway, and will be here treated of.

Fam. 1. Anthuride.

Characters.—Body long and slender, subcylindric in form, and rather flex-

ible. Head comparatively small. Segments of mesosome all well defined, and

without distinct coxal plates. Metasome comparatively short, with the anterior
segments sometimes coalesced, telson generally well defined, linguiform. Both
pairs of antennee, at least in female, short and subequal in length, originating
close together, the one pair beneath the other. Oral parts modified for perfora-
tion and suction. Legs composed of the normal number of joints, the basal and
ischial ones being rather slender, and forming together a genicular bend; 1st pair,
as a rule, much stronger than the others and subcheliform; the 2 succeeding pairs
likewise subcheliform, but much feebler; the 4 posterior pairs ambulatory. Pleopoda
chiefly branchial in character, Ist pair large, more or less covering the others.
Uropoda with the outer ramus extending upwards, so as generally to arch over
the base of the telson. Incubatory pouch apparently not formed by distinctly de-
fined lamelle.

Remarks.—In their general outward appearance, the forms belonging
to this family somewhat recall the Tanaidew, having a similar long and nar-
row body, and in some cases, there is even to be found a slight attempt at a
cheliform structure of the Ist pair of legs. But otherwise, the two families are
widely different. The structure of the oral parts would seem to point to a para-
sitic habit, but in none of the forms has the mode of parasitism as yet been
stated. The manner in which the metasome terminates is very peculiar, and un-
like that found in other Isopoda; for the telson is well defined from the last
segment, and more or less strongly deflexed, whereas the outer ramus of the uro-
poda extends upwards so as to arch over the base of the telson, thereby giving
the caudal fan a somewhat cup-shaped appearance. It is imdeed from this
character that the name Anthura, given to the typical genus, has been derived.
In some of the exotic forms, however, this peculiar formation would appear to
be less pronounced than in the northern forms. Several genera have been esta-
blished in recent times, amounting to about 10 in all. Of these, only 2 are repre-

sented in the fauna of Norway.

Gen. 1. Calathura, Norm. & Stebb., 1886.

Generic Characters.—Body moderately slender, with the 2nd segment of
mesosome very movably connected, both with the preceding and succeeding segments,
dorso-lateral carine in all the segments well marked. Metasome comparatively
short, with the segments not very distinctly defined, though apparently present
in the normal number. Eyes imperfectly developed, or quite wanting. Antenne

subequal in length, both pairs having the flagella multi-articulate; the superior

ones scarcely different in the two sexes. _ Buccal mass projecting in front as a
sharply-pointed cone. Mandibles terminating in a lancet-like point, and having
inside, a flexuous lamella, by which a channel-like groove is formed, leading from
the tip to the base of the mandible, palp well developed, 3-articulate. Anterior
lip narrow, terminating in an obtusely conical point; posterior lip tapering dis-
tally, and slightly bifid at the tip. Anterior maxille simple, spear-like, terminal
part armed with recurved teeth. Posterior maxille wanting. Maxillipeds with
the basal part narrow oblong, projecting at the end, inside, to a triangular, poinced
masticatory lobe, palp distinctly 3-articulate, with the terminal joimt rather large,
lamelliform, epignath very small, rounded. 1st pair of legs powerfully developed,
meral joint transversely expanded, propodos large and tumefied, with the palmar
edge concaved, and defined behind by a small, thumb-like projection; the 2 suc-
ceeding pairs with the propodos much smaller, and not having the palmar edge
defined. 1st pair of pleopoda very large, completely covering the other pairs
below. Uropoda with the inner ramus rather broad, lamellar, biarticulate, outer
ramus much smaller, uni-articulate, cordiform, edged with strong, ciliated sete.
Remarks.—Vhis genus has been recently established by Messrs. Norman
and Stebbing, to include the arctic form, Anthura brachiata of Stimpson. It is
very nearly allied to the genus Paranthura Bate & Westwood, chiefly differing
in the facts that the flagella of both pairs of antenne are multiarticulate, and
that the superior ones are of the same structure in the two sexes; moreover, the uro-
poda exhibit a somewhat different shape. It may be noted, that im examining
the oral parts, I have failed to detect any traces of the posterior maxille, either
in this or the following genus, whereas in other genera belonging to this family
(for instance Anthura), these maxille are stated to exist in a rudimentary condi-

tion. _'The present genus contains as yet only 2 species, to be described below.’)

1. Calathura norvegica, G. O. Sars.
CRIS XeExee iol)

Paranthura norvegica, G. O. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Dyrelivet paa vore Haybanker,
Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1872, p. 88.

Specifie Characters.—Body slender, moniliform, somewhat contracted in front
of the middle, with the 1st segment of mesosome rather firmly connected to the cepha-
lon, the 2nd, however, defined from the preceding and succeeding segments by very
deep constrictions. Cephalon rather small, and seen from above, rounded oval, with

the side-edges evenly convex, frontal edge slightly produced in the middle. The

1) A 3rd species has recently been described by M. Jules Bonnier as C. affinis.

46°

first 2 segments of mesosome somewhat widening in front, the 4 succeeding ones
nearly twice as long as they are broad; last segment very small. Metasome, in-
cluding the telson, about the length of the last 2 segments of mesosome combined,
and slightly widening behind. Eyes wholly absent. Superior antenne with the
flagellum about the length of the peduncle, and 8-articulate; inferior antenne a
little longer than the superior, with the flagellum not attaining half the length of
the peduncle, and composed of about 10 articulations rapidly decreasing in size
distally. 1st pair of legs with the propodos very large, oval triangular, forming
a rounded expansion outside, palmar edge occupying the whole inner side, evenly
concave, and fringed with short spines, dactylus long and curved, impinging against
the posterior, produced corner of the palm. Propodos of the 2 succeeding pairs
oval pyriform in shape, and armed on the palmar edge with 4 strong spines.
Last pair of legs smaller than the 3 preceding ones. Ist pair of pleopoda with
the inner plate strongly dilated in the middle, and tapering distally to an obtuse
point. Uropoda with the inner ramus rather broad, laminar, terminal joint not
attaining half the length of the proximal one, outer ramus short, obliquely cordi-
form, with the edge minutely crenulated and densely fringed with ciliated sete.
Telson oblong, linguiform, with the tip narrowly rounded, and clothed with slender
bristles. Colour greyish brown, with dark brown ramifications on the sides of
the cephalon. Length of adult female 12 mm.

Remarks.—The present species is very nearly allied to the succeeding one,
and has, indeed, by Messrs. Norman and Stebbing, been identified with it. On
a closer comparison, it is, however, found to differ not only in its much inferior
size and less slender form, but also in the absolute want of eyes, and in the
far greater indistinctness in the dorsal impressions of the 4th to 6th segments of
the mesosome.

Occurrence.

I have only met with this form in 3 places on the Norwe-
eian coast, viz., at the Storeggen bank, at Husé, outside the Sognefjord, and at
Hvitingsé. In all 3 places it occurred rather sparingly at a depth of from 150

to 200 fathoms. Out of Norway, it has not yet been recorded.

2. Calathura brachiata, Stimpson.
(Pl. XIX, fig. 2.) E
Anthura brachiata, Stimpson, Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan, p. 43.
Syn: Paranthura brachiata Harger.
, Anthura arctica Heller.

Speeifie Character.—Very like the preceding species, but more than twice

as large, and somewhat more slender in form. Cephalon very small and, seen

47

from above, nearly quadrate in form, with the side-contours somewhat flexuous.
Ond and 3rd segments of mesosome each with 2 small juxtaposed dorsal tuber-
cles close to the anterior edge; the 3 succeeding segments haying, in the same
place, a very conspicuous oval depression; dorso-lateral keels, in these and the
preceding segments, very strongly marked. Eyes fairly conspicuous, though
rather small, each forming a slight bulging laterally, pigment opaque white, visual
elements imperfectly developed. Antenne: resembling those in the preceding
species, though having the flagella more fully developed. The other appendages
of much the same structure as in C. norvegica. Colour uniformly greyish brown,
without any pigmentary ramifications. Length reaching to 29 mm.

Remarks.—As stated above, I am of opinion that this form is speci-
fically distinct from the preceding one. The resemblance between the two, it
is true, is very close; but yet there are to be found some well-marked differences,
which do not allow of their being united in one and the same species. Not to
speak of the great difference in size, the present species is well distinguished by
the presence of distinct, though rather imperfectly developed eyes, of which no
trace is to be found in the other species, and also by the peculiar dorsal mark-
ings so conspicuous in the form here under consideration, and scarcely at. all
visible in C. norvegica.

Occurrence.—The only place on the Norwegian coast, where I have met
with this form, is in the Varanger Fjord at Vadsé. It here occurred occasionally
in a depth of about 120 fathoms.

Distribution.—Atlantic coast of North America (Stimpson, Harger), Franz
Josef’s Land (Heller), Greenland (Hansen), the Kara Sea (Hansen), Norwegian
North Atlantic Expedition in several Stations, as far north as Jan Mayen and
Spitsbergen (the present author), Porcupine Expedition in 6 different Stations, as

far South as the bay of Biscay (Norm. & Stebbing).

Gen. 2. Leptanthura, G. O. Sars, n.

Generic Characters.—Body in both sexes very slender and elongated, with
the metasome distinctly segmentated, and rather more fully developed in male
than in female. Eyes absent. Both pairs of antenne: in female short and thick,
with the flagellum rudimentary, the superior ones in the male, however, rather

fully developed, with the flagellum large, multiarticulate, and densely clothed with

48

long sensory filaments. Mandibles of a similar structure to that in Calathura,
but having the palp smaller, with the terminal joint rudimentary. Mazxillipeds
narrow, with the basal part imperfectly defined from the palp, which is only
composed of 2 joints, the distal one very small and narrow, masticatory lobes
obsolete. Ist pair of legs very strong, propodos produced at the end of the palm
to a very conspicuous, thumb-lke process, giving these legs an almost chelate
character; the 2 succeeding pairs with the propodos of different shape in the two
sexes. Ist pair of pleopoda less fully developed than in Calathura, so as not to
obtect the others below. Uropoda with the inner ramus rather slender, outer one
very broad and but sparimgly setous. Telson lanceolate, terminating in an
acute point.

Remarks.—The present new genus is founded upon the form at first recorded
by the present author as Paranthura tenuis, and subsequently referred by him to
the genus Ptilanthura of Harger. On a closer examination, I have, however,
found it necessary to separate this form also from the above-named genus, on
account of some apparently very essential differences. Messrs. Norman & £tebbing
retain it in the genus Paranthura; but this seems to me inadmissible, as it ex-
hibits several very marked differences from that genus, both in the structure of
the oral parts and in that of the other appendages. The structure of the 1st
par of legs in this genus is rather remarkable from the circumstance that it ex-
hibits a very pronounced approach to a chelate character, like that found in

the Tanaidee.

Leptanthura tenuis, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XX.)

Paranthura tenuis,') G. O. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Dyrelivet paa vore Havbanker.
Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1872, p. 89.

Specific Characters.—Body, especially in male, exceedingly slender, almost
filiform, with all the segments very sharply defined. Cephalon about half the size
of the Ist segment of mesosome and scarcely narrower, almost quadrate in out-
line, frontal margin slightly bi-sinuate. The first 2 segments of mesosome and
the last of about equal size, the 4 others somewhat longer, being more than
twice as long as they are broad; dorsal face of all segments perfectly smooth.
Metasome, including the telson, in female about the length of the last 2 segments

of mesosome combined, in male considerably longer, somewhat fusiform in shape,

') P. tenuis of Harger, established some years afterwards, is a very different species, not

even belonging to the same genus.

ee

being conspicuously constricted at the base of the caudal fan, all segments very
sharply defined, and having distinct rounded epimera. Superior antennée in female
much shorter than the cephalon, first jomt of the peduncle about the length of
the other 2 combined, flagellum not exceeding in length the last peduncular joint,
conic in form, and exhibiting 1 or 2 extremely small terminal joints; those in
male more than twice as large, and, as a rule, reflexed, last jomt of the peduncle
very movably articulated to the 2nd, and gradually widening distally, flagellum
fully as long as the peduncle, and rather thick at the base, being composed of
about 10 articulations, each provided with a dense whorl of long sensory filaments,
whereby the outer part of the antenna acquires a brush-like appearance. Inferior
antenne of same structure in the two sexes, rather stout, flagellum very small,
with 3—4 extremely minute terminal joints, carrying a dense brush of bristles.
Ist pair of legs likewise of a similar appearance in the two sexes, propodos large,
oval, set obliquely on the short carpus, palm deeply concave, and armed with a
row of flattened denticles, thumb-lke process very prominent. The 2 succeed-
ing pairs of legs with the propodos in female comparatively short, subquadrangular,
palm defined below by a distinct angle, that im male much longer, pyriform,
palm occupying the whole lower edge. First pair of pleopoda having the outer
plate oblong oval, gradually widening distally. Uropoda with the mner ramus
rather narrow, and reaching considerably beyond the telson, terminal joint about
the length of the proximal one, and having at the tip a dense brush of slender
bristles, outer ramus broadly cordiform, arching over the base of the telson, so
as almost to meet the corresponding ramus on the other side in the middle,
edge smooth, only clothed with scattered bristles. Telson in male broad, scarcely
more than twice as long as it is broad, in female considerably narrower, edges
smooth, except at the tip, which carries 2 long and 2 short bristles. Colour a
pure white. Length of female 7 mm., of male 8!/. mm.

Renarks.—By its extremely slender, filiform body, this form is easily re-
cognized from most other Anthuride, though the species of Anthelura and Hysswra
in this respect would seem to approach it. On account of its pure white colour
and comparatively small size, it may at first sight be mistaken for a Tanaid.

Occurrence.—I first detected this form at Hvitinesé, outside Stavanger,
in a depth of 150-200 fathoms, and have subsequently taken it im the inner
part of the Stavanger Fjord at Jelse, as also rather plentifully in the Trondhjem
Fjord in similar depths. It is a rather sluggish animal, creeping slowly along the
bottom. At times it is seen to bend its body almost in a circle; but I have
never seen it make any attempt to swim, though the structure of the pleopoda
seems to admit of such a motion, at least in the male sex.

Distribution.---Stat. 22 of the Porcupine Expedition, located off Lisbon
(Norm. & Stebbing).

7 — Crustacea.

50

Fam. 2. Gnathiide.

Body of male and female of very different appearance, being,

Characters.
in the former, depressed and dilated in front, in the latter, more or less fusiform ;
body of immature animal (larva) also rather different, though more resembling
that of female. Cephalon of male very large, as compared with that of female
and larva. Mesosome apparently composed of only 5 segments, though a rudi-
mentary anterior and posterior segment may be discerned. Metasome narrowing
abruptly to a width much narrower than the mesosome, composed of 6 segments, the
last triangularly produced behind, and forming together with the uropoda a nor-
mal caudal fan. Antennze comparatively short, and of same structure in the
two sexes, issuing close together from the outer corners of the cephalon.
Oral parts in the adult animal much reduced, consistng in the male of
a pair of mandibles freely projecting in front and a pair of peculiarly modi-
fied maxillipeds, in female of only the latter appendages. Oral parts in the
larva present in the normal number, and densely crowded together, to form an
apparatus for penetration and suction. Gnathopoda in male valve-lke, arching
over the lower face of the cephalon, in female much smaller and more distinctly
segmented, in the larva pediform, terminating in a strong hook. Only 5 pairs
of pereiopoda present, the last pair being absent. Pleopoda of equal structure,
natatory or exclusively respiratory (in the adult animal). No true incubatory
pouch present, the ova undergoing their development within the dilated body-cavity.

Remarks.—This is one of the most anomalous families of the order, and
in some points even differs more pronouncedly from the typical Isopoda, than
do the Apseudide and Tanadae. The sexual differences are highly remarkable, and
the not yet mature animals differ also so widely from the adults, that they have
long been referred to quite a separate family, Pranizide. The latter lead a true
parasitic existence, as shown by the peculiarly modified oral parts, whereas the
adults are scarcely at all parasitic. The complete absence of the last pair of pe-
reiopoda affords another very anomalous character, not found in other Isopoda,
except i the recently hatched young. /

The family comprises as yet but a single genus, Gnathia Leach; but it
is most probable, that it will be found appropriate ‘to subdivide this genus into
several distinct genera, as there are some apparently essential differences to be
found on comparing the several species. Indeed, the Rey. Mr. Stebbing has re-
cently proposed to raise a most anomalous form described by Mr. Beddard from

the Challenger Expedition, to the rank of a distinct genus Huneognathia, and he

has advanced the opinion that another species, established by the same author from

a fragment of a specimen, may also require to be transferred to a new genus.

Gen. Gnathia, Leach, 1814.
Syn: Ancews, Risso (male).

, Lraniza, Latr. (larva).

Generic Characters.—Body in male subdepressed, and more or less di-
lated in front, with the cephalon very large, subquadrangular, and flattened ante-
riorly, mesosome divided by a more or less conspicuous constriction into 2 sections,
the anterior comprising 2, the posterior 3 well-developed segments, the foremost
rudimentary segment being consolidated with the head, the hindmost received
between the projecting lateral parts of the 5th segment. Body in female and
larva more or less fusiform, with the cephalon rather small, and some of the
segments of mesosome fused together. Metasome in both sexes, as also in the
larva, much narrower than the mesosome, sublinear in form. Eyes, when present,
placed laterally. Antenne comparatively short and subequal in length, both pairs
with distinctly defined flagella. Mandibles in male of different form ind the
different species, more or less flattened, forceps-like. Mavxillipeds without epignaths,
masticatory lobe simple, palp consisting of 4 flattened joints fringed outside with
strong plumose sete; those in female much smaller, but of a similar structure.
Oral parts in the larva combined into a rostrum-like cone projecting in front, and
in a great measure styliform. Gnathopoda in male forming a pair of very large
curved plates arching over the lower face of the cephalon, and terminating in a
small apical joint; those in female much smaller and more pediform, being divided
into 3 or 4 jomts, and having at the base a thin lamella. Pereiopoda subequal and
of normal structure. Pleopoda with the rami uni-articulate, tipped with long sete,
or quite naked (in the adult animal). Uropoda with both rami lamelliform, sube-
qual, and edged with slender bristles.

Remarks.—This genus was established as early as in the vear 1814 by
Leach under the above name, which, according to the rules of priority, must be
preferred to the more generally used terms Anceus (the male) and Praniza (the
larva). To the French zoologist, E. Hesse, is due the merit of first having made
out precisely the true relationship between the male, female, and larva, which had

not formerly been fully recognized, though Leach had already conjectured, that the

52

Praniza might be the female of Ancvus. Indeed, the 3 forms are so widely ditte-
rent both in their general appearance, and in the structure of some of the appen-
dages, that one may be easily led to suppose that they belonged to as many distinct
genera. The communications of M. Hesse therefore at first occasioned no little
discussion among Corcinologists, and the correctness of his observations relating
to the transformation of Praniza into Anceus, was even simply denied'); but
subsequent investigations have, on the whole, fully confirmed his statements about
the peculiar trimorphism occurring in this genus. <A rather large number of
species, amounting to more than 20 in all, have been recorded from different parts
of the Oceans; but the far greater part of them have been only described from

male specimens. To the fauna of Norway belong 4 species, to be described below.

1. Gnathia maxillaris (Mont.).
(Pl. XXI, Pl. XXII, fig. 1,
Cancer maxillaris, Montague, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. VII, p. 65, Pl. 6, fig. 2.

Syn: Anceus maxillaris, Lamk. ov.
Praniza coeruleata, Desm. (Larva).
, Anceus oxyureus, Lilljeb. Co.

» Praniza Edwardii, Sp. Bate Q.
? Anceus manticorus, Hesse.

Specific Characters.— Male. Body almost clavate in shape, bemg gradually
expanded in front, with the anterior part of mesosome divided from the posterior
by a rather deep constriction. Cephalosome transversely quadrate, deeply ex-
cavated above in its anterior part, dorsal face smooth and distinctly areolated, supra-
ocular denticle comparatively small. Posterior division of mesosome narrower
than the anterior, dorsal face quite smooth, without any areolation. Eyes well
developed. Mandibles rather large, broadly lanceolate, with a slight obtuse notch
outside, inner edge bulging in the middle, and obscurely crenulated in its outer
part, tip scarcely incurved. Pereiopoda with scattered tubercles inside the outer
joints. Pleopoda well developed, natatory. Uropoda with the rami foliaceous,
and fringed with long ciliated sete. Terminal segment of metasome triangular,
gradually tapering to a point carrying 2 slender bristles. Sexual tubercle small,
but little prominent. Colour yellowish brown, with the areolz of the head whitish,
defined by narrow dark brown grooves.—Female: Body oblong fusiform, with the 2

') It may be noted that the strange controversy which at first took place between
M. Hesse and Mr. Sp. Bate, was merely due to the fact that the latter author regarded the
adult female as a Praniza, whereas M, Hesse more correctly named it a female Anceus,

53
posterior pedigerous segments coalesced. Cephalosome obtusely produced in front,
being fully as long as it is broad at the base. Pleopoda, as in male, natatory.
Body whitish, mottled all over with reddish brown specks. Length of male 5 mm.,
of female about the same.

Remarks.—The identification of this form with Montagu’s species is some-
what doubtful; but as, at least off the coasts of Norway, it is by far the most
common species, | am much inclined to believe, that it is the form originally de-
scribed as Cancer maxillaris. The form recorded by Sp. Bate & Westwood under
this name is a very different species, showing in some respects a closer relation-
ship to the following species, though apparently specifically distinct. The pre-
sent species may be easily distinguished in both sexes from the 3 other Norwegian
species, the male especially being readily recognized by the very large lanceolate
mandibles, and by the very pronounced areolation of the dorsal face of the head,
the female, by the form of the cephalosome.

Occurrence.—I have met with this form rather abundantly along the whole
south and west coasts of Norway, from the Christiania Fjord up to the Lofoten
Islands, in depths varying from 20 to 100 fathoms, and generally on muddy bottom,
Male specimens are much more frequent than female ones, both being always
found slowly creeping on the bottom. The larvee (Praniza) are much more agile,
and are often seen swimming about with great speed. Occasionally I have found
them clinging to the skin of living fishes of various kinds, when just brought up
by the fishing-line. In such cases, the posterior part of the mesosome generally forms
a greatly swollen, unsegmented division (see Pl. XXII, fig. 1) filled with the blood of
their hosts, and this is, on the whole, invariably the case with more advanced
larvee, even when taken up by the dredge. In all probability, they all lead a true
parasitic existence, but being well fitted for swimming, they may at times leave
their hosts. I have once witnessed the transformation of a Praniza (larva) into
the adult male form (Ancews). Immediately after the transformation, the imtegu-
ments of the animal were still rather soft, semipellucid, and mottled all over with
reddish brown specks, as in the larva, without as yet showing the distinct areolation
of the dorsal face of the head, which distinguishes the fully grown male.

Distribution.—British Isles (Mont.), Kattegat (Meinert), coast of France
(Hesse).

54

2. Gnathia dentata, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XXII, fig. 2.)
Anceus dentatus, G. O. Sars, Undersogelser over Hardangerfjordens Fauna I. Chr. Vid. Selsk.
Forh. 1871, p._32.

Specific Characters.—Male: Body comparatively more elongated than in
G. maxillaris, and less clavate in form, with the posterior division of mesosome
scarcely narrower than the anterior, both bemg defined by a very conspicuous
constriction. Cephalosome rounded quadrangular, with the supra-ocular processes
rather prominent, dorsal face, behind the anterior excavation, evenly convex,
without any areolation, but, like the first 2 segments of mesosome, clothed all over
with very small spikes and stiff hairs. Posterior division of mesosome quite
smooth, middle segment divided dorsally into 2 areole, separated by a rather
broad membranous space. Metasome comparatively shorter and broader than in
G. maxillaris, with the epimera triangularly produced. Eyes well developed. Inferior
antennz with the last joint of the peduncle rather large, subfusiform. Mandibles much
smaller than in G, maxillaris, with a very conspicuous tooth-like projection in the
middle of the outer edge, tip slightly incurved, acuminate, inner edge distinctly crenu-
lated, and obtusely produced near the base. Pereiopoda without any distinct tubercles
inside the outer joints. Pleopoda well developed, natatory. Terminal segment of meta-
some triangular and rather broad. Uropoda with the rami well-developed, foliaceous.
Sexual process very long, pointing anteriorly. Colour greyish white.—Female:
Body rather narrow with the 3 posterior pedigerous segments completely coalesced,
and forming together an oblong, subcylindric division, more than 4 times as long
as that preceding it. Cephalosome very small, twice as broad as it is long, front
but very slightly produced, minutely bidentate at the tip. Pleopoda, as im the
male, natatory. Colour yellowish white, mottled with scattered reddish specks.
Length in both sexes 4 mm.

Remarks.—Vhe present species may be easily distinguished from the pre-
ceding one, in the adult state of both sexes, whereas the larvee are of a very
similar appearance to those of G. mazillaris. In the male, the structure
of the mandibles and the non-areolated dorsal face of the head may serve as
easily recognizable distinguishing marks; in the female, the very different shape of
the cephalosome, and the complete fusion of the posterior dilated segments of
the mesosome. -

Occurrence.

This form was first observed by the present author in the
inner part of the Hardanger Fjord, and has subsequently been found occasionally
in a few other places on the west coast of Norway, as also in the Trondhjem
Kjord. It generally occurs on a stony bottom among Hydroida, the depth vary-

ing from 20 to 50 fathoms. In habits it exactly agrees with the type species.

3. Gnathia elongata, Kréyer.
(Pl. XXIU, fig. 1.)
Anceus elongatus, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. Ny Rekke, Bd. II, p. 388.

Specific Characters.—Male: Body rather elongated, with the mesosome
of nearly uniform breadth throughout, and the median constriction not very much
pronounced. Cephalosome of moderate size, rounded quadrangular, with the supra-
ocular processes well-defined. Dorsal face of both cephalosome and mesosome
very uneven, with irregular depressions, and clothed all over with minute spinules
and short hairs. Penultimate pedigerous segment divided dorsally by a narrow
longitudinal groove into 2 halves. Metasome comparatively narrow, and scarcely
longer than the 2 posterior pedigerous segments combined, epimera small. Eyes
well-developed, though not very large. Mandibles comparatively small, with only
a very slight notch outside, inner edge obtusely produced in the middle, tip acute,
slightly imcurved. Pereiopoda with small tubercles inside the outer joints. 'Ter-
minal segment of metasome considerably narrowed in its outer part, which is
conical in shape. Uropoda with the rami comparatively narrow. —Female: Body
much broader than in male, with the last 3 pedigerous segments well-defined, and
together forming an oblong oyal division about 3 times as long as that preceding it.
Cephalosome with the frontal part shghtly produced and bidentate at the tip.
Pleopoda in both sexes with the rami quite smooth forming narrow sac-like plates
not fitted for swimming, but apparently respiratory m character. Colour of male
greyish white, with a light bluish tinge, of female, yellowish, semipellucid, with
scattered brown dots. Length in both sexes 4 mm.

Remarks.—TVhis form was first described by Kréyer from male specimens
collected off the Greenland coast, and was subsequently figured in Gaimard’s great
work. The female, however, has hitherto been unknown. Both sexes are easily
distinguishable from those of the other Norwegian species. The immature form

(Praniza), however, looks very like that of the 2 preceding species.

Occurrence.—Along the whole Finmark coast, this arctic form is not infre-
euently met with. In the harbour of Hammerfest especially, I have taken it in
great abundance at a depth of from 20 to 40 fathoms, both sexes occurring in
nearly equal numbers, and in the same place, larvee (the Praniza-form) were also
found rather plentifully. It extends southwards to the Lofoten Islands; farther
south, I have never met with it. The adult animal is very sluggish in habit, the
structure of the pleopoda, mdeed, showing it to be quite unable to swim. The
larvee, on the other hand, move through the water with great agility, and most

probably, at times, lead a parasitic life on the skin of various fishes.

ot
[op

Distribution. Greenland (Kroyer), the Kara Sea (Hansen), St. 223 &

290 of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.

4. Gnathia abyssorum, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XXIII, fig. 2.)

Anceus abyssorum, G. O. Sars, Undersogelser over Hardangerfjordens Fauna, Crustacea, p. 34.

Specifie Characters.—Male: Body yery short and stout, subclavate in
form, with the posterior division of mesosome somewhat narrower than the an-
terior, both being defined by a well-marked constriction. Cephalosome exceedingly
large, rounded quadrangular in shape, with the supra-ocular processes well-defined
and coarsely denticulate, dorsal face, like that of the anterior part of mesosome,
clothed with small spmules and scattered hairs. Penultimate pedigerous segment
divided dorsally into 2 lateral arewe by a rather broad median, soft-skinned space,
last segment considerably narrower, with the lateral corners obtusely produced.
Metasome comparatively short, with simple, rounded epimera. Eyes unusually large,
with light yellowish pigment. Mandibles powerfully developed, and pronouncedly
securiform in shape, outer edge perfectly smooth, without any notch, mner, pro-
duced at the base to a large, obtusely conic expansion, tip pointed. Pereiopoda
coarsely spinous inside. ‘Terminal segment of metasome abruptly contracted in
its outer part, which is narrowly conic in form, Uropoda with the rami compara-
tively narrow.—Female: Body fusiform, with the 3 posterior pedigerous segments
well defined, and forming together an oval division, two and a_ half times as
long as that preceding it. Cephalosome triangular, front rather produced, and bi-
dentate at the tip. Pleopoda in both sexes not natatory, rami narrow sacciform, the
outer one considerably shorter than the imner. Colour of male bluish white, of
female whitish pellucid, without pigmentary spots. Length in both sexes about 3 mm.

Remarks.—Vhis form was at first observed by the present author only
in the female sex; but subsequently I have also succeeded in finding the male,
and am thus enabled to draw up a complete diagnosis of the species. The dis-
covery of the male has shown this species to be very nearly allied to the form
described by the present author from the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition
as Anceus robustus; but the present species is of much inferior size, and of a
still shorter and more compact form, differing, moreover, in the shape of the
mandibles, and in the larger size of the eyes. By the 2 latter characters, it is
also easily distinguishable from the 3 other Norwegian species.

Occurrence.

A single female specimen of this form was first taken in

the inner part of the Hardanger Fjord, at Utne, from the considerable depth of

Ot

200 fathoms. Some years afterwards, I met with this species in a widely distant
locality, viz., at Hasvig, West Finmark, where a few specimens, males and fe-

males, were taken from depths of from 150 to 200 fathoms.

Fam. 3. Agide.

Characters.--Body more or less broad, depressed, with the dorsal face
evenly vaulted and very smooth. Cephalon comparatively small, transverse, front
not produced above the bases of the antenne. Segments of mesosome well-defined
and closely crowded together, all, excepting the 1st, having distinct coxal plates
firmly connected with them laterally. Metasome composed of 6 well-defined seg-
ments, the last large, scutiform, and ciliated at the edges, constituting together
with the uropoda a well-developed caudal fan. Eyes, when present, large, extend-
ing more or less over the dorsal face of the head. Antennze pointing laterally, the
superior ones shorter than the inferior, and origmating close together im front of
them; both pairs provided with distinctly-defined, multiarticulate flagella. Oral
parts of rather anomalous structure, being modified for piercing and tearing the
skin of other animals. The first 3 pairs of legs short and thick, prehensile, ter-
minating in a strongly curved, hook-like dactylus, the 4 posterior pairs more slen-
der, and ambulatory in character. Pleopoda with the rami large, foliaceous, cili-
ated at the edges, serving partly for swimming, partly for respiration. Uropoda
attached laterally beneath the base of the terminal segment, and having the rami
of coarser structure, and partly fringed with spines. Sexual difference not very
pronounced.

Remarks.—This is one of the 6 families comprised within the large group
Cymothoide, and is chiefly distinguished from the other families by the com-
paratively broad, flattened body, and by the structure of the antenne and oral
parts. All the forms belonging to this family lead a parasitic existence, being
generally found clinging to the skin of fishes of different kinds, though they are
pretty well adapted for moving freely about by the aid of the largely developed
pleopoda. Four or 5 genera are comprised within this family, 3 of which are

represented in the fauna of Norway.

8 — Crustacea.

58

Gen. 1. Agra, Leach, 1815.

Generic Characters.—Body rather compact, with very hard integuments,
and the segments of mesosome nearly equal in size, the 4 posterior ones
eenerally haying a line running across them dorsally. Coxal plates thick, sculp-
tured outside with 2 curved ridges, and produced posteriorly to an acute point.
Metasome not much narrower than the mesosome, its 5 anterior segments very
short, and having the epimera acutely produced. Eyes large, reniform, sometimes
approaching dorsally, so as to meet in the middle, Superior antenne rather short,
with the first 2 peduncular joints more or less expanded. Anterior lip having in front
a smooth linguiform plate (epistome) projecting between the bases of the inferior
antenne. Posterior lip terminating in 2 comparatively small, lanceolate lappets.
Mandibles having at the base outside a well-developed 3-articulate palp, imner
part of the body greatly produced, and terminating in a sharpened, knife-shaped
cutting edge, molar expansion wanting. Anterior mavxille with only a single
narrrow masticatory lobe tipped by short spines. Posterior maxillee broader, sub-
lamellar, terminating in 2 unequal lobes armed with recurved denticles. Mawxilli-
peds rather strong, epignath confluent with the basal part, masticatory lobe rudi-
mentary, terminal part (palp) 5-articulate, incurved, subtortuous, and armed with
strong recurved denticles. Anterior pairs of legs with the propodos simple cylind-
ric, not expanded, dactylus abruptly curved in the middle, and terminating in a
very acute point; the 4 posterior pairs successively increasing in length, with the
propodal joint short, and the dactylus comparatively small. Uropoda with the
basal part produced at the inner corner to a narrow lanceolate process.

Remarks.—This genus was established as early as in the year 1815 by
Leach, and represents the type of the family dyide@. It is chiefly distinguished
from the other 3 genera represented in the Norwegian fauna, by the compara-
tively broad metasome, the large reniform eyes, the structure of the antennz and
that of the mandibles and maxillipeds. Moreover, some differences are found in
the structure of the legs. The Age comprise some of the largest known Iso-
poda, and are well known hy our fisher-men by their frequent occurrence on the
skin of fishes of various kinds. They are generally named here in Norway
“Hisk-Bjorn”, that is, fish-bear. The genus comprises rather a large number of
species from different parts of the Oceans, amounting to more than 20 in all.

To the fauna of Norway belong 7 species, to be described below.

1. Aga psora (Lin.).
(Pl. XXTV.)
Oniscus psora, Linné, Fauna svecica, ed. H, 1761.

Syn: duga emarginata, Leach.

Specific Characters.—Body rather broad, oval in form, about twice as
long as it is broad, with the dorsal face but slightly vaulted, and very smooth and
polished; transverse lines of the 4 posterior pedigerous segments indistinct. Ce-
phalon with the front slightly produced in the middle. Coxal plates of moderate
size. Metasome about half the length of the mesosome, epimera well-developed
and pointed. ‘Terminal segment triangular, pointed at the tip, dorsal face smooth.
Eyes subreniform, separated in the middle by a distinct, though rather small
interspace. Superior antenne with the first 2. peduncular joints rather broad,
the 2nd being produced at the end anteriorly to a hood-like projection curving
over the succeeding joint, flagellum about half the length of the peduncle. In-
ferior antenne nearly twice as long as the superior, with the flagelluin somewhat
longer than the peduncle. Ist pair of legs with only 2 blunt spines at the end
of the meral joint inside, the 2 succeeding pairs with a row of from 7 to 8 si-
milar spines on the same joint; the 4 posterior pairs with the outer part densely
clothed with short spines. Uropoda with the inner plate deeply emarginated
near the end, outside, outer plate oblong, with about 12 short spines along the
exterior edge. Colour light reddish brown. Length of adult animal reaching
to 50 mm.

kemarks.—This is the species first recorded, and may accordingly be
regarded as the type of the genus. It is easily recognizable by the rather broad,
oval body, the distinctly separated eyes, and more especially by the form of the
terminal segment of the metasome, and the deep emargination occurring on the
inner plate of the uropoda, outside the tip. The name emarginata proposed by
Leach, was, indeed, derived from this last character.

Occurrence.—This species occurs rather frequently along the whole coast
of Norway, from the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, being more generally found on
the cod, but occasionally also on other kinds of fishes, for instance the haddock,
the ling, the halibut and the shark. It is also not infrequently taken up in the
dredge, but, as a rule, only young specimens are caught in this manner.

Distribution.—British Isles (Sp. Bate), MKattegat (Meimert), North Sea
(Metzger), Ireland (Edwards), Spitsbergen (Miers), Greenland (Liitken), Atlantic

coast of North America (Harger).

60

2. Aga tridens, Leach.
(Pi. XXV, fig. 1.)
Aiga trulns, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol. XI, p. 370.

Specific Characters.—Rody somewhat more elongated than in the preced-
ing species, being nearly 2 and a half times as long as it is broad. Cephalon
rather broad in proportion to its length, and slightly produced in front. Meso-
some moderately convex above, and quite smooth, though having the transverse
lines of the 4 posterior segments very distinctly marked. Metasome rather broad,
with projecting epimera; terminal segment subtriangular, with the tip bi-sinuate,
or projecting in 3 obtuse dentiform projections, dorsal face with 3 obtuse carine,
the median one rather narrow, the other 2 gradually widening in front. Eyes, an-
tennee, and legs nearly as in 2. psora. Uropoda with the inner plate obliquely
truncated at the tip, and devoid of any emargination outside. Length 38 mm.

Remarks.—This form, established by Leach, is nearly allied to the pre-
ceding species, though easily distinguishable by the shape and sculpturing of the
terminal segment of the metasome, and by the absence of a sinus outside the inner
plate of the uropoda. It is also of a somewhat more oblong form than the
said species.

Occurrence.—Two specimens of this form are preserved in our University
Museum, having been taken in the Christiania Fjord from the skin of the com-
mon cod. It has also been taken occasionally at Bergen and at Christiansund, but
seems, on the whole, to be very rare. I have not myself observed it in a
living state.

Distribution.—British Isles (Leach), Faroe Islands (Schédte & Meinert).

3. Aga Stromii, Liitken.
(Pl. XXV, fig. 2.)
Aiga Stromii, Liitken, Vid. Medd. Nat. For. Kjobenhavn 1858, p. 68, Pl. |. A, fig.s 6—8.
Syn: diga monophthalma, vav., Johnst.
» bicarinata, Rathke (not Leach).

Specific Characters. —Body oblong oval, more than 2 and a half times as
long as it is broad, and rather convex above. Cephalon moderately broad, slightly
produced in front. Mesosome with the dorsal face smooth, transverse lines of
the 4 posterior segments well defined. Terminal segment of metasome narrowly
truncated at the tip, with the posterior edge very slightly emarginated, dorsal
face with 2 rather slight and obtuse carine gradually disappearing in front, edges

smooth, finely ciliated. Eyes very large, meeting above in the middle, along a

6]

straight line. Antenne about as in the 2 preceding species. Anterior pairs of”
legs rather strong, with the meral joint slightly sinuated inside, posterior pairs
not much elongated. Uropoda as in 4%, tridens. Colour of a young specimen:
light yellow, with scattered reddish specks, posterior part of mesosome dark
bluish with opaque white pigmentary ramifications in the middle of the segments.
Length of adult animal reaching to 48 mm.

Remarks.—According to prof. Liitken, the form recorded by Strém in his
description of Séndmére, as “Fiskebjorn”, is undoubtedly referable to this species.
The same form was subsequently observed off the British Isles by Johnston, but
was only regarded as a variety of his .42. monophthalma. H. Rathke referred
the species erroneously to 42. bicarinatu Leach, which is a very different species
not yet found on the coasts of Norway. Under such circumstances, the name
AY. Strémii, proposed by Liitken, ought to be retained for the species. It is easily
distinguishable from the 2 preceding species by the very large eyes, which meet
along the median line; and also by the shape of the terminal segment of the metasome.

Occurrence.—The species would seem to occur not infrequently along the
whole south and west coasts of Norway, and extends northwards at least to the
Lofoten Islands. It is generally found on the skin of the common cod, but,
as is the case with several other species, it seems also to infest several other
kinds of fishes. I have myself taken it in the Trondhjem Fjord, from the haddock
and from the common picked dog-fish (Acanthias).

Distribution.—British Isles (Johnston), Skagerak (Schédte & Liitken),
Faroe Islands (Liitken).

4. Aga crenulata, Liitken.
(Pl. XXV. fig. 3.)
Atga crenulata, Liitken, Vid. Medd. Nat. For. 1858, p. 70, Pl. 1. A, figs. 4, 5.

Specific Characters.—- Very like the preceding species, but of larger size and
coarser structure, the dorsal face being finely scabrous, owing to numerous small, de-
pressed pits, and having the transverse lines of the 4 posterior pedigerous segments
very distinctly marked. Coxal plates rather large, and less acutely produced poste-
riorly. Metasome rather broad, with the epimera of the anterior segments projecting
beyond the sides of the mesosome; terminal segment narrowly truncated at the
tip, with the posterior edge nearly straight, and distinctly crenulated, upper face
plain, without a trace of carine. Eyes large, meeting above along the median
line. Antenne about as in 4d’. Stroémii. The 3 anterior pairs of legs, on the

other hand, distinguished by a very conspicuous cultriform spine, issuing from

62

the end of the propodos, inside the base of the dactylus. Posterior pairs of legs
and uropoda nearly as in dv. Strémii. Length of adult animal reaching to 52 mm.

Remarks.—-The present species, established by Prof. Liitken, is very nearly
allied to 42, Strémii, and may easily be confounded with it. On a closer exa-
mination, it is, however, found to differ in the much coarser sculpturing of the
dorsal skin, and the entire absence of any keels on the terminal segment of the
metasome, the posterior edge of which, moreover, exhibits a pronounced crenula-
tion, not found in 4%. Strémii. The peculiar cultriform spine issuing from the
end-of the propodos of the 3 anterior pairs of legs, affords another character, by
which this species is distinguished from all the other Norwegian forms. It is the
largest of our indigenous Aige.

Occusrence.—Several specimens of this species are preserved in our Uni-
versity Museum, having been procured from time to time, partly in the Christiania
Fjord, partly off the south coast of Norway. It has, moreover, been observed at
Bergen, in the Trondhjem Fjord and in Komag Fjord, West Finmark. In every
instance, it has been taken from the skin of the great shark (Scymnus microcephalus).

Distribution.—Iceland (Liitken), Greenland (Liitken).

~

5. AEga monophthalma, Johnston.
(Pl. XXVI, fig. 1.)
Afga monophthalma, Johnston, Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist. VII, p. 233, fig. 43.

Specifie Characters.—Body oblong oval, much depressed, somewhat widen-
ing behind, dorsal face coarsely sculptured with depressed pits more distinct on
the posterior part, hind edges of the segments crenulated. Cephalon very broad
in proportion to its length, semilunar in shape, front somewhat produced. First
segment of mesosome with the anterior edge emarginated on each side, to receive
the ocular parts of the head. Coxal plates rather strongly produced, the last
pair reaching almost as far as the epimera of the anterior segment of metasome.
Anal segment semi-oval, terminating in a well-marked conical projection, dorsal
face very coarsely sculptured, and somewhat excavated on each side, having a
distinct, though obtuse, carina running along the middle. Eyes exceedingly large,
oblong, meeting in front. Superior antenne with the Ist peduncular joint very
large and expanded, 2nd hood-shaped. LEpistomal plate sub-pentagonal in form.
Legs and uropoda af normal structure. Length of adult animal 50 mm.

Remarks.—This is a very distinct species, easily recognizable by the coarse
sculpturing of the dorsal skin, the very large, oblong, contiguous eyes, the greatly

expanded Ist and 2nd peduncular joints of the superior antenne, and the form

63

of the terminal segment of the metasome. According to Messrs. Schédte and Liitken,
it sometimes attains a length of more than 56 mm., and is thus probably the
largest of all hitherto known Aige.

Occurrence.—A few specimens of this pretty form are preserved in our
University Museum, some having been procured in the Christiania Fjord, some at
Farsund, on the south coast of Norway. It has, moreover, been found at Bergen,
at Floré, and in the Trondhjem Fjord. The specimens have been taken, some from
the skin of the common cod, some from that of the great shark.

Distribution. — British Isles (Johnston), Skagerak (Meimert), Iceland
(Schédte & Liitken).

6. Aga arctica, Liitken.
(BIE XGXAVEE shies 25)
Atga arctica, Liitken, Vid. Medd. Nat. Hist. Foren. 1858, p. 71, Pl. 1. A., figs. 1—3.

Specific Characters.— Body oblong oval, with the dorsal face moderately
convex, and very smooth. Cephalon but httle more than twice as long as it is
broad, front slightly produced in the middle. Mesosome with the transverse lines
of the 4 posterior segments not very sharply marked; coxal plates of moderate
size. Metasome rather large, considerably exceeding half the length of the meso-
some, epimera bluntly produced; terminal segment semioval, tip evenly rounded,
with a very small apical incision, dorsal face plain, edges in the outer part mi-
nutely serrated. Eyes of middle size, oval, separated above by a distinct, though
small interspace. Antennze unusually slender, the first 2 peduncular joints of the
superior ones but slightly expanded, and, combined, scarcely longer than the last
peduncular joint. Legs and uropoda normal. Length of an apparently adult
specimen 32 mm.

Remarks.—This species, established by Prof. Liitken, may be easily dis-
tinguished from those previously described by the slender form of the antennie,
the comparatively large size of the metasome, and the shape of its terminal
segment.

Occurrence.—A single specimen of this ferm is preserved in our Univer-
sity Museum, having been procured in Finmark, probably from the skin of the
great shark. s
Distribution.—Greenland (Liitken), Iceland (Schédte & Meinert).

64

7. Ega ventrosa, M. Sars.
(Pl. XXVI, fig. 3.)
ARya ventrosa, M. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1848, p. 156:
Syn: Aga Lovéni, Bovallius.
» Agiochus ventrosus, Bov.
5 — Nordenskjoldi, Bov.

Specific Characters.—Body rather broad, oval in form, with the dorsal
face slightly vaulted and quite smooth, Cephalon of moderate size, with the front,
as usual, slightly produced in the middle. Coxal plates of usual structure. Meta-
some exceeding half the length of the mesosome, epimera acutely produced; ter-
minal segment subtriangular, produced at the tip to an obtuse point, dorsal face
plain, outer part of the edges distinctly serrated, and armed with minute spinules.
Eyes rather narrow, separated in the middle by a distinct mterspace. Antenne
very slender, resembling those in 4%. arctica, though the flagellum of the superior
ones is somewhat longer. Anterior pairs of legs with the inner edge of the meral
joint sinuated, and only armed with scattered small denticles. Uropoda with both
plates distinetly serrate and denticulate, the imner one broader than the outer,
and having a very slight emargination outside the tip. .Colour pale yellowish,
sometimes with a tinge of chestnut. Length of adult animal 23 mm.

Remarks.—1 fully agree with Dr. Hansen in believing the 3 forms re-
corded by Dr. Boyallius as dtga Lovéni, dégiochus Nordenskjoldi and Avgiochus
ventrosus, to belong to one and the same species. The genus dyiochus cannot
be maintained, as, according to Dr. Hansen, it is only founded upon a spurious
character, caused by an imperfect exuviation of some specimens. The differences
pointed out by Dr. Bovallius between the 3 forms, appear, on the whole, to be
quite insufficient as specific distinctions. The present species, first described by
my late father, agrees with 47. arctica in the structure of the antenne, but is of
rather inferior size, and, moreover, has the body comparatively broader, the eyes
much narrower, and the terminal segment of the metasome of rather a differ-
ent shape.

Occurrence.—The species would seem to occur not infrequently along the
whole Norwegian coast, from the Christiania Fjord to Komag Fjord in West Fin-
mark. As far as I know, all the specimens secured have been taken by the aid
of the dredge from rather considerable depths descending to 300 fathoms. It may,
however, be assumed that, like the other species, it at times infests fishes of one
kind or another.

Distribution—Coast of Bohusliin (Bovallius), Greenland (Bovallius).

65

Gen. 2. Roecinela, Leach, 1815.

Syn: Acherusia, Lucas.

Generic Characters.—Form of body resembling that of d¢ga, though being
somewhat less compact, and more depressed. Metasome generally less broad, with
the terminal segment rounded off at the end, and finely ciliated. Eyes well
developed, with very large and conspicuous cornes. Antenne slender, the supe-
rior ones much shorter than the inferior, and with the basal joimts not expanded.
Epistomal plate very small and narrow. “Mandibles considerably produced, with
the cutting edge expanded inside to a linguiform lamella (molar expansion ?); palp
well developed, with the basal joint much elongated. Mavxille nearly as in Ata.
Maxillipeds with the palp composed of only 2 joints, the terminal one armed with
strong recurved teeth. The 3 anterior pairs of legs having the propodos more or
less expanded and armed inside with strong spines, dactylus forming a very large
and evenly curved hook; the 4 posterior pairs slender, resembling in_ structure
those in diga. Pleopoda and uropoda normal.

Remarks.—This genus, established by Leach, is nearly allied to dtga,
though exhibiting some well-marked differences both in the structure of the oral
parts, and in that of the anterior pairs of legs. The genus Acherusia of Lucas
is undoubtedly identical with that of Leach. Nine species of the genus are re-
corded in the work of Schidte & Meinert, from different parts of the Oceans.

Of these, only a single species is represented in the fauna of Norway.

Rocinela danmoniensis, Leach.
(Pl. XXVILI.)
Rocinela danmoniensis, Leach, Dict. se. nat. XII, p. 349.

Syn: Acherusia rotundicauda, Lilljeb.

Specifie Characters.—Body somewhat varying in form, being, in sexually
developed specimens of both sexes, comparatively broader and more compact than
in younger, though equally large specimens, in which the 4 posterior segments
of mesosome are particularly large, and defined by rather broad, thin-skinned
interspaces. Cephalon subtriangular in form, being produced in front to an obtuse
point. Coxal plates acutely produced, with the outer face smooth. Metasome
defined from the mesosome by a conspicuous constriction, and of inferior breadth,
Ist segment in adult specimens nearly concealed, epimera acutely produced; ter-
minal segment semi-oval, or broadly linguiform, evenly rounded at the end, dorsal
face plain, outer part of edge finely ciliated, and armed with minute adpressed

9 — Crustacea.

66

spinules. Eyes very large, nearly quadrangular, almost meeting above at one of
their angles. Superior antenne with the Ist joint of the peduncle rather short
and concealed by the produced front, flagellum shorter than the peduncle and
6-articulate. Inferior antennz more than twice as long as the superior, flagellum
considerably exceeding the peduncle in length. Anterior pairs of legs rather
strong, meral joint armed inside with 3 blunt spines, propodos rather broad,
with 3 strong spines inside, dactylus large falciform. Uropoda with both plates
oblong, densely ciliated, and partly edged with short spinules, the inner one a
little broader than the outer, and rounded at the tip. Colour hght reddish brown,
caudal fan sub-hyaline. Length of adult animal reaching to 24 mm.

Remarks.—This form was described under the above name by Leach as
early as in the year 1815. Subsequently it was recorded from the Norwegian
coast by Prof. Lilljeborg under another name, viz., Acherusia rotundicauda. It
looks, on the whole, very like an dZga, but may be at once distinguished by the
more depressed, and less compact body, the large angular eyes, and the evenly
rounded terminal segment of the metasome. Not yet sexually developed specimens
are more frequently met with, and in these the body appears much more slender
than in adult specimens, in which it is considerably shortened by the closer
crowding together of the segments.

Occurrence.—The species occurs not infrequently along the whole south
and west coasts of Norway, at least to the Trondhjem Fjord, and is not infrequently
taken up in the dredge, though it is more generally found clinging to the skin
of fishes of various kinds, for instance the common cod, the haddock, the ling ete.

Distribution.—British Isles (Leach), Oresund and Kattegat (Meinert), the
Faroe Islands (Schédte & Meinert).

Gen. 3. GSysScenus, Harger, 1878.

Syn: Harponyx, G. O. Sars.
Rocinela, Bovallius (not Leach).

Generic Characters.—Body depressed, with the cephalon comparatively
small, and the metasome. narrowing abruptly to a much smaller width than the
mesosome; terminal segment very large. Eyes wanting. Antenne nearly as in
focinela. Mandibles with the cutting edge simple, acuminate, palp of moderate
length. Mavxillipeds with the terminal part bi-articulate. Anterior pairs of legs

with the propodos smooth, cylindric, not expanded, dactylus extremely strong,

67

hooked, abruptly curved in the middle, and terminating in a very sharp point.
The 4 posterior pairs of legs very slender, with the propodal joint elongated, and
the dactylus hook-shaped. Uropoda with the basal part but slightly produced
inside, terminal plates comparatively narrow, setiferous.

Remarks.—This genus, established by O. Harger, is nearly allied to Ro-
cinela, but differs in the total absence of eyes, and in the abruptly narrowed
metasome, as also in the structure of the mandibles. In some other points, for
instance, the strongly hooked pereiopoda, it seems to form a transition to the
family Cymothoide (sens. strict.). The genus is as yet only represented by a

single species.

Syscenus infelix, Harger.
(Pl. XXVIII.)

Syscenus infelix, Harger, Report on the marine Isopoda of New England. Rep. Un. St. Com.
Fish & Fisheries Part VI, p. 387.

Syn: Harponyx pranizoides, G. O. Sars.
, Rocinela Lilljeborgii, Bovallius.

Specific Characters.—Immature form: Body very slender and much de-
pressed, with the anterior division oblong oval in form, the posterior one much
narrower, and sublinear. Cephalon triangular, gradually narrowed in front to a
somewhat projecting point. First segment of mesosome rather large, last segment
much narrower than the preceding ones, and without coxal plates. Metasome fully
as long as the mesosome, very slightly widening posteriorly, terminal segment
about the length of the other 5 combined, and gradually tapering to an obtuse
point carrying 2 juxtaposed spines, edges fringed with slender bristles. Superior
antennz with the flagellum about the length of the peduncle, and 5-articulate; in-
ferior ones 3 times as long, with the flagellum twice the length of the peduncle,
and composed of 11 articulations, clothed posteriorly with long and slender sete.
Anterior pairs of lees comparatively short and stout, with the dactylus enormously
developed; the 3 posterior pairs very slender, and rapidly increasing in length,
6th pair about the length of the whole body, not including the caudal fan, pro-
podal joint in all 3 pairs very much elongated, dactylus strong, hook-shaped. Last
pair of legs wanting. Pleopoda with the lamellee comparatively narrow, inner one
of the posterior pair not ciliated. Uropoda with the basal part somewhat elongated,
and produced inside to a rather short setiferous projection, terminal plates narrow
oblong, and fringed with slender bristles, the outer one considerably smaller than
the inner, and armed outside with a row of small spinules. Colour whitish, pel-

lucid, cephalon tinged with light chestnut. Length 6 mm.

68

Remarks.—The above diagnosis refers only to the immature animal. In
the adult state, this form was first described, but not figured, by O. Harger in
the above-quoted paper from a solitary specimen taken north of Cape Cod, from
a depth of 130 fathoms. Subsequently several more specimens were procured, and
some additional remarks on the species, accompanied by a habitus-figure and some
detail-figures, were given by the same author in another paper published in 1883.
It may thereby easily be demonstrated, that the form described by Dr. Bovallius in
the year 1885 as Rocinela Lilljeborgii, is the very same species, and, as, moreover,
it must be regarded as beyond all doubt, that this form only represents a more
advanced stage of the Harponyx pranizoides described in 1882 by the present
author, all these 3 forms ought to be combined into one species, for which the
name proposed by Harger, being the older one, must be retained. According to the
latter author, the species grows to rather a large size, the largest specimen mea-
suring 44mm. in length. The specimen described by Dr. Bovallius had a length
of 22 mm.

Occurrence.—Only 2 specimens of this form, both very young and exactly
alike both in size and structure, have been examined by me. They were taken
up by the dredge in 2 different localities of the west coast of Norway, viz., at
Hyitings6 and at Bekkervig, the depth ranging from 80 to 150 fathoms.

Distribution.—Atlantic coast of North America (Harger), coast of Bohus-

lan, on the operculum of a whiting (Bovallius).

Fam. 4.. Cirolanide.

Characters.—General habitus not unlike that in the A%gide, though the
back is much more strongly vaulted, giving the body a more or less semicylindric
form. Cephalon with the front not produced in the middle. Coxal plates well-
defined on all the segments of mesosome except the 1st. Metasome normally
developed, with the terminal segment large, clypeiform, constituting together with
the uropoda a well-developed caudal fan. Eyes not very large, lateral. Antenne
very unequal, the superior ones being very small, the inferior long and slender.
Oral parts formed for biting and masticating, and accordingly of more normal
structure than in the dyidew. All legs ambulatory in character, though the 3 anterior

pairs may also serve for prehension, and the posterior ones for swimming.

Pleopoda well developed, adapted both for swimming and breathing. Uropoda of
a structure similar to that in the Agide. Incubatory pouch composed of 5 pairs
of lamellae issuing from the bases of the 5 anterior pairs of legs; a supplementary
pair of lamelle originating moreover from the epignath of the maxillipeds. Second
pair of pleopoda in male with a stylet inside the inner plate.

Remarks.—In outward appearance, the forms belonging to this family ex-
hibit a great similarity to the A4gidw, and were indeed formerly referred to the
very same family. They are not, however, like the latter, parasitic in character,
but lead a free existence, and it is chiefly to this difference in habits that the
apparently very different structure of the oral parts, and partly also of the anterior
pairs of legs, is due. In other anatomical characters, the close relationship between
the 2 families may be easily observed. The family has been made the subject of
a very thorough investigation by the well-known Danish zoologist, Dr. H. J. Hansen,
and the reader may therefore be referred for a more detailed description to his ad-
mirable work, in which also the nearly-allied families, Alcinoride, Corallanide and
Barybrotide are treated of in detail. The following 5 genera have been included
within the present family: Cirolana, Conilera, Bathynomus, Anuropus, and Eury-

dice. Of these only the first and last are represented in the fauna of Norway.

Gen. 1. Cirolana, Leach, 1818.

Generic Characters.—Body more or less elongated, with the dorsal face
strongly vaulted and perfectly smooth, Cephalon semicircular, with the frontal
edge evenly arched. First segment of mesosome forming on each side a lingul-
form expansion advancing over the sides of the cephalon. Coxal plates of the
succeeding segments well-defined, laminar, turned downwards. Penultimate seg-
ment of metasome without projecting epimera; terminal segment large, more or
less narrowed distally, ciliated at the tip. Eyes placed widely apart on the sides
of the cephalon. Superior antennze very small, with the flagellum subfusiform,
and composed of numerous very short articulations clothed with delicate sensory
filaments. Inferior antenne with the flagellum slender and elongated. Epistomal
plate very narrow. Anterior and posterior lips normally developed. Mandibles
very strong, with the cutting edge divided into a limited number of coarse teeth,
and having, inside, a distinct denticulated secondary lamella, molar expansion nar-
row, ensiform, with a regular series of small denticles along the anterior edge,

palp not very large. Anterior maxille with the masticatory lobe very large and

70

broad, coarsely spinous at the tip, basal lobe small, carrying 3 densely plumose
setee. Posterior maxilla terminating in 2 narrow setiferous lobes, and having inside
a short densely setous masticatory expansion. Mavxillipeds with the basal part
quite short, epignath linguiform, pointing outwards, masticatory lobe small but
distinct, with 2 curved hooks inside, palp large, 5-articulate, the jomts complan-
ated and densely setous. Legs with the joints more or less expanded, and edged
with spines and bristles, dactylus comparatively short, not hook-shaped; the 3
anterior pairs of legs much shorter than the posterior, and turned forwards. First
pair of pleopoda not much differing from the others. Uropoda with the basal
part produced inside, outer plate narrower than the inner.

Remarks.—This genus was established by Leach as early as in the year
1818, and may accordingly be regarded as the type of the family. Its nearest
ally is undoubtedly the genus Conilera, which, in almost all anatomical details,
agrees very closely, except in the structure of the first pair of pleopoda. The
genus comprises rather a large number of species from different parts of the
Oceans, amounting to nearly 30 in all. To the fauna of Norway belong 2

Species only.

1. Cirolana borealis, Lilljeb.
(Pl. X XIX.)

Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg, Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Férh. 1851, p. 23.

Syn: Cirolana spinipes, Bate & Westw. (not M.-Edw.).

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, broadest in the middle, and grad-
ually tapering both in front and behind. Coxal plates rather large and perfectly
smooth. Metasome considerably narrower than the mesosome, with the terminal
segment scarcely longer than the preceding ones combined, and subtriangular in
form, tip bluntly produced and fringed with rather long ciliated bristles, having
also 6—8 small marginal spinules. Eyes of moderate size and oval in form.
Inferior antenne more than 4 times as long as the superior, with the flagellum
very slender and composed of about 30 articulations. Legs with the outer joints
densely spinous, ischial and meral joints considerably expanded, and conically
produced outside. Last pair of legs with the basal joint very broad, laminar, and
densely fringed with delicate seta, meral and carpal joints of moderate size, pro-
podal joint much longer than the carpal one. Uropoda with the basal part pro-
duced inside to a comparatively short acute process, both plates armed with
scattered spinules, the outer one narrow lanceolate, the inner somewhat broader,

oblong oval, with the outer edge straight, the inner evenly curved. Body light

flesh-coloured, mottled with darker brown. Length of adult animal reaching
to 26 mm.

Remarks.—This species was first described by Prof. Lilljeborg under the
above name from specimens taken off the west coast of Norway. The form sub-
sequently recorded by Sp. Bate & Westwood from the British Isles as C. spinipes
is undoubtedly the same species. It is nearly allied to the Mediterranean form,
C. neglecta Hansen, though differing in its more elongated body, the smooth coxal
plates, and the form and armature of the terminal segment of the metasome,

Oceurrence.—The species occurs along the whole south and west coasts
of Norway, at least to the Trondhjem Fjord, and is not infrequently taken up in
the dredge together with other animals. I had, however, no idea of the great
abundance of this form, until I tried another method of catching it, viz., small
weels baited with dead fish. By these means, I have taken it in extraordinary
numbers, and in one night, all the soft parts of the bait were generally
completely torn off by them, so as to leave only the skeleton. Subsequently I
have also taken it in great abundance in the Trondhjem Fjord, from dead fish
fastened on the [fishing lines. Indeed, it seems to be one of the most effective
scavengers of the sea, excelling in this respect even the most voracious species of
Anonyx among the Amphipoda.

Distribution.—British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Meinert), Shetland Isles
(Norman), coast of France (Bonnier), Mediterranean at Naples (Hansen), Atlantic
coast of North America (Harger).

2. Cirolana microphthalma, Hoek.
(Pl) XK fo. 1h)

Cirolana microphthalma, Hoek, Die Crustaceen gesammelt wihrend den Fahrten des _ ,,Willem
Barents“ in den Jahren 1878 und 79, p, 28, Pl. IL, figs 13—17.

Syn: Cirolana Cranchi, G. O. Sars (not Leach.)
és — concharum, G. O, Sars (not Stimpson).

Specific Characters.—Body oblong, semicylindric, considerably more than
3 times as long as it is broad, and slightly widening behind. Metasome scarcely
narrower than the mesosome, 1st segment very short, nearly concealed, terminal
segment large, exceeding in length the preceding ones combined, linguiform,
abruptly. narrowed behind the base, tip obtusely truncated and finely ciliated,
having moreover 6 small marginal spinules. Eyes very small, rounded. Inferior
antennse comparatively short, scarcely more than twice as long as the superior,

flagellum about the length of the peduncle, and composed of 12 articulations only.

Anterior pairs of legs nearly as in C. borealis, though somewhat less - densely
spinous; last pair rather different, the basal joint being scarcely at all expanded,
and without the dense fringe of setze found in C. borealis, meral and carpal joints
rather large, but only sparsely spinous, propodal joint much shorter than the
carpal one. Uropoda with the inner process of the basal part considerably pro-
duced, outer plate narrow lanceolate, and without anyemarginal spinules, inner one
much broader, widening distally, with the tip blunted and the outer edge slightly
emarginate near the end. Colour whitish. Length of an apparently adult
specimen 10 mm.

Remarks.—This form was first recorded by the present author in 1872
as C. Cranchi, Leach. Subsequently, however, I found that it agreed much more
closely with the North American species C. concharum Stimpson, and it was re-
corded under this name in the Report on the Crustacea from the Norwegian North
Atlantic Expedition, as also in my synopsis of Crustacea of Norway. According
to Dr. Hansen, who has studied the several species of this genus very carefully,
it differs, however, in some particulars also from the North American species, so
that it should more properly be regarded as a distinct species, for which the name
proposed by Dr. Hoek in 1882 ought to be retained. From C. borealis it may be
easily distinguished by its more oblong form, the small size of the eyes, the com-
paratively short inferior antenne, the rather different structure of the last pair
of legs, and finally by the form of the terminal segment of the metasome and
that of the uropoda.

Occurrence.—Only 2 specimens of this form have hitherto been observed by
me, the one being found, many years ago, inside the Storeggen bank, west coasst of
Norway, the other being taken during the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition.
east of Vardé.

Distribution.—The Barents Sea (Hoek).

Gen. 2. HKurydice, Leach, 1815.

Syn: Slabberina, vy. Beneden.

Generic Characters.—Body resembling in its external appearance that in
the genus Cirolana, though having the metasome comparatively more fully deve-
loped, with the penultimate segment of same appearance as the preceding ones,

and the terminal segment very large and broad. Eyes well developed, lateral.

Superior antenne very small, with the first joint of the peduncle quite short, and
extended straight in front, at a right angle to the remaining part of the antenna.
Inferior antenne very slender, with the last peduncular joint much elongated.
Oral parts on the whole resembling those in Cirolana. Anterior pairs of legs
rather short and thick, the 4 posterior ones gradually increasing in length, and
having the outer joints broad and compressed. Pleopoda of normal structure.
Uropoda with the basal part only very slightly produced inside, rami compara-
tively broad, lamellar, and edged with long setie.

Remarks.—This genus, established by Leach, is very nearly allied to
Cirolana, though differmg in some particulars, so as to justify its separation.
The genus Slabberina of v. Beneden is undoubtedly identical with Leach’s genus.
We know of about 8 species, one of which belongs to the fauna of Norway, and

will be described below.

Eurydice pulchra, Leach.
(Pl. XXX, fie. 2.)
Kurydice pilchra, Geach, Trans. Linn. Soc. XI, p. 370,
Syn: Slabberina agata, vy. Beneden.
‘ — agilis, G. O. Sars.
— gracilis, Boyallius.

Specific Characters.—Body in adult specimens rather short and stout, oval
in form, and rather convex above. Cephalon evenly rounded in front. Coxal
plates well defined, and quite smooth. Metasome about the length of the 5 poste-
rior segments of mesosome combined, Ist segment very short, almost concealed ;
terminal segment very large, about the length of the preceding ones combined,
and semi-oval in form, tip obtusely rounded, and armed with 4 minute spinules,
being, moreover, fringed with small bristles. Eyes rather large, oval triangular,
extending a little up the dorsal face. Superior antenne with the flagellum
5-articulate, Ist joint much larger than the other 4 combined. Inferior antennze,
when reflexed, reaching almost to the end of the mesosome, last joint of the
peduncle about the length of the preceding joints combined, flagellum extremely
slender, and composed of about 20 articulations. _ Legs densely setiferous, and
armed with scattered short spines; last pair with the meral and carpal joints much
expanded, propodal joint about the length of the carpal one, but considerably
narrower; dactylus in all pairs rather small. Uropoda with the basal part densely
setous outside, and having a single bristle at the inner corner, terminal plates
rather unequal, the inner one being much broader than the outer, and obliquely
truncated at the end. Body ornamented dorsally with richly ramified, dark, pig-

10 — Crustacea.

74

mentary stars, arranged in transversal rows on the segments, and partly con-
fluent. Length of adult animal 7 mm.

Remarks.—As pointed out by v. Beneden, this form was recorded by
Slabber as early as in the year 1778, under the Dutch name “Agaat-Pissebet”, and
the specific name agata applied to this form by vy. Beneden should therefore per-
haps be preferred to that proposed by Leach (pulchra); but the Leachian name
has been so generallyd used, that it would be inappropriate to change it. The
form recorded by the present author as Slabberina agilis, is undoubtedly the same
species, and I also fully agree with Dr. Hansen in regarding the Slabberina gra-
cilis of Bovallius as only founded on a young specimen of the present species.

Occurrence.—I have observed this form rather plentifully in the imner
part of the Trondhjem Fjord, at Levanger, where it occurred close to the shore
in quite shallow water, swimming rapidly about between the stones in a manner
very similar to that observed in the Dytisci and Gyrini. I have also taken it
near the sandy beach of Listerland, and occasionally in the Christiania Fjord,
at Laurkullen and Fredriksyern. According to Dr. Bovallius, the specimen de-
scribed by him as Slabberina gracilis, was taken up in the dredge at Drébak from a
depth of 100 fathoms; but it is most probable, as opined by Dr. Hansen, that it
did not come from this depth, but had entered the dredge during its uphauling.

Distribution.—British Isles (Leach), Kattegat (Meinert), Baltic at Wiel

(Moebius), Dutch coast (v. Beneden), coast of France (Bonnier).

Fam. 5. Limnorliide.

- Characters.—Body subdepressed, capable of bemg rolled into a ball. Ce-
phalon short and very convex. Coxal plates behind the 1st segment of mesosome
well defined, laminar. Metasome composed of 6 well-defined segments, the last of
which is very large, clypeiform. Antenne small, subequal in size. Oral parts on
the whole normal, adapted for biting. Legs of uniform structure, all being am-
bulatory in character. Pleopoda well developed, serving both for swimming and
breathing; 1st pair of same structure as the succeeding ones; 2nd pair in male
with a lateral stylet on the inner plate. Uropoda comparatively small, lateral,
rami not lamelliform.

Remarks.—TVhis family, first established by O. Harger, is not difficult

to distinguish from any of the preceding ones, whereas in certain points it

exhibits an unmistakable likeness to the family Sphwromide, not represented in the
fauna of Norway, and I had, indeed, formerly combined the two. ‘There are, however,
some distinguishing characters which make it advisable to keep the two families
apart. On the other hand, I find it quite imadmissible to associate this family
with the Asellota, as proposed by some authors. The full segmentation of the
metasome, the uniform structure of the pleopoda, and the lateral position of the
uropoda, prove it unquestionably to belong to the group Flabellifera, as here de-

fined. The family comprises as yet but a single genus.

Gen. Limnoria, Leach, 1815.

Generic Characters.—Body oblong, rather convex above, with the segments
sharply marked off from each other. Cephalon comparatively short and blunt in
front, with the buccal mass very prominent below. First segment of mesosome
longer than the other, and partly advancing over the cephalon. Coxal plates on
the succeeding segments, rather large, deflexed, the posterior ones triangularly
produced. The 5 anterior segments of metasome with well-developed, laterally
projecting epimera; terminal segment broad, flattened above. Eyes wide apart,
lateral. Antenne with the flagella rather short. Mandibles very strong, cutting
edge terminating in a conically compressed, chisel-shaped point, molar expansion
wanting, palp rather small. Anterior maxillee with the masticatory lobe conically
tapering and coarsely spinous at the tip, basal lobe narrow, turned anteriorly,
and carrying 3 short, ciliated apical sete. Posterior maxille terminating in 3
setiferous lobes, the innermost representing the masticatory lobe. Maxillipeds
slender, with the basal part rather elongated and narrow, masticatory lobe well
developed, palp composed of 5 flattened joints, epignath lanceolate, turned ante-
riorly. Anterior pairs of legs somewhat shorter than the posterior, dactylus in
all pairs provided inside with a secondary claw-like projection. Pleopoda with
the rami lamellar, and, excepting the last pair, densely fringed with seta. Uro-
poda with the outer ramus short, unguiform; inner, linear.

Remarks.—This genus was established by Leach in the year 1815, to in-
clude the peculiar little creature, whose destruction of pile-work and other sub-
merged timber had long been known. He associated the genus with the Cymothoide
and Spheromide, thus recognizing its true relationship. We know, as yet, of only
3 species, one of which, Z. segnis Chilton, has been found off New Zealand, the
2nd, L. antarctica Pfeffer, at the South Georgian Islands, the 3rd being widely

distributed in the northern Ocean.

76

Limnoria lignorum (Rathke).
(Pl. XXXTI.)
Cymothoa lignorum, Rathke, Skritter af Naturh. Selsk. Vol. 101, Pl. 3, fig. 14.
Syn: Limnoria terebrans, Leach.
‘ ~- uncinata, Heller.

Specific Characters.—Body, when fully extended, about 3 times as long as it
is broad, and almost semi-cylindric in form, shghtly tapering in front. Cephalon
nearly globular, and partly covered above by the Ist segment of mesosome, front
obtusely rounded. First segment of mesosome considerably longer than the others
and rather deep, forming below, on each side, a rounded lobe projecting over the
lateral faces of the cephalon. Coxal plates fringed with ciliated bristles, the 2 an-
terior pairs oval quadrangular, the 4 posterior ones considerably larger, and pro-
duced to an acute corner pointing backwards. Metasome considerably exceeding half
the length of the mesosome, and scarcely narrower, epimera triangular, projecting
laterally; terminal segment about the length of the other 5 combined, and very
broad, almost elliptical in form, posterior edge evenly arcuate and finely ciliated.
Kyes comparatively small, rounded, with a limited number of large corner. Supe-
rior antennee somewhat stronger than the inferior, with the flagellum extremely
small, 3-articulate, and carrying a dense fascicle of long. sensory filaments.
Inferior antenne with the flagellum about half the length of the peduncle, and
composed of 5 articulations, the Ist of which is much the largest. First pair of
legs somewhat larger than the next succeeding ones, but otherwise of the very
same structure, meral and carpal joints in most of the legs strongly tubercular
inside. Last pair considerably more slender than the others, and without any
tubercles. Dactylus in all legs distinctly bi-articulate, the Ist jomt having at the
end inside, a bidentate unguiform spine. Uropoda with the .basal part strongly
tuberculated outside, and projecting between the rami to an acute projection, outer
ramus short, unguiform, turned outwards, inner sublinear, about the length of
the basal part, and terminating in a dense buach of slender bristles. Colour
light greyish brown, with darker brown pigmentary ramifications. Length of adult
animal 5 mm.

Remarks.—Vhis form was described by Rathke as early as in the year
1799 as Cymothoa lignorum. By subsequent authors, it has generally been re-
corded under the name given to it by Leach, viz., Limnoria terebrans. The Lim-
noria uncinata of Heller, from the Adriatic, is undoubtedly identical with the
northern species,

Occurrence.—I have found this form not infrequently in the Christiania

Fjord, at Drobak and Moss, boring in immerged pieces of wood. A_ single

=~
+]

specimen was, moreover, taken by me many years ago at the Lofoten Islands.
It thus appears that it occurs along the whole south and west coasts of Norway.

Distribution.—British Isles (Leach), Kattegat (Meinert), Dutch coast (Hoek),
coast of France (Bonnier), Adriatic (Heller), Black Sea (Sowinsky), atlantic coast

of North America (Harger).

Tribe 3.

VALVIFERA.

Remarks.—Vhe chief character by which this group is defined from all
other known Isopoda, consists in the peculiar structure of the uropoda, which,
like a pair of folding doors, arch over the lower face of the metasome, thus form-
ing a shelter for the delicate pleopoda, the latter being for the most part branchial
in character, though the anterior pairs may at times also serve as swimming limbs
for propelling the animal through the water. We only know of 3 families belong-
ing to this tribe, viz., the Idotheide, Arcturide and Chetiliide, the last of which,
however, is still very imperfectly known. The first 2 families are represented in

the fauna of Norway, and will be treated of below.

Fam. 1. Idotheide.

Characters.—Body more or less depressed, with the segments of mesosome of
uniform appearance, coxal plates sometimes distinctly defined, sometimes confluent
with the segments. Metasome with some, or all of the segments consolidated to
form a large terminal piece, carrying the normal number of pleopoda. Superior
antennee comparatively small, with the flagellum uni-articulate. Inferior antenne
more or less elongated, and originating outside the superior, from the lateral corners
of the cephalon. Oral parts on the whole normal, though the mandibles are al-
ways without palps,fand the joints of the maxillipeds are often reduced in number.

Legs rather strongly built, increasing in length posteriorly, the 3 anterior pairs

79

being sometimes pronouncedly subcheliform in structure. The anterior pairs of
pleopoda with the rami densely setiferous, 2nd pair in male with the usual stylet.
Uropoda very large, lamellar, valve-like, closing over the lower face of the meta-
some; outer part cut off by a transverse suture, and forming a separate plate, in-
side which sometimes occurs another much smaller plate. Incubatory pouch normal.

Remarks.—This family is chiefly distinguished from the Arcturida@ by the
more or less broad, depressed body, the rather uniform segmentation of the meso-
some, and the structure of the legs. Some of the largest known Isopoda are in-
cluded in this family. Thus the huge Glyptonotus antarcticus measures no less
than 3 inches and a half in length, and some of the arctic species of the genus
Chiridothea are scarcely smaller. The family comprises about 10 genera, only

one of which is represented in the fauna of Norway.

Gen. Idothea, Fabr., 1798.

Generic Characters.—Body oval or oblong, distinctly depressed, with the
coxal plates, beyond the 1st segment of mesosome, well defined, laminar. Cephalon
subquadrate, with the lateral parts not expanded. Metasome with 3 short seg-
ments exposed in front of the terminal one, the 3rd segment being, however, less
perfectly defined dorsally. Eyes distinct, lateral. Superior antenne with the
flagellum short, clavate; inferior antennz with the flagellum more or less elongated
and multiarticulate. Mandibles very strong, with the cutting edge divided into 2
superposed dentated lamellae, molar expansion large and thick. Both pairs of
maxilla of quite normal structure. Maxillipeds with the palp 4-articulate, last
joint lamellarly expanded, masticatory lobe well developed, epignath oblong oval,
turned in front. Legs of rather uniform structure, ambulatory, and as a rule
more strongly built in male than in female, sometimes approaching to a subcheli-
form character, dactylus in all pairs strong, unguiform, unequally bidentate at the
tip. Uropoda terminating in a single flattened joint, and having at the base
of this joint, outside, a strong ciliated seta. Male, as a rule, much larger
than female.

Remarks.—This is the genus first established, and it accordingly may be
regarded as the type of the family. Numerous species have been described by
different authors from different parts of the Oceans, bat some of these ought

certainly to be separated generically, and even in the restriction adopted by Mr.

80

E. Miers!), the genus comprises, in my opinion, forms which can hardly be placed
in one and the same genus. As to the Norwegian Idothew, they have generally
been considered by recent authors as only varieties of one and the same species.
A closer examination of the large material at my disposal has, however, shown
them in reality to be referable to no less than 6 different species, all easily re-
cognizable in both sexes.

1. Idothea baltica (Pallas).
(Pl. XXXII)
Oniscus balticus, Pallas, Spic. Zool. Vol. IX, p. 66, Pl. IV, fig. 6.
Syn: Stenosoma irrorata, Say.
» Ldothea tricuspidata, Desm.
— tridentata, Rathke.
— w;rorata, Harger.
— marina, Miers.

Specific Characters—Body oblong oval, about 3 times as long as it is
broad, with the dorsal face perfectly smooth. Coxal plates rather large, occupying
the whole length of the side-edges of the segments, so as to form a broad, conti-
nuous marginal area. Metasome about the length of the 5 posterior segments
combined, terminal segment slightly tapering distally, side-edges straight, tip dis-
tinctly tridentate, middle tooth conically produced, lateral ones much _ shorter,
though well defined, and each separated from the median tooth by a well-marked
sinus. Eyes of moderate size, rounded. Superior antenne with the Ist joint of
the peduncle rather broad, irregularly angular, last jomt much longer than the
middle one, flagellum about the length of the former. Inferior antenne rather
elongated, reaching, when reflexed, almost to the end of the 3rd segment of meso-
some, flagellum very slender, being much longer than the peduncle, and composed
of from 16 to 20 articulations. Legs moderately strong, being, as usual, more
powerfully developed in male than in female. Stylet of the 2nd pair of pleopoda
in male not extending to the end of the inner plate. Uropoda with the terminal
plate obtusely truncated at the tip. Colour extremely variable, sometimes uni-
formly yellowish or greenish with small dark dots, sometimes variegated, with
dark brown pigment forming regular longitudinal bands or larger patches arranged
in a perfectly symmetrical manner. Length of adult male reaching to 35 mm.

Remarks.—Mr. K. Miers names this form Jdothea marina, believing that
Linnzeus’ Oniscus marinus refers to this species. This is, however, very doubtful,

and as that specific name has been more properly applied to another Isopod,

') Revision of the Idoteide. Linn. Soc. Journal. Zoology, Vol. XVI.

Soe aas

Tanaide.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

|. Pseudotanais forcipatus, (Lilljeb)
(be > Lilljeborgti, G.0.Sars.

exepetekelos

Fisis:

Tanaide.

G.0.S ars, autogr. ;
Pseudotanais macrocheles, 6.0.Sars.

: ee Ui Se pst Od
iy peak t

—— Sin 7a) es Sipeipe pte *

Anthuridae. | S OP O da. Pl. 19.

a7
<A)
es
“ee
42
ey
oI
=p
“Sa
=
il:
ey:
=
‘Gi
yt
32
B
am
“a pe

Wes

oe < Beha LST ae

G.0.S ars, autogr. ,
|. Calathura norvegica, 6.0.Sars:
Ux i» brachiata, (Stimps).

——

ESS ==
SS Sm
K eo

\\s — = =~
\\Y ANS
= ———
\ J -_—— =
\\ Wess: —————
. \\)\ Ses —S=S=—= >
ES = =

[VB

Anthuride.

Leptanthura tenuis, 6.0.Sars.

G.0.Sars, autogr.

Sel tarscats Seapsdaet

Gnathiida.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Gnathia maxillaris, (M-Edw).

Isopoda.

Grathiidee,

G.0.S ars, autogr.

|.Gnathia maxillaris (contin.)
Cae, dentata, G.0. Sars.

vas

| hacen it _
Se

[sopode-

Gnathiide.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

|. Gnathia elongata, (Kréyer).
Oe en abyssorum, G.0.Sars.

Rga psora, (Linne).

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Isopoda.

K.gida.

tridens, Leach.

Z

G.G.Sars, autogr.

. Aga

ii, Lutken.
crenulata, Lutken.

omil

a

Str

u

a

3.

eth.
Ne \fena pe a

ars

G.0.S ars, autogr. I. Kge monophthalma, Johnst.

2. ,. arctica, Lutken.
/ 3. . ventrosa, M.Sars.

Rocinela danmoniensis, Leach,

G.0.S ars, autogr.

SCN r)
* 4 f?
Q f \ 4 MY a
“Al Vy AS
on » M7 (Phas
EVA Y¥
iG
NS j
' AA xg

Wii,

»

Syscenus infelix, Harger (jur)

G.0.S ars, autogr.

“i

a

¢
Ope

=
ff

= SS

Ss

~

G.0.S ars, autogr.

eto

pan Eiders eve SS
~ a
oe

eae

yp
Ate ota

emeeaioy ts

Cirolana borealis, Lilljeb.

G.0.Sars, autogr. |. Cirolana microphthalma, Hoek.
. Eurydice pulchra, Leach.

i

Lo, «eA

‘tg

is

—=

et ee

+
, 7 .
: _ 7 = ; : \_-f : (
: ye = : is ’ ; .
a 7 — 7 . x ; . % 7 3
oe - = ‘ : be r : gel . “sa ( . : » - i - ‘
= ‘© By ;: : - . 2
; r = cd ji A ; c ; me | .
gia i j : A f 7 & ; | ¥
- ” : 4 | ye 7” ‘
*) > ext. “ 7 ae Sle dei : ; ;
eee 7 ele ae i
a i ¢ 7 : 2 -
ee Pe « 7 =H = 4
= ae. ‘ ‘eee J
a
‘ ; . :
is te a = =e a“ oe :
— fil, |
=
=; MA
il 1 es ,
i mi ~ # = F
na! i z i |
; ~ ; 4
au an
3 2 ; - ;
_ “ : x ie |
J " :
é t >
~*
z i}
oe Aa vas ‘ :
; as 7 ~ ae : |
5 wi P a x ;
® Ee

[pore croyelen

Limnoriide

Limnoria lignorum, Rathke,

G.0.Sars, autogr.

FLSZ

r=OoD Oda.

ida.

Idothe

a Foie *

SI Nad Sa hip ae an,

"y
“See

Jdothea balthica, (Pallas).

' G.0.Sars, autogr.

81

viz., luera marina, it is best to adopt the name baltica proposed by Pallas,
which name undoubtedly refers to the present species. The name under which
this form has more generally been recorded, is that of Jdothea tricuspidata Des-
merest; but the Pallas’ name ought certainly to be preferred as the much older
one. It is the largest of the Norwegian Idothez, and easily recognizable in both
sexes by the form of the terminal segment of the metasome, which I have found
to be pretty constant even in very young specimens. As is the case with other
species of the genus, the form of the body in fully grown, ovigerous females
slightly differs from that m male specimens, in so far as the greatest width
occurs somewhat farther forward, or across the middle of the incubatory pouch.
The male is also considerably larger than the female, and has the coxal plates
comparatively broader.

Occurrence.-—The species occurs rather frequently along the whole Nor-
wegian coast, from the Christiania Fjord at least to Tromsé, in comparatively
shallow water among alge. Though being more generally of a rather stationary
habit, slowly creeping about on the bottom, the animal is by no means devoid of
swimming power. At times it may even be seen to move rather rapidly through
the water. In doing so, the valvular uropoda are found to be widely separated,
so as to allow the free play of the anterior pairs of pleopoda, by the strokes of
which, the animal is propelled through the water.

Distribution.— British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Meimert), Baltic (Pallas),
Dutch coast (Hoek), coast of France (Bonnier), Mediterranean (Heller), Black Sea

(Czerniawsky), Atlantic coast of North America (Harger).

2. Idothea pelagica, Leach.
(Pl. XX XIII.)
Idothea pelagica, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol. XT, p. 365.
Syn: Idothea brevicornis, Rathke.

- — torosa, Rathke.

Specific Characters. —Body comparatively short and stout, being scarcely
3 times as long as it is broad, with the segments very sharply marked off from
each other, Coxal plates in both sexes comparatively small, not contiguous. Me-
tasome scarcely more than half the length of the mesosome, terminal segment
rather broad, and rounded at the tip, with only a very slight indication of a
median prominence. Eyes comparatively large, rounded. Superior antenne with
the last joint of the peduncle bat little longer than the 2nd. Inferior antenne
unusually short and robust, scarcely reaching beyond the 1st segment of mesosome

11 — Crustacea.

82

flagellum much shorter than the peduncle, and rather thick, being composed, in
female, of 7, in male, of 9 articulations only. Legs in both sexes very strongly
built, those in male having, inside the outer joints, a dense fringe of delicate cilia.
Second pair of pleopoda in male with the stylet reaching beyond the inner plate.
Uropoda rather broad, with the terminal plate blunted at the tip. Colour some-
what variable. more or less dark brownish, with irregular shadows of a darker
hue. Length of adult female 9 mm., of male 13 mm.

Remarks.—There cannot be any doubt that this is the true J. pelagica
of Leach, and that the form at first described by H. Rathke as J. brevicornis and
subsequently named by him /. torosa, is the very same species. By recent authors
this form has generally been regarded as only a variety of J. baltica; but I
believe that in doing so, they cannot have examined the true Leachian species,
which it is impossible to confound with J. baltica. As will appear from the
figures here given, this form is in fact a very distinct and easily recognizable
species, well distinguished in both sexes by its short and stout body, the small
coxal plates, the short and robust inferior antenne, and the unusually strongly
built legs. Moreover, the terminal segment of the metasome exhibits a form
rather different from that in the other Norwegian species.

Rathke found this form at Christiansund among Afytilus

Occurrence.
erowing close to the shore. I have myself taken it in another locality, viz. out-
side Lillesand, south coast of Norway, where it occurred likewise close to the
shore, among alegre.

Distribution.—British Isles (Leach, Sp. Bate), coast of France (Bonnier).

3. Idothea granulosa, Rathke.
(PL XOKrY, fies 1)

Idothea granulosa, Rathke, Beitrige zur Fauna Norwegens, p. 23.

Specific Characters. — Body oblong oval, somewhat more than 3 times as long
as it is broad, with the dorsal face distinctly, granular being covered with small de-
pressed pits. Coxal plates comparatively small, not contiguous. Metasome im male
comparatively longer than in female, equalling in length the 6 posterior segments of
mesosome combined, terminal segment in both sexes considerably attenuated, lan-
ceolate, terminating in a rather prominent conical projection, lateral corners rounded
off. Eyes of moderate size. Superior antenne with the last joint of the peduncle
about the leneth of the 2nd. Inferior antenne a little longer than in J. pelagica,
though searcely reaching to the end of the 2nd segment of mesosome, flagellum

not attaining the leneth of the peduncle, comparatively narrower than in the said

83
species, and composed of from 8 to 10 articulations. Legs moderately strong.
Stylet of 2nd pair of pleopoda in male reaching somewhat beyond the inner plate.
Uropoda with the terminal plate obliquely rounded at the tip. Colowr uniformly
light reddish biown. Length of adult female 11 mm., of male 15 mm.

Remarks.—This form brietly described, but not figured, by Rathke under
the above name, has generally been regarded as only a variety of J. baliica.
It is certainly, however, a well-defined species, differing, as it does, from the
type species not only in the far inferior size, but also in several anatomical
details mentioned in the above diagnosis. It is best recognized by the narrow,
lanceolate form of the terminal segment of the metasome, which is perfectly con-
stant in all specimens.

Occurvence.—Rathke found this form at Christiansund and Trondhjem.
I have myself occasionally met with it on the sandy beach of Listerland, and in
the outer part of the Christiania Fjord, where it occurred in quite shallow water.

Out of Norway it has not yet been recorded.

4 Idothea viridis (Slabber).
(Pl. XXXIV. fig. 2.)
Oniscus viridis, Slabber, Naturk. verlustigingen, p. 104, Pl. XII, figs 4—5.

Syn: Idotea phosphorea, Hoek (not Harger).

Specific Characters.—Body very slender, oblong linear in form, more than
4 times as long as it is broad; that of male, as usual, still more slender than in the
female. Cephalon but little broader than it is long, frontal margin slightly conecayed.
Coxal plates comparatively small, net contiguous. Metasome occupying about 1/3
of the length of the body, last segment but very shghtly narrowed distally, and
terminating in a comparatively short and obtuse median prominence, lateral cor-
ners distinct, though obtuse. Eyes of moderate size. Superior antenne nearly
as in I. granulosa; inferior antenne, on the other hand, comparatively more
slender, reaching beyond the 2nd segment of mesosome, flagellum exceeding the
peduncle in length, and composed of from 10 to 15 articulations. Legs more
slender than in most other species, though, as usual, somewhat stronger in male
than in female. Stylet of 2nd pair of pleopoda in male extending considerably
beyond the inner plate. Uropoda with the terminal piece obtusely truncated at the
tip. Colour uniformly greenish. Length of adult female 10 mm., of male 12 mm.

Remarks.—The 2 detail-figures (Pl. VU, figs 2, 2r) given by Dr. Hoek

in the 2nd part of his “Crustacea Neerlandica”') leave no doubt that the form

') Tijdschr. Nederl, Dierk. Vereeniging, 2 series, Vol. 2, Part 3,

84

he records as J. phosphorea Harger is the very same species as that here treated
of. It can scarcely be identical with the North American species, whereas it 1s
most likely that Dr. Hoek is right in considering the Oniseus viridis of Slabber
to be the same species. In any case, the specific name proposed by Slabber ought to
be retained as the much older one. Before becoming acquainted with Dr. Hoek’s
paper I had named this form J. angusta, owing to its unusually narrow form of
body, and it is so named in the plate. Hrom the other Norwegian Idothes it is
at once recognized by its slender form, which approaches to that in the genus
Stenosoma. The manner in which the last segment of the metasome terminates,
somewhat resembles that in J. baltica, there being traces of a tridentate shape;
but the median prominence is considerably sliorter and blunter, and the lateral
corners very obtuse.

Occurrence.—I have taken this form rather plentifully in the Christiania
Fjord, at Moss, in quite shallow water among eel-grass.

Distribution —Dutch coast (Hoek), coast of France (Hoek).

5. Idothea neglecta, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl, XXXV, fig. 1.)

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval in form, scarcely 3 times as long
as if is broad, and, as usual, comparatively shorter and stouter in female than
in male, with the greatest width farther forward. Cephalon about twice as broad
as it is long, frontal margin straight. Coxal plates in female not very large, and
scarcely contiguous, in male much more fully developed, and forming together on
each side, as in J. baltica, a broad marginal area. Metasome exceeding 1/3; of
the length of the body, last segment but slightly narrowed distally, and termina-
ting in a blunt point, lateral corners obsolete. Eyes rather large. Superior an-
tenn with the last joint of the peduncle longer than the 2nd. Inferior antennnie
rather slender, reaching to the end of the 2nd segment of mesosome, flagellum
much longer than the peduncle, and composed cf from 16 to 20 articulations.
Legs moderately strong. Stylet of 2nd pair of pleopoda in male very short, not
reaching far beyond the middle of the inner plate. Uropoda with the terminal
piece transversely truncated. Colour generally very dark brown or almost black,
sometimes lighter, variegated with small, irregular patches. Length of adult
female 16 mm., of male 25 mm.

Remarks.—There cannot be any doubt that this very common form must have
been observed by several authors. It has, however, not yet been recognized as a

clistinet species, but has either been regarded as merely a variety of J. baltic,

85

or as I. pelagica of Leach. The latter mistake has been previously committed by
the present author; but after having become acquainted with the true /. pelagica
Leach, I now find that it is a very different species, exhibiting a much closer
relationship to J. emaryinata. From this species, however, it is at once distin-
guished by the very different form of the last segment of the metasome, in which

respect it also differs conspicuously from the North American J. phosphorec.

Occurrence.—The species occurs along the whole Norwegian coast, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, and is often found in great abundance among
decaying alge, in depths ranging from 6 to 20 fathoms. As to its distribution
out of Norway, it is impossible at present to state anything with certainty; but
it is most likely that it also occurs at any rate off the British Isles and in the

Kattegat.

6. Idothea emarginata (Fabr.).
(Pl. XXXV, fig. 2.)
Cymothoa emarginata, Fabricius, Entom. Syst. If, p. 508.
Syn: Idothea excisa, Bosq.
“A — oestrum, Pennant.

Specifie Characters.—Body oblong oval, scarcely 3 times as long as it is
broad, and much larger in male than in female. Coxal plates in female rather
small and not contiguous, in male much larger, and forming on each side a broad
marginal area. Last segment of metasome abruptly truncated at the tip, lind
edge slightly emarginated, with the lateral corners distinctly projecting. Eyes and
superior antenne about as in LJ. neglecta. Inferior antenne somewhat less slender,
scarcely reaching to the end of the 2nd segment of mesosome, flagellum not much
longer than the peduncle. and composed of from 12 to 16 articulations. Legs
about as in J. neglecta. Stylet of 2nd pair of pleopoda in male somewhat longer
than in J. neglecta, though not reaching to the end of the inner plate. Uropoda
with the terminal piece shghtly emarginated at the tip. Colour rather variable,
sometimes uniformly dark brown, sometimes variegated with larger whitish patches,
which are often confluent along the sides, so as to leave the marginal aree, formed
by the coxal plates, uncoloured. Length of adult female 18 mm., of male 30 mm.

Renarks.—This species was recorded as early as in the year 1793. by
Fabricius, as Cymothoa emarginata. By earlier British authors (Pennant and
Leach) it was named Idothea oestrum. Though very nearly allied to J. neglecta,
this form is readily distinguished, both from that species and the other Norwegian
Idothee, by the abruptly truncated and emarginated terminal segment of the meta-

some, for which reason it has never been confounded with any of the other species,

Occurrence. —The species has a distribution along the Norwegian coast
similar to that of J. neglecta, and is generally found im company with that species.
It is, however, on the whole, less frequent, though m one locality, at Ferder, in
the outermost part of the Christiania Fjord, I found it in considerable abundance
among decaying alge, in a depth of about 20 fathoms.

Distribution.—British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Meiert).

Fam. 2. Arcturide.

Characters.—Body narrow, scarcely at all depressed, approaching to a
cylindric form. Coxal plates small, though distinct. Metasome with the segments
more or less consolidated, the last one rather large. Superior antennze small,
with the flagellum uniarticulate. Inferior antenne very strongly developed, pedi-
form, the outer jomts of the peduncle being much elongated and connected by
geniculated bends, flagellum comparatively short. Oral parts on the whole re-
sembling those in the Jdotheide. The 4 anterior pairs of legs very unlike the 3
posterior ones, and not ambulatory, nor strictly prehensile; the Ist pair very
small and closely applied to the oral parts, so as to exhibit more the appearance
of maxillipeds; the 3 succeeding pairs of very feeble structure, and fringed with
long delicate sete. The 3 posterior pairs of legs normally developed, and rather
strongly built, diminishing somewhat in length posteriorly. Pleopoda present in
the normal number, the 2 anterior pairs being natatory, with narrow and densely
setiferous plates, the 3 posterior pairs exclusively branchial; 2nd pair in male
with a long bi-setose stylet appended to the inner plate. Uropoda, as in the Jdo-
theidw, valve-like, arching over the lower face of the metasome, and having a small
secondary plate imside the terminal one. Male much smaller than female.

Remarks.—In external appearance, the forms belonging to this family are
very unlike those of the preceding one, and were, indeed, by some of the earlier
authors, widely separated from them, and associated with a very different family,
viz., the Anthuridw. On a closer examination, however, they are, in fact, found
to show nothing in common with the latter family, except the narrow, cylindric
form of the body, whereas they exhibit a close relationship to the Jdotheid@, both
as regards the structure of the oral parts, and that of the metasome. The chief

difference consists in the strong development of the inferior antenne, and in the

fest

peculiar structure of the 4 anterior pairs of legs. The family comprises as yet
3 genera, viz., Arcturus, Astacilla and Arcturella, the last 2 of which are repre-

sented in the fauna of Norway, and will be treated of below.

Gen. 1. AStacilla, Cordiner, 1795.

Syn: Leacia, Johnston.

Generic Characters.—Body extremely slender, subcylindrie in form, with
the middle segment of mesosome very much elongated, being in male narrow cy-
lindric, in female somewhat thicker, and carrying beneath it the incubatory pouch.
The 3 posterior segments of mesosome short and very movably articulated, so as
to allow the anterior part of the body to be bent dorsally at right angles to the
posterior. Metasome with only a single segment distinctly separated in front of
the terminal one, which is conically produced behind, and exhibits at the base
on each side a small projecting lappet, really indicating the presence of an-
other imperfectly defined segment. tyes large and prominent, lateral. Superior
antennze with the flagellum more fully developed in male than in female, and in
both sexes carrying a number of delicate olfactory filaments arranged along the
outer edge. Inferior antennze very much elongated, though haying the flagellum
extremely short, and only composed of 3 articulations finely denticulated inside,
the last terminating in a small spine. Maxillipeds with the palp well developed,
5-articulate, epignath comparatively small, basal part in female produced in a thin
ciated plate extending posteriorly. Ist pair of legs densely setous, proximal
part of dactylar joint lamellarly expanded; the 3 succeeding pairs very slender,
and fringed with a double row of long setw, dactylus obsclete. The 3 posterior
pairs of legs smooth, dactylus strong, bidentate at the tip. Uropoda with the ter-
minal piece triangularly pomted, secondary lamella very small, setous at the tip.
Incubatory pouch only formed by a single pair af elliptical valvular lamellie
issuing from the middle segment of mesosome.

Remarks.—As stated by the Rev. Mr. Stebbing, the generic name Asta-
cilla, which has generally been attributed to Fleming, was in fact proposed at a
much earlier date (1795) by the Rey. Charles Cordier to designate a species of
the present genus. The name Leacia proposed by Johnston in 1825, and used
by some subsequent authors, was merely abandoned, because a very similar name,
that of Leachia, had been previously applied to a genus of Cephalopods. In any case,

the name Astucil/a should be given the precedence, as it is still older than the name

EEE:

Arcturus given by Latreille to another genus which has generally been regarded
as the type of the family. The name of the family should therefore perhaps
more properly be changed to Astacillide. The present genus is chiefly distin-
euished from Arcturus by the ereath. length of the middle segment of the meso-
some, which gives the body an extremely slender, nearly cylindrical form, whereas
in Arcturus it is more fusiform in shape. Moreover the structure of the Ist
pair of legs is slightly different, and the incubatory pouch, which in Arcturus
is formed by 3 pairs of distinct lamelle issuing from the 2nd, 3rd and 4th
segments, is here only confined to the middle segment of the mesosome. The
venus comprises several species, amounting to about 10 in all. To the fauna of

Norway belong 4 species, to be described below,

1. Astacilla longicornis (Sowb.)
(Pl. XXXVE.)
Oniscus longicornis, Sowerby, Brit. Miscell. T. 19.

Syn: Leacia lacertosa, Johnst.
» Arclurus longicornis, Westw.
3 -- gracilis, Goodsiy (male).

Specific Characters.—Body of female very slender, subcylindric im form,
and sculptured with obtuse tubercles. Cephalon produced on each side to a lngui-
form lobe extending forwards, and covering the bases of the inferior antenn, frontal
marein deeply emarginated, dorsal face with 2 juxtaposed obtuse prominences.
The first 3 segments of mesosome short and, when combined, scarcely exceeding the
cephalon in length, each with a rather slight dorsal tubercle, lateral parts of Ist
segment rather large and deep, triangularly produced in front, so as partly to
cover the oral area, those of the 2 succeeding segments rounded and extended
laterally. Middle segment of mesosome about twice the length of the preceding
part of the body, and covered with small obtuse tubercles, 2 of which placed side
by side in its most anterior part dorsally, are more conspicuous, lateral parts
confined to a small rounded lamella issuing from the segment on each side quite
in front. The 3 posterior segments of mesosome irregularly angular, and deeply
emarginated dorsally. Coxal plates of Ist segment obsolete, those of the 3 suc-
ceeding segments very small, and concealed beneath the lateral parts, those of the
3 posterior segments well developed, triangular, extending laterally. Metasome
about half the length of the mesosome, its 1st segment evenly vaulted above, last
segment conically tapering, and terminating in a long acuminate point. Eyes large
and convex, triangular in outline. Superior antenne with the flagellum about the

length of the 2 preceding joints combined, and carrying 9 olfactory filaments.

89

Inferior antenne attaining the length of the body, not including the terminal seg-
ment of metasome, flagellum scarcely more than '/; as long as the last peduncular
joint, and having the Ist articulation twice as long as the other 2 combined.
Male much smaller than female, and extremely slender, with the middle segment
of mesosome narrow cylindric in form, and quite smooth. Superior antennze with
the flagellum much larger than in female, and provided with a greater number of
olfactory filaments. Colour yellowish, clouded with irregular dark brown shadows.
Length of adult female reaching 20 mm., that of male scarcely more than half
that size.

Remarks.—The present species was first described by Sowerby in the above
quoted paper under the name of Oniscus longicornis. It is, however, very probable
that the form observed by the Rev. Charles Cordiner several years previously,
and named Astacilla, without any specific denomination, was the very same species,
The form recorded by Johnston as Leacia lacertosa, is undoubtedly this species.
By most of the earlier authors, it has been referred to the genus Arcturus of
Latreille. The Arcturus gracilis of Goodsir is, in my opinion, nothing else than
the adult male of the present species. From the other Norwegian species, it may
be chiefly distinguished by its slender and elongated body, and by the rather
slight development of the dorsal tubercles.

Occurrence.—This species would seem to occur along the whole coast of
Norway, from the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé. It is generally found in moderate
depths, ranging from 10 to 30 fathoms, clinging to Hydroida and Polyzoa, several
specimens, females, males and young, being often associated in the same colony.
By the aid of its 3 posterior pairs of legs, the animal is capable of getting a
rather firm hold on the object to which it is clinging, moving the fore part of its
body freely to and fro in search of food, which is first seized by the long pediform
inferior antenne. At times it is seen to leave go its hold, and to start off rather
rapidly through the water, in order to affix itself on some other place. This motion
is effected by the aid of the 2 anterior pairs of pleopoda, which in such cases
are protruded from the shelter of the valvular uropoda, and push the animal
forwards. Not infrequently female specimens are found carrying their young brood
affixed all round the long inferior antenne, which thereby acquire a peculiar
velvety appearance.

Distribution.—British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Meinert), Iceland.

12 — Crustacea.

90

2. Astacilla arietina, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XXXVII, fig. 1.)

Astacilla arietina, G. O. Sars. Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I, p. 62, PL 2, fig. 2.

Specific Characters.—Very like the preceding species as to the general
form of the body, and the structure of the several appendages, but differing in
the strange development of some of the dorsal tubercles, those of the cephalon
assuming the appearance of a pair of very conspicuous, acute horns pomting
slightly forwards, and somewhat divergent. Middle segment of mesosome not quite
twice as long as the preceding part of the body, and exhibiting in its anterior
part, dorsally, 4 remarkably strong pyramidal prominences, disposed in pzirs; the
posterior part of the segment very rough, owing to the presence of numerous
obtuse tubercles. Colour greyish, with irregular dark brown patches. Length of
adult female 19 mm.

Remarks.—This form is very closely allied to A. longicornis, and I have
indeed been in some doubt as to whether it should not more properly be regarded
as a more accidental variety of that species. But, on going through the vast material
of A. longicornis at my disposal, I have failed to detect any sign of the peculiar
development of the dorsal tubercles characteristic of the present species.

Occurrence.—The only place where this form has come under my no-
tice, is Tjernagel in the outer part of the Hardanger Fjord. From a depth of
60 to 100 fathoms, stony bottom, I there took up in the dredge 2 adult specimens,
female and male, the former with the inferior antennze densely clothed with
the adhering newly-hatched brood. The male had much the same appearance
as that of A. longicornis, though the tubercles of the cephalon were quite con-

spicuous, whereas in the male of A. longicornis they are always wholly absent.

3. Astacilla affinis, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. KEK VEL ig: 2)
Arcturus affinis, G. O. Sars, Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1869,
p. 163.

Specific Characters.—Body of female comparatively less slender than in
the 2 preceding species, and but slightly tubercular. Middle segment of mesosome
not nearly twice as long as the preceding part of the body, and exhibiting, quite
in front, 2 juxtaposed dorsal tubercles of somewhat larger size than the others.
Eyes comparatively smaller than in the 2 preceding species. Superior antenne
with the flagellum twice as long as the 2 preceding joints combined, and carrying

only 5 olfactory filaments. Inferior antenne with the flagellum not attaining 1/3

91

of the length of the last peduncular joint, its Ist joint not twice as long as the
other 2 combined. Ist pair of legs with the proximal part of the dactylus com-
paratively longer and more expanded than in A. longicornis. Male resembling
that of the latter species, though somewhat less slender. Colour uniformly grey-
ish, semipellucid, without any patches. Length of adult female 13 mm.

Remarks.—This form is also very nearly allied to the type species, and
may, at first sight, easily be confounded. with it. It is, however, of far inferior
size and of somewhat less slender form. On a closer comparison, moreover, some
differences in the structure of the several appendages may be found to exist,
showing it to be evidently specifically distinct. The uniform greyish colour is
another character by which this form may be easily distinguished from A. longi-
cornis, Which always exhibits a more or less variegated colouring.

Occurrence.—-I first discovered this form off the Lofoten Islands, in the con-
siderable depth of 250 to 300 fathoms. Subsequently I have found it rather
abundantly in the inner part of the Trondhjem Fjord, in depths ranging from
100 to 200 fathoms, sometimes clinging to deep-water Hydroids and Gorgonids,
sometimes to the spines of Hchimus elegans Diib. & Koren. Out of Norway it

has not yet been recorded.

4. Astacilla pusilla, G. O. Sars.
(Pi. XXXVIL, fig. 3.)

Arcturus pusillus, G. O. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Dyrelivet paa vore Havbanker.
Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1872, p. 93.

Specific Characters.—Body of female less slender than in the type species,
and very tubercular, some of the tubercles assuming a spiniform character.
Cephalon with 2 very conspicuous juxtaposed pyramidal prominences above in the
middle. Each of the 3 succeeding segments with a transverse row of 4 tubercles,
the 2 uppermost being rather prominent. Middle segment of mesosome coarsely
tubercular both dorsally and laterally, the tubercles being subequal in size. The
3 posterior segments of mesosome, as also the metasome, likewise distinctly tu-
bercular dorsally. Superior antenne about as in A. affinis. Inferior antennie
with the flagellum very small, its Ist jomt not bemg longer than the other 2
combined. Colour uniformly light yellow. Length of adult female scarcely ex-
ceeding 8 mm.

Remarks.—In the general form of the body, this species somewhat re-
sembles A. affinis. It is, however, of rather inferior size, and much more tuber-

cular. The colour also is different.

92

Occurrence.—It would seem to be a very rare species. The first specimen
was found by the present author on the Storeggen bank, clinging to a spine of
Echinus rarispinus G. O. Sars, taken up from a depth of 80 to 100 fathoms.
Another specimen was taken off the Lofoten Islands in about the same depth.

Distribution.—Skagerak (Meinert).

Gen. 2. Areturella, G. O. Sars, n.

Generic Characters.—Body less elongated than in Astacilla, and in female,
slightly depressed, the middle segment being very large and broad, scutiform.
Metasome about as in Astacilla. Superior antennze with only a very restricted
number of olfactory filaments issuing from the tip of the flagellum. Inferior an-
tenn of no considerable length, flagellum 3-articulate and terminating in a
long spine. Mawxillipeds with the palp rather slender, 5-articulate, epignath very
large and cilated at the tip. Ist pair of legs with the proximal part of the
dactylus narrow, linear; the 3 succeeding pairs less elongated than in Astacilla,
and less richly supphed with sete. Incubatory pouch confined to the middle seg-
ment of mesosome. Male much smaller than female, and having the middle seg-
ment of mesosome simple, cylindric in form.

Remarks.—This new genus is founded upon the peculiar form described
by the present author as Astacilla dilatata. A closer examination of this form
has shown it also to differ from the species of the genus Astacilla in some ana-
tomical details mentioned in the above diagnosis, so that it should more properly

be regarded as the type of a distinct, though nearly-allied genus.

Arcturella dilatata, G. O. Sars.
(PIP XeXOXeViTTS)

Astacilla dilatata, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I, p. 63, Pl. 2, fig. 3.

Specific Characters.—Body of female very tubercular, some of the tu-
bercles assuming a spiniform character. Cephalon with 2 dorsal juxtaposed, and
somewhat procurved pyramidal prominences, in front of which occur several smaller
tubercles. Each of the 3 succeeding segments with a transverse series of 5 co-
nical tubercles, the median one being the most prominent, lateral parts triangu-
larly produced, those of Ist segment larger and deeper than those of the 2 other

segments. Middle segment of mesosome exceedingly large and broad, somewhat

longer than the preceding part of the body, and almost quadrate in form, with
the anterior and posterior corners laminarly expanded, and connected by a lateral,
crenulated crest; dorsal face armed in the middle with 2 very strong juxtaposed
spines, slightly curved in front, and having behind them scattered tubercles, hind
edge raised, and armed with 3 strong tubercles. The 3 posterior segments of
mesosome carinated dorsally, and having laterally scattered tubercles. Metasome
with the proximal segment distinctly carimated dorsally and constricted in the
middle; terminal segment only carimated in its anterior part, and tapering to an
acute point. Eyes rather large and convex, rounded. Superior antenne with the
flagellum longer than the 2 preceding joints combined, and carrying, in female 2,
in male 3 apical olfactory filaments. Inferior antennz scarcely more than half as
long as the body, flagellum very small, with a discontinuous row of denticles in-
side, Ist joint scarcely as long as the other 2 combined, terminal spine nearly
as long as the last joint. Colour greyish brown, with more or less distinct, darker
brown pigmentary ramifications. Length of adult female 6 mm., of male scarcely
more than half that size.

Remarks.—This is as yet the only known species of the genus, and may
be easily recognized, at least in the female sex, by the large size and peculiar
shape of the middle segment of the mesosome.

Oecurrence.—I have met with this form not infrequently in several places,
both on the south and west coasts of Norway, in depths ranging from 20 to 30
fathoms, on a muddy bottom covered with decaying alge.

Distribution.—British Isles (Robertson), Mediterranean at Messina and

Spezia (the present author), Skagerak and Kattegat (Meinert).

Tribe 4.

ASELLOTA, 7

Remarks.—In the present group of Isopoda all the segments of the meta-
some are fused together, forming a more or less broad shield-like plate, the caudal
segment. The pleopoda have wholly lost their swimming power, being exclusively
branchial in character, and they are moreover considerably reduced in number. In by
far the greater number of the forms, the Ist pair are transformed to a single oper-
cular plate, to protect the extremely delicate succeeding pairs, this operculum
being, in the male, peculiarly modified. The uropoda, as in the group Chelifera,
are terminal, never forming part of a caudal fan, nor being valvular in character.
Though, as above stated, the appendages of the metasome are quite unserviceable
for locomotion, there are some forms belonging to this group, which show them-
selves to be very expert swimmers; but the swimming is here effected in a very
different manner, viz., by the aid of the 3 posterior pairs of legs, which, in such
eases, are found to be peculiarly modified, forming oar-like swimming implements,
by the strokes of which, the animal is propelled backwards. This is more par-
ticularly the case in one of the families, the Munnopside; but some of the Des-
mosomide are also enabled to move in a similar manner, though never so rapidly as
the first-named. As to the general form of the body, it is greatly variable, sometimes
very broad and depressed, sometimes slender and elongated, approaching to a cylin-
drical shape. The cephalon is always well defined, and the mesosome exhibits the nor-
mal number of segments, which sometimes arrange themselves with tolerable distinct-
ness into 2 sets by a median constriction. The coxal plates are very small or quite
obsolete, never forming a marginal area, as is generally the case in the two pre-
ceding groups. Of the antenne, the superior ones are generally smaller than the
inferior, which sometimes attain an excessive length. The oral parts are, on the

whole, normally developed, and of the legs, only the Ist pair sometimes assume a

t
subcheliform structure. None of the forms belonging to the present group lead

a parasitic existence. The group contains as yet 5 families, all of which are re-
presented in the fauna of Norway. It is, however, very probable that it will be

found convenient to establish more families subsequently.

Fam. 1. Asellidez.

Characters.—Body more or less broad, depressed, with the lateral parts
of the segments lamellar. Cephalon of moderate size, without any rostrum, lateral
parts scarcely expanded, Caudal segment large, siield-lke. Hyes, when present,
small, lateral. Both pairs of antennee with multiarticulate flagella, the superior
ones much smaller than the inferior, and issuing close together. Oral parts nor-
mal. Legs ambulatory, except the Ist pair, which are distinctly subcheliform,
Pleopoda in female 4 pairs, the Ist bemg very small, not operculiform, consisting
each of a single rounded lamella; the 3 succeeding pairs biramous, with both
rami lamelliform, outer lamella of 2nd pair very large and incrusted, so as to
form, together with the corresponding lamella of the other side, a sort of oper-
culum, completely covering the 2 succeeding pairs. Pleopoda. in male 5 pairs,
an additional very small pair, constituting the copulative appendages, beimg inter-
posed between the Ist and 2nd. Uropoda comparatively large, biramous, with
the rami styliform or Jamellar.

Remarks.—In the restriction here adopted, this family is chiefly charac-
terized by the structure of the pleopoda, which differs considerably from that
found in the other Asellota. Whereas in these, the Ist pair in the female are
invariably transformed to a single large opercular plate, completely covering the
succeeding pairs, this pair, in the forms belonging to the present family, are of
inconsiderable size and not at all opercular, forming 2 discrete, simple, setiferous
lamellze. On the other hand, the outer plate of the 2nd pair is very large and
incrusted, lying in close contact with that of the other side, so as to obtect
completely the 2 succeeding pairs. In the male, there is found, immediately behind
the Ist pair of pleopoda, an additional pair of very small biramous appendages,
of which no trace can be detected in the female, and which represent the copulative
organs. As regards the other Asellotu, the male operculum is apparently split into

3 juxtaposed segments, one narrow median segment, which exhibits a well-marked

96

suture along the middle, and 2 lateral segments of a more or less oval form,
and carrying inside 2 peculiar movable appendages (see Pl. XL and succeeding).
A closer examination of this compound operculum will, however, soon show, that
the suggestion at first put forward by Dr. Hansen is quite correct. According
to the opinion of this distinguished carcinologist, the male operculum is more
properly composed of 2 pairs of successive appendages; the median piece repre-
senting the Ist pair of pleopoda, and accordingly answering to the female oper-
culum, whereas the lateral pieces represent the copulative appendages peculiar
only to the male. By such an explanation, indeed, more uniformity is obtaimed,
as to the number of appendages of the metasome, which, in fact, is the very
same in all Asellota, viz., 4 pairs in the female, and 5 pairs in the male, the
additional pair constituting the copulative appendages. In any case, however, the
structure of the 2 first pairs in the forms here treated of, is very anomalous,
and the remaining pairs are also rather different in appearance from those in
other Asellota, thus justifying the establishment of a distinct family. This family
comprises as yet 4 genera, viz., Asellus, Mancasellus, Cacidothea and Stenetrium,
all, except the last-named, containing exclusively fresh-water species. Of these

4 genera, only the first is represented in the fauna of Norway.

Gen. ASellus, G. St. Hillaire, 1764.

Generic Characters.— Body broad, depressed, with the lateral parts of the
segments simple, not laciniate. Cephalon not very large, rounded, truncated in
front, lateral faces convex. Caudal segment very broad, slightly produced at the
tip. Eyes, when present, very small, consisting of a limited number of visual
elements. Superior antenne scarcely longer than the peduncle of the imferior
ones, the latter slender and elongated, withcut any outer appendage to the pe-
duncle. Mandibles with a well developed palp, molar expansion thick, subcylindric
in form. Second pair of maxillee with the outer lamellz broad, laminar, and
edged with numerous curved and coarsely denticulated spines. Maxillipeds having
in female at the base a posteriorly pointing setous lappet, epignath broad, edged
with bristles. 1st pair of legs with the carpus very small, propodos much larger
and broader in male than in female. The succeeding pairs rapidly increasing
in length, and having the carpal joint well developed, propodal one linear, dac-
tylus spinulose inside. Uropoda with the rami subequal, slender, styliform.

Remarks.—This genus was established as early as in the year 1764 by

Geoffroy St. Hillaire, and may accordingly be regarded as the type of the family.

From the nearly-allied genus Mane tsellus Harger it is prominently distinguished,
among other things, by the presence of well-developed mandibular palps. Five
species of this genus have been recorded, only one of which belongs to the

fauna of Norway.

Asellus aquaticus (Lin.).
(Pl. XX XIX.)
Oniscus aquaticus, Linné, Fauna Svecia, ed. 2da, p. S00.
Syn: Sgwilla asellus, de Geer.
» Cymothoa aquatica, Fabr.
» Asellus vulgaris, Latr.
» IRdothea aquatica, Latr.

Specifie Characters.—Body oblong oval, in male slightly widening behind,
in female with the greatest width about in the middle, and equalling half the
length, not including the caudal segment. Cephalon broader than it is long, with
a slight setous prominence on each side near the base, frontal edge straight.
Segments of mesosome of nearly uniform size, lateral parts transversely truncated
at the tip, and clothed with stiff hairs. Caudal segment about half the length of
the mesosome, rounded quadrangular in form, and fringed all round with stiff
hairs; terminal edge bisinuate, with an obtuse median prominence. [yes consist-
ing each of only 4 visual elements, ocular pigment not confluent. Superior antennz
about the length of the peduncle of the inferior ones, flagellum composed of
10—12 articulations. Inferior antennze not quite as long as the body, flagellum
more than twice the length of the peduncle. Legs densely clothed with spiniform
bristles; Ist pair rather short, with the propodos in female oblong oval, in male
subtriangular, inner edge forming an obtuse prominence, armed with 3. strong
spines. Uropoda with the rami more than twice as long as the basal part, and
edged with scattered spiniform bristles. Colour very dark, fuscous, spotted with
white. Length of adult female 8 mm., of male 12 mm.

Remarks.—This form has been treated of in detail by the present author
in one of his earlier works: “Crustacés d’eau douce de Norvége”, to which the
reader may be referred for detailed information on the more minute anatomy
and the development.

Occurrence.—The species would seem to occur everywhere in Norway,
especially in small ponds that have a muddy botf8m, and are covered at the sur-
face with Lemna. It is also occasionally met with in slow streams, and in larger
lakes, but never at any considerable depth.

Distribution.—The European continent everywhere, Siberia, Algieria (the
present author).

13 — Crustacea,

98

Fam. 2. laniride.

Characters.— General habitus that of the Asellid@, but the lateral parts of
the cephalon always lamellarly expanded. Eyes, when present, subdorsal. Superior
antenne sometimes well developed, with the flagellum multiarticulate, sometimes very
small, with rudimentary flagellum. Interior antenne always longer than the su-
perior, with the peduncle 6-articulate, and generally carrying a small accessory
appendage (scale) outside the 3rd jomt. Oral parts normal. Legs subequal in
length, with the dactylus generally bi- or tri-unguiculate; 1st pair sometimes differmg
from the others in being prehensile. Ist pair of uropoda in female transformed
into a single, large, opercular plate, in male constituting the median piece of the
compound operculum, the lateral pieces of which are formed by the copulative
appendages. The 3 succeeding pairs very delicate, the last pair forming simple
smooth lamellz, the 2 preceding ones with the outer ramus narrow and confluent
with the basal part. Uropoda biramous, more or less developed.

Remarks.—The forms belonging to this family resemble the Asellide very
much, as regards their external appearance, and have also hitherto been combined
with them. Yet the very different structure of the pleopoda makes it, im my
opinion, necessary to place them in a separate family. As additional distinguishing
characters may be mentioned the laterally-expanded cephalon, the subdorsal
situation of the eyes, the distinctly 6-articulate peduncle of the inferior antenne,
on which, in the greater number of the forms, a small outer appendage, apparently
answering to the scale in higher Crustacea, may be distinguished; finally, the
more uniform length of the legs, the dactylar joint of which moreover, as a rule,
is bi- or tri-unguiculate. All the known forms are exclusively marine, and, as it
were, replace the Asellid@ in the Oceans. Several genera have been established,
amounting to 9 or 10 in all, 4 of which only are represented in the fauna

of Norway.

Gen. 1. Janipra, leach, 1813.

Syn: Oniscoda, Latr.
Henopomus, Kroyer.

, Asellodes, Stimpson.
Generic Characters.—Body oblong, depressed, with the lateral parts of
the seginents but slightly produced. Cephalon large, transversely oval, obtuse in

front, or with a comparatively small rostral projection. Caudal segment rounded,

99

not expanded laterally. Eyes distinct, subdorsal. Superior antenne well deve-
loped, with the flagellum composed of numerous short articulations carrying long
olfactory filaments. Inferior antennze very much elongated, with a well-marked
scale-like appendage outside the 3rd joint of the peduncle. Mandibles with the
cutting part divided from the molar expansion by a deep incision, palp rather slender.
Second pair of maxillee with the outer lobes narrow, conic in form, and tipped by a
limited number of simple sete. Maxillipeds normal. Legs nearly equal in length, Ist
pair of same structure in the 2 sexes, prehensile, the carpus being very large,
subfusiform, and edged inside with spines, propodos narrow, linear, and very
movably articulated to the former, so as to admit of being bent in against it,
dactylar joint in all legs very small, 3-unguiculate. Uropoda largely developed,
with the rami slightly unequal, and clothed with fasciculated bristles.
Remarks.—This genus was established as early as in the year 1813 by
Leach. The genera Oniscoda of Latreille, and Asellodes of Stimpson, as also that
of Henopomus Kroyer, are all undoubtedly identical with the Leachian genus,
which, as the much older one, ought to be retained. It is the type of the
family Janivide, and the genus which in external appearance exhibits most. re-
semblance to the fresh-water genus Asellus. Five species have as yet been re-
corded, viz., J. maculosa Leach, J. tricornis Kroyer, I. alta Stimpson, J. abyssorum
Beddard, and J. Tristani Beddard. Of these, only the first-named belongs to the

fauna of Norway.

Janira maculosa, Leach.
(RIP Xa)

Syn: Oniscoda maculosa, M.-Edw.
Henopomus nuticus, WKroyer.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval in form, about 3 times as long as
it is broad, and slightly narrowed both in front and behind. Cephalon with the
lateral expansions evenly rounded, frontal edge straight, without a trace of rostrum.
Anterior segments of mesosome with the lateral parts slightly produced at both
corners, but not covering the small coxal plates, which are bi-lobulate. Caudal
segment sub-circular, distal part of lateral edges coarsely serrated. Eyes well
developed, rounded oval, with dark pigment. Superior antenne reaching about
to the end of the penultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones, flagellum more
than twice as long as the peduncle, and composed of about 30 articulations. —In-
ferior antenne considerably exceeding the length of the body, the last 2 pedun-

cular joints rather elongated, subequal, flagellum about twice the length of the

100
peduncle. Epignath of the maxillipeds with the outer edge angular in the middle.
Ist pair of legs with the carpus about the length of the 2 preceding joints com-
bined, and armed inside with 18—20 spines; dactylar claws in all pairs nearly
equal. Middle piece of male operculum not expanded at the end, which is qua-
drilobate. Uropoda exceeding in length the caudal segment, basal part rather
elongated, though not quite as long as the inner ramus, outer ramus somewhat
smaller than the imner, both being lmear in form. Colour yellowish, densely
mottled with reddish brown specks. Length of adult female 7 mm., of male 10 mm.

Remarks.—This is the first described species of the genus, and is easily
recognizable from the other as yet known forms, by the form of the cephalon and
the armature of the caudal segment. The Henopomus muticus of Kréyer is un-
doubtedly identical with the form here treated off.

Occurrence.—This species occurs along the whole Norwegian coast, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, and is generally found in depths ranging from
30 to 100 fathoms, on a rocky bottom, overgrown with Hydroida and Polyzoa.
It is rather brittle, and therefore difficult to preserve in a perfect state. The
long inferior antenna and the uropoda are especially liable to be broken or de-
tached from the body, when the animal is put in alcohol.

Distribution.—British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Meinert), Dutch coast
(Hoek), coast of France (Bonnier), Greenland (Hansen).

Gen. 2. Tanthe, Bovailius, 1881.

Generic Characters.—General form of body as in Janira. Cephalon with
a strong rostral projection, and having the lateral parts produced to very pro-
minent, acute lappets. Segments of mesosome with the lateral parts laciniate,
and produced so as wholly to cover the coxal plates. Caudal segment forming
at the end, on each side, a triangular expansion. Antenne about as in Lanira,
except that the inferior ones are comparatively less elongated. Epignath of
maxillipeds simple lanceolate, outer edge not angular. Oral parts otherwise, as
also the legs and appendages of metasome, nearly as in Janira.

Remarks.—This genus was established in the year 1881 by Dr. Bovallius,
to include a supposed new species from Baffin’s Bay, J. speciosa, which, however,
in the opinion of Dr. Hansen, is not specifically distinguishable from Janira

spinosa of Harger. The genus agrees very closely in almost all anatomical details

LOL

with Janira, and it is therefore somewhat questionable, whether it can in reality
be maintained. As, however, there are at least 3 species, which closely agree in
the distinguishing characters recorded by Dr. Bovallius for his genus, I am un-

willing at present to reject it,

Janthe laciniata, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XLL)
Taniva laciniata, G. O. Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Dyrelivet paa vore Havbanker,
Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh 1872, p. 92.

Specific Characters.—Body much flattened, oval in form, being scarcely
twice as long as it is broad. Cephalon provided with a long, spiniform, somewhat
upturned rostrum, lateral parts each produced to a strong lanceolate lappet point-
ing obliquely anteriorly. Segments of mesosome with the lateral parts Jaminarly
expanded, and each produced into 2 lanceolate lappets separated by a deep incision,
those of the 4 anterior segments subequal, those of the 3 posterior ones rather
unequal, the anterier lappet being much the larger. Caudal segment much broader
than it is long, gradually widening behind, and produced at the end, on each
side, to an acute triangular expansion, median prominence blunted, all the lappets
finely serrated at the edges, and, like the dorsal face, clothed with scattered hairs.
Eyes comparatively small, rounded. Superior antenne reaching somewhat beyond
the penultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones, flagellum about twice the
length of the peduncle, and composed of 20—30 articulations. Inferior antenne
scarcely longer than the body, squamiform appendage of the peduncle distinctly
developed, flagellum not quite twice as long as the peduncle. Legs almost exactly
as in Janira maculosa, except that one of the dactylar unguiculi is much smaller
than the other 2, and somewhat remote from the tip of the dactylus. Middle
piece of male operculum very slightly expanded at the end, which is irregularly
serrulated, with a small hamiform projection on each side. Uropoda fully as long
as the caudal segment, and densely clothed with spiniform bristles, inner ramus
scarcely as long as the basal part, outer ramus a little shorter, both being narrow
linear in form. Colour pale yellowish white, semipellucid, without any pigmentary
ornament. Length of adult male 8 mm.

Remarks.—This form was first recorded by the present author in 1872
as Lanira laciniata. It is nearly allied to the North American species, J. spinosa
Harger, but differs in the greater development of the lateral laciniw, as also in
the shape of the caudal segment.

Occurrence.—I first met with this pretty form outside the Storeggen bank,

where 2 specimens were brought up in the dredge from the considerable depth

102

of 400 fathoms. Subsequently I have found it occasionally off the coasts of
Nordland and Finmark, in depths ranging from 100 to 150 fathoms, Out of

Norway it has not yet been recorded.

Gen. 3. Taniropsis, G. O. Sars, n.

Generic Characters. —General habitus that of Janira. Lateral parts of
the segments but slightly expanded, not laciniate. Eyes well developed. Superior
antenng comparatively small, with the flagellum only composed of a limited number
of articulations. Inferior antenne of moderate length, being much more strongly
built in male than in female; squamiform appendage in both sexes very small,
but distinctly detined. Maxillipeds with the 2nd and 3rd joints of the palp very
much expanded, laminar. Legs comparatively short and thick, with the dactylus
bi-unguiculate; Ist pair in female not differing at all from the others, in male, on
the other hand, remarkably developed, prehensile, much longer than any of the
other pairs, with the carpal joint fusiformly dilated. Middle piece of male oper-
culum remarkably dilated at the tip. Uropoda of same structure as in Janira,
but much shorter.

Remarks.—This new genus is founded upon the form recorded by the
present author as Lanira breviremis. A closer examination of this form, and more
especially of the male, has revealed some characteristic features, which make it
advisable to separate it generically from Janira, and such a separation was also
opined by Dr. Bovallius to be necessary. It is especially the structure of the Ist
pair of legs which is characteristic. In the female, this pair, unlike what is the
case in Janira, do not differ in any manner from the others legs, being, like these,
ambulatory. On the other hand, this pair assumes in the male a quite extra-
ordinary development, being pronouncedly prehensile, and much larger than any
of the other legs. Moreover, the structure of the superior antenne and _ the
maxillipeds is slightly different, as also the middle piece of the male operculum.

The genus contains as yet but a single species, to be described below.

[aniropsis breviremis, G. QO. Sars.
(Pl. XLII.)
lanira breviremis, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I, p. 64, Pl. 2, fig. 4.
Speeific Characters.—Body oblong oval in form, fully twice as long as it

is broad, and very slightly narrowed both in front and behind. Cephalon rather

large, subquadrangular, lateral parts but slightly expanded, frontal edge trans-
versely truncated. Segments of mesosome with the lateral parts bluntly truncated.
Caudal segment circular in outline, lateral edges serrated, tip bluntly produced.
Eyes rather large. rounded oval. Superior antenne scarcely reaching beyond the
middle of the penultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones, flagellum but little
longer than the peduncle, and composed in female of 8, in male of 12 articula-
tions. Inferior antenne in female not nearly attaiming the length of the body,
in male considerably larger, equalling the body in length. Ist pair of legs in
female a little shorter than the next succeeding, but of the very same structure;
those of male more than twice as large, almost attaining the length of the whole
body, carpal joint oblong fusiform and, like the other joints, densely clothed with
short spiniform bristles. Middle piece of male operculum produced at the end,
on each side, to a lanceolate lappet minutely bifid at the tip. Uropoda much
shorter than the caudal segment, and clothed with scattered fascicles of spimiform
bristles, inner ramus somewhat longer than the basal part, outer, considerably
smaller. Body yellowish, mottled everywhere with reddish brown specks. Length
of adult female 4 mm., of male 6 mm.

Remarks.—As above stated, this is as yet the only known species of the
genus, and may easily be recognized from Janira maculosa, to which it bears
some resemblance in colour and external appearance, by the comparatively much
shorter antennze and uropoda.

Occurrence.—I have only met with this form off the west coast of Norway,
in the neighbourhood of Bergen. In one locality, at Bratholmen, it occurred in
considerable numbers on the roots and stems of Laminarize overgrown by Hydroida
and Polyzoa.

Distribution.—Bohusliin (Boyallius).

Gen. 4. JTaera, Leach, 1813.

Syn: Jaeridina, M.-Edw.

Generie Characters.—Body, as a rule, broad and much depressed, with
the lateral parts of all the segments laminarly expanded and fringed with bristles.
Cephalon broad, without any true rostrum, but with the lateral parts considerably
produced. Caudal segment with a more or less deep apical emargination, within
which the uropoda are contained. Eyes distinct, dorsal. Superior antennie ex-

tremely small, with the flagellum rudimentary. Inferior antennze of moderate

104

length, without any distinctly defined squamiform appendage. Oral parts nearly
as in Janira. Legs comparatively short and of uniform structure, the Ist pair
not being prehensile in either sex, dactylar jot 3-unguiculate. Middle piece of
male operculum considerably expanded at the end. Uropoda extremely small, bi-
ramous, rami very short, nodiform. Male smaller than female.

Renarks.—This genus, established by Leach in the year 1813, 1s chiefly
distinguished by the short and flat body, the very small superior antennee and
uropoda, and the uniform structure of the legs. It comprises as yet about 7

species, only one of which belongs to the fauna of Norway.

Jaera marina (Fabr.).
(Pl. XLIIL.)

Oniscus marinus, O. Fabricius, Fauna Gronlandica, p. 252.

Syn: aera albifrons, Leach.

- — Kriyeri, Gaddach.
» — baltica, Fr. Miller.
_ — copiosa, Stimpson.

— nivalis, Kroyer.

Specific Characters.—FPody oval in form, scarcely more than twice as long
as it is broad, in male somewhat shorter and stouter than in female, and slightly
widening behind, lateral edges of the segments in both sexes fringed with rather
short and simple hair-like bristles. Cephalon more than twice as broad as it is
long, lateral expansions obliquely truncated, frontal edge slightly bisinuate, obtusely
produced in the middle. Caudal segment semicircular in shape, comparatively
larger and broader in male than in female, apical notch not very deep. Eyes of
moderate size, rounded oval in form. Superior antenne reaching but little beyond
the antepenultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones, flagellum very small, bi-
articulate. Inferior antennze about the length of the body, not including the cau-
dal segment, outer appendage of the peduncle replaced by a simple spine, fla-
vellum fully twice as long as the peduncle. Legs but slightly increasing in length
posteriorly, one of the 3 dactylar claws rather small, and somewhat removed from
the tip, the other 2 strongly curved. Female operculum semicircular; middle
piece of male operculum forming at the end, on each side, a rather large expan-
sion terminating in a hook-like, anteriorly-curving point. Uropoda projecting
somewhat beyond the apical notch of the caudal segment, both rami well defined,
though very small, and tipped by a fascicle of bristles, the inner one about half
the length of the basal part, the outer considerably smaller. Body more or less
thickly dotted with dark brown, sometimes uniformly blackish or variegated with

large whitish patches. Length of adult female 4 mm., of male 3 mm,

105

Remarks.—By most authors, this form has been recorded under the spe-
cific name albifrons, proposed by Leach; but as there cannot be any doubt that
the Oniscus marinus of O. Fabricius is this species, the latter specific name, as
the older one, ought to be preferred to that of Leach. Four more synonyms are
quoted above. The Jaera Nordmanni Rathke, of which I have had specimens for
examination from the Caspian Sea, is a very nearly-allied species, but is distinguished
pretty well by the dense and regular garniture of spiniform bristles, and by the
still more poorly developed uropoda, the rami of which look merely like small
setiferous noduli. It seems to me somewhat doubtful whether the form figured
by Sp. Bate and Westwood under this name, is the true Rathkian species, or
perhaps more properly the male of J. marina.

Occurrence.—This species occurs along the whole coast of Norway, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, in quite shallow depths. At low water, it is often
found in great numbers beneath stones on the beach, and sometimes at a consider-
able height above the level of the sea, together with Ligia oceanica and other
terrestrial Isopoda. Its flat body makes it admirably well adapted to cling to
the stones of the beach, andgto conceal itself in their crevices.

Distribution. —British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Meinert), Dutch coast
(Hoek), coast of France (Bonnier), Greenland (Hansen), Atlantic coast of North

America (Harger).

Fam. 3.. Munnide.

Characters.—Body generally short and stout, with the 3 posterior segments
of mesosome, as a rule, sharply marked off from the 4 anterior, and much smaller.
Caudal segment more or less vaulted above, sub-pyriform. Eyes, when present,
placed on the tips of lateral, peduncle-like projections of the head. Superior an-
tenne placed widely apart, and more or less developed, with the flagellum gene-
rally multiarticulate. Inferior antenne issuing immediately beneath the superior,
and without any outer appendage. Oral parts normal. Ist pair of legs much
shorter than the others, prehensile; the succeeding pairs more or less rapidly in-
creasing in length, simple, ambulatory. Uropeda generally small, somewhat re-
moved from the tip of the caudal segment, being sometimes subdorsal. Male
much smaller than female.

14 — Crustacea.

106

Remarks.—The type of this family is the peculiar genus Munna of Kroyer,
with which several other genera may be conveniently associated, to form a rather
well-defined group of Asellota. From the Janiride, these Isopods may be easily
distinguished by the comparatively short and stout body, which, unlike the
body in that family, is conspicuously narrowed behind, with the 3 posterior
segments of the mesosome much smaller than the 4 anterior ones, and the caudal
segment ob-pyriform in shape. Besides the 4 Norwegian genera treated of below,
the following genera may with certainty be referred to this family: Leptaspidia
Bate & Westw., Neasellus Beddard, Astrurus Beddard, Munnella Bonnier, and
Haliacris Pfeffer. The last-named genus, however, is, scarcely different, generic-

ally, from Munna.

Gen. 1. Munna, Boeck, 1839.

2? Syn: Haliacris, Pfeffer.
6

Generic Characters. —Body sub-pyriform in shape, with the dorsal face some-
what vaulted, and the last 3 segments of mesosome very small, with the lateral
parts curving more or less posteriorly. Cephalon very broad, with the frontal
margin obtusely produced. Caudal segment narrow, ob-pyriform, and very sharply
defined from the mesosome. Eyes distinct, placed on the tips of greatly produced
lateral projections of the head. Superior antennse comparatively small; inferior
antennze, on the other hand, very much elongated, with the peduncle 5-articulate,
the 2 outer joints long and slender. Mandibles with the cutting part divided
from the cylindrical molar expansion by .a deep incision, palp well developed.
Ist pair of legs in female comparatively small, imperfectly subcheliform, in male
more strongly developed, and sometimes of quite ‘an extraordinary size. The re-
maining legs rapidly increasing in length, with the carpal and propodal joints
much elongated and edged with spines, dactylar joint small, bi-unguiculate. Middle
piece of male operculum rather narrow, sublinear, truncated at the tip. . Uropoda
very. small, simple.

Remarks.—Vhis genus was established by Kréyer in the year 1839, to
melude a peculiar Isopod found by him. off the Norwegian coast. Subsequently
several additional species were detected by different authors, and the relation of this
genus to other Isopoda was more fully recognized. The external appearance is rather
peculiar, the apparently stalked eyes especially being very striking. In ovigerous

females, moreover, owing to the greatly projecting incubatory pouch, the fore-part of

%

107

the body appears less depressed than in most other Isopods, and, as the very much
elongated legs in alcoholic specimens are generally stretched downwards, the body,
unlike that of other [sopods, presents itself to the observer, as a rule, in a
lateral position. We know of 9 or 10 species of the genus, 5 of which belong

to the fauna of Norway, and will be described below.

1. Munna Boecki, Kroyer.
(Pl. XLIV.)
Munna Boeckii, Kréyer, Nat. Tidsskr. Bd. HU, p. 612, Pl. VI, figs. 1—9.

Specific Characters.—Body of female very short and thick, with the an-
terior division, seen from above, almost circular in outline; last segment of meso-
some very small. Caudal segment about half the length of the anterior division
of the body, ob-pyriform, lateral edges somewhat bulging in their anterior part,
and each armed with 4 short denticles, tip obtusely produced, and exhibiting
ventrally, on each side of the anal orifice, a coarsely serrated lamella. Eyes
rather large, semiglobose. Superior antenne scarcely reaching to the middle of
the penultimate peduncular jomt of the inferior ones, flagellum composed of 6
articulations, the apical one being extremely small. Inferior antennee moderately
strong, about twice the length of the body, flagellum somewhat longer than the
peduncle. Legs rather strongly built, and rapidly increasing in length posteriorly ;
Ist pair with the carpus gradually widening distally, and armed inside with a
double row of slender spines, propodos oval in form. Last par of legs exceeding
the body in length, carpal joint about the length of the 3 preceding joints com-
bined, and rather strong, widening distally, propodal joint long and slender, linear.
Uropoda very small, with the tip transversely truncated. Colour yellowish, very
shehtly clouded with darker shadows. Length of adult female 4 mm.

Remarks.—This is the species first recorded, and ought accordingly to be
regarded as the type of the genus. It may be easily recognized from the other
species by the very broad, nearly circular fore-part of the body, the form and
armature of the caudal segment, the comparatively luge eyes, and the long, but

rather strongly built legs.

Occurrence.—I have met with this form occasionally in a few localities
on the west coast of Norway, in depths ranging from 20 to 50 fathoms, on a
rocky bottom, overgrown with Hydroida and Polyzoa. Kréyer observed the species
at Trondhjem.

Distribution. —Kattegat (Meinert).

108

2. Munna limicola, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XLV, fig. 1.)
Munna limicola, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zoologisk Reise ved
Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, p. 29.

Specific Characters.—Body of female somewhat less robust than in the
type species, with the anterior division oval in form. Ocular processes very much
projecting. Caudal segment rather large, nearly equalling the mesosome in length,
and oval pyriform in shape, lateral edges evenly curved, and without any den-
ticles, but clothed with scattered bristles, tip without any serrated lamella. Eyes
comparatively smaller than in M. Boecki, and narrowly rounded. Superior antenn
reaching to the middle of the penultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones, flagel-
lum 5-articulate, last articulation, as usual, extremely small. Inferior antenne twice
the length of the body, flagellum much shorter than the peduncle. Legs greatly
increasing in length posteriorly, and far less strongly built than in M. Boecki;
Ist pair with the carpus but slightly widening distally, and nearly as long as the
propodos; last pair considerably exceeding the body in length, and having the
carpal joint rather narrow, propodal joint extremely slender, being almost twice
as long as the former. Uropoda nearly as in the type species. Colour uniformly
pale yellowish grey. Length of adult female 3 mm.

Remarks.—Though rather nearly allied to WM. Boecki, this species may, on
a closer examination, be easily distinguished by its less robust body, the smaller
eyes, the form of the caudal segment, and the absence on it of lateral denticles
and apical serrated lamellz, and finally, by the extremely slender and elongated legs.

Occurrence.—This species occurs not infrequently both off the south and
west coasts of Norway, from the Christiania Fjord, at least to the Lofoten Islands.
It is only found in greater depths, ranging from 60 to 300 fathoms, on muddy

bottom. Out of Norway, it has not yet been recorded.

3. Munna Fabricii, Kroyer.
(Pl. XLV, fig. 2.)
Munna Fabricii, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr. Bd. 11, p. 380.

Specific Characters.—Body rather short and compact, with the anterior divi-
sion rounded oval in outline. Ocular processes rather thick, and less prominent
than in M. limicola. Caudal segment oblong oval, but slightly narrowed behind,
lateral edges evenly convex, and each armed in front with a single slender den-
ticle; apical lamelle distinctly serrated. Eyes rather large, semi-globose. Supe-

rior antenne scarcely reaching to the middle of the penultimate peduncular joint

109

of the inferior ones, flagellum composed of only 4 joints, including the very small
apical, one. Inferior antennz rather slender, with the flagellum longer than the
peduncle. Legs comparatively slender, though less rapidly increasing in length
posteriorly than in the 2 preceding species; 1st pair, as usual, much the shortest,
with the carpus somewhat shorter than the propodos, and armed inside with 3
spines; last pair scarcely longer than the body, carpal joint somewhat dilated
distally. Uropoda obliquely truncated at the tip, and setous at each corner.
Colour dark brown, from numerous pigmentary spots forming irregular shadows.
Length of adult female scarcely reaching to 3 mm.

Remarks.—This species was established by Kréyer from Greenland spe-
cimens; but its true specific characters were not fully recognized. For the figures
given by the same author in the great work of Gaimard, evidently belong to two
distinct species, confounded by him at that time. From the 2 preceding species,
it may be distinguished by the comparatively more slender inferior antenns, the
less elongated legs, and the form and armature of the caudal segment. It is also
rather inferior in size, and always exhibits a very dark colour.

Occurrence.—The species is rather common off the Lofoten Islands and
along the whole Finmark coast, in moderate depths, among Hydroida. It also
occurs occasionally off the west coast of Norway, but nowhere in any abundance.

Distribution.—Greenland (Kréyer), Atlantic coast of North America (Harger),

Iceland and Spitsbergen (Norw. North Atl. Exped.).

4. Munna Kroyeri, Goodsir.
(Pl. XLVI, fig. 1.)
Munna Kroyeri, Goodsir, Edinb. New Phil. Journ. Vol. XXXII, p. 365, Pl. 6, fig. 6.
Syn: Munna Whiteana, Sp. Bate & Westw. Q.
Bs — Fabricti, Kroyer (part).

Specific Characters.— Body of female somewhat robust, with the anterior
division oval in form, and the segments very sharply marked off from each other,
and clothed laterally with scattered hairs. Body in male, as usual, much narrower.
Ocular processes conically tapered. Caudal segment comparatively short, scarcely
more than half as long as the mesosome, and rounded oval in form, lateral edges
rather bulging in front, and each armed with 4 strong denticles, the posterior
par subdorsal, tip bluntly produced, and without any serrated lamellae. Eyes
comparatively small, at least in female. Superior antennz very short, extending
not nearly to the middle of the penultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones,

flagellum composed of only 3 articulations, including the very small apical joint.

Inferior antenne, as compared with those in the other known species, of incon-
siderable length, scarcely as long as the body, flagellum not attaining the length
of the peduncle. Ist pair of legs in female of the usual structure, in male con-
siderably stronger, with the carpus considerably expanded, and produced at the
end inside to an acute thumb-lke projection, the inner edge of the joint densely
setiferous. Ambulatory legs in both sexes shorter and stouter than usual, last
pair scarcely exceeding in length the anterior division of the body. Uvropoda
produced at the tip into several dentiform projections, one of which assumes a
hook-like appearance. Colour pale yellowish, slightly mottled with light brown.
Length of adult female about 3 mm.

Remarks.—This form was first described by Goodsir from male specimens.
The female was subsequently recorded by Sp. Bate and Westwood as a new species
under the name of M. Whiteana. Kroyer confounded the species with his MM.
fabricii, «a fact which may easily be proved on examining the several figures he
gives in the work of Gaimard. Indeed, the greater number of these figures
evidently belongs to the present species, and not to MM. Fabricii. The present
form may be easily distinguished from any of the preceding species by the com-
paratively short and stout inferior antenne and legs, as also by the peculiar
structure of the uropoda. The caudal segment, moreover, differs both in shape
and armature from that in the said species.

Occurrence.—I have found this form occasionally off the south and west
coasts of Norway, in comparatively shallow water.

Distribution.— British Isles (Goodsir, Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Kroyer) ?.

5. Munna palmata, Lilljeborg.

(Pl. XLVI, fig. 2.)

Munna palmata, Lilljeborg, Ofvers. Vetensk. Akad. Férhandl. 1851, p. 23.

Specific Characters.— of. Body rather robust, with the anterior division
oblong oval in form, and but slightly dilated in the middle. Caudal segment
comparatively large, exceeding half the length of the anterior division of the
body, lateral edges bulging in front, and each armed with 4 strong denticles, tip
obtusely rounded, and without any serrated plates. Eyes comparatively large,
semi-globose, placed on very prominent processes. Superior antenn rather small,
flagellum 4-articulate. Inferior antenne considerably exceeding the body in length,
and unusually strongly built, the last 2 joints of the peduncle being rather thick and
somewhat dilated at the end, flagellum narrowing very abruptly, and scarcely longer
than the last peduncular joint. Ist pair of legs exceedingly strong with the carpus

of quite an extraordinary size, oval in form and very tumid, being produced at

14

the end inside to 2 strong denticles, inner edge only very slightly setiferous, propodos
about half as long as the carpus, and much narrower, being constricted at the
base, and projecting at the end inside, to a rounded lobe. Ambulatory legs like-
wise rather strong, and resembling in structure those in M. Kroyert. Uropoda,
like those in the said species, terminating in an incurved, hook-like point.
Colour very dark, nearly black. Length scarcely exceeding 2 mm.
Remarks.—This form, first recorded by Prof. Lilljeborg, is nearly allied
to M. Kroyeri, and indeed, I at first believed it to be the male of that species.
Having, however, subsequently had an opportunity of examining the male of J.
Kroéyeri, 1 find it to differ in several points from the male here treated of, and:
T have therefore thought it right to retain Prof. Lilljeborg’s speéies, though as
yet only known in one of the sexes.
Occurrence.—I have only seen a single specimen of this form, which was
taken off the coast of Jeederen from a depth of about 20 fathoms. Prof. Lillje-

borg found it at Christiansund. Out of Norway, it has not yet been recorded.

Gen. 2. Paramunna, G. O. Sars, 1866.

Generic Characters.—Body short and stout, depressed, less narrowed be-
hind than usual. Cephalon rather large, and produced in front imto 2 broad,
diverging lobes, laterally to well-marked ocular processes. Caudal segment com-
paratively short and broad. Eyes distinct, placed, as in Munna, on the tips of
pedunculiform lateral projections of the head. Antennz comparatively small, the
inferior ones longer than the superior, with the peduncle 6-articulate and doubly
geniculate, outer appendage absent. Mandibles normally developed, with the molar
expansion subcylindric, and the palp distinctly 3-articulate, but rather small.
Ist pair of legs short and stout, subcheliform, the others slender, ambulatory,
and but slightly increasing in length posteriorly, dactylus simple. Middle piece
of male operculum unusually large and expanded at the end. Uropoda extremely
small, biramous, somewhat: removed from the tip of the caudal segment.

Remarks.—This genus was established by the present author in the year
1866, to include a very small Isopod, which showed some points of agreement
with’ Wunna, though not sufficient to admit of its being combined with that genus.
It seems also to be rather nearly allied to the genus Leptaspidia of Sp. Bate &
Westwood, though differing very prominently in the presence of well-developed,
pedunculated eyes, and in the uropoda being biramous, not simple. We know, as

yet, of only a single species, to be described below.

iL

112

Paramunna bilobata, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XLVII, fig. 1.)

Parcmunna bilobata, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zool. Reise ved
Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, p. 31.

Specific Characters.—Body oval in form, scarcely twice as Jong as it is broad,
with the segments very sharply marked off from each other. Cephalon rather broad,
deeply incised anteriorly in the middle, and forming on each side of the incision an
obtusely truncated lobe finely denticulated at the tip; ocular processes conical and
ereatly projecting. Lateral parts of the 4 anterior segments of mesosome trun-
cated at the tip; those of the 3 posterior acuminate and_ projecting laterally.
Caudal segment about half as long as the mesosome, rounded cordiform, lateral
edges rather bulging in front, and each armed with a regular row of about 12
strong serrations increasing in size posteriorly, outer part of the segment obtusely
conic and smooth. Eyes well developed, and placed on the tips of the ocular
processes. Superior antenne projecting laterally between the cephalic lobes and
the ocular processes, and equalling in length about half the breadth of the head,
the first 2 joints of the peduncle rather large, subequal, 3rd joint extremely small,
flagellum nearly as long as the peduncle, and composed of 3 articulations, the
last carrying a single long apical filament. Inferior antenne extending beyond
the superior, and nearly twice as long, flagellum much shorter than the pe-
duncle, and 7-articulate. 1st pair of legs very strongly built, with the joints con-
siderably expanded, carpus rather broad, and armed inside with 3 strong spines,
propodos about the size of the carpus, and oval in form, dactylus strong, with a
secondary tooth inside. Uropoda issuing just behind the serrated part of the
lateral edges of the caudal segment, rami very unequal, the outer one being ex-
tremely small. Colour bright red. Length of adult female scarcely exceeding 1 mm.

Remarks.—This dwarfed Isopod may be easily recognized from the other
Munnide by its rather regular oblong oval body, the peculiar form of the cepha-
lon, and the shape and armature of the caudal segment. The distinct, peduncu-
lated eyes distinguish it at once from the species of the nearly-allied genera,
Leptaspidia, Neasellus and Pleurogonium.

Occurrence. —I have met with this form occasionally in several places of
the Norwegian coast, from the Christiania Fjord up to the Lofoten Islands. It
generally occurs in moderate depths ranging from 20 to 40 fathoms, among Algi
and Hydroide, more rarely in greater depths amounting to 100 fathoms. Owing
to its small size, it may easily be overlooked, or taken for some Copepods of

the Scutellidian group. Out of Norway it has not yet been recorded.

113

Gen. 3. Pleurogonium, G. O. Sars.

Syn: Plewracantha, G. O. Sars (olim).

Generic Characters.—Body short, depressed, with the 4 anterior segments
of mesosome more or less strongly dilated, the 3 posterior ones much smaller,
and having the lateral parts obliquely recurved. Cephalon comparatively small,
deeply sunk within the Ist segment of mesosome, and without any frontal lobes
or ocular processes. Caudal segment narrowly cordate or pyriform, constricted
at the base, tip more or less produced. Eyes wholly absent. Antenne differing
but little in size, and of a structure similar to that in Paramunna. Mandibles
without palps, cutting part narrowly produced, molar expansion slender, lappet-
shaped. Ist pair of legs short and strong, subcheliform; the others slender, m-
creasing in leneth posteriorly. Female operculum lanceolate, male, of a simi-
lar structure to that in Paramunna. Uropoda very small, biramous, placed
somewhat dorsally, and at a considerable distance from the tip of the caudal
segment.

Remarks.—TVhis genus was established by the present author in the year
1863; but the name Plewacantha, proposed at that time, having been already
appropriated, he changed it subsequently to Plewrogonium. The genus is nearly allied
to Paramunna, but differs very markedly in the shape of the cephalon and caudal seg-
ment, as also in the absolute want of eyes and of mandibular palps. In addition
to the 3 Norwegian species described below, Mr. Beddard has recorded 3 other

species from the Challenger Expedition as P. albidum, serratum and minutum.

1. Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XLVII, fig. 2.)

Pleuracantha rubicunda, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af [Isopoder (Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh.
1863), p. 16.

Specific Characters.—Anterior division of hody in female nearly circular
in outline, the breadth almost equalling the length. Cephalon sub-pentagonal in
form, with the front obtusely produced, and the sides obtusangular. Lateral parts
of the 4 anterior segments of mesosome subangular, and each carrying in the
middle a very conspicuous rod-like spine, all the spines pointing in different
directions, so as to exhibit a radiating arrangement. The 3 posterior segments
of mesosome very small, with the lateral parts extended obliquely behind, and
each terminating in a knob-like projection. Caudal segment rather narrow, con-
siderably constricted at the base, side-edges evenly curved, and fringed with short

15 — Crustacea.

hairs in their outer part, tip obtusely pointed. Superior antennz exceeding in
length the breadth of the cephalon, Ist jomt of the peduncle rather elongated,
flagellum scarcely longer than that jomt, and composed of 3 articulations. Inferior
antenne but little longer than the superior, and of the structure characteristic of
the genus; flagellum 7-articulate. Ist pair of legs with the carpus strongly dilated
distally, being considerably broader than it is long, and armed inside with 2
strong spines, anteriorly with 2 smaller ones; propodos oblong oval, exceeding the
carpus in size; dactylus strong, with 2 small denticles inside. Ambulatory legs
about of same structure as in Paramunna bilobata. Middle piece of male oper-
culum likewise rather similar, though comparatively smaller. Uropoda with the
outer ramus extremely small. Colour bright red. Length of adult female 11/, mm.

Remarks.—This is the species first recorded, and it may accordingly be
regarded as the type of the genus. It is easily recognized from the other 2
Norwegian species by the peculiar rod-like spines radiating from the sides of
the fore-part cf the body.

Occurrence.

The species occurs along the whole Norwegian coast, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vads6, and is often found in considerable numbers on
a muddy bottom, in depths ranging from 6 to 30 fathoms. It is a rather sluggish
animal, creeping slowly along the bottom, and is often so thickly covered with
‘muddy particles as only with great difficulty to be discerned. Out of Norway,

it has not yet been recorded.

2. Pleurogonium inerme, G. O. Sars.
(Pi. XLVIIL, fig. 1.)
Pleurogonium imerme, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I, p. 67, Pl. 2, fig. 5.
(<
Specific Characters.—Very like the preceding species, but without a trace
of the rod-like lateral spines characteristic of that form, the lateral parts of the
segments bemg only obtusely angular. Cephalon somewhat less produced in front,
and almost twice as broad as it is long. Caudal segment comparatively larger
and broader than in the type species, obcordate in form, tip pointed. The
several appendages of the body nearly exactly as in P. rubicundum. Colour pale
greyish, with a very faint reddish tinge. Length of adult female about 2 mm.
Remarks.—TVhe present form is so very like the preceding one, that at
first I only regarded it as an accidental variety. Having, however, subsequently
found it in several places, and of pretty constant appearance, I am now of the

opinion that it represents a distinct, though very closely allied species. It is

115

best recognized by the absolute want of lateral spines, and. the pale colour of
the body.

Occurrence.—Though nowhere in any abundance, I have met. with this
form in several places on the west coast of Norway, and always in rather con-
siderable depths, ranging from 60 to 150 fathoms.

Distribution.—British Isles (Robertson), Kattegat (Meinert).

3. Pleurogonium spinosissimum, G. 0. Sars.
(Pl. XLVI, fig. 2.)

Pleuracantha spinosissima, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zool. Reise
ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, p. 30.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval in form, slightly tapering posteriorly.
Cephalon blunted in front, and slightly emarginated on each side at the msertion
of the superior antenne. Lateral parts of the 4 anterior segments of mesosome
irregularly angular, and each projecting into 2 diverging serrated processes, the
anterior of which more properly represents the produced coxal plate of the cor-
responding segment. The 3 posterior segments of mesosome, as usual, much
smaller than the anterior, and each having laterally a single strong, serrated
spine, likewise representing the produced coxal plate. Caudal segment rather
large, obcordate, lateral edges considerably bulging in the middle and densely
hairy in their outer part, tip acutely produced. The several appendages of the
body resembling in structure those in the 2 preceding species, excepting that the
female operculum is comparatively much broader and very acutely produced at
the tip. Colour bright red. Length of adult female 3 mm.

Remarks.—This is a very distinct species, easily recognizable from the
other known forms by the coarse armature of the body, which, indeed, has given
rise to the specific name. It is also of considerably larger size.

Occurrence.—I have found this pretty species occasionally in several lo-
calities of the Norwegian coast, from the Christiania Fjord to Vardé, in depths
ranging from 50 to 100 fathoms.

Distribution British Isles (Robertson), Kattegat (Meinert).

116

Gen. 4. Dendrotion, G. O. Sars, 1871.

Generic Characters.—Body resembling somewhat in shape that in Plewro-
gonium, being much depressed, with the anterior part of the mesosome rather
broad, and flanked by strong spines, the posterior abruptly narrowed, with lngui-
form produced lateral parts. Cephalon comparatively small, and produced on each
side to a remarkable ear-like projection carrying the antennee. Caudal segment
very narrow, lanceolate. Eyes absent. Antenne long and slender, especially the
inferior ones, the peduncle of which is 5-articulate. Mandibles normal, with well-
developed palp and molar expansion. Legs extremely slender, and rapidly in-
creasing in length posteriorly; Ist pair rather feeble in structure, though distinctly
subcheliform. Uropoda issuing from the dorsal face of the caudal segment, rather
elongated, biramous, outer ramus very small, miner long and narrow.

Remarks.—The present genus is founded upon a very peculiar deep-water
Isopod, which, though in some points differing rather markedly from the other Mun-
nide, yet undoubtedly is referable to that family. The most striking feature is the
insertion of the antenne to ear-like processes of the head, which character indeed
has given rise to the generic name. Another very anomalous character, which
was not fully recognized at first, is the great development and peculiar origin
of the uropoda, in which respect this genus differs very materially from all other

known Munnide.

Dendrotion') spinosum, G. O, Sars.
(Pls XauExS)
Dendrotion spinosum, G. O. Sars, Undersogelser over Hardangerfjordens Fauna. I. Crustacea,
pag. 30.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong fusiform in outline, more than twice as
long as it is broad, with the segments very sharply marked off from each other.
Cephalon comparatively small, sub-quadrangular, slightly widening distally, frontal
edge evenly concave, antennal processes obliquely diverging and truncated at the
tip. Anterior division of mesosome ob-ovate, gradually widening posteriorly, lateral
parts of the segments angular, and each produced into a strong and very acute
spine, pointing straight outwards and clothed at the base with scattered hairs.
Posterior division of mesosome abruptly narrowed, with the lateral parts of
the segments linguiformly produced, and decreasing in size posteriorly, each

terminating in a sharp spiniform point, hairy at the base. Caudal segment

') By a mistake, the generic name, in the plate, is spelt Plewrotion instead of Dendrotion.

iy im ts
FAA) Pan nae

~

J25 <a Sea ae
oo _ s : 7

ot

ayia)
4H nes? a? RA
ie

ees,

Idotheide.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Idothea pelagica, Leach.

PI. 34.

I Oe Oeles

Idotheide.

angusta i: S| 2

Idothea granulosa, Rathke

(ze:

Sars, autogr.

G.0.

ary

eaere

* a *
at ee
oe ;

G.0.S ars, autogr.
|, Idothea neglecta, n.sp.
: emarginata, Leach.

| Sreqonexslse Pl. 36.

Arcturida.

G.0.S ars, autogr

Astacilla longicornis,( Sowb.).

a
"

3

2 he

~ : = a i tr

iy a, \ By Ten a
; = 3 : an i
: yh

i @
- S
iT.

re
a Pa Eau
+

A ad ;

Arcturida.

1. Astacilla arietina G.0.Sars.
a 5 affinis ,G.0.Sars.
3 » pusilla, G.0.Sars.

PI. 38.

rere) © Gla

Arcturide.

Arcturella dilatata,G.0.Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

;

- : of i % |
| ~ 8
. ee : os a
ee Ad parce : : 7
Bee "
rere 7
f

ATP pee -
a et pte ee My

4

G.0.S ars, autogr

Asellus aqvaticus, Lin.

Janirida.

SS
rity WA,

SN Se 1
- it
/

7 f

Wilt \
~ :
st } ‘
a

= J

lanira maculosa, Leach,

exons ars, autogr.

p Ae Oa

i
t
:
[a
on we,

i .

Taniride.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Tanthe Jaciniata, G.0.Sars.

lanirida.

Sa ae 7
=a Ss
WE \-=s

2
2 ——
es mae SS

G.0.S ars, autogr. i : } }
laniropsis breviremis, G.0.Sars.

BIOSaeenautocd

hel Pad Me

My

Taera marina (Lin)

Munnide.

\\ i
SSS SS > a

LOD oF SSS See AN

/ | \

G.0.S ars, autogr. ; ee
Munna Boecki, Kroyer.

[Sopecdea”

Munnide.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

1. Munna limicola, G.0.Sars.
Pa Fabricii, Kroyer.

Munnideg.

. G.0.S ars, autogr

I. Munna Kroyert, Goodsir.
fee Palmata, Lilljeb.

Le

Munnide . | = Op eo da. DI AT.

G.0.S ars, autogr.
| Paramunna bilobata, 6.0.Sars.

tds Pleurogonium rubicundum,G.0.Sars.

Munnide.

NY { en

mi LE =

G.0.S ars, autogr. . : a
: |. Pleurogonium inerme,6.0.Sars.

; Spinosissimum, 6.0. Sars.

117
slender and elongated, narrow lanceolate in form, and strongly constricted at the
base, lateral edges slightly curved, and each armed in the middle with 4 short
denticles, tip acutely produced. Superior antennze not quite half the length of
the body, Ist jomt of the peduncle exceeding in length the other 2 combined,
and clothed with very strong, scattered bristles, 2nd joint very small, 3rd linear,
flagellum nearly as long as the peduncle, and composed of 10 articulations, the
outermost of which carry delicate olfactory filaments. Inferior antenne about twice
the length of the superior, the 2 outer joints of the peduncle slender and elon-
gated, flagellum shorter than the last peduncular joint, and composed of about
16 articulations. Ist pair of legs rather small, carpus scarcely at all dilated,
propodos about as long as the carpus, and oblong fusiform, with a few spines
inside. The other legs very slender, and clothed with scattered spiniform bristles ;
last pair nearly equalling the body in length, and having the propodal joint ex-
tremely slender and elongated; dactylus in all pairs simple, conically tapered.
Female operculum narrow lanceolate, with 2 apical sete; middle piece of male
operculum not expanded distally. Uropoda issuing close together from 2 juxta-
posed obtuse prominences of the dorsal face of the caudal segment, and consider-
ably exceeding it in length, basal part long and narrow, outer ramus small and
turned imwards, inner ramus very much elongated, linear, and, like the basal
part, edged with scattered, slender bristles. Colour whitish grey. Length of ad-
ult female 2 mm.

Remarks.—This is as yet the only known species of the genus, and is
easily recognizbale from any of our other Isopoda, exhibiting, indeed, a very
bizarre appearance. The exact length of the uropoda cannot be stated, as in
the solitary specimen possessing them, the outer part of the inner ramus was
broken off. On the whole, all the appendages are extremely brittle, and, indeed,
in none of the specimens examined, were they preserved in an entire state.

Occurrence.—The only place where I have met with this peculiar form,
is in the outer part of the Hardanger Fjord, at Mosterhavn, where a few speci-
mens were detected on a close examination of a quantity of sandy clay taken up
by the aid of the dredge from a depth of 150 fathoms. Out of Norway, this

form has not yet been recorded.

118

Fam. 4. Desmosomide.

Characters.—Body more or less elongated, with the segments, as a rule,
sharply marked off from each other, the 3 posterior segments of mesosome gener-
ally defined from the 4 anterior by a well-marked constriction. Cephalon emar-
ginated on each side for the insertion of the antennw, frontal part more or less
produced. Caudal segment generally rounded at the tip. Eyes wholly absent.
Superior antenne, as a rule, small, and placed wide apart. Inferior antenne not
particularly elongated, sometimes different in the 2 sexes. Mandibles with or
without palps. Maxillipeds always lamellar, with the joints of the palp more or
less expanded. Ist pair of legs generally untike the others, prehensile or very
slender. The 3 posterior pairs of legs in some cases natatory, with the outer
ioints flattened, but never, as in the Munnopsidw, edged with ciliated sete. Uro-
poda generally small, bi- or uni-ramous.

Remarks.—The present family is somewhat intermediate in character
between the Janiride and Munnopside, some of the forms resembling the former,
others the latter family. I have, however, thought it advisable to keep it apart
from both of them. All the known forms are blind, and generally have the body
narrow and elongated, with the segments, as a rule, very sharply marked off from
each other, so as to exhibit a more or less moniliform shape. The family com-

rises as yet 6 genera, all of which are represented in the fauna of Norway.
fo) b)

Gen. 1. Nannoniseus, G. 0. Sars, 1869.

Generic Characters.—Body distinctly depressed, with the segments rather
densely crowded together, and: lamellarly expanded laterally. Cephalon compara-
tively large, with the frontal part considerably produced. Caudal segment like-
wise larger than usual, semi-oval. Superior antenne extremely small, with the
peduncle apparently only consisting of 2 joints, flagellum rudimentary, and carrying
outside a single, enormously developed olfactory papilla. Inferior antenne of
moderate size, with the peduncle 6-articulate, its 3rd joint being produced outside
to a strong, anteriorly pointing spine. Mandibles with the molar expansion rather
slight, conical, and tipped by a fascicle of slender bristles; palp distinct, 3-arti-
culate, though not very large. Mavillipeds pronouncedly lamellar, penultimate

joint of the palp produced at the end inside to a digitiform process; epignath

1g

lanceolate, pointing anteriorly. Legs, at least in female, of uniform structure,
simple, ambulatory, but slightly increasing in length posteriorly, dactylus bi-
unguiculate. Uropoda issuing from the ventral face of the caudal segment, com-
paratively small, biramous, rami linear.

Remarks.—The systematic position of this genus is somewhat doubtful.
In several characters, for instance the total absence of eyes, the »structure of
the oral parts, and partly also of the caudal appendages, it certainly agrees per-
fectly with the other Desnosomide; but the general form of the body is some-
what different, and the structure of the antennze and legs resembles more that
in the Janiridw, and perhaps therefore it should more properly be included
in that family. Besides the type species described below, another nearly-allied
species has recently been detected in the Caspian Sea (XY. caspius G. O. Sars). On
the other hand, the form described by the present author from the Norwegian
North Atlantic Expedition as N. bicuspis, is scarcely congeneric, differing, as it
does, considerably, in the structure of both the antennz and the oral parts, and

also in that of the caudal appendages.

Nannoniseus oblongus, G. O. Sars.
(PL L.)

Nannoniscus oblongus, G. O. Sars, Nve Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lototen. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh.
Y ? ’ . ©
1869, p. 164.

Specific Characters. —Body of female rather regularly oblong oval, nearly
3 times as long as it is broad, and but very slightly narrowed behind; that of
male with the posterior division, comprising the last 3 segments of mesosome and
the caudal segment, much narrower than the anterior, Cephalon in both sexes very
large, with the lateral parts projecting, outside the antennze, to an acute, anteriorly
pointing corner, frontal part very prominent, and minutely incised at the tip.
Lateral parts of the 4 anterior segments of mesosome projecting in front as acute
lappets; those of the 3 posterior segments subtruncate and quite contiguous.
Caudal segment larger in female than in male, being in both sexes semi-oval in
outline, with the tip evenly rounded. Superior antennie scarcely extending beyond
the tip of the frontal part, Ist joint rather thick, 2nd of about the same length, but
much narrower, flagellum extremely small, its olfactory papilla very large, almost
globular. Inferior antenne of essentially same structure in the two sexes, scarcely
attaining half the length of the body, spine of the 3rd peduncular joint of mo-
derate length and pointing slightly outwards, flagellum slender 8—10-articulate.

Ist pair of legs in female of the very same structure as the others, in male, how-

120

ever, rather different, and very strongly built, prehensile, carpus considerably ex-
panded, and armed inside with 2 long spines, propodos oblong oval, with a strong
spine inside, dactylus strong and curved. Female operculum with a spiniform
projection near the base; that in male simple, not transformed as in other
Asellota. Genital prominence in male very large, spiniform, recurved, issuing
from the ventral face of last segment of mesosome, immediately in front of the
operculum. Uropoda in both sexes of the same appearance, projecting but. slightly
beyond the edge of the caudal segment, outer ramus considerably smaller than
the inner. Colour whitish, semipellucid. Length of adult female 2 mm.. of
male 11/2 mm.

Remarks.-—This form was first described by the present author only from
female specimens. The male, of which 2 specimens were found subsequently
among the females, looks so very different, that at first I was in some doubt of
its belonging to the same species. After having examined more closely the several
appendages, I cannot, however, doubt that it is in reality the male of the present
species. The Ist pair of legs are certainly very different; but this may be merely
a sexual character; for in all the other appendages, the resemblance to the female
is very close. It is a very remarkable fact, that the operculum in neither of the
2 specimens examined showed any trace of the usual transformation, though the
male character of the specimens otherwise could easily be demonstrated, both by
the greatly projecting sexual prominence, and by the presence of well-developed
testes shining distinctly through the integuments in their usual place. In the
Caspian species, on the other hand (of which as yet only a solitary male specimen
is known), the sexual characters were quite normally displayed.

Occurrence.—I have as yet only found this form off the Lofoten Islands,
at Skraaven, in depths ranging from 120 to 250 fathoms. Out of Norway, it

has not yet been recorded.

Gen. 2. Macrostylis, G. O. Sars, 1863.

Syn: Vanda, Meinert.

Generic Characters.—Body narrow, sublinear, with the 3 posterior seg-
ments of mesosome very sharply marked off from each other, the 4 anterior more
densely crowded together. Cephalon rather large, subtriangular, frontal part con-
siderably produced. Caudal segment oblong, obtusely produced at the tip. Supe-

rior antennee extremely small, with the flagellum rudimentary. Inferior antennz

121

slender, with the peduncle 5-articulate, and the flagellum well developed. Man-
dibles of a similar structure to that im the genus Nannoniscus, but without any
trace of palp. Maxillipeds with the 2 outer joints of the palp rudimentary. Legs
rather unequal; the 2 anterior pairs of essentially the same structure, not prehensile;
3rd pair much more strongly built, and apparently fossorial in character; the
4 posterior pairs very slender and rapidly increasing in length. Female oper-
culum very narrow; male operculum transformed in the usual manner. Uropoda
very slender, styliform, simple, bi-articulate and greatly divergent.
Remarks.—Vhis genus was established by the present author as early as
in the year 1863, to include a very peculiar, small Isopod from the Christiania
Fjord. The genus Vana of Meinert is unquestionably identical with the present
genus. In the structure of the legs and uropoda, this genus differs rather con-
spicuously from the other Desmosomide, though it evidently ought to be referred

to that family. Only a single species is as yet known.

Macrostylis spinifera, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LL.)

Macrostylis spinifera, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.
1863, p. 15.

Syn: Vana longiremis, Meinert.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong, semicylindric in form, beg more than
4 times as long as it is broad. Cephalon rather broad at the base, and very
slightly sinuated on each side for the insertion of the antennz, frontal part con-
siderably produced, and obtusely rounded at the tip. The 4 anterior segments of
mesosome with the lateral parts scarcely at all expanded; 3rd segment the lar-
vest; 4th segment terminating on each side in a posteriorly-pointing spine. ‘The
3 posterior segments of mesosome much narrower than the anterior, and sepa-
rated by deep constrictions, lateral parts obliquely expanded, and terminating in a
short pointed projection. All the segments of mesosome, except the Ist, produced
ventrally to strong spiniform processes. Caudal segment nearly as long as the 3
posterior segments of mesosome combined, oblong pyriform in shape, with a slight
notch on each side, at some distance from the tip, the latter obtusely produced.
Superior antenn scarcely extending beyond the frontal part of the head, 4-arti-
culate, the last articulation representing the rudimeatary flagellum. Inferior an-
tenn, when reflexed, extending about to the end of the 4th segment of mesosome,
penultimate peduncular joint the longest, flagellum shorter than the peduncle, and
7-articulate. Ist pair of legs of nearly exactly the same structure as the 2nd,
though having the carpus comparatively shorter; 3rd pair much more strongly
built, and generally extending laterally, ischial joint produced outside, beyond the

16 — Crustacea.

middle, to a strong, recurved, spiniform process, meral joint forming at the end,
outside, a lamellar expansion clothed with a dense row of slender spines, carpal
joint carrying in the distal part of the outer edge 4 similar spines, propodal
joint,”as in the 2 preceding pairs, short and simple, forming together with the
dactylus an elongated claw. The 4 posterior pairs of legs much more slender
than the anterior, and edged with scattered spines; the anterior pair very small;

the last 2 pairs greatly elongated and nearly equal; dactylus in all of them small

and simple, tipped with 2 bristles. Female operculum keeled along the middle,
tip narrowly rounded, and, like the lateral edges, densely setous. Copulative ap-
pendages of male comparatively narrow, with the digitiform process very much
elongated and almost straight. Uropoda fully as long as the caudal segment,
narrow linear, distal joint scarcely more than half as long as the proximal one.
Colour whitish. Length of adult female 21/2 mm., of male 2 mm.

Remarks.—This form is easily recognizable from any of our other Isopoda,
both by its outward appearance, and by the structure of the several appendages.
Though the description and figure given by Prof. Meinert of his Vana longiremis
seem to differ in some few points, I cannot doubt that he has had before him
the very same species.

Occurrence.

I first detected this peculiar form in the inner part of the
Christiania Fjord, at a depth of 15—20 fathoms, and have subsequently found
it, though rather sparingly, also in several other localities of the Norwegian coast
up to the Lofoten Islands.

Distribution.—Kattegat (Meimert).

Gen. 3. TSehnosoma, G. O. Sars, 1866.

Generi¢ Characters.—Body extremely narrow, with the 4th and 5th seg-
ments of mesosome firmly connected, and together forming a slender hourglass-
shaped section, carrying at each end the corresponding legs. Cephalon compara-
tively small, and deeply immerged within the Ist segment of mesosome. Caudal
segment not very large, constricted at the base. Superior antenne more fully
developed than in the other Desmosomide, with the flagellum distinct. Inferior an-
tennee lone and slender, and of same structure in the two sexes. Mandibles
without palps, molar expansion well developed, cylindric. Penultimate joint of
the palp of the maxillipeds not produced at the tip. First pair of legs in both

sexes prehensile, with the carpus greatly expanded; the other pairs simple, am-

bulatory, and very much elongated, terminating in a slender claw. Uropoda of
moderate length, simple, biarticulate.

Remarks.—This is a very distinct genus, exhibiting in some characters
an approach to the genus Desmosoma, though being well distinguished, among
other things, by the non-natatory character of the posterior pairs of legs, and by
the peculiar appearance of the 4th and 5th segments of the mesosome. The genus
comprises as yet 4 species, 3 of which (J. spinosum, bacillus and bacilloides) have
been described by Mr. Fr. Beddard from the Challenger Expedition, the other 2
being northern forms. Of these the one (J. quadrispinosum, G. O. Sars) was
procured during the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, the other belongs to

the fauna of Norway, and will be described below.

Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LIL.)

Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zool. Reise
ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, p. 34.

Specific Characters.—Body sublinear in form, more than 5 times as long
as it is broad, the greatest width occurring far in front. Cephalon sub-quadrang-
ular in outline, very slightly notched on each side for the insertion of the
antenne, frontal part obtusely truncated. ist segment of mesosome deeply
emarginated in front, lateral parts produced to obliquely anteriorly pointing
spiniform projections more prominent in male than in female. Middle section,
comprising the firmly connected 4th and 5th segments of mesosome, about half
the length of the body, and pronouncedly hourglass-shaped, being in male ex-
tremely narrow in the middle. The last 2 segments of mesosome very short.
Caudal segment oval in form, gradually widening somewhat distally, tip evenly
rounded. Superior antennze reaching beyond the middle of the penultimate pe-
duncular joint of the inferior ones, Ist jomt very short, 2nd long and slender,
with 3 remarkably strong sete imside, 3rd half the length of the former, flagellum
3-articulate. Inferior antenne fully as long as the body, the outer 2 joints of
the peduncle long and slender, edged with scattered bristles, flagellum about the
length of the peduncle, and composed of numerous (about 20) articulations. — Ist
par of legs much shorter than the others, and pronouncedly prehensile, carpus
greatly expanded, exhibiting a well-defined palm armed with several short den-
ticles, and, at the lower corner, a slender spine. The remaining legs of exactly
the same structure and very slender, terminating in a long and narrow claw.

Copulative appendages of male rather broad,- with the digitiform process quite

124

short. Uropoda scarcely exceeding half the length of the caudal segment, proxi-
mal joint projecting at the end, outside, to a strong spine, distal joimt somewhat
shorter, and tipped with a dense fascicle of delicate bristles. Colour whitish,
semi-pellucid. Length of adult female 3 mm., of male 2'/2 mm.

Remarks.—This is the species first recorded, and ought accordingly to
be regarded as the type of the genus. It is easily distinguished from the 2nd
northern species, J. qguadrispinosum, by the fact that only the Ist segment of
the mesosome is produced on each side to spiniform projections, whereas in the
latter species this is also the case with the 2nd segment.

Occurrence. —Besides in the Christiania Fjord, where this form was first
detected, I have found it occasionally in several other localities of the Norwegian
coast, as far north as the Lofoten Islands, the depth ranging from 50 to 250
fathoms. It is very brittle, the antennze and legs especially being very liable to
be broken off, so that it is very unusual to get a specimen with all its appen-
dages uninjured.

Distribution.—Skagerak, off the Skagen Light House (Meinert).

Gen. 4. DeSmosoma, G. O. Sars, 1863.

Generic Characters.-—Body slender, sublinear, slightly depressed, with the
2 divisions of mesosome sharply marked off from each other. Cephalon of mode-
rate size, slightly notched on each side for the insertion of the antenne, frontal
part obtusely produced. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome of nearly uniform
size, and having the lateral parts more or less produced in front; the 3 posterior
segments much flattened, with the lateral parts lamellarly expanded. Caudal seg-
ment not very large, semi-oval. Superior antennze comparatively small, with the
last peduncular joint not sharply defined from the flagellum. Inferior antennie
in female slender, though not particularly long, in male much more strongly
built, with the 2 outer joints of the peduncle considerably tumefied, and the fla-
gellum fusiform, bemg dilated in its proximal part, and densely clothed im front
with delicate sensory hairs. Oral parts of almost exactly the same structure as in
the genus Nannoniscus. Ist pair of legs more or less strongly built, though
scarcely subcheliform; the 3 succeeding pairs subequal and densely clothed with
spines. The 3 posterior pairs of legs of a rather different appearance, natatory,

the outer, joints being compressed and edged with flattened, unciliated spines,

dactylus styliform. Female operculum rounded, without any longitudinal keel;
male operculum transformed in the usual manner. Uropoda not very large, simple,
biarticulate, distal joint much larger than the proximal one.

Remarks.—Vhis genus was established by the present author as early as
in the year 1863, and was at that time included within the group “Isopoda remi-
gantia”, answering to the now generally accepted family Munnopside. The reason
for this was that the 3 posterior pairs of legs were proved to act as pulling
implements, by which the animal is enabled to move freely through the water in
a backward direction. In their structure, however, these legs differ rather pro-
minently from those in the true Munnopside, and in most other characters this
genus resembles much more closely the 3 preceding genera, and may therefore
more properly be associated with them in a separate family. In the restriction
here adopted, the genus comprises as yet only 3 species, 2 of which will be de-
scribed below, the 3rd having recently been recorded by M. Jules Bonnier from

the Bay of Biscay under the name of D. elongatum.

1. Desmosoma lineare, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LILI, Pl. LIV, fig. 1.)

Desmosoma lineare, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.
1863, p. 11.

Specific Characters.— Pody slender, linear in form, being in female almost
5 times as long as it is broad, in male somewhat shorter. Cephalon of moderate
size, irregularly rounded, frontal part somewhat produced, and transversely trun-
cated in female, slightly msinuated in male. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome
differing but little in shape, lateral parts in all of them curving anteriorly, and
terminating in an acute corner, which in male is produced to a strong spiniform
projection. Posterior section of mesosome exceeding in length the preceding part
of the body, and fully as broad, in male even somewhat broader, Ist segment
large and expanded, with the antero-lateral corners acutely produced, Caudal
segment in female semi-oval, in male broader, almost semicircular, edges evenly
curved. Superior antenne 6-articulate, 2nd joint the longest. Inferior antenne
in female scarcely longer than the anterior division of the body, last joint of the
peduncle longer than the penultimate one, flagellum about the length of those
joints combined, and composed of 12—14 articulations. Inferior antenne in male
considerably larger, attaining half the length of the body, 2nd joint of the pe-
duncle armed outside with a strong spine, the 2 outer joints considerably tume-

fied, and each having 2 spines at the end outside, flagellum pronouncedly fusi-

126

form, with the proximal joints rather incrassated. 1st pair of legs moderately
strong, slightly attenuated, carpus not dilated, and only clothed inside with
scattered bristles, propodos narrow, sublinear. The 3 succeeding pairs very densely
clothed with spines arranged on the outer joints in a double row, dactylus com-
paratively small. The 3 posterior pairs of legs successively somewhat diminishing
in size, basal joint large and muscular, meral joint very small, triangular, carpal
joint large, oblong, compressed and edged inside with a regular row of flattened
spines successively increasing in length distally, and more numerous in male than
in female, propodal jomt oblong lamelliform, and likewise fringed with slender
spines, dactylus slender, styliform, with 3 sub-apical bristles. Uropoda somewhat
exceeding half the length of the caudal segment, distal joint sublinear, 4 times
as long as the proximal one. Colour whitish, semi-pellucid. Length of adult
female 3'/, mm., of male 2 mm.

Remarks.—The present species may be regarded as the type of the genus,
and is easily distinguished from the succeeding one by the fuller development
of the 3 posterior segments of the mesosome, as also by the structure of the 1st
par of legs, and the shape of the caudal segment.

Occurrence.—The species occurs along the whole south and west coasts of
Norway, from the Christiania Fjord at least to the Lofoten Islands, and is found
in depths ranging from 30 to 100 fathoms. The animal being extremely fragile,
only imperfect specimens are generally procured by the aid of the ordinary dredge.
To catch it im an uninjured state, very delicate dredging implements are required,
and it is indeed by such means that I have succeeded in getting many Crustacean
forms, which otherwise would have escaped my attention, The swimming motion
of the animal has the character of a quite even run through the water in a back-
ward direction. During this run, the 3 posterior pairs of legs are seen to be
in a rapid vibrating motion, whereas the anterior pairs are extended in front.
At other times the animal is seen creeping slowly along the bottom in the or-

dinary manner. Out of Norway, this form has not yet been recorded.

2. Desmosoma armatum, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LIV, fig. 2.)

1

Desmosoma armatum, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhl.
1863, p. 12.

Specific Characters.—Body comparatively less slender than in the preced-

ing species, with the posterior division considerably narrower than the anterior

and scarcely exceeding it in length. Cephalon rather large, with the frontal part
narrowly truncated. First segment of mesosome scarcely smaller than the suc-
ceeding ones, and produced on each side to an acute, anteriorly-pointing lappet;
lateral parts of the 3 succeeding segments evenly rounded; 5th segment with the
antero-lateral corners not produced. Caudal segment oblong oval in form, with
a distinct notch on each side near the tip. Superior antenne 5-articulate. In-
ferior antenne about half the length of the body, flagellum not attaining the
length of the 2 outer peduncular joints combined, and composed of 8 articulations.
Ist pair of legs very strongly built, carpus large and broad, with 4 slender spines
inside, propodos about the same length, but narrower, and oblong oval in form. The
3 succeeding pairs of legs narrower than in D. lineare, and less densely clothed
with spines; the 3 posterior pairs likewise considerably narrower than in the type
species, though otherwise of a very similar structure. Uropoda scarcely more
than half the length of the caudal segment, distal joint about 3 times as long
as the proximal one. Colour whitish, semi-pellucid. Length of adult female
scarcely 2 mm.

Remarks.—The present species, of which only female specimens have
hitherto come under my notice, is easily distinguishable from D. lineare by the
less fully developed posterior section of the mesosome, the form of the Ist seg-
ment and of the caudal segment, and the very strongly built Ist pair of legs.

Occurrence.—I have met with this form occasionally in 2 widely distant
localities of the Norwegian coast, viz., in the inner part of the Christiania Fjord
and at Aalesund, the depth ranging from 30 to 50 fathoms. Out of Norway,

it has not yet been recorded.

Gen. 5. EKugerda, Meinert, 1890.

Syn: Desmosoma, G. O. Sars (part).

Generic Characters.—Form of body much as in Desmosoma; Ist segment
of mesosome, however, very small, and not produced laterally in any of the sexes.
Antenne and oral parts of almost exactly the same structure as in the said genus.
Ist pair of legs in both sexes very slender and feeble, with the outer joints ex-
tremely narrow, almost filiform; the other legs of a similar structure to those in
Desmosoma. Uropoda distinctly biramous, outer ramus smaller than the inner.

Remarks.—TVhis genus was established in the year 1890 by Prof. Meinert,

to include a supposed new Isopod from Kattegat, which, however, has turned out

128

to be identical with a form previously described by the present author as a
species of the genus Desmosoma. Though this form on the whole agrees very
closely with the 2 above-described species, yet there are at least 2 characters,
in which it differs very markedly, viz., the structure of the Ist pair of legs and
that of the uropoda, and for this reason I think it right to maintain the genus
proposed by Prof. Meinert, the more so as I have found it advisable to raise
another species, previously referred by me to the genus Desmosoma, to the rank

of a distinct genus.

Eugerda tenuimana, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LV.)

Desmosoma tenuvimanum, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen zool. Reise
ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter, p. 33.

Syn: Hugerda globiceps, Meinert.

Specific Characters.—Body slender and elongated, more than 4 times as
long as it is broad, with a very conspicuous constriction between the 2 sections
of mesosome. Cephalon of a similar form to that in Desmosoma lineare, though
comparatively somewhat larger. Anterior section of mesosome about the length
of the first 2 segments of the posterior combined, and, in female, Somewhat
broader than the latter; Ist segment in both sexes much smaller than the 3 suc-
ceeding ones, which are produced on each side to acute anteriorly-pointing lappets
assuming in male a spiniform appearance. The 3 posterior segments of mesosome
laminar, sub-quadrate in outline, and somewhat broader in male than in female;
antero-lateral corner of 5th segment not produced. Caudal segment in female
oval, narrowly rounded at the tip, in male almost quadrate in outline, tip blunted,
lateral corners rectangular. Superior antenne 6-articulate. Inferior antenne in
female very slender, considerably exceeding half the length of the body, flagellum
about the length of the peduncle, and composed of about 16 articulations; those
in male transformed in a manner similar to that in the male of Desmosoma lineare,
though less strongly built: 2nd joint of the peduncle armed outside with a single
spine, 4th joint with 2 successive spines, last jomt unarmed and considerably
larger than the penultimate, flagellum but slightly tumefied in its proximal part.
Ist pair of legs very slender and elongated, carpus and propodos extremely nar-
row and perfectly smooth; the 3 succeeding pairs densely clothed with slender
spines arranged in a double row; the 3 posterior pairs of nearly exactly the same
structure as in Desmosoma lineare. Uropoda with the inner ramus linear, and

about 3 times as long as the basal part, outer ramus not attaining half the length

129

of the inner. Colour whitish, semi-pellucid. Length of adult female 4 mm., of
male 3 mm.

Remarks.—The present form was first described by the present author
as Desmosoma texummanum, and at the same time the anomalous characters of
this species were pointed out. The HMugerda globiceps of Meinert is unquestionably
the same species, and accordingly only the generic name proposed by that author
ought to be retamed. In outward appearance, it bears a great resemblance to
Desmosoma lineare, but may, on a closer examination, be easily distinguished by
the more elongated inferior antennz, the extremely slender Ist pair of legs, and
the distinctly biramous uropoda.

Occurrence.—This species was first detected at Langesund, south coast of
Norway, and I have subsequently found it, though rather sparingly, in the inner
part of the Christiania Fjord, at Drébak, as also in the Trondhjem Fjord.

Distribution.—Skagerak and Kattegat (Meinert).

Gen. 6. Kehinopleura, G. 0. Sars, n.

Syn: Desmosoma, G. O. Sars (part).

Generic Characters.—Body slender, attenuated, and abruptly narrowed in
the middle, 4th and 5th segments of mesosome forming together, as in the genus
Ischnosoma, an hour-glass-shaped section. Caudal segment deeply constricted at
the base. Lateral parts of all the segments coarsely denticulated. Antenne of a
similar structure to that in the 2 preceding genera. Mandibles without palps,
cutting edge in the right mandible simple, in the left very shghtly bifid, molar
expansion extremely small, dentiform, tipped by a single bristle. Ist pair of legs
but shghtly differing from the 3 succeeding ones, all 4 pairs rather slender, and
edged with scattered spiniform bristles; the 3 posterior pairs still more slender,
imperfectly natatory, though approaching in structure those in the 2 preceding
genera. Uropoda simple, biarticulate, distal joint the larger.

Remarks.—The present new genus is established, to include the rather
anomalous form previously described by the present author as Desmosomia acu-
leatum. On a closer anatomical examination of this form, I have found it to
differ in some points so materially from the 2 other species of Desmosoma, that
it should more properly be regarded as the type of a separate genus, in some
respects exhibiting some resemblance to the genus Jschnosoma. 'The structure of

17 — Crustacea.

130

the mandibles, in particular, is very different from that in the other Desmosomide.

The genus comprises as yet but a single species, to be described below.

Echinopleura aculeata, G. O. Sars.
(ipa)

Desmosoma aculeatum, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhl.
1863, p. 13.

Specific Characters.—Body slender, moniliform, about 4 times as long as
it is broad, anterior division much broader than the posterior, and oval im form.
Cephalon comparatively large, and very distinctly notched on each side, frontal
part in female broadly truncated, in male narrower and distinctly insinuated at
the tip, edges of the lateral notches strongly denticulate. Lateral parts of the
4 anterior segments of mesosome with about 6 strong serrations, anterior edge,
except in the Ist segment, with a dense row of minute denticles; 4th segment
abruptly narrowed behind, and firmly connected with the 5th, both together form-
ing an hour-glass-shaped section, about as long as the 3 anterior segments com-
bined. The 2 posterior segments of mesosome deeply constricted at the base, and
gradually widening behind, lateral edges, as in the preceding segment, coarsely
and regularly serrated throughout. Caudal segment oval in form, deeply con-
stricted at the base, lateral edges coarsely denticulate, tip narrowly rounded.
Superior antenne 4-articulate, and carrying a long apical sensory filament. In-
ferior antenne in female scarcely exceeding '/; of the length of the body, flagel-
lum shorter than the peduncle, and composed of 8 articulations; those in male
transformed in a similar manner to that in the male of Desmosoma, though not
much tumefied, peduncle without any spines. Ist pair of legs rather slender, but
scarcely at all attenuated, basal joint long and narrow, and finely serrated in
front, ischial jomt exhibiting outside a small spiniform projection, carpus with 4
slender spines inside, propodos about the same length, but much narrower, simple,
cylindric, dactylus rather strong. The 3 succeeding pairs of legs scarcely longer
than the Ist, and of a very similar structure, though having the dactylus narrower.
The 3 posterior pairs of legs extremely slender, with the outer joints but slightly
expanded, and only provided with a very restricted number of spines, dactylus
slender, styliform. Uropoda comparatively small, distal joint 3 times as long as
the proximal one, and carrying only 4 or 5 bristles. Colour greyish white.
Length of adult female 21/. mm., of male 1'/. mm.

Remarks.—This form was described by the present author as early as in

the year 1863, as a species of the genus Desmosoma. Its outward appearance is

13]

rather peculiar, and somewhat recalls the species of the genus IJschnosoma, but
in the anatomical details it approaches more nearly to the genus Desmosoma.
The coarse armature of the body will serve for at once distinguishing it from the
species of either of the 2 above-mentioned genera.

Occurrence.—This species was first observed in the inner part of the
Christiania Fjord, at a depth of 15—20 fathoms. Subsequently I have found it
also in several other localities of the Norwegian coast, as far north as the Lofoten
Islands, but it seems everywhere to be very rare. Out of Norway, it has not yet

been recorded.

Fam. 5. Munnopside.

Characters.— Body, as a rule, shorter and more compact than in the
Desmosomide, with the 2 divisions of mesosome very sharply defined. Hyes ab-
sent. Superior antenne with the basal joint remarkably large and broad, flagel-
lum generally well developed. Inferior antennz very much elongated, and of
same structure im the two sexes. Oral parts on the whole normal, though the
structure of the mandibles is rather different in the different genera. Ist pair
of legs generally smaller than the others, but never subcheliform; the 3 sueceed-
ing ones, as a rule, very much elongated and ambulatory in character. The 3
posterior pairs of legs very unlike the preceding ones, and pronouncedly natatory,
the outer joints being lamellarly expanded, and fringed with densely plumose sete.
Uropoda small, simple or biramous.

Remarks.—In the restriction here adopted, this family is prominently
distinguished by the peculiar structure of the 3 posterior pairs of legs, which
constitute very powerful natatory organs, by which the animal is enabled to move
very rapidly through the water in a backward direction. This motion has not,
as in certain Desmosonide, the character of an even run, but is effected by
sudden jerks, and is, on the whole, much more energetic, a fact easily accounted
for by the rather different structure of the natatory legs, and the densely plu-
mose setee with which the very much expanded outer joints are fringed. The
family comprises at yet 7 genera, 6 of which are represented in the fauna of
Norway, and will be treated of below, the 7th genus, Acanthocope, having been

1 = ee
established by Mr. F. Beddard, to include 2 species from the Challenger Expedition.

132

As our knowledge of this peculiar group of Isopoda is of comparatively recent
date, it is highly probable, that the number of genera will, in course of time, be
considerably increased, and that it will even be found necessary to subdivide

this group into several distinct families.

Gen. 1. Munnopsis, M. Sars, 1860.

Generic Characters.—Body less compact than in the other genera, with
the anterior division much broader than the posterior. Cephalon of moderate
size, deeply emarginated on each side for the insertion of the antenne, frontal
part narrowly produced. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome transversely ex-
cavated dorsally, with the lateral parts obtuse; the 3 posterior segments densely
crowded together, and very convex above. Caudal segment comparatively large,
oblong oval. Superior antenne with the basal joint very large and massive, flagellum
multiarticulate and much longer in male than in female. Inferior antenne with
the 2 outer joints of the peduncle greatly elongated. Mandibles without any
molar expansion, cutting edge but slightly dentated, palp well developed, with the
terminal joint lamellar, incurved. Maxillipeds pronouncedly laminar, with the
antepenultimate joint of the palp acutely produced inside, the 2 outer joints
narrow and simple. The first 2 pairs of legs of essentially the same structure, though
somewhat different in size; the 2 succeeding pairs extremely slender and elong-
ated, with the first 3 joints short and thick. Natatory legs of uniform structure,
and rather slender, with the carpal and propodal joints foliaceous and densely
edged with plumose sete, dactylus wanting. Female operculum navicular, male
operculum transformed in the usual manner, digitiform process of the copulative
appendages terminating in a long and slender seta. Uropoda simple, filiform,
biarticulate.

Remarks.—Vhis genus was established in the year 1860 by my late father,
to include a very remarkable Isopod, found by him at Christiansund, west coast of
Norway. The generic name refers to a certain resemblance, in outward appear-
ance, to the genus Munna of Kroyer. It forms the type of the family Munnop-
side, being the first genus recorded, and it is distinguished pretty well from the
other genera, both by its outward appearance, and by the structure of the several
appendages. In addition to the type species, 4 other species have in recent times

been adduced to this genus, Three of these were procured during the Challenger

133

Expedition, and are recorded by Mr. Fr. Beddard as M. gracilis, australis and
latifrons; the 4th is described by Dr. Hansen as MW. longicornis, from a specimen
procured during the German Plankton-Expedition. It is, however, somewhat
questionable, if all these species are actually referable to the present genus. Thus,
in the species described by Dr. Hansen, the structure of the mandibles is very
different from that in Munnopsis typica; and the Challenger species, to judge
from the not very exhaustive description given by Mr. Fr. Beddard, seem also

to differ very materially in severai respects from the type species.

Munnopsis typica, M. Sars.
(Pl. LVIL & LVIII.)
Munnopsis typica, M. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk, Forhandl. 1860, p. 84.

Specific Characters.—Anterior division of body in female very broad,
rounded in outline, in male somewhat narrower, oval; posterior division very much
narrower and longer than the anterior. Cephalon deeply sunk within the 1st segment
of mesosome, and provided with 2 juxtaposed tubercles above at the base, frontal
part narrowly produced between the bases of the superior antenne, and transversely
truncated at the tip. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome separated above by
smooth, thin-skinned interspaces, and distinctly excavated transversally, with both
the anterior and posterior edges somewhat elevated, lateral parts each with a
transversely oval eminence above, those of the 2 posterior segments larger than
those of the 2 anterior; coxal plates distinct, though very small. The 3. poste-
rior segments of mesosome combined scarcely more than half as long as the an-
terior division of the body, and defined by very oblique, arched sutures, the last
2 each having 2 juxtaposed tubercles dorsally, lateral parts narrow, and extended
obliquely behind. Caudal segment considerably exceeding in length the 3 preced-
ing segments combined, and of narrow oblong oval form, with a single small
tubercle above at the base, tip bluntly produced, lateral edges gently curved and
perfectly smooth. Superior antenne with the basal jomt triangular in outline,
inner corner considerably produced, flagellum very slender and composed of
numerous short articulations carrying delicate sensory filaments. Inferior antenne
more than 4 times as long as the body, flagellum shorter than the peduncle. Ist
pair of legs of same appearance in the two sexes, carpus slightly curved and
exceeding the propodos in length, dactylus short; 2nd pair considerably stronger in
male than in female, with the carpai joint slightly tumefied and densely armed
with short spines inside, dactylus elongated. The 2 succeeding pairs of legs fully

3 times as long as the body, and terminating in a slender claw. Natatory legs

134

with the carpal joint oblong fusiform in outline, propodal joint oval, somewhat
shorter, but scarcely narrower. Uropoda about half as long as the caudal seg-
ment, distal joint scarcely longer than the proximal one, both being clothed with
scattered bristles. Colour pale reddish brown. Length of adult male 11 mm.
Remarks.—As above stated, this remarkable form was detected by my
_late father in the year 1860, and was briefly characterised in the above-mentioned
journal. Subsequently a fuller description, accompanied by figures, was given
in his paper on the fauna of the Christiania Fjord inserted in ,Nyt Magazin for

Naturvidenskaberne”. It is much the largest of the Norwegian Munnopside.
oD

Occurrence.—The species occurs along the whole Norwegian coast, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, in depths ranging from 60 to 400 fathoms. In
some places I have found it in great abundance, especially in the deeper parts
of the Christiania and Trondhjem Fjords, as also off the Lofoten Islands. I have
several times observed it in a living state, and watched its curious movements.
It swims backwards in long, though not particularly rapid bounds, and during
this movement the long inferior antenne and the 3rd and 4th pairs of legs are
extended straight in front. Immediately on reaching the bottom, the antennz
and legs are spread out laterally, and the animal now moves slowly about in the
ordinary creeping manner. ‘The appendages are extremely fragile and liable to
he broken off from the body, for which reason it is rather difficult to get specimens
in quite an uninjured state.

Distribution.—Skagerak (Meinert), Greenland (Hansen), Spitsbergen (Buch-
holtz), the Barents Sea (Hoek), Franz Josef Land (Heller), the Kara Sea (Hansen),
Arctic America (Miers), Atlantic coast of North America (Harger).

Gen. 2. Tlyarachna, G. O. Sars, 1863.

Syn: Mesostenus, G. O. Sars (olim).

Generic Characters..—Body rather compact, clavate in form, attenuated
behind, with a very strongly marked median constriction. Cephalon very large
and broad, transversely truncated in front, dorsal face evenly vaulted, lateral
parts greatly expanded. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome closely crowded
together, and slightly excavated transversally; the 3 posterior segments large and
convex above, 5th segment scarcely narrower than the preceding segments, and

deeply emarginated behind. Caudal segment narrow, triangular in form. Superior

135

antennz originating close together from the front, basal joint large, sub-quadran-
cular in form, inner corner somewhat more projecting than the outer, flagellum
not much elongated. Inferior antennie exceeding the body in length. Mandibles
very massive, with an oblique crest outside, cutting edge undivided, molar ex-
pansion narrow, tipped with scattered spines, palp distinct, though rather feeble.
Maxillipeds with the 2nd joint of the palp very large and expanded, antepenulti-
mate joint rounded at the inner corner, penultimate joint very slightly produced
at the end inside, epignath exceedingly large. Ist pair of legs comparatively small,
simple; 2nd pair considerably larger and densely edged with spines, dactylus long
and slender. The 2 succeeding pairs of legs slender and elongated, with the
ischial jomt considerably exceeding in length both the preceding and succeeding
joints, carpal and propodal joints slender, linear, and each having at the end out-
side, a very fully developed auditory seta, dactylus long and slender. The 2
anterior pairs of natatory legs of similar structure, with the carpal joint exceed-
ingly large and expanded, cordiform in outline, propodal jomt much narrower,
oblong, dactylus well developed; last pair much narrower than the 2 preceding
pairs, with the carpal jomt but shghtly expanded, propodal joint linear, dactylus
much elongated. Female operculum narrow, carinated along the middle, and densely
setous at the edges; male operculum transformed in the usual manner. Uropoda
comparatively small, biarticulate, proximal joint lamelliform and edged with cili-
ated setae, distal joint very small.

Remarks.—This genus was established by the present author as early as
in the year 1863; but the generic name Mesostenus proposed at that time being
already appropriated, it was subsequently changed to Llyarachna. The genus is easily
distinguishable from that of Munnopsis, both as regards its outward appearance,
and the structure of the several appendages. On a closer anatomical examination
of the several species previously referred to this genus, I have found it necessary
to separate some of them as types of distinct, though nearly-allied genera. In
the restriction here adopted, it comprises 3 Norwegian species, to be described
below. Moreover, 2 exotic species have been recorded as belonging to this genus,
viz., 1. quadrispinosa Beddard from the Challenger Expedition, and J. polita
Bonnier from the Gulf of Gascogne. Of these, the last-named is unquestionably
a true Ilyarachna, whereas the Challenger species seems to differ rather markedly,

and should therefore more properly be regarded as the type of a separate genus.

136

1. Ilyarachna longicornis, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LIX.)

Mesostenus longicornis, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhl.
1863, p. 8.

Specific Characters.—Body about 3 times as long as it is broad, with the
anterior division of uniform width throughout, and about as long as the 3 posterior
segments of mesosome combined. Cephalon with the dorsal face perfectly smooth,
lateral parts obliquely expanded. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome differing
but little in size, being produced on each side to short anteriorly-pointing lappets,
anterior edge distinctly elevated and very smooth. Fifth segment of mesosome
rather large, being scarcely narrower than the preceding segments, and very deeply
emarginated behind; last segment scarcely more than half as long as the penulti-
mate one. Caudal segment longer than it is broad at the base, and gradually
tapering behind, tip obtusely pointed. Superior antennze scarcely reaching to the
middle of the penultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones, basal jomt nearly
smooth, flagellum composed in female of 6, in male of about 12 articulations.
Inferior antenne fully twice as long as the body and very slender, the 2 outer
jomts of the peduncle scarcely spinous, flagellum about the length of the peduncle.
Ist pair of legs rather slender, with the carpal and propodal joints of about equal
length; 2nd pair with the propodal joint almost as long as the carpal one; the
2 succeeding pairs exceeding the body in length. Natatory legs of the structure
characteristic of the genus. Uropoda with the proximal joint oblong oval in form,
and edged with about 14 plumose setz, distal jot scarcely half as long, cylind-
ric, clothed with very delicate bristles. Colour whitish, semipellucid. Length of
adult female about 3 mm.

Remarks.—The present species, being the first recorded, ought to be re-
garded as the type of the genus. It may be easily distinguished from the other
2 species by the smoothness of the cephalon and the anterior segments of the
mesosome. It is also of far inferior size, and is less robust of form.

Occurrence.—I first detected this form in the inner part of the Christiania
Fjord, at depths ranging from 30 to 50 fathoms, and have also subsequently
found it in several other places on the Norwegian coast, as far north as Tyéto,
on the Nordland coast. Its natatory movements are extremely rapid, and are
effected by abrupt jerks backwards. When slowly creeping upon’ the bottom, it
somewhat recalls a spider, by its slender, laterally-extended legs, and the deep
median constriction of the body.

Distribution.—Skagerak (Meinert).

Tod

2. Ilyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars.
(Bis Xs)

Tlyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars, Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhdl.
1869, p. 167.

Specific Characters.—Body of a similar appearance to that in the type
species, but more than twice as large, and somewhat more robust. Cephalon
very broad, with the dorsal face strongly vaulted, and densely clothed with short
stout bristles. Anterior edge of the first 4 segments of mesosome very distinctly
elevated, and minutely crenulated throughout; lateral parts of Ist segment imper-
fectly developed. The 3 posterior segments of mesosome combined about the
length of the preceding part of the body; the anterior segment evenly emarginated
behind. Caudal segment of a similar form to that in J. longicornis. Superior
antennze comparatively short, not nearly reaching to the middle of the penultimate
peduncular joint of the inferior ones, basal joint armed along the inner edge with
scattered denticles, flagellum, in female, not attaming the length of the last 2
peduncular joints combined. Inferior antennze scarcely twice as long as the body,
penultimate joint of the peduncle armed inside with 7 strong spines. Legs, on
the whole, resembling in structure those in the type species, though the 3rd and
4th pairs are somewhat less elongated, and the natatory legs more densely fringed
with sete. Uropoda with the proximal joint rather large, and somewhat widening
distally, marginal setze about 20 in number, distal jomt very narrow, linear.
Colour whitish grey. Length of adult female 7'/2 mm.

Remarks.—This species is nearly allied to the preceding one, but of very
much larger size, and, moreover, easily distinguishable by the dense setous clothing
of the dorsal face of the cephalon, and by the strongly elevated and finely cre-
nulated anterior edges of the anterior segments. Several other minor differences
may also be shown to exist, on a closer comparison of the several appendages in
the two species.

Occurrence.—This species would seem to be a true arctic form, having
not, as yet, been found south of the Lofoten Islands, whereas it is not unfrequently
met with on the Finmark coast as far as Vadsé.

Distribution.—Several stations of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition

(the present author), Greenland (Hansen).

18 — Crustacea.

138

3. Ilyarachna denticulata, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl. LXI, fig. 1.)

Specific Characters.—Very like the preceding species, both in size and ge-
neral appearance, but differmg conspicuously in the armature of the body. Ce-
phalon of a similar shape to that in J. hirticeps, dorsal face densely clothed with
short spines. First segment of mesosome considerably smaller than the 3 suc-
ceeding ones, and with the lateral parts imperfectly developed; anterior edge of
all 4 segments divided imto a regular series of from 10 to 15 very conspicuous
dentiform projections. The 3 posterior segments of mesosome smooth, and of a
similar appearance to that in J. hirticeps. Caudal segment likewise scarcely differing
in shape from that im the said species. Superior antenne rather short, with the
basal joint strongly denticulate inside, and the 2nd joint tipped with several diverg-
ing spmes, flagellum 8-articulate. Inferior antennze about twice as long as the
body, and rather slender, penultimate joint of the peduncle without any spines
inside. Legs and uropoda nearly exactly as in J. hirticeps. Colour whitish.
Length of adult female 7 mm.

Remarks.—This form is so very like J. hirticeps both in size and general
appearance, as to be easily confounded with it. On a closer examination, how-
ever, if is distinguished pretty well by the peculiar armature of the fore-
body. The soft bristles clothing the dorsal face of the cephalon in the above-
named species, are here replaced by rigid spines, and the anterior edges of the
4 first segments of the mesosome are not, as in that species, finely crenulated,
but divided into coarse spiniform projections. On the other hand, there is no
trace of the strong spies occurring in J. hirticeps on the penultimate peduncular
joint of the inferior antennze. In most other respects there is a very close resem-
blance between this species and J. hirticeps.

Occurrence.—I have found this species in several places on the west coast
of Norway, from Stavanger up to the Trondhjem Fjord, in depths ranging from
100 to 400 fathoms. Off the Lofoten Islands and the Finmark coast, this species
does not seem to occur, and-it thus appears to be a more southern form. I had

previously confounded this species with J. hirticeps.

Gen. 3. Echinozone, G. 0. Sars, n.

Syn: Ilyarachna, G. O. Sars (part).

Generic Characters.—Body somewhat resembling in shape that in the genus
Ilyarachna, but comparatively shorter and thicker, with the anterior segments of
mesosome strongly spinous, the 3 posterior segments short and broad. Caudal
segment distinctly notched on each side, at some distance from the tip. Antenne
about as in Ilyarachna. Mandibles very large and without a trace of palps.
Ambulatory legs resembling those in the genus Ilyarachna; natatory legs, on the
other hand, far less fully developed, with the outer joints but slightly expanded.
Uropoda with 2 distinct rami issuing from the outer side of the large, lamellar
basal part.

Remarks.—TVhis new genus is founded upon the form previously described
by the present author as Ilyarachna coronata. On a closer anatomical examin-
ation of this form, I have found it to differ in some particulars rather markedly
from the 3 above-described species, so that it ought more properly to be regarded
as the type of a nearly-allied genus. Among these differences may be named the
absolute absence of mandibular palps, and the biramous character of the uropoda.

The genus comprises as yet but a single species.
g 5

Echinozone coronata, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LXI, fig. 2.)
Ilyarachna coronata, G. O. Sars, Nye Dybvandscrus‘aceer fra Lofoten. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhdl.
, 1869, p. 168.

Specifie Characters.—Body very short and compact, scarcely more than
twice as long as it is broad, Cephalon with the dorsal face strongly vaulted and
perfectly smooth, lateral parts obliquely expanded. Anterior edge of the first 4
segments of mesosome considerably raised, and divided into 6—8 coarse spiniform
projections, between which are as many very small denticles, lateral parts of Ist
segment simple, those of the 3 succeeding segments each produced into 2 acute
lappets. The 3 posterior segments of mesosome comparatively short, and, com-
bined, not nearly attaining the length of the anterior division, dorsal face some-
what uneven, anterior edge of Ist segment slightly denticulated. Caudal segment
scarcely longer than it is broad at the base, lateral edges minutely setous, and
exhibiting, at some distance from the tip, a very distinct notch defined in front
by a dentiform projection, tip acutely produced. Superior antennze not reaching
to the middle of the antepenultimate peduncular joint of the inferior ones, basal

joint of moderate size and without any denticles, flagellum 10-articulate, Inferior

140

antenne not quite twice as long as the body, flagellum nearly attaining the length
of the peduncle. 1st pair of legs comparatively short, with the 2 outer joints of
about equal length; 2nd pair densely spinous, with the propodal joint longer than
the carpal one. The 2 succeeding pairs of legs scarcely as long as the body.
Natatory legs less strongly developed than in J/yarachna, carpal jomt of the 2
anterior pairs narrow cordiform, and scarcely longer than the propodal joint, dac-
tylus rather elongated. Uropoda with the basal part oblong oval, slightly narrowed
distally, and carrying about 12 plumose sets, outer ramus much smaller than the
inner, but well defined. Colour greyish white. Length of adult female 5 mm.

Remarks.—This species may be easily recognized from the allied forms
by its short and compact body, and by the very conspicuous spinous whorls
encircling the anterior segments of the mesosome.

Occurrence.—Besides off the Lofoten Islands, where the species was first
discovered, I have met with it occasionally at Vadsé, as also in several localities
on the west coast of Norway (Espever, Floré, Aalesund, Trondhjem Fjord), the
depth ranging from 100 to 300 fathoms. Out of Norway, it has not yet been

recorded.

Gen, 4.. ASpidarachna, G. O. Sars, n.

Syn: Ilyarachna, G. O. Sars (part).

Generic Characters.— Body short and compact, with the 2 divisions of mesosome
very sharply defined, the posterior one being very large, clypeiform, partly projecting
in front over the anterior. Cephalon broad, transverse, evenly convex above,
frontal margin slightly emarginated. Caudal segment triangular, rather broad at
the base. Superior antennze much more fully developed in male than in female.
Inferior antenne of moderate size. Mandibles very strong, cutting edge undivided,
molar expansion very small, conic, tipped with slender bristles, palp distinct, though
rather feeble. The 4 anterior pairs of legs constructed, on the whole, in-a similar
manner to that in the 2 preceding genera, though the 3rd and 4th pairs are not
particularly elongated. Natatory legs very fully developed. Uropoda with 2 dis-
tinct rami, as in the genus Hchinozone.

Remarks.—This genus also is founded upon a species previously referred
by the present author to the genus Jlyarachna. A closer anatomical examination
has also in this instance revealed some peculiar features of apparently generic

yalue. Thus, the uropoda, as in the genus EKchinozone, are distinctly biramous;

141

but unlike what is the case in that genus the mandibles are yrovided with dis-

’ be ’

tinct though rather small palps. The peculiar fornicate character of the posterior
? fo)

division of the body has given rise both to the generic and specific names.

Aspidarachna clypeata'), G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LXIL)

Ilyarachna clypeata, G. 9. Sars, Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhdl.
1869, p. 168.

Specific Characters.--Body scarcely more than twice as long as it is broad,
and generally much curved. Cephalon very broad in proportion to its length, frontal
edge evenly concaved, lateral parts obliquely expanded. The first 4 segments of meso-
some short and distinctly excavated transversally, with the anterior edge considerably
elevated and perfectly smooth, lateral parts acutely produced. The 3 posterior seg-
ments of mesosome very large and evenly convex above, forming together a shield-like
plate advancing in front over the adjoining part of the anterior division. Caudal seg-
ment triangular, scarcely as long as it is broad at the base, tip obtusely pointed.
Superior antennse with the basal joint very large, inner corner considerably pro-
duced, and armed with 2 long spines; flagellum in female short, 3-articulate, in
male very much elongated, and divided into numerous short articulations clothed
with delicate sensory filaments. Inferior antennze nearly twice as long as the
body, the 2 outer joints of the peduncle armed inside with slender spines, fla-
gellum about the length of the peduncle. The 4 anterior pairs of legs scarcely
different in their structure from those in the 2 preceding genera, except that the 3rd
and 4th pairs are very much shorter, not nearly attaining the length of the body,
and having the ischial joint the longest. Carpal joint of the 2 anterior pairs of
natatory legs strongly expanded, broadly cordiform in outline, and densely fringed
with plumose sete, propodal joint much shorter and oblong fusiform, Last pair
of legs, as in the 2 preceding genera, much more slender than the 2 preceding
ones. Uropoda with the basal part oblong oval and densely fringed with plumose
sete, outer ramus very small, though well defined. Colour whitish. Length of
adult female 4 mm.

Remarks.—This is the only as yet known species of the genus, and may
easily be recognized by the short and compact body, and the peculiar fornicate

character of the posterior segments of the mesosome.

') The generic name Aspidonotus given in the plate has been changed in the above
manner, because that name has been previously used in Zoology.

142

Occurrence.——I first discovered this form off the Lofoten Islands, in depths
ranging from 120 to 250 fathoms, and have subsequently found it in 2 other
localities of the Finmark coast, viz., Hasvig and Vadsé. South of the Lofoten
Island, I have not yet met with it, and it would therefore seem to be a northern
form. Its swimming motions are exceedingly rapid, and, as in the aliied forms,
are effected by abrupt bounds backwards. Out of Norway, it has not yet been

recorded.

Gen. 5. PSeudarachna, G. 0. Sars, n.

Syn: Jlyarachna, G. O. Sars (part).

Generic Characters.— Body clavate in form, with the anterior division con-
siderably broader, and scarcely shorter than the posterior, being defined from it
by a deep constriction. Cephalon large and broad, obtusely truncated in front.
The 4 anterior segments of mesosome scarcely excavated transversally, 2nd seg-
ment much the largest; the 3 posterior segments but slightly expanded. Caudal
segment comparatively large, oblong triangular. Superior antennze very small,
and placed far apart, basal joint lamellarly expanded on the outer side, flagellum
poorly developed. Inferior antennz strongly built, with the flagellum longer than
the peduncle. Mandibles very large, with blunt, undivided cuttmmg edge, molar
expansion extremely minute, dentiform, palp absent. Mavwillze and mavxillipeds
about as in the preceding genera. Ist pair of legs very slender, nearly filiform;
2nd pair, on the other hand, rather strongly built, and considerably longer than
the 2 succeeding pairs. Natatory legs rather poorly developed, 1st pair the
largest, last pair extremely slender. Uropoda lamellar, with a single very small,
nodiform ramus.

Remarks.—The present new genus is established to melude the very
anomalous form previously described by the present author as Ilyarachna hirsuta.
The differences which this form exhibits from the other Munnopside, are so
numerous, and of such an essential nature, that it can hardly be included in any
of the above-described genera, but must take its place in a separate genus. The
structure of the legs in particular is rather peculiar, and that of the mandibles

is also pronouncedly different from that found in the preceding genera,

143

Pseudarachna hirsuta, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LXIII.)

Tlyarachna hirsuta, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forhandl.
1863, p. 9.

Specific Characters.—Body more than twice as long as it is broad, with
the greatest width across the 2nd segment of mesosome, surface everywhere clothed
with stiff bristles. Cephalon very broad and highly convex above, front obtusely
rounded, lateral parts obliquely expanded. Hach of the 4 anterior segments of
mesosome armed dorsally with 2 juxtaposed denticles, and laterally with an up-
turned spine. The 3 posterior segments of mesosome combined scarcely exceeding
half the length of the anterior division, the anterior segment the largest, and but
slightly emargimated behind; last segment rather small. Caudal segment some-
what longer than it is broad at the base, tip obtusely pomted. Superior antenne
with the basal joint produced outside to a linguiform lamellar expansion carrying
at the tip 2 auditory sete; flagellum scarcely longer than the 2nd peduncular joint,
and composed of only 3 articulations. Inferior antennz about one and a half times
as long as the body, the 2 outer joints of the peduncle rather strongly built, and clothed
with scattered spiniform bristles, flagellum very slender and composed of 14 narrow
and elongated articulations. 1st pair of legs extremely slender, with the propodos
long and narrow; 2nd pair very robust, with the ischial joint much expanded
distally, and clothed inside with strong sete. The 2 succeeding pairs’ shorter and
much narrower than the 2nd pair, with the dactylar joint not unguiform, tipped
with diverging bristles. Ist pair of natatory legs considerably larger than the other
2, though having the outer jomts but sheghtly expanded and fringed with a very
restricted number of ciliated setze; last pair extremely slender, with the propodal
jomt very narrow, linear. Uropoda with the basal joint rather large, oblong oval,
and edged with numerous short plumose sete, terminal joint extremely minute,
nodiform. Colour whitish grey. Length of adult female 2'/. mm.

Remarks.—This form was described by the present author as early as in
the year 1863, and at that time referred to the genus Jlyarachna. It is easily
recognizable by the densely hirsute body and the peculiar structure of the legs.
More frequently, however, it is so closely obtected with muddy particles adhering
to the stiff bristles, that its true form is rather difficult to observe.

Oceurrence.—The only place where I have hitherto met with this peculiar
form, is in the innermost part of the Christiania Fjord, where a few specimens
were taken from a depth of about 30 fathoms, muddy bottom. Out of Norway,

it has not yet been recorded.

144

Gen. 6. Huryecope, G. 0. Sars, 1863.

Generic Characters. —Body rather compact and distinctly depressed, more or
less oval in outline, with the 2 divisions of mesosome less sharply marked off from each
other than in the preceding genera. Cephalon of moderate size, deeply emarg-
inated on each side for the insertion of the antenne, frontal part more or less
projecting. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome comparatively-short, subequal,
transversely excavated dorsally; the 3 posterior segments very large and broad,
with the dorsal face smooth and convex. Caudal segment semi-oval, obtusely
rounded at the tip. Superior antennze with the basal joint large and massive,
flagellum multiarticulate. Inferior antennze very slender and elongated. Mandibles
normally developed, with the cutting edge divided into strong teeth, and the molar
expansion rather thick, palp comparatively large, with the terminal joint lamellar
and much curved. Mavxillze normal. Maxillipeds’ pronouncedly lamellar, penulti-
mate joint of the palp produced at the end imside to a digitiform lappet, epignath
large, and of different form in the different species. Ist pair of legs slender, but
shorter than the 3 succeeding pairs, which are subequal and generally very much
elongated, terminating in a slender claw. Natatory legs very fully developed and
all of same structure, carpal and propodal joints strongly expanded, foliaceous,
and densely edged with plumose sete, dactylus distinct. Uropoda comparatively
small, biramous, basal part net lamellarly expanded, rami linear.

Remarks.—This genus, established by the present author in the year
1863, is perhaps the most typical of the Munnopsida, in so far as the natatory
legs. are more powerfully developed than in any of the other genera. The swim-
ming motion of the animal is accordingly extremely rapid and of longer duration
than in the other Munnopside. The genus is chiefly characterised by the de-
pressed oval body, the broad caudal segment, the uniform structure both of the
ambulatory and natatory legs, and finally, by the structure of the uropoda.
Rather a large number of species have been described in recent times, from differ-
ent parts of the Oceans, amounting to 22 in all. From the Challenger Expedi-
tion alone, no less than 13 species have been recorded by Mr. Fr. Beddard; but
some of these ought perhaps more properly to be separated as types of nearly-

allied genera. ‘To the fauna of Norway belong 8 species, to be described below.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Pleurotion spinosum,G.0.Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Nannoniscus oblongus, 6.0. Sars.

PRS3:

Fe ja Cisk

Desmosomidae.

G.0.S ers, autogr.

airs:

Desmosoma lineare, 6.0

G.0.S ars, autogr.

|. Desmosoma lineare, G.0.Sars.6.
a F armatum,G.0.Sars.

V4

aes

; . ee

| 4
7

Munnopsida. i S Op & da.

eT

Munnopsis typica, Vitsse vee

G.0.Sars, autogr.

Munnopsis typica, Mi Sans.
( contin.)

= a
a= T in = v, _—
} a J =
4 an 7
“ (a
' ¥ ae )
5 *
© si
a ii
+ : 7
“* a
” J 4. Oy; ; ;
wee 4 fee rs )
+r < -
PAN
5
* - an —— ‘
' i a 4
s - y a
I oo ¥ i
a a¢ a « “
_ :
a veo -
’ 2 =
“* = -_
- =, re ~¥
wy 9
- 7
"Tr 7 ,
i
™ 9 -
'
=
a 7
7 7
7 -
ji e -
r
: ¢
*:

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Jlyarachna longicornis, G.O. Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

)
ay
—
—_*
Se
eres

5
\}
Z)

seegepten: :
ji AEC
La GU Tol
y
{

\ 4

‘ es
N
NY

Jlyarachna hirticeps, G.0. Sars.

p+ —
: — ae

G.0.Sars, autogr.

GOssiars.
Zz. Echinozone coronata, G.O. Sars.

1. Jlyarachna denticulata,

62.

Ph

Munnopside.

a
56)
O
oF
O
|,

L
[
/
H
N
A.
i
0
i
»

G. 0. Sars.

‘

~Aspidonotus- clypeatus

iGRORS ars, autogr.

ee

we |

ree

a ae

oe
fir 4

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Pseudarachna hirsuta, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 64.

Isopoda.

Munnopsidae.

Eurycope cornuta, ‘G20 Sars.

0.S ars, autogr.

G.

=e SINE rege is

145

1. Eurycope cornuta, G. 0. Sars.
(Pl. LXIV.)

Ewrycope cornuta, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder, Chr. Vid. Selsk Forhandl.
1863, pag. 5.

Syn: Hurycope robusta, Harger.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval in outlme, being more than twice
as long as it is broad, and with the anterior division not attaining half the length
of the posterior. Cephalon with the lateral corners pointed, front produced to
an acute, rostriform projection, which, however, does not extend to the end of
the basal joint of the superior antenne. The 4 anterior segments of mesosome
comparatively short, and produced on each side to acute, anteriorly-pointed lappets.
The 3 posterior segments of mesosome of nearly equal size, and distinctly defined,
antero-lateral corners acutely produced. Caudal segment very large, nearly as
long as the 2 preceding segments combined, semi-oval in form, edges evenly
curved and perfectly smooth, antero-lateral corners projecting. Superior antenne
in male fully half the length of the body, in female somewhat shorter, flagellum
very slender and flexible, being composed of 20 im female, m male of about
50 articulations carrying delicate sensory filaments. Inferior antenne more than
3 times as long as the body, penultimate joint of the peduncle clothed everywhere
with adpressed spines, some of which, attached to the imner edge and tip, are
stronger than the others. Epignath of maxillipeds securiform, outer edge an-
cularly produced. Ist pair of legs with the propodos much shorter than the
carpus, both simple, linear, and clothed with short bristles, dactylus very small;
the succeeding pairs very slender, somewhat exceeding the body in length. Nata-
tory legs with the carpal joint cordiform, propodal one of about the same length,
but somewhat narrower, oblong oval, dactylus scarcely exceeding half the length
of the former. Female operculum subpentagonal in form, and distinctly carmated
along the middle; male operculum transformed in the usual manner. Uropoda
with the rami subequal in length, the outer one narrower than the inner. Colour
of the whole dorsal face, light reddish brown. Length of adult male 4 mm.

Remarks.—This is much the largest and finest of the Norwegian species,
and may be regarded as the type of the genus. It is, however, considerably sur-
passed by some of the exotic species, especially the huge arctic form E. gigantea
G. O. Sars, which reaches to a length of 34 mm. The £. robusta of Harger is
unquestionably identical with the present species.

Occurrence.—This species occurs along the whole coast of Norway, from
the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, in depths ranging from 50 to 400 fathoms. In
some places, for instance in the Hardanger Fjord and Trondhjem Fjord, I have

19 — Crustacea.

146

taken it very plentifully on a muddy bottom; but as the appendages are extremely
brittle, it is rarely secured in a perfect condition.
Distribution.—Several Stations of the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition

(the present author), Skagerak (Meinert), Atlantic coast of North America (Harger).

2. Euryeope producta, G. O. Sars.
(PI. LXV.)

Eurycope producta, G. O. Sars, Beretning om en i Sommeren 1865 foretagen Reise ved Kysterne
af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter. pag. 32.

Sepcifie Characters.—Body ovat, about twice as long as it is broad, and
slightly tapering both in front and behind. Cephalon with the frontal part con-
siderably produced, forming a narrow linguiform projection slightly bilobed at the
tip, outer edges of the lobes minutely denticulate. Anterior segments of mesosome
distinctly excavated above, lateral parts acutely produced in front; the 3 posterior
segments all well defined and of about equal length, antero-lateral corners pro-
duced. Caudal segment rather large, nearly twice as broad as it is long, and evenly
rounded at the tip, edges perfectly smooth. Superior antenne rather elongated,
with the flagellum composed of about 20 articulations. Inferior antennze about
3 times as long as the body, penultimate joint of the peduncle edged inside with
slender spines, flagellum about the length of the peduncle. Epignath of maxilli-
peds slightly angular outside. Ist pair of legs slender, with the propodal joint
scarcely more than half as long as the carpal one; the 3 succeeding pairs some-
what exceeding the length of the body, and very slender; 2nd pair comparatively
stronger in male than in female, with the carpal joint slightly dilated and spinous
inside. Natatory legs of a similar structure to that in /. cornuta, though having
the dactylus comparatively smaller. Uropoda with the outer ramus much narrower,
but scarcely shorter than the inner. Colour of dorsal face light yellow, all the
segments bordered behind with light chestnut. Length of adult female 3 mm.

Remarks.—This species is nearly allied to #. cornuta, but of smaller size,
and is moreover easily distinguished by the less oblong body, the greatly produced
frontal part, and the different colouring of the dorsal face.

Occurrence.

I have met with this species not rarely in several local-
ities of the Norwegian coast, from the Christiania Fjord to Vadsé, in depths

ranging from 60 to 400 fathoms. Out of Norway it has not yet been recorded.

147

3. Eurycope phallangium, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LXVI.)
Kurycope phallangium, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder (Christiania Vid. Selsk.
Forh. 1863), p. 6.

Specific Characters.—Body broadly oval, not nearly twice as long as it
is broad, greatest width in the middle. Cephalon with the frontal part conically
produced. Fifth and 6th segments of mesosome confluent in the middle, forming
together a large vaulted plate, deeply emarginated behind. Caudal segment com-
paratively small, subpentagonal in form, tip obtusely rounded, lateral edges fringed
with stiff bristles. Superior antenne not much elongated, flagellum composed of
about 10 articulation. Inferior antenne exceedingly slender and elongated, 4 to 5
times as long as the body, the 2 outer joints of the peduncle very narrow and but
sparsely setiferous, flagellum longer than the peduncle. Molar expansion of the
mandibles rather narrow, attenuated distally. Epignath of maxillipeds lanceolate,
without any angle outside. Ist pair of legs comparatively short and rather
strongly built, propodal joint fully as long as the carpal one, the latter slightly
dilated and curved, with a setiferous ridge mside. The 3 succeeding pairs of
legs extremely slender and elongated, more than twice as long as the body, and
having the ischial joint produced to an unusual degree. Natatory legs with the
carpal joint rather large, obcordate, propodal joint much smaller and narrow oblong
in form, dactylus very much produced, considerably exceeding the propodal joint in
length, and distinctly biarticulate, proximal joint lanceolate, distal one spiniform.
Uropoda with the outer ramus a little longer, but much narrower than the inner.
Colour of dorsal face light yellowish grey, with a slight reddish tinge. Length of
adult female scarcely exceeding 2 mm.

Remarks.—In several respects this species differs rather markedly from
the 2 preceding ones, whereas it exhibits a close relationship to some of the suc-
ceeding species. It is therefore most probable that it will be found advisable to
establish for these species a separate genus. ‘The specific name refers to the ex-

cessively elongated inferior antennz and ambulatory legs.

Occurrence.—This species is very common along our whole south and
west coasts, and extends northwards to Hasvig in Finmark. It occurs in depths
ranging from 50 to 300 fathoms, on a bottom consisting of muddy clay. In
spite of its small size and inconspicuous colouring, the animal may be easily
detected on placing a portion of the mud taken up by the dredge in a shallow
vessel, when, like several other small crustacea, it will float up to the surface,
without being able to immerge itself again. As, however, the several appendages
of the body are extremely fragile, it is rather a rare occurrence to get a specimen

with all of them uninjured. Though there cannot be any doubt that this form

148

must also occur off the coasts of other countries, it has not yet been recorded
out of Norway.
4. Eurycope latirostris, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LXVII, fig. 1.)

Eurycope latirostris, G. O. Sars, Oversigt of Norges Crustaceer, I. p. 67, Pl. 2, fig. 6.

Specific Characters.—Very like EH. phallangiwm as to its external appear-
ance. Frontal part of cephalon, however, very different, forming a broad lingui-
form plate slightly emarginated at the tip, and minutely denticulated outside.
Fifth and 6th segments of mesosome, as in &. phallangiwm, confluent in the
middle. Caudal segment comparatively larger than in that species, but of a
similar shape and armament. Inferior antennz scarcely more than twice the
length of the body, with the flagellum much longer than the peduncle. Ambula-
tory legs of a similar structure to those in £. phallangiwm, though not nearly
so much elongated. Natatory legs with the dactylus scarcely attaining the length
of the propodal jomt. Uropoda with the outer ramus shorter and narrower than
the inner. Colour about as in E. phallangium. Length of adult female 2 mm.

Remarks.—This species is very nearly allied to EF. phallangium, and
may indeed easily be confounded with it. On a closer examination, however,
some well-marked differences are to be found, showing it to be in reality a well-
defined species. Thus the frontal part exhibits a totally different appearance,
being rather broad, linguiform, and slightly emarginated at the tip, whereas in
EL. phallangium this part tapers to a point. Moreover the inferior antenne and
the ambulatory legs are less elongated, though of a similar slender form to those
in Lf. phallangium; finally, the dactylus of the natatory legs is much shorter, and
the rami of the uropoda are shorter and thicker.

Occurrence.—Only a few specimens of this form have hitherto come under
my notice. That first described was found in the outer part of the Hardanger
Fjord. Some other specimens were subsequently detected on looking over a great
number of EL. phallangium taken in the inner part of the Stavanger Fjord from a
depth of 150 to 200 fathoms.

5. Eurycope furcata, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LXVH, fig. 2.)
Eurycope furcata, G. O. Sars, Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh.
1869, p. 165.
Specific Characters.—Body oval, greatest width exceeding half the length,
and occurring somewhat behind the middle. Frontal part of cephalon greatly

produced, forming a narrow, conical plate, minutely bifurcate at the tip, and ex-

149

tending as far as the 3rd peduncular joint of the inferior antennse. Anterior
segments of mesosome short, and transversely excavated, with the lateral parts acutely
produced in front. Fifth and 6th segments confluent dorsally, and forming a
large vaulted plate deeply emarginated behind. Caudal segment semioval, edges
evenly curved and perfectly smooth. Inferior antenne not very elongated, scarcely
exceeding by more than 1/, of their length that of the body, the 2 outer joints
of the peduncle edged with slender spines, flagellum much shorter than the peduncle.
Epignath of maxillepeds oblong lanceolate, coarsely striolate. Ist pair of legs
but little different from the 3 succeeding ones, which are rather short, scarcely
exceeding half the length of the body. Natatory legs with the propodal joimt
rather broad, oval, constricted at the base, dactylus narrow lanceolate, and about
half the length of the former joint; last pair considerably smaller than the 2 pre-
ceding ones, and haying the carpal joint lamellarly expanded outside. Uropoda
with the outer ramus much shorter and narrower than the mner. Colour whitish,
semipellucid. Length of adult female scarcely attaming 2 mm.

Remarks.—In the coalesced 5th and 6th segments of the mesosome, this
species agrees with the 2 preceding ones, but otherwise it is rather different, and
easily recognisable by the conically produced, and minutely bifurcate frontal part,
the unusually short inferior antennz and ambulatory legs, and the whitish colour.

Oceurrence. —I first detected this form off the Lofoten islands, at Skraa-
ven, where it is not uncommon in 100—120 fathoms, on a bottom consis‘ing of
sandy clay. Subsequently I have also met with it in a widely distant locality,
viz., in the inner part of the Stavanger Fjord, at Jelsé. Out of Norway this form

has not yet been recorded.

6. Eurycope mutica, G. O. Sars.
(GEE JOR LOOT savers Ale)

Eurycope mutica, G. O. Sars, Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder. Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1863, p. 6.

Specific Characters.—Body broadly oval, greatest width exceeding half the
length and occurring in the middle. Frontal part of cephalon rather broad and
obtusely rounded at the tip. Anterior segments of mesosome with the lateral
parts not acutely produced in front; 5th and 6th segments imperfectly defined
dorsally. Caudal segment not very large, slightly coarctated towards the tip,
which is narrowly rounded, lateral edges setiferous. Superior antennz compara-
tively small, flagellum composed of only 5 or 6 articulations. Inferior antenne
very slender, fully twice as long as the body, flagellum more than twice the
length of the peduncle. Epignath of maxillipeds short and broad, obtusely trun-

cated at the tip. Ist pair of legs with the propodal joint much shorter than

150

the carpal one, dactylus minute; the 3 succeeding pairs rather slender, though
scarcely exceeding the body in length, dactylus very long and slender; 2nd pair
somewhat more strongly built in male than in female, with the carpal joint slightly
dilated. Natatory legs with the propodal jomt broadly oval, much constricted at
the base, dactylus narrow, styliform. Uropoda extremely small, outer ramus
scarvely half as large as the imner. Colour of dorsal face very dark fuscous,
towards the edges of the segments almost black. Length of adult female L!/2 mm.

Remarks.—This species may be easily distinguished from the preceding
ones by the broad, obtusely rounded frontal part of the cephalon, and by the

very dark colour of the dorsal face. It is also rather inferior in size.

Occurrence.—I first found this form in the inner part on the Christiania
Fjord, and have subsequently met with it in many other places of the Norwegian
coast, and as far north as Bodé. It is not strictly a deep-water species, being
often found in only a few fathoms’ depth among alge. Its swimming motions
are extremely rapid, and are effected by long abrupt bounds backwards. Out of

Norway this form has not yet been recorded.

7. Eurycope pygmea, G. O. Sars. ,
(Pl. LXVIII, fig. 2.)

iw ycope pygyme, G. O. Sars, Nye Dybvandscrustaceer fra Lofoten, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh.
1869, p. 166.

Specific Churacters.—Body ovate, greatest width equalling about half the
length, and occurring in the middle. Frontal part of cephalon very broad, slightly
widening distally, and transversely truncated at the tip, with the lateral corners acute.
Ist segment of mesosome very small, with the lateral parts concealed; lateral parts of
the 3 succeeding ones slightly produced in front; 5th and 6th segments imperfectly
defined dorsally. Caudal segment of moderate size, narrowly rounded at the tip,
lateral edges setiferous. Superior antenne about as In &. mutica. Inferior an-
tenn not nearly attaining twice the length of the body, flagellum but little longer
than the peduncle. Maxillipeds with the penultimate and antepenultimate joints
greatly expanded, laminar, epignath short and broad, resembling that in /£. mutica.
Ist pair of legs with the propodal joint scarcely more than half the length of
the carpal one; the 3 succeeding pairs of a similar structure to those im 4. mu-
tica. Natatory legs with the propodal joint considerably expanded, rounded oval
in form, dactylus unusually broad, fusiform in outline, with the edges serrate.

Uropoda very small, and resembling those in 2. mutica. Colour of dorsal face

151

light fuscous, tinged towards the edges of the segments with chestnut. Length
of adult female scarcely exceeding | mm.

Remarks.—This dwarf species is evidently closely allied to /. mutica, but
is of still smaller size. and is moreover distinguished by the somewhat different
form of the frontal part of the cephalon, the comparatively shorter inferior an-
tenne, the peculiar shape of the dactylus of the natatory legs, and finally by the
much paler colour of the dorsal face.

Occurrence.--The only place where I have met with this form, is off the
Lofoten Islands, at Skraaven. It occurred here rather sparingly in a depth of
about 120 fathoms, sandy clay. Out of Norway this species has not yet been

recorded.

8. Eurycope megalura, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. UXIX.)

Eurycope megalura, G. O. Sars, Undersogelser over Hardangerfjordens Fauna, Crustacea. p. 31.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, greatest width not attaming half
the length, and occurring about in the middle. Frontal part of cephalon rather
produced, linguiform, slightly excavated, and distinctly emarginated at the tip.
lateral edges minutely serrate. Anterior segments of mesosome of normal ap-
pearance, with the lateral parts slightly denticulate at the distal edges; 5th and
6th segments distinctly defined above, and rather large, with the lateral edges
denticulate; 7th segment very short, almost band-shaped. Caudal segment of
considerable size, fully equalling in length the 3 preceding segments combined,
and subtriangular in form, with the tip narrowly rounded. Superior antenns in
female of normal appearance, in male very largely developed. extending to the
end of the penultimate joint of the inferior antennee, flagellum composed of about
16 articulations clothed with long, band-like sensory appendages. Inferior antennze
scarcely attaining twice the length of the body, the 2 outer joints of the peduncle
rather strong, and edged with numerous slender spines, flagellum about the length
of the peduncle, and very narrow. Molar expansion of mandibles conically tap-
ering. Maxillipeds very strongly built, with the penultimate and antepenultimate
joints greatly expanded, the former terminating outside in an acute projection,
the latter having the inner expansion angularly produced at the tip, epignath
large, lanceolate, with the outer edge sharply curved in the middle. 1st pair
of legs with the 2 outer joints very narrow, the carpal one being much the longer;
the 3 succeeding pairs unusually robust, and not nearly attaining the length of

the body. Natatory legs with the propodal joint considerably expanded, almost

152

orbicular in form, dactylus comparatively short, lanceolate; last pair much smaller
than the 2 preceding pairs. Uropoda exceedingly small, resembling in structure
those in the 2 preceding species. Colour of dorsal face light yellowish, with the
edges of the segments somewhat darker, caudal segment yellowish brown. Length
of adult female 2'/. mm.

Remarks.—This is a very distinct species, and ought perhaps to be re-
garded as the type of a separate genus, differing, as it. does, in several points
‘ather essentially from the other species.

Occurrence.—Only a few specimens of this form have hitherto come un-
der my notice. They were taken, some in the outer part of the Hardanger
Fjord, at Mosterhavn, some in the Stavanger Fjord, the depth ranging from 150

to 200 fathoms. Out of Norway it has not yet been recorded.

Tribe 5.

ONISCOIDA.

Remarks.—This tribe comprises the air-breathing or terrestrial Isopoda,
to which the name of the order may be found to be more properly applicable.
Indeed, in all the known forms of this tribe the legs exhibit a very uniform ap-
pearance, being all ambulatory in character; and in the general appearance a
much greater uniformity also prevails in this tribe than in other tribes of the Iso-
poda. The body is more or less depressed, oval or oblong in form, and may
in some cases admit of being rolled into a ball. The cephalon is generally small,
and more or less sunk into the Ist segment of the mesosome, exhibiting no true
rostral projection, whereas the lateral parts may be more or less expanded. The
mesosome is composed of 7 well-defined and rather uniform segments, the lateral
parts of which are generally expanded to thin fornicate plates. The metasome,
in by far the greater number of the forms, is divided into 6 well-defined segments, the
lateral plates (epimers) of which may also be expanded in a similar manner to
those of the mesosome. More generally, however, this is not the case with the
last, and the 2 anterior segments, which, as a rule, are smaller than the 3 middle
ones. The Ist pair of antenn are always very small, and are placed inside the
Qnd pair, for which reason they cannot properly be termed “superior antenne”,
but may more conveniently be named “antennulee”, on account of their small
size. They are never composed of more than 3 joints, the last of these being often
rudimentary. The 2nd pair of antenne, or true antennee, are of normal struc-
ture, being composed of a 5-articulated peduncle and a flagellum generally di-
vided into a restricted number of articulations. They are of moderate length,
seldom exceeding half the length of the body. The buccal mass is more or less
prominent, and the oral parts are adapted to biting and triturating the food.

20 — Crustacea.

154

The mandibles are strong, and always without palps. The anterior maxille are
normal, with 2 masticatory lobes, the inner of which carries on the tip 2 or 3
brush-like setze. The posterior maxilla, on the other hand, exhibit a rather dif-
ferent appearance from those in most other Isopoda, being laminar, with only a
very slight indication of a subdivision into lobes. ‘The maxillipeds do not completely
cover the other oral parts, and they have the terminal part more or less reduced.
The marsupial pouch in the female is composed of 4 pairs of broad lamellae is-
suing from the bases of the 2nd to 5th pairs of legs. The appendages of the
metasome are 6 pairs, the 5 anterior of which are respiratory in character,
the inner plate being of a very delicate spongy structure, whereas the outer is
more strongly chitinized and covers the inner hke an operculum. In some cases
this opercular plate contais on the 2 anterior pairs, more rarely on all the
pairs, air-cavities or pseudo-trachez. In the male, the imner plate of the 2nd,
and often also of the 1st pair, is peculiarly modified, to serve for copulative
purposes. The last pair of appendages represent the uropoda. They are, as a
rule, biramose, with the rami uniarticulate, and they project more or less behind.

The forms belonging to this tribe are generally found in damp situations,
beneath leaves, stones or timber, often in great numbers, and feeding, it would seem,
on both animal and vegetable matter. They all seem to avoid the full light
of day, and some forms even lead a true subterranean existence, in which
case the eyes are often found to be rudimentary or wholly absent. As to the
respiration, it cannot properly be said to be an exclusive air-breathing in the same
sense as in insects. It is in fact to some extent branchial, and therefore a certain
amount of atmospheric moisture is indispensable to their existence. It is for this
reason, that in very dry weather these animals seem almost wholly to disappear,
retiring more or less deeply into crevices and hollows, where some moisture still
remains,

The tribe has been divided into 2 sections, viz., the Ligiw and the
Onisci. Both of these sections may conveniently be subdivided into several
famihes. Of such families 4 are represented in the fauna of Norway, and will
be treated of below.

Among the several authors, who have made the present tribe their
special study, must be named the Danish zoologist, Mr. Budde-Lund, who in his
admirable work, “Crustacea isopoda terrestria”, has treated of all species at that
time known, both indigenous and foreign, amounting in all to several hundreds.

It is to be regretted that this valuable work is accompanied by no figures.

Fam. 1. Ligiide.

Characters. —Body oval, more or less convex above, with the lateral parts
of the segments Jamellar. Cephalon without any lateral lobes, frontal part roun-
ded and not distinctly defined from the epistome. Eyes well developed or want-
ing. Antennulz with the last jot very small and without distinctly developed
sensory filaments. Antenne well developed, with multiarticulate flagellum. Buccal
mass rather prominent. Mandibles with the molar expansion large and broad,
exhibiting a finely-fluted, triturating surface. Inner masticatory lobe of the an-
terior maxille with 3 thick, hairy bristles. Posterior maxillz with 2 similar bristles
inside. Maxillipeds with the terminal part distinctly 5-articulate, masticatory
lobe truncate at the tip, epignath rather short. External sexual appendages in
male double. Inner ramus of Ist pair of pleopoda of a similar structure in the
2 sexes, that of 2nd pair in male terminating in a long stylet, slightly dilated
at the tip; opercular plate of pleopoda without air-chambers. Uropoda freely pro-
jecting behind, both rami styliform.

Remarks.—In the restriction here adopted, this family comprises as yet
5 genera, viz., Ligia, Ligidium, Tithanetes, Styloniscus and Stymphalus, all of
which are distinguished from the other Oniscoida, among other things, by the
nultiarticulate antennal flagellum, by the double external sexual appendages of the
male, and by the inner ramus of the Ist pair of pleopoda in male not being
transformed into copulative organs. Moreover the wholly exposed uropoda may
serve as an easily recognisable distinguishing character. Of the above-named

genera, the first 2 will be treated of below.

Gen. Ligia, Fabricius, 1798.

Generic Characters.—Body regularly oval, or oblong oval, moderately con-
vex above, with the metasome not abruptly contracted; last segment rather broad
with distinct epimeral plates. Eyes large and convex. Antennulz very small,
with the last joint rudimentary, nodiform. Antenne rather strong and elongated.
Mandibles with a ciliated lappet and numerous penicils behind the cutting part.
Maxillipeds comparatively short and stout, with the terminal part rather expanded,
epignath rounded. Legs gradually increasing in length posteriorly, dactylus dis-

tinctly bi-unguiculate. Opercular plate of uropoda sub-branchial. Uropoda more

156

or less elongated, basal part not produced inside, rami narrow, styliform, sub-
equal, each with a single apical spine.

Remarks.—This genus was established by Fabricius as early as in the
year 1798, to include the Oniscus oceanicus of Linné. It is chietly characterised
by the form of the metasome, and the structure of the antennule and uropoda.
Mr. Budde-Lund enumerates no less than 17 different species, 12 of which have
been examined by himself. Of these only a single species belongs to the North

European fauna; it will be described below.

Ligia oceanica, (Lin.).
(Pl. LXX.)

Oniscus oceanicus, Linné, Syst. nat. ed. 12, 1. 2, p. 1061.

Syn: Cymothoa oceanica, Fabr.
, Lagia scopulorum, Leach,
5 — belgica, Bose.

Specific Characters.—Body oval in form, scarcely more than twice as long
as it is broad, dorsal face moderately convex and slightly granulated. Cephalon,
when seen from above, semi-oval, with the front evenly rounded, and with a slght
transversal depression dorsally. Lateral parts of mesosome lamellarly expanded,
and defined from the corresponding segments by a slight groove, posterior cor-
ners obtusely acuminate. Metasome exceeding !/, of the length of the body, and
rounded in form, with the epimeral plates of the 2 anterior segments concealed,
those of the 8 succeeding segments well developed, recurved. Last segment
rather broad, semilunar, evenly arched at the tip, lateral parts forming a similar
recurved expansion to those of the preceding segments. Eyes large and convex,
consisting of numerous densely crowded visual elements. Antennulz extremely
small, scarcely projecting in front, the first 2 joints of about equal length, last-
one exceedingly minute, nodiform. Antenne rather strongly built and exceeding
half the length of the body, flagellum about the length of the peduncle, and
composed of about 12 short articulations. Legs moderately strong, spinous.
Opercular plates of pleopoda exhibiting a very delicate, branchial structure. Uro-
poda about the length of the metasome, basal part somewhat flattened, and slightly
produced at the end outside, rami twice the length of the basal part, and narrow
styliform, each terminating in a slender spine. Colour of dorsal face grey, with
a bluish or greenish tinge, and more or less distinctly variegated with irregular
lighter patches, legs minutely spotted. Length of adult female 20 mm., of male

up to 28 mm.

157

Remarks.—This form was described as early as in the year 1767 by
Linneus as Oniscus oceanicus, and has subsequently been recorded by Leach and
Bose under different specific names. It is the largest of our indigenous Oniscoida,
and is moreover easily recognizable by the strongly built antennze and the struc-
ture of the uropoda.

Oceurrence.—Along the western coast of Norway this form occurs rather
plentifully, and extends northwards at least to the Trondhjem Fjord. In the
inner part of the Christiania Fjord, on the other hand, I have never met with
it, and it would seem therefore that it deserves its specific name, being appar-
ently restricted to those coasts that are open to the oceans. It is always found
close to the shore, just above high-water-mark, beneath decaying algze and stones,
feeding, it would seem, both on animal and vegetable matter. When alarmed, it
runs away with great agility, to conceal itself in the crevices of the rocks, and
beneath stones.

Distribution.—Coasts of Denmark, Prussia, Belgium, France, Spain, Britain,

Far6é Islands.

Gen. 2. Ligidium, Brandt, 1833.

Syn: Za, Koch.

Generic Characters.—Body oblong, rather convex, attenuated behind. Ce-
phalon evenly rounded in front. Lateral parts of mesosome less prominent than
in Ligia, and not defined from the corresponding segments by any distinct groove.
Metasome comparatively small and abruptly contracted, with the last segment of
inconsiderable size and without gny epimeral plates. Kyes large and convey.
. Antennule less rudimentary than in Ligia, and distinctly projecting in front.
Antenne less strongly built than in that genus, though of a very similar struc-
ture. Mandibles with a restricted number of penicils, and without any cilated
lappet behind the cutting part. Maxillipeds more slender than in Ligia, with
the terminal part less expanded, epignath narrow linguiform. Legs very slender,
and greatly increasing in length posteriorly. Opercular plates of pleopoda very
thin, without any obvious branchial structure. Uropoda not very large, basal part pro-
duced at the end inside to a conical process carrying the inner ramus, the latter,
as a rule, smaller than the outer, and provided with 2 long and slender apical
bristles,

158

Remarks.—This genus, established by Brandt, is chiefly distinguished from
Ligia, by the abruptly contracted metasome, the less rudimentary state of the an-
tennule, and the peculiar structure of the uropoda. The genus Zia of Koch is
identical with the present genus. Several species have been described, amounting,
according to Mr. Budde-Lund, to 8 in all. Only one species belongs to the

Scandinavian fauna, and it will be described below.

Ligidium hypnorum (Cuy.).
(EDO)
Oniscus hypnorum, Cuvier, Journ. hist. nat. Vol. II, p. 19, pl. 26, figs. 3—5.
Syn: Oniscus agilis, Persoon
, Ligia hypnorum, Bose.
» Lia agilis, Koch
, Ligidium Personii, Zaddach
» Zia Soundersii, Stebbing
, Ligidium agile, Norman.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, greatest width not attaining half
the length, dorsal face rather convex, and perfectly smooth and shining. Cephalon
of moderate size, and evenly rounded in front, dorsal face transversely grooved
behind the eyes. Lateral parts of the 3 anterior segments of mesosome but
slightly prominent; those of the 4 posterior segments somewhat larger, and ter-
minating behind in obtuse points. Metasome scarcely exceeding in length 1/3 of
the mesosome, and much narrower, with the epimeral plates small and appressed ;
last segment obtusely rounded at the tip, with a slight angle on each side. Eyes
very large, oval, extending down the sides of the cephalon. Antennule with the
Ist jomt rather thick, 2nd longer but much narrower, both armed at the tip in-
side with 3 rather long diverging spines, last joint very small, narrow cylindric.
Antenne rather slender, though not nearly attaining half the length of the body,
flagellum somewhat shorter than the peduncle, and composed of about 11 arti-
culations, the last tipped with a dense bunch of delicate hair-like bristles. Legs
armed with scattered slender spines, propodal joint very narrow and elongated,
dactylus simple. Inner plate of Ist pair of pleopoda in male slightly produced
at the tip, and provided with 4 apical bristles. Uropoda scarcely exceeding half
the length of the metasome, inner projection of the basal part occupying
about half its length, outer ramus gradually tapering distally and carrying
on the tip 3 short bristles, inner ramus very narrow, linear, not extending
to the tip of the outer, apical bristles nearly as long as the ramus. Colour
of dorsal face light fuscous, variegated with irregular dark patches, which on each
side, at the base of the lateral plates of mesosome, form a nearly continuous
longitudinal band. Length of adult female 9 mm.

159

Remarks.—This form was first described by Cuvier im the year 1792 as
Oniscus hypnorum, and by subsequent authors was referred to the genus Ligia,
until Brandt established for it a distinct genus; but the original specific name
was changed by that author, as also by most subsequent zoologists, excepting
Mr. Budde-Lund, who again restored the Cuvierian name. It is an easily recogniz-
able form, being particularly distinguished by the peculiar structure of the uropoda.
From its nearest ally among the northern Oniscoida, Ligia oceanica, it is more-
over easily distinguishable by the abruptly contracted metasome and the feebler
development of the antenne.

Occurrence.—In Norway this form has not yet been met with; but I re-
gard it as highly probable, that, on a closer investigation, it will in reality be
found to occur somewhere in the country, since it is not uncommon either in
Sweden or Denmark. The figures here given are from Danish specimens kindly
sent to me from the Museum of Copenhagen. According to Mr. Budde-Lund, it
is found in very moist situations.

Distribution.—Sweden, Denmark, Germany, France, Britain, Turkey.

Fam. 2. Trichoniscide.

Characters.—Body more or less elongated, with the lateral parts of the
segments, as a rule, not much expanded. Cephalon with distinct, though not
very large lateral lobes, front more or less produced, but scarcely marginate.
Metasome generally much narrower than the mesosome, last segment forming at
the end a thin projecting plate. Eyes small or wholly wanting. Antennule mi-
nute, but having the terminal joint well developed and tipped with a number of
delicate sensory filaments. Antenne not much elongated, and minutely spinulose
throughout, flagellum composed of only a restricted number of articulations, which
are less distinctly defined than in the Jvgiide, the last one terminating in a
bunch of delicate hair-like bristles. Buccal mass very prominent below. Man-
dibles with the molar expansion well developed, penicils very few in number.
Anterior maxille with the masticatory lobes narrow and produced, the inner one
with 3 hairy bristles at the tip. Posterior maxillze without any penicils inside.
Maxillipeds with the terminal part generally imperfectly articulated, masticatory
lobe terminating in a thin lash, epignath narrow linguiform. Legs not much

elongated, coarsely spinous, dactylus simple. Opercular plates of pleopoda very

160

thin, without air-chambers or any branchial structure, inner plate lobular, except on
the 2 anterior pairs. Sexual appendage of male simple, conic; inner ramus of
both Ist and 2nd pairs of pleopoda transformed for copulative purposes. Uro-
poda with the basal part broadly expanded inside, and partly covered by the last
caudal segment, rami conically tapered, and, as a rule, terminating each in a
bunch of delicate hair-like bristles.

Remarks.—l| have found it advisable to establish this new family, to com-
prise a number of genera, which have hitherto been referred to the family Ligude,
but which exhibit in common several characteristic features not found in the true
Ligiide. The following 5 genera ought to be referred to the present family:
Trichoniscus, Trichoniscoides, Haplophthalmus, Scyphacella, and Actoniscus. Of
these the first 3 are represented in the fauna of Norway, and will be treated

of below.

Gen. 1. Trichoniseus, Brandt, 1833. -

Syn: Itea, Koch.

» Philougria, Kinahan.

Generic Characters.—Body more or less oblong, attenuated behind. Ce-
phalon rounded in front, with small, though distinct lateral lobes. Side-plates of
the 3 posterior segments of mesosome more prominent than those of the 4 pre-
ceding segments. Metasome abruptly contracted, with the epimeral plates of the
2 anterior segments not concealed, last segment narrowly truncated at the tip,
and slightly emarginated on each side. Eyes small, but distinct, consisting of
only 3 visual elements imbedded in a dark pigment. Antennulz with the Ist
joint rather large and curyed, last joint generally longer than the 2nd. Antenne
everywhere clothed with small appressed spikes, flagellum much shorter than the
peduncle, and gradually tapering distally. Oral parts considerably prolonged,
giving the buccal mass a pronouncedly conical form. Left mandible with 2, right
with only a single penicil behind the cutting part. Maxillipeds with the distal
joint of the basal part rather large and forming at the end outside a broad,
lamellar expansion finely ciliated at the edge, terminal part lanceolate, with the
outer 4 joints confluent, masticatory lobe nearly as large as the terminal part,
and terminating in a narrow, finely ciliated lash, epignath oblong linguiform, with
a rounded expansion at the base. Legs of moderate size, slightly increasing in

length posteriorly, outer joints extremely spinous. Inner plate of first pair of

161
pleopoda in male greatly produced, biarticulate; that of 2nd pair of different
structure in the different species. Uropoda with the basal part rather broad and
flattened, both rami terminating in a pencil of delicate hairs.

Remarks.—This genus, established by J. F. Brandt, forms the type of
the family Trichoniscide, and may chiefly be distinguished from the other genera
by the distinctly developed, though small eyes, the narrow metasome, and the
delicate bkair pencils in which the antennze and both rami of the uropoda term-
inate. The genus comprises as yet 5 or 6 species, 3 of which will be de-

seribed below.

1. Trichoniscus pusillus, Brandt.
(Pl. LXXII, fig. 1.)
Trichoniscus pusillus, Brandt, Conspectus monogr. Crust. Oniscodorum p. 12, Pl. 4, fig. 9.
Syn: Ifea riparia, Koch.
» ILtea levis, Gaddach.
» Lhilougria riparia, Kinahan.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval in form, nearly 3 times as long
as it is broad, dorsal face rather convex and quite smooth and polished. Cephalon
with the lateral corners very small, though distinct, front obtusely rounded.
Lateral parts of the 4 anterior segments scarcely at all expanded; those of the
3 posterior segments more prominent and recurved, terminating m acuminate
corners. Metasome occupying about '/, of the iength of the body, and rather
narrow, with the epimeral plates small and appressed; last segment with the
terminal expansion rather broad, and slightly emarginate at the tip. Antennule
with the last joint longer than the 2nd, and carrying 6 sensory filaments, one
of which is smaller than the others and somewhat remote from the tip. An-
tennie attaining to about 1/; of the length of the body, joints of the peduncle very
distinetly defined, and each carrying at the end inside one or 2 slender spines,
flagellum a little longer than the last peduncular joint, and composed of 4 arti-
culations. Uropoda with the outer ramus fully twice as long as the basal part,
inner ramus somewhat shorter and much narrower. Colour of dorsal face dark
reddish brown, with numerous irregular lighter specks. Length of adult female 4 mm,

Remarks.—TVhis is the first described species, and may accordingly be
regarded as the type of the genus. It is easily recognized from the 2 other
northern species by its dark reddish brown colour, and the smoothness of the
dorsal face. The Jtea riparia of Koch, as also the Jfea levis of Zaddach, are
undoubtedly identical with this species. Mr. Max Weber describes a small variety
from Holland as var. batava, which may be a distinct species.

21 — Crustacea.

Occurrence.—According to Mr. Budde-Lund, this form was many years
ago observed here in Norway by Prof. Lilljeborg, who found it at Molde.
Some few specimens are, moreover, preserved in our University Museum from
earlier times, having been collected by the late Dr. A. Boeck in the neighbourhood
of Christiania, and I have also recently received this form from Trondhjem
through the kindness of Conservator Storm. I have myself found it very
frequently in many places around Christiania, as also at Drébak and Laurvig,
beneath moist leaves, stones and pieces of wood, especially in very shady places.
A certain degree of moisture seems to be indispensable to its existence, and there-
fore in dry places fully exposed to the sunshine, it is never met with. When
disturbed, it runs about with great agility to conceal itself, and is thus only
with difficulty got hold off, and being very fragile, it is easily damaged when
caught. It is very curious that among the numerous specimens collected, I have
failed to detect any male specimen. Perhaps the male sexual characters in this
species are so very inconspicuous as to escape attention.

Distribution.—Sweden, Denmark, Germany, France, Britain, Spain, Al-

geria, North America.

2. Trichoniscus pygmeus, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl. LXXM, fig. 2.)

Specific Characters.—Body rather narrow, oblong, fully 3 times as long as it
is broad, dorsal face rather convex and rough, the roughness arising from numerous
small tubercles arranged in transversal rows. Cephalon rounded, with the lateral
lobes extremely minute, front rather arcuate. Lateral parts of the segments of meso-
some edged with small appressed spikes; those of the 3 posterior segments, as
in 7. pusillus, more prominent than the preceeding ones, and terminating in re-
curved conical points. Metasome rather narrow, and of a similar structure to
that in 7. pusillus; last segment with the terminal expansion gradually tapering,
and narrowly truncated at the tip, carrying 2 rather long apical hairs. Anten-
nulee with the last jomt scarcely longer than the 2nd, and only provided with 3
sensory filaments. Antennze comparatively less slender than in 7. pusillus, flagel-
lum scarcely attaiming the length of the last peduncular joint, and composed of
only 3 articulations. Legs comparatively shorter than in the type species,’ but
otherwise of a similar structure. Inner ramus’ of Ist pair of pleopoda in male
greatly produced, with the terminal joint narrow knife-shaped; that of 2nd pair
biarticulate, proximal joint very short, distal joint long and slender, styliform.

Uropoda rather short, with the rami nearly equal, and but little longer than the

163

basal part. Colour of dorsal face whitish, semipellucid, with a few light brown
pigmentary ramifications across the segments, and a double row of irregularly
lobular, opaque white patches along the middle of the back, probably caused by
some internal matter (venal excretions). Length of adult female searcely ex-
ceeding 2 mm.

Remarks.—I have not been enabled to identify this form with any of the
earlier described species. At first I thought that it might perhaps be the form
mentioned by Dr. M. Weber as 7” pusillus var. batava; but there are several
things which forbid such an identification. For instance, Dr. Weber says that the
dorsal face in his form is perfectly smooth and of a similar dark brown colour
to that in the type species, and the flagellum of the antennx is stated to be
4-articulate, not, as in the present species, 3-articulate.

Occurrence.—I have only met with this form in a single locality in the
immediate vicinity of Christiania, but there rather abundantly. It occurred on an
open plain, close to the railway, beneath stones and pieces of wood, in company
with Trichoniscoides albidus, to be described below. It is far less agile than 7.

pusillus, through not nearly so slow in its motions as the just-named form.

3. Trichoniscus roseus (Koch).
(Pl, XXII, fio, 1.)

Itea rosea, Koch, Deutschlands Crust. p. 22, fig. 16.

Syn: Philougria rosea, Kinahan.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, greatest width almost attaining
half the length, dorsal face but slightly convex, and rough, owing to numerous densely
crowded tubercles arranged in transversal rows. Cephalon transversely oval, with
the lateral lobes well-marked, denticulate, front nearly straight. Lateral parts of
mesosome more expanded than in the other species, Ist pair rather broad and
partly flanking the cephalon, the 3 posterior pairs recurved and acuminate. Me-
tasome (in male) exceeding half the length of the mesosome, and but little more
than half as broad; terminal expansion of last segment transversely truncate,
with 4 small apical spinules. Antennule with the last joit much longer than
the 2nd, and carrying 6 sensory filaments, 5 apical and 1 lateral. Antenne
comparatively slender, attaining '/; of the length of the body, flagellum composed
of 4 articulations. Last pair of legs im male peculiarly modified, having the
meral joint strongly dilated, and produced inside to a large conical prominence,
in against which the succeeding joint admits of being bent. Inner ramus of Ist

pair of pleopoda in male, with the termival joint dilated at the end in the form

164

of a little bowl of a spoon; that of 2nd pair rather strong and distinctly 3-ar-
ticulate, terminal joint knife-shaped and denticulate inside. Uropoda with the
outer ramus about twice the length of the basal part, inner ramus somewhat
narrower, but scarcely shorter. Colour of dorsal face in life of a clear nuinium-
rose. Length of adult male 5 mm.

Remarks.—This species, first described by Koch, is easily distinguished by
its comparatively broad and flattened body, the dorsal face of which is densely
eranular, and by its beautiful colour, which, however, 1s only seen im fresh
specimens. The structure, in the male, of the last pair of legs, and of the inner
ramus of the 2 anterior pairs of pleopoda is rather peculiar, and has been well
described by Dr. M. Weber.

Occurrence.

The occurrence of this species in Norway has, it is true,
not yet been demonstrated; but, as it is not uncommonly found in Denmark, I am
much disposed to believe, that, on a closer investigation, it will also prove to
belong to the fauna of Norway. The figures here given are from specimens kindly
sent to me from the Museum of Copenhagen. According to Mr. Budde-Lund, it
is chiefly found in garden hot-houses.

Distribution —Denmark, Germany, Holland, Britain, France, Spain, Italy,

Dalmatia, Algeria.

Gen. 2. Triehonisecoides, G. O. Sars, n.

Generic Characters.—Body narrow, oblong, rather convex, with very soft
integuments, and the lateral parts of the segments but slightly expanded. Meta-
some abruptly contracted, with the last segment about as in Zrichoniscus. Eyes
simple or wholly wanting. Antennule and antenne of a similar structure to that
in Trichoniseus. Left mandible with 3, right with 2 penicils behind the cutting
part. Maxillipeds resembling in structure those in Trichoniscus, but comparatively
less produced, with the masticatory lobe much shorter than the terminal part and
having the apical lash smaller. Legs comparatively short and thick, but very
slightly increasing in length posteriorly. 1st pair of pleopoda in male with both
plates peculiarly modified, the inner one being the smaller; 2nd pair with the
inner ramus strongly produced, biarticulate, terminal joint subfoliaceous, contorted.
Uropoda with the inner ramus terminating in a single slender spine.

Remarks.—I have felt justified in established this new genus to include

some species formerly referred to the genus Trichoniscus, but differmg in certain

165

points rather materially from the type of that genus. Thus, the eyes, when pre-
sent, are not aggregate, but simple, each consisting, as im the genus Haploph-
thalmus, of but a single visual element. Moreover, the number of penicils
attached behind the cutting part of the mandibles is different, and the mavxillipeds
are less produced. Finally, the legs are of more uniform length, and the struc-
ture of the 2 anterior pairs of pleopoda in the male is rather peculiar. In addition
to the species described below, the Trichoniscus Leydigi of Weber undoubtedly

belongs to this genus, and perhaps also the Trichoniscus cavernicola of Budde-Lund.,

Trichoniscoides albidus, (B.-Lund).
(Pl. LX XIII, fig. 2.)

Trichoniscus albidus, Budde-Lund, Prosp. gen. spec. Crust. terrestr., p. 9.
? ’ } 5 I ? ]

Specific Characters. —Body narrow oblong, 3 times as long as it is broad,
and strongly convex, almost semicylindric, dorsal face rough owing to minute tu-
bercles arranged, on each of the segments of mesosome, in 2 or 3 transversal
rows, each of the tubercles being tipped by a small hair. Cephalon transversely oval,
with the lateral lobes minute, rounded and slightly denticulate, front evenly ar-
cuate. Lateral parts of mesosome edged with small appressed spikes, the 4 an-
terior pairs but very slightly prominent, the 3 posterior pairs produced to re-
curved acute points. Metasome occupying about 1/, of the length of the body,
and much narrower than the mesosome, with the epimeral plates small and ap-
pressed; terminal expansion of last segment narrowly truncated. Eyes distinct,
but extremely small, circular, consisting each of a single corneal body with under-
lying reddish pigment. Antennule with the terminal joint but little longer than
the 2nd, and carrying 4 sensory filaments, basal joint rather large, exceeding in
length the other 2 combined. Antenne scarcely exceeding '/, of the length of
the body, flagellum composed of 4 articulations. Last pair of legs in male with
the meral joint produced at the base to a comparatively small dentiform promi-
nence, last joint in both sexes densely ciliated outside. First pair of pleopoda in
male with the opercular plate large, quadrangular, abruptly contracted at the tip,
and prolonged to a setiform ciliated lash curved outwards and accompanied in-
side by another much smaller seta; inner plate comparatively small, with a
long, posteriorly pointing ciliated seta springing from the imner corner. Inner
ramus of 2nd pair distinctly biarticulate, terminal joint forming a narrow folded
plate terminating in an acute point. Uropoda with the inner ramus a little
shorter and much narrower than the outer, apical spine exceeding half the

length of the ramus. Body, in the living state of the animal, semipellucid, of a

166
clear golden yellow colour, with a diffuse minium-red pigment on the back, forming
slight ramifications on each side of the segments. Length of adult female 4 mm.

Remarks.---This species was established in the year 1879 by Mr. Budde-
Lund from some specimens found in a collection of Trichoniscus pusillus from
the neighbourhood of Copenhagen. The specific name is somewhat inappropriate,
since it is only specimens that have been preserved in alcohol for some time that ex-
hibit a white colour, whereas the animal in a fresh state is distinguished by a very pro-
nounced golden yellow hue, changing to reddish orange. Mr. Budde-Lund has identified
the Trichoniscus Leydigi of Weber with the present species; but this seems to
me inadmissible, since Dr. Weber expressly indicates the colour of the living ani-
mal to be a pure white, and, moreover, absolutely denies the existence of eyes,
which in the present species are easily observable both im fresh and preserved
specimens. Nor does the habitus figure he gives of bis form agree exactly with
the present species, and the detail-figures subsequently given by that author also
exhibit some well-marked differences, while yet showing the 2 species to be very

nearly allied.

Occurrence.—I have met with this form in 3 different places in the
neighbourhood of Christiania, but in none of them in any abundance. In all 3
localities it was found on the lower side of stones deeply imbedded in the soft
ground. Its motions are very slow, and it is thereby markedly distinguished
from the species of the genus Trichoniscus, which are rather active animals. During
its slow creeping it winds its flexible body about in a most peculiar manner, and
may thus at first sight easily be mistaken for a little worm.

Distribution.—Denmark.

Gen. 3. Haplophthalmus, Schobl, 1860.

Generie Characters.—Body oblong, moderately convex, sculptured dorsally with
more or less distinct longitudinal ribs. Cephalon with the front triangularly produced,
though scarcely defined from the epistome, lateral lobes rather large. Side-plates of
mesosome lamellarly expanded, discontiguous. Metasome not abruptly contracted
epimeral plates of the 2 anterior segments small, those of the 3 succeding ones well de-
veloped, laminar; last segment of a similar shape to that in the 2 preceding

genera, Kyes very small, simple, subdorsal. Antennulee and antennze much as

167

in Trichoniscus. Oral parts likewise rather similar, except that the terminal part
of the maxillipeds is obscurely 5-articulate, and the epignath simple, lanceolate.
Legs short and thick, scarcely at all increasing in length posteriorly. First pair
of pleopoda im female very small and rudimentary; those in male well developed,
with the inner ramus strongly produced, biarticulate, terminal joint spiniform;
inner ramus of 2nd pair in male likewise much produced, triarticulate, last joint
narrow styliform. Uropoda with the inner ramus originating inside a broad ex-
pansion of the basal part, and terminating, as in the genus Tyichoniscoides, in a
single slender spine.

Remarks.—This genus, established in the year 1860 by Schébl, approaches,
in the anatomical details, very near to Tirichoniscus, or perhaps still nearer to Ti-
choniscoides, with which it agrees in the simple structure of the eyes. It is,
however, distinguished from both these genera by the peculiar sculpturing of the
dorsal face, and by the lamellarly expanded lateral parts of the segments, causing
the metasome to be less abruptly contracted than in the above-named genera. In the
latter character it agrees with the genus Seyphacella of Smith, which may perhaps
turn out to be identical with it. We know of 2 distinct European species, both

of which belong to the fauna of Norway, and will be described below.

1. Haplophthalmus Mengii, (Zaddach).
(Pl. LXXIV, fig. 1.)
Itea Mengit, Zaddach, Synops. Crust. Pruss. p. 16.

Syn: Haplophthalmus elegans, Schobl.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, somewhat attenuated behind, with
the dorsal face moderately convex. Cephalon rather large, with the front trian-
gularly produced and tipped with several small denticles, lateral lobes compara-
tively broad, rounded quadrangular, dorsal face divided in the middle by a
transversal groove, its posterior part rather convex, and provided with several
curved longitudinal ribs. Dorsal face of mesosome sculptured with 6 very distinet
equidistant longitudinal ribs finely crenulated on the edge, the outermost rib, how-
ever, on the Ist and last segments, being irregularly interrupted; lateral plates
subtruncate at the end, and having at their hase a less conspicuous rib, Ist
and last pairs somewhat broader than the others. Metasome scarcely attaining
/, of the length of the body, 3rd segment with 2 very prominent juxtaposed
ribs dorsally; last segment narrowly truncate at the tip. Antennule with the
basal joint rather broad and curved, terminal joint with only 4 sensory filaments.

Antenne scarcely attaiming '/; of the length of the body, flagellum shorter than

168

the last peduncular joint, and composed of 3 articulations, the last terminating
in a dense bunch of delicate hair-like bristles. Last pair of legs m male com-
paratively more strongly built than in female, but otherwise of a very similar
structure. Uropoda with the rami nearly equal and somewhat longer than the
basal part. Colour pure white, semipellucid. Length of adult female 3 mm.
Remarks.—This form was first described by Zaddach in the year 1844
as Itea Mengii, being referred to the Kochian genus, which is identical with
Trichoniscus of Brandt. In the year 1860 Mr. Schébl examined the same form,
and regarded it as new to science, describing it as the type of a new genus
under the name of Haplophthalmus elegans. It is easily distinguished from the
2nd species by the very distinct and regular longitudmal ribs on the dorsal face
of the mesosome, and by the rather conspicuous dorsal prominences of the 3rd

segment of the metasome.

Oceurrence.—I first met with this prétty form, hitherto not recorded from
any of the Scandinavian countries, early in the spring of this year (1897) on the
steep banks of a little river at some distance from Christiania, where it occurred
rather plentifully, deeply concealed in the crevices of mouldering argillaceous
slate. The females at that time were laden with eggs and young, and male
specimens occurred almost as abundantly as females. Subsequently I found it
in 2 other places, likewise in the neighbourhood of Christiania, beneath stones
and pieces of old wood. It moves very slowly, and, in spite of its small size,
is easily detected by the pure white colour of the body.

Distribution.—Prussia, Germany, Bohemia, France.

2. Haplophthalmus danicus, Budde-Lund.
(PY XeXOLVy fie. 2.)

Haplophthalmus danicus, Budde-Lund, Prosp. gener. spec. crust. Isop. terrestr., p. 9.

Syn: Haplophthalmus elegans, B.-Lund (olim).
i. ;. Mengii, Weber (not Zaddach).

Specific Characters.—Korm of body resembling that of the preceding
species, being, as a rule, somewhat shorter and compacter in male than in female;
dorsal face very rough on account of numerous, somewhat unequal tubercles arranged
in longitudinal rows, though not forming distinctly defined ribs, as in H. Mengii.
Cephalon with the front acutely produced, lateral lobes broadly rounded. Side-
plates of mesosome as in H. Mengii. Metasome nearly smooth above, without
the slightest trace of any prominences on the 3rd segment. Appendages of body

almost exactly agreeing in structure with those in the preceding species, except

_ 469

that the antennule are provided with 6, instead of 4 sensory filaments. Coloui
greyish white, less pellucid than in H. Mengii. Length of adult female 4 mm.

Remarks.—The present species was at first wrongly identified by Mr.
Budde-Lund with H. elegans, Schébl, which is the same as H. Mengii, Zaddach;
but was subsequently recognised by the same author as a distinct species, and
described under the above name. According to him, the H. Mengii of Dr. Weber
is the present species, and not that of Zaddach. Though very nearly allied to
that form, it 1s easily distinguishable from it by the rather different sculpturing
of the dorsal face, and by the complete absence of the 2 conspicuous dorsal pro-
minences occurring in H. Mengi on the 3rd segment of the metasome. It
also grows to a rather larger size.

Occurrence.—I have found this form in great abundance in 2 places in
the neighbourhood of Christiania, both located in the so-called Ladegaardsé. It
occurred here in loose mould beneath leaves and decaying pieces of wood. I have
also received some few specimens of this form from conservator Storm, who col-
lected them in the neighbourhood of Trondhjem. In habits, it exactly agrees
with H. Mengi.

Distribution.—Denmark, Holland.

Fam. 3. Oniscide.

Characters.

Body oval or oblong, with the lateral parts of the segments
more or less expanded. Metasome with the 2 anterior segments rather small,
and having the epimeral plates, concealed; last segment much narrower than the
preceding ones, and conically produced at the end. Eyes generally well developed,
compound, Antennulze very small, with the apical sensory appendages short,
papilliform. Antenne, as a rule, slender, with the flagellum pauciarticulate.
Buccal mass not very prominent below. Mandibles with the cutting part highly
chitinized and, as usual, composed of 2 superposed dentate lamellz, behind which
is a membranous hairy lappet and a varying number of penicils, molar expan-
sion obsolete, without any triturating- surface, it beg replaced by a brush-like
recurved seta. Anterior maxille with the outer masticatory lobe very strong and
coarsely spinous at the tip, inner lobe much narrower and provided with only 2
hairy bristles. Posterior maxille distinctly bilobed at the tip, and having the

outer edge angularly produced near the base. Maxillipeds with the basal part

22 — Crustacea.

170

broad and laminar, though scarcely expanded distally, terminal part poorly deve-
loped and never composed of more than 3 joints, the last very narrow; mastica-
tory lobe short, truncate at the tip; epignath large, flanking the basal part.
Legs, as a rule, slender, increasing in length posteriorly. Sexual appendage of
male simple, conic, and generally connected with the inner rami of the Ist pair
of pleopoda; the latter very largely developed, terminating each in a highly chiti-
nized, conical joint obliquely grooved below, for conducting the evacuated sperm.
Inner ramus of 2nd pair of pleopoda in male terminating in a slender lash finely
pointed at the tip. Uropoda with the outer ramus more or less flattened, lanceo-
late, inner much smaller, sublinear, and, as a rule, attached far in front of the outer.

Remarks.—This family belongs to the 2nd section of the Oniscoida, and
comprises by far the greater bulk of the tribe, for which reason it might perhaps
be convenient to subdivide it into several families. The northern forms, however,
belonging to this group exhibit in reality a very close relation to each other,
the structure of the oral parts being especially very uniform in the different genera,
whereas these appendages exhibit well-marked differences from those in the 2 pre-
ceding families. For instance, in the mandibles of all the forms with which I am
acquainted, a true molar expansion, is wanting, and instead of it there is a peculiar
recurved brush-like appendage somewhat resembling a strong seta. Moreover the
inner masticatory lobe of the anterior maxille in all the forms has but 2 hairy
sete at the tip, and is very much narrower than the outer. Finally, the ter-
minal part of the maxillipeds is very much reduced, and never consists of more
than 3-joints. The conically produced last segment of the metasome affords an-
other characteristic feature common to all the forms, and the structure of the
uropoda is also characteristic from the insertion of the inner ramus far in front
of the outer. Contrary to what is the case in the Trichoniscide, the struc-
ture of the copulative appendages in the male exhibits a remarkable uniformity
throughout this family. About 20 different genera have been referred to this
family, 5 of which will be treated of below.

Gen. 1. Oniseus, Linné, 1767.

Generic Characters.— Body broad and depressed, with the lateral parts
of the segments lamellarly expanded. Cephalon with well defined lateral lobes,

front imperfectly detined from the epistome. Metasome not abruptly contracted;

2.

last segment considerably produced. Eyes large, sublateral. Antennule with the
terminal joint well developed. Antennz slender and elongated, with the flagellum
composed of 3 articulations. Mandibles with numerous penicils behind the cutting
part. Legs moderately slender, gradually increasing posteriorly. Opercular plates
of uropoda without any air-cavities, those of the 2 anterior pairs deeply bilobed.
Uropoda rather produced, with the inner ramus originating far in front of
the outer.

Remarks.—This is the genus first established, and indeed formerly em-
braced all the Oniscoida. In the restriction now generally adopted, it comprises
only a restricted number of species, chiefly characterised by the broad, depressed
body and the 3-articulated flagellum of the antenne. Only a single species be-

longs to the fauna of Norway, and will be described below.

Oniscus asellus, Lin.
(Pl. LXXV.)

Oniscus asellus, Linneus, Fauna suecica, IV. p. 183.

Syn: Oniscus murarius, Cuvier.
— fossor, Koch?

”

Specific Characters.—Body rather regularly oval, greatest width exceeding
half the length, dorsal face but slightly convex, and, in adult specimens, nearly
smooth, and glossy, in younger specimens of a duller appearance, being rough owing
to small tubercles occurring especially on the anterior part of the body. Cephalon to
a great extent flanked by the side-plates of the Ist segment of mesosome, and
fully twice as broad as it is long, frontal edge obtusely angular in the middle,
lateral lobes rather prominent, narrow linguiform, dorsal face clothed with small
rounded tubercles. Side-plates of mesosome greatly prominent, lamellar, sub-
contiguous, all terminating behind in an acute corner. Metasome about half the
length of the mesosome and not much narrower, the 2 anterior segments very
small and wholly embraced by the preceding segment, epimeral plates of the 3
succeeding segments narrowly produced and strongly recurved, the posterior pair
extending almost as far as the last segment; the latter much longer than it is broad
at the base, outer part narrow conic, convex above. Eyes oval and but slightly
convex. Antennule with the terminal joint about the length of the basal one,
and conically tapered. Antenne long and slender exceeding half the length of
the body, flagellum shorter than the last peduncular joint, and having the Ist
and last articulations of about equal length, the middle one shorter. Legs rather

slender, with the outer joints densely spinous inside. Uropoda with the outer

ramus narrow lanceolate, and exceeding the basal part m length, inner ramus
narrow linear, and extending to about the middle of the outer. Colour of dorsal
face in adult specimens dark chocolate, with a regular row of whitish patches
along each side of mesosome, at the base of the side-plates, and a few small,
opaque white dots nearer the median line. Length of adult female reaching 16 mm.

Remarks.—There seems not to be sufficient reason for rejecting the
specific name asellus assigned to this form by Linneus. It may be that he con-
founded several species under this name, but a similar case undoubtedly concerns
also many others of the Linnean names now generally adopted. The specitic
name more generally used for this species is that proposed by Cuvier, viz., mu-
rarius. The Oniscus fossor of Koch is scarcely different from this species, the
characters assigned to this form being such as pretty well apply to younger
specimens of Oniscus asellus, which are generally of a duller appearance, with
the dorsal face more roughly granulated than in adult animals.

Occurence.—This is one of our most common Oniscoida, occurring often
in great abundance, especially in the immediate vicinity of towns. In Christiania I
have taken it very plentifully around the ramparts of Akershus, especially beneath
old tiles, where often hundreds of them may be found associated. It is also very
common in the hot-houses of the Botanical Garden. It has also been col-
lected at Drébak, Skien, Brevig, Langesund, Krageré, and Grimstad, and conser-
vator Storm states that it occurs plentifully in the vicmity of Trondhjem. «It is
not particularly rapid in its motions, though it runs away at once, when disturbed,
to conceal itself. 7 hui:

Distribution.—Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Holland, Britain, France,

Spain, Italy, Azores, Iceland, Greenland, North America.

Gen. 2. Philosecia, Latreille, 1804.

Generie Characters.—Body oval, slightly convex, with rather thin :integu-
ments. Cephalon rounded in front, without any projecting lateral lobes. Side-
plates of mesosome but slightly prominent. Metasome abruptly contracted, with
the epimeral plates small and appressed; last segment not much produced. | Eyes
well developed, lateral. Antenne very slender, with the flagellum composed of
3 articulations. Mandibles with only a single penicil. behind the cutting part.

Legs very slender and greatly increasing in length posteriorly. Opercular plates

of uropoda without any air-cavities and scarcely bilobed. Uropoda not much pro-
duced, with the inner ramus not attached so far in front as usual.
Remarks.—This genus, established as early as in the year 1804 by La-
treille, is nearly allied to Oniscus, with which it agrees in the 3-articulate flagel-
lum of the antenne, but from which it is easily distinguishable by the far less
expanded lateral parts of the segments, and by the narrowness of the metasome.
Mr. Budde-Lund describes no less than 20 species from different parts of the
world, and adds several other species not. examined by him. ‘To the fauna of

Norway belongs only a single species, to be described below.

Philoscia muscorum, (Scopoli).
(Pl. LXXVI, fis. 1.)
Oniscus muscorum, Scopoli, Entomologia Carniolica, pag. 415.
Syn: Oniscus sylvestris, Fabr.-

» LPhiloscia marmorata, Brandt.
Oniscus agilis, Koch.

”

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, slightly widening behind, greatest
width not attaining half the length, and occurring rather behind the middle; dorsal
face moderately convex, and perfectly smooth, shining. Cephalon transversely
oval, with the frontal edge evenly arched. Side-plates of the 4 anterior segments
of mesosome but very slightly expanded; those of the 3 posterior segments some-
what more prominent, and terminating behind in obtuse points. Metasome very
small, scarcely exceeding '/; of the length of the body, and abruptly much nar-
rower than the mesosome, epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th segments comparatively
small and appressed; last segment subtriangular, flattened above, tip acute. Eyes
rather large and convex. Antennule with the terminal joint shorter than the
basal one, and conically tapered. Antenne very slender and_ elongated, ex-
ceeding half the length of the body, flagellum longer than the last peduncular
joint, and having the Ist articulation as long as the -other 2 combined.
Legs greatly increasing in length posteriorly, the anterior pairs in male densely
setous inside. Uropoda with the outer ramus lanceolate, inner not much shorter
but narrower, and originating at a short distance from. the outer. Colour of
dorsal. face reddish brown or fulvous, with numerous irregular lighter patches
on each side of the median line, and a more regular series of similar patches
on each side of the mesosome, at the base of the side-plates; cephalon and ‘a
median band along the back generally dark brown; antenne and bases of the legs

banded with same colour. Length of adult female 8'/2 mm.

174

Remarks.—This form was first described by Scopoli as early as in the
year 1763 under the name of Oniseus muscorum, and has subsequently been re-
corded by Fabricius, Brandt and Koch under other names; but now the specific
name proposed by Scopoli is_ generally adopted. In its external appearance, it
exhibits some resemblance to Ligidiwm hypnorum, but, on a closer examination, is
easily distinguished by the very different structure of the antennze and uropoda.

Occurrence.—Two specimens of this form are preserved in our university
Museum, having been taken by the late Dr. Jensen, the one at Brevik, the other
at Langesund. I have not myself succeeded in finding it in the neighbourhood
of Christiania, nor in any other locality examined by me. and it would thus seem
to be very rare in this country. According to Mr. Budde-Lund, it is chiefly found
in forests, beneath moist leaves and moss. As might be supposed from its
slender and elongated legs, it is very rapid in its motions.

Distribution.—Denmark, Prussia, Germany, Holland, Poland, Austria,
Britain, France, Spain, Italy, Algeria.

Gen. 3. Platyarthrus, Brandt, 1833.
Syn: Typhloniscus, Schobl.

Generic Characters.—Body oval, much depressed, with the lateral parts
of the segments lamellarly expanded. Cephalon with well-marked projecting lateral
lobes. Metasome not abruptly contracted; last segment but slightly produced.
Eyes wholly absent. Antennz comparatively short and very strongly built, with
the joints of the peduncle flattened, flagellum only consisting of a_ single
joint. Oral parts resembling those in Philoscia. legs short and thick, scarcely
increasing in length posteriorly. Opercular plates of pleopoda without air-cavities.
Uropoda rather produced, with the inner ramus originating far in front of the outer.

Remarks.—This genus, established by Brandt, is chiefly characterised by
the total absence of eyes, the peculiar structure of the antennx, and the short
and thick legs. In the structure of the oral parts, it does not exhibit any es-
sential difference from that in other Oniscide. The genus Typhloniscus of Schobl
is identical with Brandt’s genus. We know of only 3 species belonging to this

genus, one of which will be described below,

175

Platyarthrus Hoffmannseggi, Brandt.
(Pl. LXXVI, fig. 2.)
Platyarthrus Hoffmannseggi, Brandt, Consp. monogr. Crust. Onise. p. 12, Pl. 4. fig. 10.

Syn: Itea crassicornis, Koch.
» Lyphloniscus Stein, Schobl.

Specific Charucters.— Body broadly oval, and much depressed, with the
dorsal face smooth, though slightly granulose all over. Cephalon partly flanked
by the side-plates of Ist segment of mesosome, frontal edge arcuate and minutely
crenulated, lateral lobes narrowly rounded at the tip, and obliquely produced in
front, edges crenulated. Side-plates of mesosome rather large, lamellar, sub-
contiguous, Ist pair the largest, edges finely denticulate. Metasome scarcely ex-
ceeding '/; of the length of the mesosome, the 2 anterior segments very small,
epimeral plates of the 3 succeeding segments narrow, recurved; last segment
comparatively short, triangular, resembling that in Philoscia muscorum. Anten-
nule with the basal joint fully as long as the other 2 combined. Antenne
scarcely exceeding '/; of the length of the body, and hirsute all over with short
hairs; last peduncular joint very large and dilated, flagellum shorter than that
joint, and lanceolate in form. Legs densely spinous inside, propodal joint coni-
cal in form. Uropoda with the basal part rather large, oblong, outer ramus
about same length and lanceolate in form, inner ramus much narrower, and
scarcely extending to the middle of the outer. Colour pure white. Length of
adult female 3 mm.

— Remarks.—This peculiar Oniscid was first described under the above
name by Brandt. It was subsequently observed by Schébl, who regarded it as
new, and described it as Typhloniscus Steinii. Koch too does not seems to have
been aware of Brandt’s description, and hence recorded it under another name,
viz., [tea crassicornis, referring it wrongly to his genus Jtea, which is identical
with Trichoniscus of Brandt. It is an easily recognizable Oniscoid, being easily
distinguished by its pale, flat body, the strongly built antennze, and the total ab-
sence of visual organs.

Occurrence.—In Norway this form has not yet been observed; but, as it
is widely distributed over the northern part of Europa, I cannot doubt that, on
a closer investigation, it will be found to exist in this country also. Its pe-
culiar habits and occurrence within ants’ nests may also be the cause of its having
hitherto escaped the attention of Norwegian zoologists. The figures here given
are from specimens kindly sent to me from the Zoological Museum in Copenhagen.

Distribution.—Denmark, Germany Holland, Britain, France, Bohemia,
Austria, Tyrol, Helvetia.

176

Gen. 4. Poreellio, Latr., 1804.

Generic Characters.—Body oval, more or less depressed, with the lateral
parts lamellarly expanded. Cephalon partly flanked by the side-plates of the 1st
segment of mesosome, lateral lobes well developed, frontal lobe more or less
projecting, and distinctly defined from the epistome. Metasome not abruptly con-
tracted, epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th segments prominent and recurved; last
segment conically produced. Eyes, as a rule, well developed, subdorsal. An-
tenne moderately slender, with the flagellum composed of 2 articulations only.
Oral parts normal. Legs gradually increasing in length posteriorly, last pair in
male- sometimes slightly differing from that in female. Opercular plates of the
2 anterior pairs of pleopoda, and sometimes also of the 3 succeeding pairs, pro-
vided with distinct air-cavities. Copulative organs of male of a similar structure
to that in Oniscus. Uropoda distinctly projecting, outer ramus lanceolate, inner
much smaller, linear, and originating far in front of the former.

Remarks.—The present genus was established as early as in the year
1804 by Latreille. It is chiefly distinguished from the 3 preceding ones by the
biarticulate antennal flagellum, and by the opercular plates of the 2 anterior, or
of all pairs of pleopoda having distinct air-cavities (pseudo-trachee). Otherwise this
genus is very nearly allied to Oniscus. The genus comprises numerous species
from all parts of the world, no less than 62 species being described in the work
of Mr. Budde-Lund, and 18 others, not examined by him, being enumerated;
whereby the number of as yet known species amounts to 80 in all. In the fol-

lowing pages, 6 species will be described.

1. Porcellio scaber, Latr.
(PRS texXexevalile)

Porcellio scaber, Latreille, Hist. nat. des Crustacés et des Insectes, Vol. VI, p. 45.

Syn: Oniscus granulatus, Lamck.
» Porcellio niger, Say.

5 ah Brandt, M.-Edv.
- * dubius, Koch.
- cs asper, Koch.

Montezume, Sauss.
paulensis, Heller,

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, about twice: as long as it is broad,
dorsal face slightly convex and very rough, owing to the presence of numerous rounded:
tubercles. Cephalon with the lateral lobes rather large and rounded, frontal lobe less

prominent, obtusely triangular. Side-plates of mesosome of moderate. size, with

1

the posterior corners acutely produced. Metasome occupying about 1/4 of the
length of the body, epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th segments strongly recurved;
last segment rather produced, terminating in an acute point slightly grooved
dorsally. Antenne less slender, scarcely attaining half the length of the body,
flagellum about as long as the last peduncular joint, and having its 2 articulations
of nearly equal size. Last pair of legs differmg but little in the two sexes.
Opercular plates of only the 2 anterior pairs of pleopoda with air-cavities. Uro-
poda with the outer ramus broadly lanceolate, and comparatively larger in male
than in female. Colour of dorsal face generally a uniformly greyish black; some-
times, however, lighter, and variegated with irregular dark patches, more rarely
black, with the side-plates light yellowish. Length of adult female 14 mm.
Remarks.—Of all our Oniscoida, this is perhaps the commonest. and
most widely distributed species. I have taken it rather abundantly around Chri-
stiania, especially in refuse-heaps. At Drobak it is also yery common, both in
the town and at some distance from it, beneath stones on the beach. Further-
more, I have taken it at Skien, and at Sauesund, west coast of Norway. In the
latter place it occurred near the shore, just above high-water-mark, beneath decaying
alge, and in company with Ligiaw oceanica. According to conservator Storm, it
is also common at Trondhjem, and last summer conservator Sig. Thor collected
it on one of the Lofoten Islands. Finally, I have received from conservator
Schneider a few specimens of this species taken in Finmark from a Laplanders
turf-hut. The variety marmorata is found occasionally both here in Christiania
and at Drébak together with the typical form, and more rarely also the var.
marginata, in which the dark back is flanked by a broad light yellow border oc-
cupying the side-plates of the mesosome. The animal is rather agile, running
away with considerable speed, when disturbed, to conceal itself.
Distribution.—Northern, western and central Europe everywhere, south
Europe less frequent, Iceland, Greenland, North America, Mexico, islands St.

Paul, St. Croix and Ascension, Kamtschatka, Cape of Good Hope.

2. Poreellio pictus, Brandt.
(Pl. LXXVII, fig. 1.)

~

Porcellio pictus, Brandt & Ratzeburg, Medicin. Zoologie, Vol. IL, p. 78, Pl. 12, fig. 5.

Syn: Porcellio melanocephalus, Koch.

2 . mixtus, Fitch.

Specifie Characters.—Body oblong oval, and considerably depressed, with the
face rough owing to the presence of small elevated tubercles, less densely crowded than
in P. scaber. Cephalon with the lateral lobes very large and slightly curved out-

23 — Crustacea.

178

wards, frontal lobe less prominent, and broadly rounded. Side-plates of meso-
some well developed, with the posterior corners acuminate. Metasome scarcely
attaining 1/, of the length of the body, epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th segments
prominent, recurved; last segment considerably produced, being almost as long
as it is broad at the base, terminal part acute and slightly grooved above. An-
tenn rather slender, nearly half as long as the body, 2nd and 3rd joints of
the peduncle carinated outside, the carina being in each of the joints produced
at the end to a dentiform projection; flagellum not attaiming the length of the
last peduncular joint, and having its proximal articulation nearly twice as long
as the distal one. Last pair of legs in male more strongly built than in female,
with the carpal joint considerably dilated. Opercular plates of the 2 anterior
pairs of pleopoda with very distinct air-cavities. Uropoda with the outer ramus
rather broad, and considerably larger in male than in female. Colour of dorsal
face yellowish grey, variegated with dark brown patches, which are generally ar-
ranged in 5 longitudinal series on the mesosome, cephalon and middle part of
metasome uniformly blackish. In fresh specimens, moreover, a double row of
very conspicuous light yellow patches occurs along the middle of the mesosome,
caused by some opaque matter lying beneath the skin (renal excretions). Length
of adult female reaching to 14 mm.

Remarks.—The present species may be easily recognized by the compa-
ratively greatly depressed body, the broadly rounded frontal lobe, the slender
antenne, and the peculiar colouring of the dorsal face. In fresh specimens, the
above-mentioned opaque patches along the dorsal face of the mesosome are very
conspicuous, and may at once suffice for distinguishing this species from its allies.
The extent of the dark patches is, on the other hand, rather variable; but in all
the specimens the cephalon and the middle part of the metasome exhibit a
uniformly dark colour, and this has, indeed, given rise to the specific name, me-
lanocephalus, proposed by Koch for this species.

Occurrence.—In the vicinity of Christiania this form is by no means un-
common, occurring in some places rather abundantly beneath stones and pieces
of wood, and I have also received specimens collected by conservator Storm at
Trondhjem. It is not uncommonly found in rather dry situations, where no other
Oniscoid seems to thrive. It is very agile, running about with great rapidity
when disturbed, and is thus only to be got hold of with difficulty.

Distribution.—Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Britain, France, Hungary,
Russia, North America.

3. Porcellio dilatatus, Brandt.
(Pl. LX XVIII, fig. 2.)

Porcellio dilatatus, Brandt & Ratzeburg, Medicin. Zoologie, Vol. II, p. 78, Pl. 12, fig. 6.
Syn: Porcellio scaber, M. Edw. (not Latr.).

Specific Characters.— Body broadly oval, not nearly twice as long as it
is broad, dorsal face moderately convex, and rough owing to rounded elevated tu-
bercles, especially densely crowded in the middle of the segments. Cephalon with
the lateral lobes large, obtusely truncated at the tip, frontal lobe distinctly pro-
jecting, obtusely triangular. Side-plates of mesosome rather large, with the
posterior corners obtusely acuminate. Metasome nearly twice as broad as it is
long, and scarcely attamimy '/, of the length of the body, epimeral plates of 3rd
to 5th segments greatly prominent, semilunar; last segment nearly as long as it
is broad at the base, outer part considerably produced and plane above, tip ob-
tusely rounded. Antenne rather strongly built, 2nd joint of the peduncle much
dilated, flagellum shorter than the last peduncular joint, and having its articula-
tions subequal in length. Legs comparatively short and thick. Opercular plates
of the 2 anterior pairs of pleopoda with air-cavities. Uropoda with the outer
ramus rather broad, inner ramus scarcely extending beyond the last caudal seg-
ment. Colour of dorsal face dark slaty grey, the segments of “mesosome ex-
hibiting on each side of the median line an assemblage of irregular, somewhat
lighter patches. Length of adult female 14 mm.

Remarks.—Though rather nearly allied to P. scaber, with which it was
confounded by M.-Kdwards, this form may be easily recognized by its unusually
broad. body, and by the shape of the last segment of the metasome.

Occurrence.—A well-marked adult specimen of this form, the one here
delineated, was sent to me from conservator Storm, who found it in a garden
hot-house in Trondhjem. I have myself taken 2 not yet fully grown specimens
in the Botanical Garden in Christiania, likewise from a hot-house. It is slower,
in its motions than most other species.

Distribution.—Denmark, Germany, Poland, Holland, Britain, France,

Triest, New Guinea, Australia.

4. Porcellio Rathkei, Brandt.
(Pl. LXXIX, fig. 1.)

Porcellio Rathkei, Brandt, Consp monogr. Crust. Isop. terrestr. p. 15, fig. 10.

Syn: Porcellio ferrugineus, Brandt.

‘ 9 trilineatus, Koch.
“ 5 trivittatus, Lereb.
3 5 tetyamoerus, Schnitzl.
fr *) striatus, Schnitz].
55 - sylvestris, Schobl.

Specific Characters.—Body oval, somewhat broader in female than in
male, dorsal face rather convex and slightly tuberculated. Cephalon with the
lateral lobes well developed, rounded, frontal lobe short, obtusely triangular.
Side-plates of mesosome of moderate size, subcontiguous, with the posterior cor-
ners obtusely acuminate. Metasome scarcely attaining '/, of the length of the
body, epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th segments well developed, recurved; last seg-
ment subtriangular, outer part acutely produced and plane above. Antenne rather
slender, nearly attaining half the length of the body, flagellum about the length
of the last peduncular joint, and haying its proximal joint somewhat shorter
than the distal one. Last pair of legs in male stronger than in female, with the
carpal joint remarkably dilated near the base. Opercular plates of all the pleo-
poda with air-cavities. Uropoda with the outer ramus broadly lanceolate, mner
extending considerably beyond the last caudal segment. Colour of dorsal face
somewhat variable, being in female, as a rule, lighter than in male, with irre-
gular dark patches intermingled with some of a ferruginous hue, and more ge-
nerally exhibiting a row of more or less distinct whitish patches on each side of
the mesosome, at the base of the side-plates. Colour of male specimens generally
dark slaty grey, with 3 longitudinal rows of whitish patches on the mesosome,
the one median, the 2 other sublateral, and between these rows on each segment
an assemblage of light, wavy stripes. Length of adult female 12 mm.

Rtemarks.—This species was first described under the above name by
Brandt, but has subsequently been recorded under several other names, that
proposed by Koch, trilineatus, having been more generally used. It may be
distmguished from the preceding species by its comparatively convex body and
the mutual longitudinal relation between the 2 articulations of the antennal fla-
gellum. The colour, especially of female specimens, is rather variable, and has
occasioned the establishment of several spurious species. In some cases it even
changes to a rather uniformly light ferruginous hue, with scarcely any trace of the

characteristic sublateral row of light patches. More generally, however, these

_ 1st

patches may be plainly seen, and in male specimens, as a rule, the median row
is also easily distinguishable.

Oceurrence.—In the neighbourhood of Christiania, this is one of the com-
monest Oniscoida, being found rather plentifully, not only within the limits of
the town, but also at rather great distance from it, on open fields beneath stones
and pieces of wood. I have also taken it at Drébak and Skien, and have re-
ceived specimens collected by Mr. Ellingsen at Fredrikstad and Krageré. It is
rather active, and when disturbed, runs away at once to conceal itself, but it is
not nearly so rapid in its motions as P. pictus, to which it bears some resem-
blance in its variegated markings.

Distribution.—Northern, western and middle Europe, everywhere; Trans-

caucasia, North America.

5. Porcellio levis, Latr.
(Pl. LXXLX, fig. 2.)
Porcellio levis, Latreille, Hist. nat. des Crust. & Insectes. Vol. VII, p. 46.

Syn: Forcellio Degeerti, Aud. & Savign.

n 5 eucercus, Brandt.
jj . syriacus, Brandt.
5 ‘ musculus, Brandt.
fy ; cinerascens, Brandt.
* = dubius, Brandt.

* a Poeyi, Guérin.

‘5 s urbicus, Koch.

f ; flavipes, Koch.

* 53 cubensis, Sauss.

‘5 sumichrasti, Sauss.
" ss cotille, Sauss.

x - aztecus, Sauss.

a a mexicanus, Sauss.

Specific Characters.—Body oval, greatest width slightly exceeding half the
length, dorsal face moderately convex and almost perfectly smooth. Cephalon
with the lateral lobes well developed, rounded, frontal lobe obtusely triangular.
Side-plates of mesosome subcontiguous, Ist pair considerably larger than the suc-
ceeding ones, which have the posterior corners but slightly produced. Metasome
not nearly attaining '/, of the length of the body, epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th
segments of moderate size and slightly recurved; last segment subtriangular, outer
part acutely produced and slightly grooved above. Antenne very slender, equal-
ling half the length of the body, flagellum not attaining the length of the last
peduncular joint, and having the proximal articulation somewhat longer than the

distal one. Last pair of legs differing but little in the two sexes. Opercular

182 _

plates of only the 2 anterior pairs of pleopoda with air-cavities. Uropoda with
the outer ramus in male nearly twice as long as in female. Colour of dorsal
face leaden grey, the segments of mesosome having on each side of the median
line an assemblage of lighter, wavy stripes; lower face and legs pale yellowish.
Length of adult male reaching to 15 mm.

Remarks.—The long list of synonyms given above, which could still be
somewhat augmented, proves that this species has been described under many
different names, a fact that may be accounted for, partly by a certain amount
of variability, partly by its occurrence in widely distant parts of the world. Ac-
cording to the great authority of Mr. Budde-Lund, all these supposed species are
in reality spurious, being referable to the well-known European form P. levis of
Latreille. From the other species of the genus, it may be recognized by its
comparatively broad and smooth body, the form of the side-plates of the meso-
some, and the greatly produced uropoda, partly also by its colour.

Occurrence.—Though as yet I have no trustworthy knowledge of the
occurence of this species in Norway, I regard it as beyond doubt that, on a
closer investigation, it will be found to exist somewhere in this country, since its
occurrence otherwise has turned out to be almost ubiquitous. ‘The figures here
given are from Danish specimens kindly forwarded to me from the Zoological
Museum in Copenhagen. According to Mr. Budde-Lund, it is especially found
in cellars beneath bakeries, or in other places where a rather high and uniform
temperature prevails, sometimes also in refuse-heaps close to the towns. It is
said to be not particularly agile in its movements.

Distribution.—Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Belgium, Britain, France, Austria,
Spain, Italy, Dalmatia, Greece, Turkey, Tunis, Syria, Egypt, Turkestan, Madeira,

Azores, North America, Mexico, West-Indies, Peru, Brazil, Chili, Pacific Islands.

6. Poreellio Ratzeburgii, Brandt.
(Pl, LXXX, fig. 1.)
Porcellio Ratzeburgii, Brandt, Consp. monogr. Crust. Isop. terrestr., p. 13, fig. 3.
Syn: Porcellio nemorensis, Koch.
” FA quercuum, Schnitzl.
= ‘5 lugubris, Koch.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, with the sides almost parallel,
dorsal face slightly convex, and obtusely granular in the middle of the segments.
Cephalon almost wholly flanked by the side-plates of the 1st segment of meso-
some, lateral lobes rather large, and narrowly rounded at the tip, frontal lobe

very prominent and evenly curved, almost semicircular. Side-plates of mesosome

183

rather large, sub-discontiguous, 1st pair securiform in shape, posterior corners of
this and the succeeding pairs acuminate. Metasome scarcely occupying 1/4 of the
length of the body, epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th segments prominent, recurved ;
last segment nearly as long as it is broad at the base, outer part conically pro-
duced and plane above. Antenne slender, though scarcely attaining half the
length of the body, flagellum shorter than the last peduncular joint, and haying
its proximal articulation scarcely more than half as long as the distal one. Legs
about as in P. Rathkeit. Opercular plates of all pleopoda provided with air-
cavities. Uropoda of moderate size, resembling those in P. Rathkei. Colour of
dorsal face more or less dark grey, with a regular row of whitish patches on
each side, at the base of the side-plates of mesosome, and an assemblage of less
distinct wavy stripes on each side of the median line; edges of the side-plates
tinged with light yellow. Length of adult male 11 mm.

Remarks.—For the identification of this interesting species, not yet found
in any of the Scandinavian countries, I am indebted to Mr. Budde-Lund, who
kindly sent me for comparison some specimens of this form from the central
part of Europe. It is nearest allied to P. Rathkei, but easily distinguishable from
it by the very prominent cephalic lobes, of which the middle one (frontal lobe)
especially exhibits a rather peculiar appearance from its regular semicircular form.

Occurrence.—I have hitherto only succeeded in finding 2 specimens of
this form, a female and a male. They were taken this summer in the neigh-
bourhood of Christiania (Bygdo) beneath loose bark, and were at first confounded
with P. Rathkei, to which species it bears a rather close resemblance.

Distribution.—Central part of Europe: Upper Pfaltz, Bohemia, Saxony,
Rheetia, Tyrol.

Gen. 5. Metoponorthus, B.-Lund, 1879.

Syn: Porcellionides, Miers.

Generic Characters.—Body oblong, subdepressed, with very thin integu-
ments. Cephalon with the lateral lobes very small, frontal lobe obsolete. Side-
plates of mesosome but very slightly prominent. Metasome abruptly contracted,
with the epimeral plates of 3rd to 5th segments sub-appressed; last segment
comparatively short, triangular. Eyes well developed, lateral. Antennule very
small, with the last jot quite short. Antenne slender and elongated, flagellum

biarticulate. Oral parts nearly exactly as in Porcellio. Legs slender, and greatly

184

increasing in length posteriorly. Opercular plates of the 2 anterior pairs of pleo-
poda with air-cavities, more rarely also those of 3rd or of all pairs. Copulative
organs of male nearly as in Porcellio. Uropoda rather produced, and of a similar
structure to that in Porcello.

Remarks.—This genus established by Mr. Budde-Lund, is nearly related
to Porcellio, though easily distinguishable from it by the smallness of the cephalic
lobes, the poor development of the side-plates of the mesosome, and the abruptly
contracted metasome. The generic nome refers to the fact, that the frontal edge of
the cephalon is nearly straight, not as in Porcellio produced in the middle. Mr.
Budde-Lund describes no less than 35 species of this genus, chiefly from the
southern part of Europe. Only a single species belongs to the fauna of Norway ;

it will be described below.

Metoponorthus pruinosus (Brandt).
(Pl. LXXX, fig. 2.)
Porcellio prwinosus, Brandt, Consp. monogr. Crust. Isop. terrestr. p. 19, fig. 21.
Syn: Porcellio truncatus, M. Edw.
zs . maculicornis, Koch.
i - frontalis, Lereb.
» Porcellionides flavo-vittatus, Miers.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong, more than twice as long as it is broad,
dorsal face but slightly convex and nearly smooth, though, on a closer examina-
tion, exhibiting a very fine granulation. Cephalon transversely quadrangular, al-
most twice as broad as it is long, lateral lobes extremely small, frontal margin
straight. Side-plates of the 4 anterior segments of mesosome scarcely at all
projecting, those of the 3 posterior segments somewhat larger, with the posterior
corners obtusely acuminate. Metasome not attaining 1/, of the length of the
body, and much narrower than the mesosome, epimeral plates of the 2 anterior
segments concealed, those of 3rd to 5th segments comparatively small, recurved ;
last segment nearly twice as broad at the base as it is long, subtriangular, tip
pointed. Antennulze with the last joint scarcely longer than the middle one.
Antenne very slender and elongated, exceeding half the length of the body,
flagellum somewhat shorter than the last peduncular joint, and having its prox-
imal articulation nearly twice as long as the distal one. Legs very slender,
minutely spinulose inside, propodal joint narrow, sublinear. Opercular plates of
only the 2 anterior pairs of pleopoda provided with air-cavities, and of somewhat
different shape in the two sexes. Uropoda with the outer ramus nearly twice as

long as the basal part, inner ramus extending scarcely to the middle of the

nye

ao

Ve) ow

Munnopside. i = one OC alan PI 65.
Ay ‘ SAW Fae

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Eurycope producta, G.O. Sars.

Munnopside.

G.0.Sars, autogr.

Eurycope phalJangium, G_ OU Sars.

Munnopside.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

W)
1a
CO ews
apne?)
e562
@
oO
(CDi eR
@)
ree)
a
Oo
Baa)
rie: =
=
ae
Owo-
Hf LON
00
Di
ty Py
ihe Daa: SS
a 6
Lo iw
=I)

UWS
+S

G.0.Sars, autogr.

iPairyeope mutica, GO. Sars.
9 Eurycane nvyvemea GO Sars.

Munnopsida. i S S12 Ee) da. Pl. 69.

G.0.S ars, autogr
Eurycope megalura, G. 0. Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Ligia oceanica, (Lin.).

a ® :
amie orth

»! ta 45

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Ligidium hypnorum, ( Cuv.).

LLL

Trichoniscide. i S p 'S da. PIN7Z2.
——— f Sy amy 2 cag ee eae we Pe

ee

G.0.S ars, autogr.

ieinichomsceus.. pusillus. Brandt.

ee D Tichoniecus nvemeus. G.O.Sars.

Trichoniscide. i S ere ©) da.
Se 1h

a

G.0.S ars, autogr.

1. Trichoniscus roseus, (Koch).
2. Trichoniscoides albidus, ( B-Lund).

Trichoniscidee. ] Ss) e772 © da.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

1. Haplophthalmus Mengii, (Zaddach).
z D:0 danicus, B-Lund.

Oe
te bo
a

=

rat
‘
n

‘

isovpe ce:

ogr.

+
L

Oniscidee.

G.0.Sars, au

Jen ae

Oniscus asellus,

Oniscide.

SESS,
ees
emma. <

G.0.Sars, autogr.
1. Philoscia muscorum, (Scopoli).
2. Platyarthrus Hoffmanseggi, Brandt.

_ io

A

P77

Oniscides

ie oq ere en

&
=
&

——

SS ee
ner as

G.0.S ars, autogr.

var. marmorata.

Porcellio scaber, Latr,
D:o

1
Zz

ide

Onisc

Brandt.
Brandt.

dilatatus,

Oo

Porcellio pictus,
D

rsOpOd a:

Oniscide.

2

as

3 tm
5 Ee aiarer
i . pies

Brandt.

Latr.

Porcellio Rathkei,

, autogr.

G.0.Sars

leavis,

@)

D

. 80

PI

_ (Sicpejere om

idee

Onisc

G.0.S ars, autogr.

ra
+s
S
£40)
ce
«(aa
Ps)
FOU st
(=
oS
ra
oO 2
.e)
&
=Fos
=)
Oo
u)
LS
Oc
re
‘@)
(ey t=
iS ©)
rey
O wv
Ch)
ee
—N

8I.

Pl

[Soe eS aa:

Oniscida2.

Cylisticus convexus, (de Geer).

, autogr.

G.0.Sars

rae:

PsoOp Oca.

Armadillidiides.

{
|

i
F
(3

Armadillidium vulgare, (Latr.).

G.0.S ars, autogr.

sp :
4

[SO ee eer

Armadillidiide.

Rrandt.

opacum, (Koch).
Brandt.

Armadillidium pictum,
nHislchelliim

iditim

Armadillidium

|
2.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

mn a rN Sc

Se

.

iltarum, (Lat

]. Bopyrus sav

G.0.Sars, autogr

r.)
, (Kréyer).

Bopyroides hippolytes

2

ee ae!
sare 9\ 6

mnt a> “See tae et

Bopyride. | =) a. Ss Gick

G.0.S ers, autogr

1. Pseudione affinis, G. O. Sars.
2. Pseudione Hyndmanni, ( Bate & Westw.).

Bopyride.

G.0 Sars, autogr. :
1. Pseudione crenulata, n. sp.

2. Pleurocrypta longibranchiata (Bate & Westw,).

Bopyrides. 7 S Qe. e da. P|. 87

G.0.S ers, autogr.

|. Pleurocrypta marginata, n. sp.
2. Pleurocrypta microbranchiata, n. sp.

G.0.S ars, autogr

Athelges paguri, ( Rathke).

eas co : ; Ke, ,

185

outer. Colour of dorsal face light reddish brown, the segments of mesosome
being bordered behind with darker brown, and having on each side of the median
line a group of lighter dots or stripes; antenne banded with white. Length of
adult female 9 mm.

Remarks.—This form has more generally been recorded under the specific
name maculicornis proposed by Koch; but, as the name pruiosus is the older one,
it ought certainly to be retained. Some other synonyms are quoted above. It
is easily recognizable by the oblong, flattened body, the abruptly contracted meta-
some, and the long and slender antenne, in these points somewhat resembling
Philoscia muscorum, from which, however, it is at once distinguished by the bi-
articulate antennal flagellum.

Occurrence.—I have met with this form not infrequently in the immediate
vicinity of Christiania, especially in refuse-heaps, together with Porcellio scaber; and
it has also been found by conservator Storm in similar situations at Trondhjem.
It is a very agile animal, running about with great rapidity when disturbed;
and, as the integuments are very thin and soft, it is easily injured when
being captured, unless great care be exercised.

Distribution.—Greater part of Europe, North Africa, North and South

America, Sumatra, Madagascar, etc.

Gen. 6. CyliSticus, Schnitzler, 1853.

Generic Characters.—Body oblong, very convex, capable of being rolled up
into a perfect ball, integuments rather hard. Cephalon with the lateral lobes distinct,
median lobe very small or obsolete. Side-plates of [mesosome large, those of
Ist segment the largest. Metasome not abruptly contracted, epimeral plates
of 3rd to 5th segments well developed, recurved; last segment conically produced
behind. Eyes distinct, lateral. Antennule with the last joint conically produced.
Antenne long and slender, with the flagellum biarticulate. Oral parts of a similar
structure to that in Porcellio. Legs of moderate size, successively increasing in
length behind. Opercular plates of all the pleopoda provided with air-cavities.
Copulative appendages of male of a similar structure to that in Porcellio. Uropoda
rather much produced, especially in male; inner ramus very narrow, and issuing far

in front of the outer.

24 — Crustacea.

186

Remarks.—The present genus, established by Mr. Schnitzler, is nearly
allied to Porcellio, though in some points, especially in the very convex body and
its capability of being rolled up into a nearly perfect ball, it exhibits, as it were,
a transition to the next family, the Armadillidudae. Myr, B.-Lund describes 7
species of this genus. Of these only a single species is represented in the northern

part of Europe.

Cylisticus convexus (De Geer).
(Bi, axexexaln)
Oniscus convexrus, De Geer, Mem. des Insectes, Vol. VIL. p. 553, Pl. 35, fig. 11.
Syn: Porcellio spinifrons, Brandt.
ew a levis, Koch.
. armadilloides, Lereboullet.

Specific Characters.—Body oblong oval, more than twice as long as it
is broad, side-contours nearly parallel, dorsal face strongly vaulted and_ perfectly
smooth. Cephalon short, transverse, almost 3 times as broad as it is long, lateral
lobes rather large, obliquely truncated at the tip, median lobe forming a very
small, but distinct acute projection. Side-plates of Ist segment of mesosome
very large, partly flanking the cephalon, and acutely produced behind; the succeed-
ing pairs with the posterior corner less acute. Metasome not attaiming half
the leneth of the mesosome, epimeral plates of the first 2 segments concealed,
those of the 3 succeeding segments large, recurved, their lateral margins
being continuous with the sides of the mesosome; last segment about as long as
it is broad at the base, its terminal part conically pointed, and extending as far
as the basal part of the uropoda. Eyes rather large and convex. Antennule
with the last jomt about as long as the basal one, and conically pomted. Antenne
very slender, considerably exceeding half the length of the body, flagellum a. little
shorter than the last peduncular joint, and having its 2 articulations subequal
in length. Legs moderately slender, and of same structure in the 2 sexes. Inner
rami of Ist pair of pleopoda in male with the terminal parts divergent. Uropoda
rather large, with the basal part oblong quadrangular, and distinctly keeled along
the lower side, outer ramus narrow lanceolate, in male considerably exceeding
the basal part m length; inner ramus very narrow, linear, and issuing far in
front, thus but slightly projecting beyond the basal part. Colour of dorsal face
dark iron grey, with a regular row of light patches along each side of the meso-
some, and in each segment a group of less conspicuous flexuous stripes on either

side of the median line; uropoda generally ferruginous. Length attaining 12 mm.

a

Remarks.—This form was described as early as in the year 1778 by
De Geer as Oniscus convexus. The Porcellio armadilloides of Lereboullet is un-
questionably identical with it, and, according to B.-Lund, P. spinifrons of Brandt
and P. levis of Koch ought also to be referred to this species. It is easily
recognised from our other Oniscidze by its strongly convex body and its capa-
bility of being rolled up imto a ball, m which respect it strongly recalls the
species of the genus Armadillidiwm. The slender antennz and the very diffe-
rent structure of the uropoda, however, suffice at once to distinguish it from
that genus.

Occurrence.—I have found this form not infrequently in the neighbourhood
of Christiania, as also at Drébak and Skien; and some specimens were, moreover,
sent to me by Mr. Ellingsen, who collected them near Krageré. It is gene-
rally found in rather dry situations, beneath stones, especially where the ground
consists of loose pebbles. It moves about rather quickly, but, when alarmed,
at once rolls its body up into a ball, which easily escapes the eye of the observer.

Distribution.—Sweden, Denmark, British Isles, Germany, Bohemia, Hol-

land, Belgium, France, Turkey, Caucasus, North America.

Fam. 4. Armadillidiide.

Characters.—Body convex, contractile into a ball; imteguments~ strongly
incrusted. Cephalon flanked by the side-plates of the Ist segment of mesosome,
front sub-truncate, marginate, lateral lobes distinct, median lobe obsolete, epistome
vertical. Metasome not abruptly contracted, terminal segment short and broad.
Antenne comparatively small, with the flagellum biarticulate or triarticulate. Oral
parts of a similar structure to that im the Oniscida@. Legs comparatively short.
Opercular plates of all the pleopoda, or only of the 2 anterior pairs, provided with
air-cavities. Copulative appendages about as im the Ovascide. Uropoda short,
not extending beyond the limits of the last segment and the epimeral plates of
the penultimate one. The young, on leaving their mother, have all the 7 segments
of mesosome distinctly defined.

Remarks.—The present family agrees in most points rather closely with
that of the Oniscidw, and it is somewhat questionable, if it should in realty be

kept apart, as there are transitory forms between the two families, e. g. the

188

above-described genus Cylisticus. Yet there are some characters which seem to
distinguish all the forms belonging to this family, viz, the peculiar structure of
the caudal segment and of the uropoda, as also the comparatively short antenne
and legs. Moreover, Mr. B.-Lund has stated that the young leave their mother
in a more advanced stage of development than in other Oniscoida, having all
the 7 segments of the mesosome well defined. According to the same author, no
marsupial pouch is formed in the female. But this may be less correct, as I
have found in one specimen of Armadillidium pictum distinctly developed incu-
batory plates. Mr. B.-Lund refers to this family 8 different genera, and 2 more
are added by Mr. Dollfus, increasing the number to 10 in all. Of these, only a

single genus is represented in the fauna of Northern Europe.

Gen. APrMmadillidium, Brandt, 1830.

Generic Characters.—Body oblong or elliptical in form, very convex, and
capable of being rolled up into a perfect ball. Cephalon with the front distinctly
marginate, lateral lobes rounded, and sharply defined at the base. Epistome ver-
tical, forming above a triangular shield, advancing more or less beyond the frontal
edge. Side-plates of Ist segment of mesosome large, securiform, not incised
behind. Metasome semicircular, with the edges continuous throughout; last seg-
ment lamellar, quadrangular or triangular in form, not extending beyond the
limits of the epimeral plates of the penultimate segment. Eyes distinct, lateral.
Antennule with the terminal joint but little produced. Antenne, as a rule, not
attaining half the length of the body, penultimate peduncular joint scarcely longer
than the 2nd; flagellum biarticulate. Opercular plates of only the first 2 pairs
of pleopoda with air-cavities. Uropoda very short, with the basal part broad,
lamellar, outer ramus spatulate, inner narrow, cylindric.

Remarks.— This genus, established by Brandt, is easily distinguished
from Cubaris (Armadillo), with which it was formerly confounded, by the non-
incision of the anterior side-plates of the mesosome, and by the broad, spatulate
form of the outer ramus of the uropoda. It comprises numerous species chiefly
from southern Europe, amounting, according to B.-Lund, to more than 30 in all.
Of these, only 4 species are represented in the fauna of northern Europe, and
will be described below.

189

1. Armadillidium vulgare, Latr.
(Pl. UXXXII.)
Armadillo vulgaris, Latreille, Hist. Crust. Vol. VII, p. 48.

Syn: Armadillo pilularis, Say.

as _ trwialis, Koch,

5 '. ater, Schnitzler,
i‘ , variegatus, Latr.
4 fs maculatus, Risso.
x ; pustulosus, Desm.

» Armadillidium commutatum, Brandt & Ratzeb.

Specific Characters. — Body oblong oval, more than twice as long as it
is broad, side-contours sub-parallel, dorsal face strongly vaulted and_ perfectly
smooth. Cephalon, seen dorsally, broadly quadrangular, transversely truncated
in front, lateral lobes comparatively small, rounded. Side-plates of 1st segment
of mesosome with the posterior corner acute. Metosome broad, semicircular,
scarcely occupying more than '/; of the length of the body; last segment much
shorter than it is broad at the base, and slightly tapering distally, tip transversely
truncated. Antenne very short, scarcely exceeding in length '/, of the body,
flagellum about the length of the last peduncular joint, and having its Ist arti-
culation somewhat shorter than the 2nd. Last pair of legs with the ischial joimt
rather large, equalling in length the succeeding part of the leg. Copulative ap-
pendages of Ist pair of pleopoda in male with the tips slightly divergent; oper-
cular plate of 2nd pair rather produced, but scarcely curved outwards at the tip.
Uropoda with the outer ramus much shorter than the basal part, and very broad,
its distal edge being continuous with the last segment. Colour of dorsal face
somewhat variable, sometimes uniformly dark grey or nearly black, sometimes
variegated with lighter patches generally arranged on the mesosome in 3 longi-
tudinal rows, one median and 2 lateral; between them, moreover, on each seg-
ment is a group of more or less distinct flexuous stripes. Length attaining <4 mm.

Remarks.—This is the first described form of the family Armadilli-
dude, and it is even very probable that the Oniscus armadillo of Linneus may
refer to this species. It may be recognised from the other known species espe-
cially by the form of the cephalon and the last segment of the metasome, as

also by the very broad spatulate form of the outer ramus of the uropoda.

Occurrence.—The only record of the occurrence of this widely distributed
species in Norway is in a short note of Dr. Aug. Hansson, who states its
occurrence at Femsjé near Fredrikshald. I cannot, however, doubt that, on a

closer investigation, it will be found to exist in many other parts of the country,

190

as it is very common both in Sweden and Denmark. The figures here given
are from specimens kindly sent to me from the Museum of Copenhagen.
Distribution.—Throughout the whole of Europe and the adjacent parts

of Africa and Asia; Madeira, New York, Montevideo, Melbourne.

2. Armadillidium opacum, (Koch).
(Pl. LXXXII, fig. 1.)

Armadillo opacus, Koch, Deutschl. Crust. ete. 34, fig. 2, 3.

Syn: Armadillidium conspersum, Zaddach.
sulcatum, B.-Lund (not M.-Edw.)

» »

Specifie Characters.—Very like the preceding species as to its general
appearance, but of somewhat smaller size. Cephalon with the frontal margin
slightly arched, and surpassed by the epistomal shield. Side-plates of meso-
some discontiguous. Last segment of mesosome very broad, bluntly rounded
at the tip. Antenne with the last joint of the flagellum nearly twice as long
as the Ist. Colour of dorsal face light grey, irregularly variegated with darker
patches. Length 9 mm.

Remarks.—This species was at first confounded by B.-Lund with the Al-
gerian form <A. sulcatum M.-EKdw.; but in a supplement to his work he has kept
it apart from that species. It is very like A. vulgare, but, on a closer examina-
tion, it may be distinguished by the’ somewhat different form of the cephalon and
of the last segment of the metasome, as also by the different colour of the body.

Occurrence.—From Norway this species has not yet been recorded, but,
as it is not uncommon in Denmark together with A. vulgare, it 1s most pro-
bable, that, on a closer investigation, it will be found to exist also in this
country. The figures here given are from a somewhat incomplet specimen kindly
sent to me from the Museum of Copenhagen.

Mistribution.—Denmark, Germany, Bohemia.

3. Armadillidium pictum, Brandt.
(Pl. LXXXIII, fig. 2.)
Armadilidium jictum, Brandt, Consp. pag. 24, fig. 6.
Syn: Armadillidium Grubei, Gaddach.
Specific Characters. -~ Body oblong oval or elliptical m form, with the
dorsal face strongly vaulted and perfectly smooth and shiny. Cephalon with the
frontal edge somewhat prominent in the middle, lateral corners comparatively

small, rounded. Side-plates of 1st segment of mesosome with the posterior corner

EE
acute. Last segment of metasome triangular, almost as long as it is broad at
the base, and gradually tapering distally, tip obtusely pomted. Antenne short,
scarcely exceeding '/, of the length of the body, last jomt of the flagellum more
than twice as long as the Ist. Last pair of legs with the ischial joint not at-
taining the length of the succeeding part of the leg. Copulative appendages of
~ Ist pair of pleopoda in male greatly produced, with the extremities very slender
and abruptly curved outwards; opercular plate of 2nd pair likewise produced in
the form of a hook. Uropoda with the outer ramus about the length of the basal
part, and quadrate in form. Colour of dorsal face dark reddish brown, or chest-
nut brown, with a double row of rather conspicuous angular yellow patches along
the middle of the mesosome, and another series of lighter patches on each side,
at the base of the side-plates; between this series and the dorsal patches in
each segment, there is a group of less distinct flexuous stripes. Length of adult
female 8 mm.

Remarks.—This species, first described by Brandt, may be easily distin-
euished from either of the 2 preceding species by the different shape of the last
segment of the metasome, as also by its beautiful colouring. The A. Grubei of
Zaddach is, according to B.-Lund, identical with this species.

Occurrence.—I have found this form in two localities near Christiania,
viz. on the Ladegaardsé and at Lysaker. In the former place it occurred occa-
sionally in rather dry situations below stones; in the latter it was found exclu-
sively beneath loose bark. I have also received the species from Mr. Ellingsen,
who found it likewise under loose bark at Krageré. There are also some specimens
in our Univ. Museum from Langesund, having been collected many years ago
by the late Dr. Jensen; and B.-Lund records it also from Arendal. Finally, Dr.
Aug. Hansson states its occurrence at Femsjé near Fredrikshald.

It moves rather slowly, and at the slightest touch rolls its body up into
a perfect ball, which is easily lost to sight in the hollows of the ground.

Distribution.—Sweden, Denmark, Germany, Belgium, France.

4. Armadillidium pulchellum, Brandt.
(Pl. LXXXILI, fig. 4.)
Armadillidium pulchellum, Brandt, Consp. p. 26, fig. 18.
Syn: Armadillo maculatus, Sill.
» Armadillidium pictum, Plateau (not Brandt).

Specific Characters.—Form of body about as in A. pictwm. Cephalon with

the frontal edge distinctly prominent in the middle, lateral lobes evenly rounded.

192

Side-plates of 1st segment of mesosome abruptly truncated at the posterior corner.
Last segment of metasome much broader than it is long, and obtusely truncated
at the tip. Antenne very short, with the last joint of the flagellum nearly 3
times as long as the Ist. Legs, pleopoda and uropoda nearly as in A. pictum.
Colour of dorsal face dark brown, more or less distinctly variegated with lighter
patches, arranged as in the above-named species. Length of body scarcely exceed-
ing 5 mm.

Remarks.—In its general appearance this species bears considerable resem-
blance to A. pictum, and may easily be confounded with it. On a closer exa-
mination, it is however found to differ very markedly in certain points, and may
thus undoubtedly be regarded as specifically distinct. The peculiar form of
the side-plates of the Ist segment of the mesosome is an especially marked cha-
racter, and the caudal segment also differs essentially in its form.

Occurrence.—I have myself only met with this species in a single locality
near Christiania, viz., close to the shore on the outermost point of the Ladegaardsé,
where it was found occasionally below stones together with Porcellio pictus. Mr.
Ellingsen has, however, collected it in 3 different places, viz., at Krageré, Grim-
stad and Boré, and some few specimens in our Univ. Museum were also found among
A. pictum, and were collected at Langesund by the late Dr. Jensen. In _ habits
it exactly resembles A. pictwm.

Dstribution.—Northern and Central Europe, in the same places as A. pictum.

Tribe 6.

EPICARIDA.

The Isopoda belonging to this tribe are all parasitic forms, and their
hosts are invariably other Crustacea of different orders; hence the above name
of the tribe. They are the most degradated forms of Isopoda, and in some instances
the fully-grown female represents merely a simple sac filled with ova, and
without any trace of segmentation or of limbs, so that the idea of its being
a crustacean animal would hardly suggest itself, if the development were not
known. In all the forms a more or less pronounced regressive metamorphosis
has been observed, comprising at least two distinct larval stages, very dis-
similar both in their general appearance and in the structure of the
several appendages, and equally different from the adult animal. As_ will
be shown further below, there is in all probability in most of the forms even a
3rd intermediate larval stage, the Microniscus stage, which, however, has not
hitherto been recognized as such, but has been wrongly regarded as an adult form
of Epicarida representing even a distinct family. The sexual dimorphism in
all the forms is very pronounced. The male in all cases, as compared with
the adult female, is of diminutive size, and is generally found clinging to the
genital region of the female like a parasite. It is also of an appearance very
different from that of the female, retaining, as it does, several of the larval
characters, and in some instances it does not differ from the last larval stage
except by the presence of generative organs. In certain cases (Entoniscide), the
parasite penetrates to the inner organs of its host, looking merely hke an
endoparasite, and in all such cases the body of the female is found to be greatly
deformed. But when the parasite retains its character as a true ectoparasite,
and

the female also exhibits, as a rule, some more or less pronounced deformity

is often conspicuously asymmetrical, even when the segmentation of the body is

“194

apparent. In the latter case, the 3 chief divisions, cephalon, mesosome and meta-
some, may, as a rule, be tolerably well distinguished, though not very sharply
defined from each other. Of appendages, the cephalon carries generally in
front two pairs of rudimentary antenne, and is produced below to a conical pro-
minence exhibiting on the tip the oral aperture. The oral parts are much
reduced, only the mandibles and maxillipeds being distinctly developed, the for-
mer being styliform and converging to the oral orifice, the latter lamelliform.
The legs, when present, are all alike, prehensile, terminating in a minute hand.
The pleopoda are in some instances rather large, and all of them branchial in
character, whereas in the larve these organs are natatory. The uropoda, when
present, are always very small and simple, and do not in any instance form
with the last segment a caudal fan.
As to the systematical relation of this tribe to other Isopodous tribes,
Dr. H. J. Hansen has suggested, that it is closely related to the Cymothoide and
cannot therefore be set apart from the tribe Flabellifera. In this opinion I am,
however, by no means prepared to agree with the distinguished Danish author.
The apparent resemblance to the Cymothoide is only due to the parasitic habits
of both; but in the more essential points of organisation, as also in their develop-
ment, both these groups are in reality widely different, and no transition
forms between them are as yet known.
Of recent authors, who have made this tribe their special study, may

in the first place be named the two distinguished French naturalists M.M.
Giard and Bonnier, who have published several admirable treatises on these
interesting Isopoda, accompanied by excellent illustrations. It is however to be
regretted, that these authors have introduced considerable confusion as to the
definition of species and genera, owing to an assumption, according to which
it is postulated, that one and the same species of parasite cannot be found
on different species of Crustacea, and that, as a rule, parasites infesting
different genera af Crustacea must also be generically different. This assump-
tion is most certainly unmaintainable, and a great number of species, and. per-
haps also genera founded only upon this principle, must of course be cancelled.
The grouping of the several genera, into families has also to a great measure
been made according to a similar principle. No less than 7 families have thus
been established by the above-named authors, viz.

1. Microniscide parasitic on Copepoda.

2. Cyproniscide i. » Ostracoda.

5. Dajide

4, Cabiropsidee » lsopoda and Amphipoda,

” , Schizopoda.

195

5. Cryptoniscide parasitic on Cirripedia.

6. Entoniscaide a » Brachyura.
7 Bopyride. , , decapodous Crustacea.

Of these families, the 1st must be wholly cancelled, as only representing
transitory larval stages of different Epicarida, and the 3 families Cyproniscida,
Caburopside and Cryptomscide ought to be combined into one family only, for
which the name of Cryptoniscide may be retained. The number of families is
thereby reduced to 4 in all. It is not improbable that these families in future
may assume the character of superior groups, and that each of them may be
again subdivided. At present, however, I consider it convenient to maintain the
above-named 4 families as such.

Of Entoniscide no form has hitherto been recorded from Norway; but I
regard it as beyond doubt, that, on a closer investigation, also this family will
be found to be represented in the fauna of this couutry. Of the other 3

families several genera and species will be described in the following pages.

Fam. 1. Bopyride.

Characters. — Body of female distinctly segmented, more or less asym-
metrical, twisted now to the right, now to the left, dorsal face flattened.
Cephalon deeply sunk into the mesosome, and carrying in front 2 pairs of rudi-
mentary antennze; eyes, when present, dorsal. Maxillipeds lamellar, biarticulate,
obtecting the oral area below, and more frequently exhibiting a small terminal
joint, and at the base 2 curved lanceolate appendages (epignaths). Legs 7 pairs,
sometimes obsolete on one side, and all of the same structure, short, prehensile ;
coxal plates obsolete or distinctly defined. Incubatory plates 5 pairs, more or
less arching over the ventral face of the mesosome; Ist pair, as a rule, con-
cealed by the 2nd and divided by a transversal fold into 2 segments, of which
the distal one projects freely within the incubatory cavity. Metasome more or less
distinctly segmented, pleopoda, forming simple or double lamelli, all of the same
structure, rarely obsolete. Uropoda, when present, simple, lanceolate. Male
more or less slender, perfectly symmetrical, with the cephalon evenly rounded in
front, and all the segments of mesosome sharply defined, those of metasome

sometimes distinct, sometimes confluent. Last larval stage with the mouth

196
simple, conic; posterior antenne with the flagellum 4-articulate; legs of uniform
structure; uropoda with the inner ramus shorter than the outer. Parasitic on
decapodous Crustacea.

Remarks.—This family comprises the more differentiated forms of Epica-
rida, in which the retrograde metamorphosis is less pronounced. Yet the adult
female in every case exhibits an appearance very different from that of the male
and the larve, the body being more or less deformed and asymmetrical, though
its segmentation, as a rule, is distinct at least on the dorsal side, with the 3
chief divisions well defined. The greater number of forms are found as parasites
in the branchial cavity of higher Crustacea; but there are a few forms which infest
the ventral or dorsal face of the metasome of their hosts, and which also in several
other respects differ considerably from the others, and might therefore perhaps more
properly be separated into a particular subfamily (the genera Athelges and
Phryxus). Rather a great number of genera have been established, especially
by M.M. Giard and Bonnier; but I believe that some of these genera are not
very well defined, so that a reduction may perhaps be found to be necessary.
In the following pages will be described 6 genera, at least 5 of which are

stated to belong to the fauna of Norway.

Gen. 1. Bopyrus, Latr., 1804.

Generic Characters.—Body of female broad, flattened, rather asymmetrical,
with the segments of mesosome firmly connected. Cephalon deeply immerged
within the Ist segment of mesosome, frontal edge broad, lamellar. Lateral parts
of mesosome slightly elevated, subcontiguous, coxal plates inconspicuous. Meta-
some narrowed, with the segments confluent in the middle of the dorsal face,
epimeral plates distinct, subcontiguous, last segment resembling them. An-
terior antenn distinctly 3-articulate, posterior ones apparently consisting of
only 2 articulations. Terminal joint of maxillipeds well defined, broadly oval or
cordiform. 1st pair of incubatory lamella rather large, divergent, distal segment
terminating in a narrow linguiform lobe; the 4 succeeding pairs widely apart,
leaving a -broad open space in the middle, the marsupial pouch being here closed
by the carapace of the host. Legs very small, concealed within the lateral edges
of the mesosome. Pleopoda simple, lamellar. Uropoda wanting. Male with the
Segments of metasome imperfectly defined. Parasitic in the branchial cavity of

prawns.

Remarks.—This genus was established as early as in the year 1804 by
Latreille, and may be regarded as the type of the family. We know as yet
with certainty of only a single species, to be described below. Several other
species, it is true, have been named by M.M. Giard and Bonnier; but none of
them have been as yet described or figured in detail, and as they seem chiefly
to be established according to the different species of prawns in which they were
found, it is highly probable that their number will be greatly reduced and per-

haps combined into one and the same species.

Bopyrus sqvillarum, Latr.
(Pl. LXXXIV. fig. 1.)
Bopyrus sqvillarum, Uatreille, Hist. Nat. Crust. Vol. VII, p. 55, Pl. LIX, fig. 2.
Syn: Monocules crangorum, Fabr.

Bopyrus Fougerouxi, Giard & Bonn. ete.

>)

Specific Characters.—Body of female broadly oval or pyriform in outline,
obtusely truncated in front, narrowly rounded behind, twisted sometimes to the right,
sometimes to the left, according to its place on the host. Cephalon subtriangular in
form, widening considerably distally, frontal edge nearly straight and continuous with
the side-contours of mesosome, lateral corners narrowly rounded. Segments of
mesosome with the lateral parts slightly elevated, each with a small indentation
in front of the posterior corner, defining sutures strongly curved. Median length of
metasome about half that of the preceding part of the body, epimeral plates slightly
bilobed, terminal segment of exactly the same appearance as the epimeral plates.
Male oblong oval in form, with the segments of mesosome well defined, those of
metasome confluent along the middle. Colour of female (according to Sp. Bate
& Westwood) pale greenish, with the head and incubatory lamella darker blackish.
Length of female 11 mm., of male 2 mm.

Remarks.—This form was first recorded by O. Fabricius as Jono-
culus crangorum; but as the specific name proposed by that author involves a
confusion of shrimps with prawns, it is impossible to retain it and therefore, though
the older-one, it ought to give place to that proposed by Latreille. It is
the only as yet known species of the genus, for the several species named by
M.M. Giard and Bonnier cannot be admitted as such until it is clearly shown,
that in reality they differ specifically from the type species. It is very probable,
that the present species infests several species of prawns and perhaps also

species of nearly-allied genera.

198

Occurrence. —This form is found parasitic in the branchial cavity of spe-
cies of Leander (Palemon), such as L. serratus, squilla and Rathkei, sometimes
on the left, sometimes on the right side, in every case causing a strong lateral tuber-
osity of the carapace, similar to that caused by Bopyroides hippolytes (fig. 2 x).
It has not yet been recorded from Norway; but as at least 2 of the species of
Leander, which at times are infested by this parasite, are very common on
our coasts, it is most likely that, on a closer investigation, it will be found
to belong to the fauna of Norway. The figures of the female here given
are from a specimen found on Leander serratus from the Danish coast; that of
the male is copied from Sp. Bate and Westwood’s work.

Distribution.—Danish coast (Meinert), British Isles (Sp. Bate), coast of

France (Giard & Bonnier), Mediterranean.

Gen. 2. Bopyroides, Stimpson, 1864.
Syn: Bopyrus, Kroyer (not Latreille)
“4 Gyge, Sp. Bate (not Corn. & Pane.)

Generic Characters.—Body of female resembling that of Bopyrus, though
having the cephalon less broad, the lateral parts of mesosome perfectly smooth,
and the metasome distinctly segmentated. Posterier antenne 4-articulate.
Terminal joint of maxillipeds well defined, but rather narrow. Ist pair of incu-
batory plates concealing the whole ventral face of cephalon, and having the
distal segment broadly securiform; the succeeding pairs, as in Bopyrus, widely
apart. Legs short, more or less concealed within the lateral margins of the
mesosome. Pleopoda obsolete, being replaced by slight fleshy ridges. Uropoda
wanting. Male with the segments of metasome fused together. Parasitic in
the branchial cavity of species of the genus Spirontocaris (Hippolyte).

Remarks.—This_ genus, established by Stimpson, is nearly allied to
Bopyrus, from which it is chiefly distinguished by the absence of true pleopoda,
and by the male having all the segments of metasome fused together. The
species of this genus are found parasitic in the branchial cavity of different
Carida belonging to the genus Spirontocaris Sp. Bate (Hippolyte Kroyer). To

the fauna of Norway belongs only a single species, to be described below.

aul

Bopyroides hippolytes, (Kreyer).
(Pl. LXXXIV, fig. 2).
Bopyrus hippolytes, Kreyer, Gronlands Amphipoder, p. 78, Pl. 4, fig. 22.
Syn.: Gyge hippolytes, Sp. Bate & Westw.

Specific Characters. — Body of fully grown female broadly oval, rather
asymmetrical, being curved to the right or left, according to its place on the
host; dorsal face much flattened and very smooth. Cephalon almost semicircular
in form, and deeply immerged within the mesosome, frontal edge nearly straight,
lateral corners obtusely pointed. Segments of mesosome firmly connected, with
the lateral parts perfectly smooth, contiguous, and without any marginal indenta-
tions. Metasome comparatively short, its median length scarcely exceeding '/; of
that of the preceeding part of the body, sutures between the segments much
curved and distinct also in the middle of the dorsal face, epimeral plates con-
tiguous, truncate at the tip, last segment likewise truncate. J/ale very slender,
linear, 4 times as long as it is broad, segments of mesosome very sharply marked
off from each other, metasome forming an undivided obtusely conical piece.
Colour of female whitish, with the incubatory plates dark violet. Length of
female reaching to 11 mm., that of male to 2'/, mm.

Remarks. — This form was first described by Kreyer as Bopyrus hippo-
lytes, and was subsequently referred by Sp. Bate and Westwood to the genus
Gyge of Cornalia and Panceri. It must, however, unquestionably find its place
within the genus Bopyroides of Stimpson, and it is indeed somewhat questionable,
if the species of Stimpson, B. acutimarginata, is not identical with the North
European form. In its general appearance and its mode of infesting its host, the
female of this Bopyrid bears a great resemblance to Bopyrus squillarwm, but may,
on a closer examination, be easily distinguished by the distinct segmentation of
the metasome, and by the want of true pleopoda, the latter being replaced by
very slight, fleshy ridges. The male, moreover, distinguishes itself by its very
slender form and the complete fusion of the segments of the metasome.

Occurrence. — I have met with this form along the whole Norwegian
coast, from Vadsg to the ChristianiaFjord. It is found parasitic in the branchial
cavity of 3 different species of the genus Spirontocaris Sp. Bate (Hippolyte
Krgyer), viz., S. polaris, in which species it was first found by Kroyer, S.
spinus and S. securifrons. I have very carefully compared specimens from all these
3 species, and have not been able to find any difference between them. When

200 —

fully grown, the parasite causes a very large and conspicuous rounded tuber-
osity on the carapace of its host, occurring sometimes on the left, sometimes on
the right side (see fig. 24). The walls of this tuberosity fit exactly around the
sides of the parasite, and the very capacious marsupial pouch is thereby
completely closed, the incubatory plates extending only for some distance up the
sides of the cavity. As is the case with most other Epicarida, the parasite in-
variably turns its head backwards in relation to its host, and the dorsal face
towards the body of the latter. Such a position is m this instance of essential
significance for the aeration of the marsupial cavity, the water washing the
branchial cavity of the host from behind forwards being thus easily introduced
into the marsupium of the parasite from between the 1st pair of incubatory
plates. The number of ova contained in the marsupium is immense, and may
amount to several thousand in all. I have observed the embryo in its last stage
of development, immediately preceeding the Ist free larval stage, and have found
it to agree exactly with that of Phryxus abdominalis, as represented in PI. 91.
The male is found clinging to the ventral face of the metasome of the female,
just behind the last pair of incubatory plates, being generally placed trans-
versally to the axis of the female.

Distribution. — Greenland (Kroyer), Barents Sea (Hoek), British Isles
(Sp. Bate).

Gen. 3. PSeudione, Kossman, 1881.
Syn.: Palaegyge, Giard & Bonn (part).
$s Phryxus, Sp. Bate & Westw. (part).

Generic Characters. -— Body of female oval or pyriform in outline, more
or less asmymetrical, with the segments both of mesosome and metasome very
sharply defined. Cephalon distinctly marginate in front. Segments of mesosome
with the lateral parts elevated and divided by a transverse groove into 2 lobes;
coxal plates well defined, though rather small, discontiguous. Epimeral plates
of metasome more or less projecting, lamellar; last segment very small. Antenne
and oral parts as in Bopyroides. 1st pair of incubatory plates with the distal
Segment produced to a narrow linguiform lobe, as in Bopyrus; the succeeding
pairs large, arching over the ventral face. Legs more or less projecting later-

ally, and of usual structure, Pleopoda well developed, biramous, rami lanceolate,

201

smooth or tuberculated. Uropoda distinct, forming a pair of simple lanceolate
lamelle. Male with all the segments of the body well defined. Parasitic in the
branchial cavity of Anomura, Macroura and Carida.

Remarks.—From the 2 preceding genera, the present genus is clearly distin-
guished by the presence in the female of distinctly defined coxal plates, of rather
fully developed pleopoda, and of distinct though simple uropoda. Moreover, the
incubatory plates are much larger, so as to encompass the marsupial cavity more
or less completely. Finally, the metasome of the male is as distinctly segmen-
ted as the mesosome. Several species of this genus have been established, some
of which, however, are referred by M.M. Giard and Bonnier to their genus

Palegyge. To the fauna of Norway belong 9 species, to be described below.

1. Pseudione affinis, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. LXXXV, fig. 1).
Pleurocrypta affinis, G. O. Sars. Oversigt over Norges Crustaceer I, p., 68, Pl. 2, figs. 7, 8.
Syn.: Palegyge affinis, Giard & Bonn.
:. ; Hoylii, Giard & Bonn.

Specific Characters. — Body of female but slightly asymmetrical, oblong
oval in outline, with the greatest width in the middle. Cephalon semicircular,
convex above, and encircled in front by a broad arched lamella. Segments of
mesosome very sharply defined in the middle, lateral parts distinctly bilobed,
anterior lobe somewhat elevated and transversely truncated at the tip, posterior
narrowly rounded; coxal plates distinctly projecting, lamelliform. Metasome
comparatively short, but rather broad, epimeral plates rounded, sub-imbricate ;
last segment very short. Kyes distinctly perceptible, though very small and
simple in structure. Terminal joint of maxillipeds well defined, narrow, incurved,
setous on both edges. Ist pair of incubatory plates with the terminal lobe
straight; the succeeding pairs not completely overlapping each other in the
middle. Legs more fully developed than in most other species, and distinctly
projecting on each side. Pleopoda with the lamelle quite smooth and partly
projecting beyond the edges of the epimeral plates. Uropoda resembling in
size and structure the lamelle of the pleopoda. Male rather broad, depressed,
not nearly 3 times as long as it is broad, metasome not abruptly contracted,
last segment minutely bilobed. Colour of female (according to notes left by
my late father) whitish, with the incubatory plates dark brownish violet at their
bases, somewhat lighter in their outer part; colour of male light yellowish.

Length of female 10 mm., of male 2 mm. —

26. Crustacea.

202

Remarks. — This Bopyrid was first described by the present author as
Pleurocrypta affinis. It was subsequently referred by M.M. Giard and Bon-
nier to their genus Palegyge, the type of which is P. Borrei, found on a fresh-
water prawn (Paleemon dispar) from the Indian Archipelago. On comparing the
figures and description given by the above named authors, I find, however, that this
form differs in several points very essentially from the one here treated of, exhibiting,
it would seem, a closer relation to the genus bopyrus. On the other hand, I
cannot see any objection to including the present species in the genus Pseu-
dione of Kossman; for the distinctive character quoted by M.M. Giard and
Bonnier between the genera Palegyge and Pseudione, viz., the presence or absence
of tubercles on the pleopoda, is certainly of no generic value, since there are spe-
cies in the genus Pleuwrocrypta both with and without such tubercles.

Occurrence. — The type specimen, described by the present author in
1882, was found in the branchial cavity of a Pandalus leptorhynchus taken off
the west coast of Norway. Subsequently I have had the opportunity of ex-
amining 3 other specimens preserved in our Univ. Museum and named Bopyrus
crangorum Fabr. According to the label, they were taken by my late father at
Drobak from the branchial cavity of Pandalus Montagw (annulicornis), and in
all respects agreed exactly with the specimen formerly examined by me. I can-
not therefore doubt that the nommal species Pulegyge Hoylii Giard & Bonnier,
which was lkewise procured from Pandalus Montagui, is the very same species.

Distribution. — British Isles. (Giard & Bonnier).

2. Pseudione Hyndmanni, (Sp. Bate & Westw.).
(Pl. LXXXV, fig. 2).
Phryxus Hyndman, Sp. Bate & Westwood, Brit. sessile-eyed Crust. Vol. II, p. 243.

_ Specifie Characters. — Body of female slightly asymmetrical, curved some-
times to the left, sometimes to the right, according to its place on the host, and
oblong pyriform in outline, with the greatest width in front of the middle. Ce-
phalon comparatively small and deeply sunk into the Ist segment of mesosome,
frontal edge nearly straight and narrowly marginate. Segments of mesosome
with the lateral parts distinctly bilobed, anterior lobe slightly elevated and trun-
cated at the tip, posterior lobe rounded; coxal plates very small, scarcely pro-
jecting laterally. Metasome scarcely exceeding in length 1/, of the body, epimeral
plates rounded, subimbricate, considerably larger on the one side than on the

other; last segment extremely small. Eyes inconspicuous. Antenne very small

and concealed inside the frontal edge. Terminal joint of maxillipeds short, oval
or cordiform, setous only on the inner edge. 1st pair of incubatory plates with
the terminal lobe sharply defined and incurved; the succeeding pairs large, over-
lapping each other in the middle. Legs very small, scarcely projecting at all
laterally. Pleopoda with the lamelle rather large, lanceolate. and distinctly
tuberculate. Uropoda forming 2 smooth, juxtaposed lamelle considerably smaller
than those of the pleopoda. Male rather slender with the metasome gradually
tapering; last segment obscurely trilobate. Colour not yet stated. Length of
female reaching to 10 mm.; that of male 2 mm.

Remarks. — The female of this species is described and figured in the
History of Brit. sessile-eyed Crustacea as Phryxus Hyndmanni. There cannot,
however, be any doubt that it 1s a genuine Pseudione, exhibiting, as it does, all
the chief characters of that genus; aud it is also referred by M.M. Giard &
Bonnier to the 2nd section of their genus Palwgyge, which answers to the above-
named genus. By a_ strange mistake, the above authors have adduced to the
present species the Phryxus fusticaudatus of Sp. Bate & Westwood, indicating
it as the ,phryxoid stage“ of that species. This is most certainly wrong, and it
will be shown further on, that that form is in reality the immature female of a
very different Bopyrid, viz., Athelyes pagurt (Rathke). From the preceding spe-
cies the present one is easily distinguished both by the general form of the
body and by the structure of the several appendages.

Occurrence. — A single specimen of this form was found by the present
author many years ago in the branchial cavity of a Hupagurus bernhardus taken
at Molde, west coast of Norway. Another specimen, exactly agreeing with the
former, is preserved in our Univ. Museum, having been found on a different
species of Eupagurus, viz., E. pubescens (Kroyer). I have, moreover, had an
opportunity of examining numerous specimens of this form belonging to the Mu-
seum of Copenhagen, all of them infesting young specimens of Hupagurus
bernhardus.

Distribution. — British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat and Skagerak (Meimert).

3. Pseudione crenulata, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl) LXEX Vi, fie. 1)

Specific Characters. — Body of female oblong pyriform, rather asymme-
trical, one of the sides being almost straight, the other strongly curved. Ce-

phalon comparatively large, bordered anteriorly by a broad, evenly-arched tron-

204

tal lamella, the distal edge of which is minutely crenulated threughout. Seg-
ments of mesosome sharply defined, with the posterior edge forming on each
side of the median line a slight elevation, lateral parts distinctly bipartite, an-
terior lobe thickened, truncate; coxal plates well defined, though rather small,
with the edges irregularly lobular or coarsely crenulated. Metasome rather nar-
row, and scarcely occupying more than '/,; of the length of the body, epimeral
plates discontiguous, narrow lanceolate and resembling the lamelle of the pleo-
poda. Eyes very small, though distinctly observable. Antennze of normal struc-
ture. ‘Terminal joint of maxillipeds very small, nodiform, and imperfectly de-
fined. Ist pair of mecubatory plates with the terminal lobe well defined ; the
succeeding pairs very large, arching over the ventral face. Legs of the usual
structure, slightly prominent laterally. Pleopoda with the lamelle lanceolate
and obscurely tubercular. Uropoda somewhat asymmetrical, resembling in size
and structure the epimeral plates. Male rather broad, depressed, with the ce-
phalon obtusely truncated in front, and all the segments very sharply marked
off, from each other, those of metasome narrowed abruptly to a width much
narrower than those of mesosome; last segment bilobed. Colour not yet stated.
Length of female reaching to nearly 15 mm., that of male 4 mm.

Remarks. — This is a very distinct species, though unquestionably refer-
able to the genus Pseudione. Its specific name refers to the peculiar crenu-
lation of both the frontal edge and the coxal plates in the female. It is by far
the largest of the Norwegian Epicarida.

Occurrence. — Two specimens of this form were secured during the
Norwegian North Atlantic Expedition, both having been extracted from the bran-
chial cavity of young specimens of Munida rugosa, taken of the Romsdal coast.
They were provisionally determined as Plewrocrypta galathee Hesse, and were
recorded under that name in my account of the Crustacea of that Expedition.
Another specimen, the one from which the accompanying figures have been
drawn, and exactly agreeing with the 2 other specimens, was recently forwarded
to’ me from the Museum of Copenhagen, still resting on its host, a nearly full
grown specimen of Munida tenwimana, G. O. Sars. The latter was taken by
Dr. Petersen in the Skagerak near the Norwegian coast, from a depth of 275
fathoms. The parasite had caused a very conspicuous deformity off the carapace
of the Munida, the right branchial region being greatly distended, so that it
was necessary to break off a piece, in order to extract the parasite in an un-
damaged state. Its marsupial pouch contained an immense quantity of embryos
inthe last. stage of development, and exhibiting the appearance common, it

would seem, to all the Bopyride. It may be noted, that only in two other in-

205

stances have Bopyrids been observed on species of this genus of Anomura. One
of these forms has recently been described by Dr. Hansen as a type of a new
genus under the name of Munidion princeps; it was procured from a specimen
of Munida refulgens taken in the Pacific. The other form is recorded by M.M.
Girard and Bonnier under the name of Palegyge insignis from the Mediterranean,
and is stated to infest Munida rugosa. It may be that this form will turn out
to be the same species as that here described; but as no description or figure

has as yet been given, it is impossible at present to state this with certainty.

Gen. 4. Pleuroerypta, Hesse 1865.

Syn.: Phryxus, Sp. Bate & Westw. (part).

Generic Characters. General form of body in female resembling that in
Pseudione. Cephalon broadly marginate in front. Segments of mesosome well
defined, with the lateral parts, as in Pseudione, divided by a transversal groove;
coxal plates generally very largely developed and contiguous, forming sometimes
a broad marginal area flanking the sides of the mesosome. Epimeral plates of
metasome distinctly developed, and of different form in the different species.
Antenne as in Pseudione. Terminal joint of maxillipeds imperfectly defined.
Ist pair of incubatory plates with the distal segment securiform; the succeeding
pairs large, arching over the ventral face. Legs comparatively small, more or
less completely concealed beneath the coxal plates. Pleopoda biramous, with the
rami tuberculate or smooth. Uropoda forming 2 simple juxtaposed appendages,
as in Pseudione. Male of different form in the different species, segments of
metasome completely fused together. Parasitic in the branchial cavity of Ano-
mura belonging to the genera Galathea and Porcellana.

Remarks. — This genus, established by Hesse, is undoubtedly very
closely related to Pseudione, and the only more essential characters by which it
distinguishes itself, is the fuller development of the coxal plates in the female,
and the fusion of the segments of the metasome in the male. The type of the
genus is Plewrocrypta galathee Hesse, found on Galathea squamifera. The
description and figures given of this form by Hesse, exhibit, however, so many
singular features unknown in other Bopyride, that I should, indeed, have hesi-

tated in referring any of the Norwegian species to that genus, if the deplor-

206

able want of correctness, as regards the said author, had not been universally known.
We also see, that M.M. Giard & Bonnier, who may be presumed to have ex-
amined the species of Hesse, do not doubt that Phryxcus longibranchiatus of Sp.
Bate & Westw., one of the species here described, is congeneric with Plewro-
crypta gaulathee Hesse; they even regard this form as merely the young female
(,phryxoid stage“) of Hesse’s species, an opinion which I, however, am not
prepared to endorse. Three different species of this genus have hitherto been
stated to belong to the fauna of Norway, and they will be described and figured
in this work.

1. Pleurocrypta longibranchiata, (Sp. Bate & Westw.).
(Pl. LXXXVI. fig. 2).

Phryxus longibranchiatus, Sp. Bate & Westwood. Brit. sessile-eyed Crust.

Vol. II, p. 246.

Specific Characters. — Body of female but slightly asymmetrical, oblong
pyriform in outline, being gradually narrowed behind. Cephalon of moderate
size, frontal edge strongly curved, lateral corners somewhat produced. Segments
of mesosome well defined, with the lateral parts slightly elevated, coxal plates
forming a somewhat discontiguous border flanking the sides. Epimeral plates of
metasome narrow lanceolate, discontiguous. Eyes small, but distinct. Antenne
shortZand thick, subequal in size. Terminal joint of maxillipeds conical in form,
setous on both edges.°, Ist pair of incubatory plates with the distal segment
deeply emarginate ,outside; the succeeding pairs large, overlapping each other
in the middle. Legs.small, scarcely projecting laterally. Pleopoda rather fully
developed and projecting far beyond the epimeral plates, lamella narrow lanceo-
late and very distinctly tuberculated. Uropoda of about the same length as the
lamelle of- the; pleopoda, but much narrower. Male somewhat depressed, with
the mesosome, of nearly uniform width throughout, metasome forming an un-
divided piece, rather broad at the base and gradually tapering to an obtuse
point. Colour not yet stated. Length of female 8 mm., of male 2 mm.

Remarks. — I cannot doubt that the above-described form is identical
with that described in Brit. sessile-eyed Crust. as Phryxus longibranchiatus. The
general form of the body is the same, and the structure of the pleopoda seems
also to agree perfectly well. The statement of the British authors that the last
segment of the metasome carries 4, instead of 2 appendages, is certainly due to

a miscomprehension, and may easily be explained by the close resemblance of

207

the uropoda to the projecting lamelle of the pleopoda, 2 of which may have
been wrongly adduced to the last segment. The above mentioned opinion
entertained by Messr. Giard and Bonnier, that this form is only the ,.phryxoid
stage“ of Pleurocrypta galathew, Hesse, cannot be admitted, since the specimens
examined by me had all characters of being fully grown animals.

Occurrence. — ''wo specimens of this form are in our Univ. Museum,
having been taken many years ago by my late father at Manger, west coast of
Norway, from the branchial cavity of Galathea nera. The host of the specimen
figured by Sp. Bate and Westwood is not stated, but they assert to have re-
ceived another much larger specimen taken from an old Galathea squamifera,
and the Rev. A. M. Norman announce it even from Hupagurus Thompson. As
to the latter statement, I am, however, disposed to believe, that a confusion of
this form with Pseudione Hyndmanni might have taken place.

Distribution. — British Isles, Shetland Isles (Sp. Bate).

2. Pleuroerypta marginata, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(PE UXXX Vil, fig. 1):

Specific Characters. — Body of female comparatively short, oval or
broadly pyriform in outline, and rather asymetrical in full grown specimens, the
one side being almost straight, the other boldly curved. Cephalon rather large
and broad, with the frontal margin evenly curved and pronouncedly lamellar,
lateral corners obtusely produced. Segments of mesosome well defined, with the
lateral parts somewhat elevated; coxal plates very fully developed, subcontiguous,
forming a broad marginal area. Metasome comparatively small, not attaining
‘/, of the length of the body, epimeral plates on one side more fully developed
than on the other, and subimbricate. Eyes distinct. Legs wholly concealed be-
neath the largely developed coxal plates. Incubatory plates large, overlapping
each other in the middle. Pleopoda not very large and but little projecting
beyond the epimeral plates, lamelle quite smooth. Uropoda unusually elongated,
forming 2 slender, almost filiform appendages, about twice the length of the
lamellae of the pleopoda. Male very narrow, sublinear in form, metasome forming
an undivided narrowly conical piece, obtuse at the tip. Colour not yet stated.
Length of female 5 mm., of male 1'/2 min.

Remarks. — This new species is easily distinguished from the preceeding
one in both sexes, the female being of a considerably shorter and stouter form,

whereas the male is quite contrary much more slender than that of P. longi-

208

branchiata. In the female, moreover, the coxal plates are much more fully de-
veloped, forming together a broad continuous area flanking the sides of the meso-
some. Also the appendages of the metasome are rather different, the lamellee
of the pleopoda being much smaller and perfectly smooth, whereas the uropoda
are quite unusually elongated.

Occurence. — I have only seen 2 specimens of this form, the one ap-
parently adult, or nearly so, the other evidently not yet fully grown, having the
incubatory plates in process of formation. Both these specimens are figured on
the accompanying plates, in order to show the differences. The young specimen
has the body less asymetrical, and of a rather regular oval form, and the coxal
plates are also more regular, forming on both sides of the mesosome a quite
continuous row; but otherwise the 2 specimens agree exactly. They were both
found in the branchial cavity of Galathea dispersa, Sp. Bate. Messr. Giard and
Bonnier record likewise a species of Pleurocrypta from the same host, naming
it P. Henderson; but, as no description or figure has been given, it is impossible
to state, if these 2 forms are identical or not. That the statement alone of the
host is quite insufficient for identifyimg the parasite, is clearly proved by the
fact, that one and the same species of Crustacea not seldom is found to be in-
fested by several species of parasites, often belonging to very different genera
In the present case it may be mentioned, that a species of Pesudione, P. confusa

Norman, is recorded from the very same species of Galathea.

3. Pleurocrypta microbranchiata, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(BIS WX XSeViil, fie.) 2):

Specific Characters. — Body of female broadly oval, rather asymetrical,
being twisted to the right or left hand, according to its place on the host. Ce-
phalon of moderate size, frontal edge slightly curved, lateral corners obtuse.
Segments of mesosome well defined, with the lateral parts slightly elevated; coxal
plates less fully developed than in the 2 preceding species. Epimeral plates
of metasome discontiguous, lanceolate. Eyes distinct. Antenne, oral parts and
legs of the usual structure. Incubatory plates large, though somewhat apart in
the middle. Pleopoda comparatively small, with the lamells perfectly smooth.
Uropoda of inconsiderable size, forming 2 small oblong lamelle. Male compara-
tively short and stout, depressed, oblong oval in form, with the greatest width

in de middle, metasome forming an undivided obtusely triangular piece. Colour

209

not yet stated. Length of adult female scarcely exceeding 4 mm.; that of
male 1 mm.

Remarks. — This form is evidently distinct from either of the 2 pre-
ceding species, differing, as it does, pronouncedly in both sexes. The specific
name here proposed refers to the poor development of the pleopoda and uropoda.
The latter appendages especially are very small as compared with those in the
2 preceding species. .

Occurrence. — I have found this form occasionally in the branchial ca-
vity of Galathea intermedia Lualljeborg, taken off the south coast of Norway.
The parasite, when fully grown, causes a very strong and conspicuous tuberosity
on one side of the carapace of the Galathea (see fig. 2 *). I have also re-
ceived the same form from the Copenhagen Museum, likewise infesting that
species of Galathea.

Distribution. — Kattegat. (Copenhagen Mus.).

Gen. 5. Athelges, Hesse, 1861.

Syn.: Phryxus, Rathke (part).

Generic Characters. — Body of fully grown female very asymmetrical,
twisted both dorsally and to one (generally the left) side; body in younger sta-
ges of a rather different appearance, being more symmetrical and of a more or
less pronouncedly club-shaped form. Cephalon small, and withdrawn far
into the mesosome, being only visible in a dorsal view of the animal. Seg-
ments of mesosome in fully grown females distinctly defined only along the middle
of the dorsal face, lateral parts unconnected, narrow, undivided, coxal plates
very small. Metasome abruptly narrowed, without any epimeral plates, the last
2 segments united to a narrow, more or less claviform piece. Antenne very
small, issuing close together from the extremity of the head. Maxillipeds with-
out any terminal joint. Legs rather robust, and in fully grown specimens pushed
wholly on to the dorsa face of the animal. Incubatory lamellse exceedingly large,
overlapping each other ventrally, the anterior ones produced in front far beyond
the cephalon, and folded in a funnel-shaped manner. Of pleopoda only 4 pairs
present, extended laterally, and each consisting of a narrow stalk and 2 lamellie
of pronouncedly branchial structure. Uropoda only present as 2 wart-like tu-
bercles. Male of normal appearance, having the segments of metasome coalesced.
Parasitic on Pagurids, and always found clinging to the upper face of their
soft metasome.

27. Crustacea.

210

Remarks. — The present genus is very different from any of the pre-
ceding ones, whereas it exhibits some points of affinity to the next genus; and
indeed Rathke combined them in his genus Phryxus. It is now, however, gene-
rally acknowledged that the genus of Rathke comprises 2 distinct generic types,
and the name Phryxus should accordingly be restricted to one of these types
only, whereas for the other type, the one here treated of, the name Athelges,
proposed by Hesse, ought to be retained. The peculiar contortion of the body
in fully grown female specimens has not yet been sufficiently recognized; for the
species have generally been described as perfectly symmetrical or nearly so, an
appearance which is only exhibited* by immature specimens. Both in these
and in fully grown specimens, the metasome exhibits several very peculiar
features not found in any of the preceding genera. Firstly, it apparently con-
sists of only 5 segments, the last of which has the form of a cylindric or clavi-
form piece; secondly, there is no trace of epimeral plates; and thirdly, the pleo-
poda, of which there are only 4 pairs, are extended laterally, and each
consist of a narrow stalk, to which are attached 2 lamelle of pronouncedly
branchial structure. The place where the parasite clings to its host, is also very
different from that in the preceding genera. The type of the genus is A.
paguri Rathke, to be described below. Mr. Hesse has also described several
species from the French coast; but to judge from his figures, only young speci-
mens seem to have come under his notice. One of these is regarded as the type

of a separate genus (Prosthete).

1. Athelges paguri, Rathke.
(Pl. LX XXVIII).
Phryxus paguri, H. Rathke, Beitrige zur Fauna Norwegens, in Nova Acta Acad Nat.
Curios. Vol. XX, p. 57, Pl. 1, figs. 13—15, Pl. 2, figs. 11, 12.
Syn.: Bopyrus bernhardi, Kréyer (young).
e Athelge fullode, Hesse.

* Prosthete cannelée, Hesse (young).
3 Phryxus fusticaudatus, Sp. Bate (young).
Specific Characters. — Body in fully grown females very asymmetrical.

twisted to one (generally the left) side, and at the same time exhibiting a rather
strong dorsal curvature; anterior division oblong, almost semicylindric, with the
dorsal face concave, the ventral one strongly vaulted. Cephalon oval quadran-

gular, only visible in a dorsal view of the animal. Segments of mesosome well

defined along the middle of the dorsal face, the Ist one very narrow, bandlike,
flanking the sides of the cephalon; the succeeding ones forming behind, to each
side, an obtuse prominence, and sending off laterally a narrow subcylindric prolon-
gation, carrying the corresponding leg. Metasome abruptly twisted to the left,
and gradually tapering distally, terminal piece pronouncedly clavate in form, and
exhibiting near the tip 2 small rounded tuberosities as the rudiments of the uro-
poda. Lamelle of pleopoda subequal, rounded oval in form. — Body of young
female rather unlike that of the fully grown one, anterior division perfectly sym-
metrical and rather broad, flattened above, with the lateral edges of mesosome
forming a continuous line, slightly msinuated between each segment; legs project-
ing laterally. Metasome turned more or less to the left, and somewhat shorter
than the preceding part of the body, pleopoda more regularly arranged. -— Body
of still younger female (1st postlarral stage) almost perfectly symmetrical through-
out, sub-pyriform in outlme, anterior division rounded oval, with the dorsal
face convex, the ventral concave, cephalon freely projected in front, lateral edges
of mesosome curving below, legs folded in beneath the ventral face; metasome
extended nearly in the axis of the body, and having the inner lamella of the j:Jeo-
poda rudimentary. -- Adult male narrow, sublinear, with the segments of meso-
some very sharply defined, their lateral parts being separated by deep incisions,
metasome forming an undivided, narrow, sub-cylindric piece. Colour of female
whitish. Length of fully grown female 11 mm., of male 3 mm.

Remarks. — This is the first recorded species, and may accordingly be
regarded as the type of the genus. It was described in the year 1843 by H.
Rathke as Phryxus paguri. The Bopyrus bernhardi of Kroyer, figured, but not
described, in Gaimard’s work, seems to be an immature specimen of this spe-
cies, and this is also undoubtedly the case with Phryxus fusticaudatus Sp. Bate
and Westwood. The Athelge fullode of Hesse is regarded by Messrs. Sp. Bate
and Westwood as identical with Rathke’s species, and I am also inclined to be-
lieve that the Prosthéte cannelée of the same author is nothing but an immature
specimen of this species.

Occw rence. — Rathke found 3 specimens of this form off the west coast
of Norway (probably at Christiansund), on Lupagurus bernhardus. I have my-
self taken it from the same Crustacean at Molde, and moreover have had an
opportunity of examining a large number of specimens belonging to the Copen-
hagen Museum, and collected partly in the Kattegat, partly im the Skagerak. All these
specimens were likewise found clinging to the upper face of the metasome in as
many specimens of Hupagurus bernhardus. The parasite invariably turns its

head backwards in relation to its host, and its dorsal face to the skin of the

212

soft metasome of this Crustacean, lying, as a rule, somewhat diagonally
along the upper face of that part; hence the peculiar twist of its body. The
male is generally found clinging to the left side of the metasome of the female,
or, In younger specimens, to the ventral face of that division.
Distribution.—British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat and Skagerak (Copen-

hagen Mus.), French coast (Hesse). —

2. Athelges ténuicaudis, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl. LXXXIX, fig. 1).

Specific Characters. — Body of fully grown female very like that of the
preceding species, though somewhat more slender, with the anterior incubatory
plates more projecting and expanded in a fan-like manner. Metasome compara-
tively longer and narrower, being abruptly twisted to the left, terminal
piece nearly cylindric in form. Lamellze of pleopoda subequal oblong oval in
shape. — Body of young female rather slender, claviform, with the anterior di-
vision of the body rounded oval and perfectly symmetrical, metasome slightly
turned to the left, very slender, cylindric, and much longer than the preceding
part of the body; terminal piece somewhat flexuous and narrow cylindric in form,
apical tubercles well marked. — Adult male comparatively less slender than that
of the preceding species, with the metasome abruptly narrowed beyond the base,
and obtusely conical at the tip. Young male, still in the Cryptoniscian stage,
rather broad, depressed, with the segments of mesosome acutely produced late-
rally; uropoda of a similar structure to that in the corrésponding stage of Phryxus
abdominals. Colour not yet ascertained. Length of fully grown female 11 mm.,
of male 2.20 mm.

Remarks. — The fully grown female of this species looks very like that
of A. paguri, and is twisted and deformed in a very similar manner. On a
closer examination, however, the metasome is found to be somewhat more slen-
der, and the terminal piece of a rather different form. In a less advanced
stage, the difference between the two species is much more marked, the meta-
some in the present species being almost twice as long as in the corresponding
stage of A. paguri, and also much narrower. Its terminal piece, moreover, is
not, as in that species, club-shaped, but narrow cylindric in form. The male, on
the other hand, is comparatively less slender than that of the type; species, and
has the metasome somewhat differently shaped.

Occurrence. — Of this form I have myself only found 2 specimens with

their respective males, a fully grown female with a likewise fully grown male, and
a quite young female, with the male still in the Cryptoniscian stage. Both these
specimens, of which figures are given on the accompanying plate, occurred on
the same species of Eupagurus, viz. 1. chiroacanthus, but came from very different
localities, the one having been taken off the south coast of Norway, the other
at Selsovik lying just within the polar circle. Another adult female was found
likewise on an E. chiroacanthus taken in the Kattegat by Dr. Petersen, and kindly
sent to me for examination. The mode in which the parasite is attached to its
host, is exactly as in A. paguii (see the middle figure at the top of the plate).

Distribution. — Kattegat (Copenhagen Mus.).

3. Athelges bilobus, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl. LXXXIX, fig. 3).

Specific Characters. — Body of immature female narrow oblong or fusi-
form in outline, nearly symmetrical, only very slightly curved to the right;
dorsal face convex, ventral concave. Cephalon freely projecting anteriorly, with
the frontal margin evenly curved. Segments of mesosome each produced laterally
to well-defined, obtuse projections carrying the legs below. Metasome not
abruptly contracted, but tapering gradually behind, each of the 4 anterior segments
produced laterally to a long conical projection, apparently constituting the outer
lamella of the pleopoda, the inner lamella being very small and knob-like; terminal
piece with 2 rather conspicuous, juxtaposed tubercles dorsally, tip deeply incised
in the middle, or forming 2 lamellar lobes. Male oblong, with the metasome
attenuated and rather large, being fully half as long as the preceding part of
the body, and showing traces of segmentation, as also rudiments of pleopoda, tip
slightly bilobed. Colour not yet determined. Length of the female examined 3.80
mm., of male 1.40 mm.

Remarks. — The present new species, it is true, is only based upon a
single evidently immature female specimen together with its male, which perhaps
is also not fully developed; but there cannot be any doubt that it is quite di-
stinct from either of the 2 preceding species and also from those described by
Mr. Hesse. The only form to which it seems to exhibit a closer resemblance,
is the Brasilian® Bopyrid recorded by Fritz Miiller as Bopyrus resupinatus. The
latter, however, is kept apart from the genus Athelges by M.M. Giard and
Bonnier and regarded as the type of a seperate genus, to which they transfer

the Rathkian name Phryxus. In my opinion, however, the species of Fritz

214

Miiller ought to be referred to the genus Athelges, exhibiting, as it dves, all the
essential features of that genus. As regards the present species, the shape of
the terminal piece of the metasome agrees rather closely with that m the Brazi-
lian species, and also the form of the lamellae of the pleopoda seems to be
essentially the same. The apparently anomalous structure of the metasome in
the male may perhaps be due to the fact that the specimen it not yet fully grown.

Occurrence. — The above-described specimen was found clinging to the
metasome of an Hupaguwrus cuanensis taken in the Kattegat by Dr. Petersen, and
kindly sent to me for examination. The species is accordingly not yet proved to
belong to the fauna of Norway; but as Hupagurus cuanensis is not infrequently
met with off the south coast of Norway, it is very probable that its parasite
will also be found to exist off our coasts.

Distribution. — Kattegat. (Copenhagen Mus.).

Gen. 6. Phryxus, Rathke, 1843.
Syn.: Bopyrus, Kroyer (not Latr.)

E Hemiarthrus, Giard and Bonnier.

Generic Characters. — Body of adult female very asymmetrical and de-
formed, one side (left or right) being greatly swollen and much longer than the
other. Cephalon small and deeply sunk within the mesosome. Segments of
latter densely crowded together and only visible dorsally, coxal plates very small
and only present on the shorter side. Metasome, as in Athelges, without any
true epimeral plates, and only consisting of 5 segments, the last forming a nar-
row terminal piece. Antenne very small and difficult to observe. Maxillipeds
without any terminal joint. Incubatory plates very unequally developed, those
on one side alone sufficing to form the large marsupial pouch; 1st pair not pro-
jecting in front, being concealed by the next succeeding one. Legs wholly
pushed on to the dorsal face, and more or less contorted, those of the larger side
all obliterated, with the excepttion of the Ist. Only 4 pairs of pleopoda present, and
these rather unequally developed on the two sides, outer lamella larger, foliaceous, and
extend ed laterally, inner lamella small and pushed on to the ventral face. Body of
young female less asymmetrical, with all the legs present, though rather irregularly

arranged on the one side; that of immature female (Gmmediately after the trans-

215

formation) almost perfectly symmetrical, vermiform. Adult male with the segments
of metasome more or less fused together. Parasitic on the ventral face of differ-
ent Carida.

Remarks. — This genus was etablished in the year 1843 by H. Rathke,
to include a peculiar Bopyrid found by him on a_ species of Spirontocaris (Hip-
polyte), and named Phryxus hippolytes. He, moreover, refers to this genus an-
other Bopyrid, P. Paguwii, which, however, is now recognized as generically differ-
ent and referable to the genus Athelges of Hesse. MM. Giard and Bonnier
transfer the generic name Phryxus, proposed by Rathke, to a generically differ-
ent exotic Bopyrid, substituting for the northern form a new name, viz.
Hemarthrus. This however, cannot, be sanctioned, since such a_ proceed-
ing is quite contrary to the general rule in Zoology. If the name Phryxus is
to be retained in the present group, it ought certainly to be used for the form,
to which it was originally assigned, and cannot be replaced by a new generic
name, unless the former name is altogether to be abandoned. It may be that
this will be found necessary, as the name Phrywvus is said to be already appro-
priated in Zoology. \

The present genus exhibits, it is true, some points of agreement with
the genus Athelges, especially as regards the structure of the metasome, but in
several other respects it differs rather markedly, so that it ought evidently to be
kept apart, though forming with it a distinct sub-division of the family Bopyride.
In addition to the northern species described below, MM. Giard and Bonnier
have recorded 4 other species from the Mediterranean; but no description or
figures of these have as yet been given, and their validity is accordingly still

rather problematic.

Phryxus abdominalis, (Kroyer).
(Pl. XC, XCD.
Bopyrus abdominalis, Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr, Vol. IIT, p. 102, Pl. I, I.
Syn.: Phryxus hippolytes, Rathke

Hemiarthrus abdominalis, Giard and Bonnier.

Specifie Characters. — Body of fully grown female forming an irregular,
globular mass, somewhat varying in form, according to the degree of distention
of the marsupial pouch, one of the sides, sometimes the left, sometimes the right,
being much more swollen than the other, and the axis of the body accordingly

more or less twisted to one side or the other. Cephalon comparatively small,

216

and to a ‘great extent encompassed by the 1st segment of mesosome, subcordate in
form, with the frontal margin thickened and deeply insinuated in the middle. Segments
of mesosome only visible dorsally, very narrow, band-hke, lateral parts well defined
on the shorter side, and each projecting into a small, knob-like prominence, those on
the other side inconspicuous; coxal plates only present on the former side, very
small and imperfectly defined from the lateral parts. _Metasome more or less
projecting behind, abruptly contracted and slightly tapering distally, segments well
defined, the last one narrow conical in form, and minutely incised on the tip.
Oral area wholly concealed below. Incubatory plates on the shorter side of the
body rather small and densely crowded together, each divided by a transversal fold
into 2 segments; those of the other side very large, especially the 2nd, which
alone forms the greater part of the boundary of the marsupium; 5th plate on
this side apparently wanting. Legs more or less twisted and extended dorsally,
those of the larger side all obliterated except the Ist one, though shght rudiments
of the 3 posterior ones may always be found as 3 extremely small bifurcate
appendages just in the angle between the mesosome and metasome. Outer la-
melle of pleopoda foliaceous, rounded oval, successively diminishing in size from
before backwards, those on one side much larger than on the other. — Body of
young female, with the incubatory plates not yet fully developed, subclavate in
form, anterior division, as in fully grown specimens, very asymmetrical, but having
all the legs distinctly developed; those of the larger side however, being, rather
irregularly arranged and partly folded in beneath the ventral face. — Body of
still younger female oblong oval in form, somewhat irregularly twisted, but having
all the segments very sharply defined. Cephalon freely projecting in front, and
rather broad. Segments of mesosome strongly vaulted above, and having the
lateral parts on both sides considerably produced and deflexed. Metasome not
abruptly contracted. Legs regular on both sides, being all folded in beneath
the ventral face. Inner lamellz of pleopoda larger than the outer. — Body of
immature female (in the Ist postlarval stage) very slender, vermiform, nearly
symmetrical throughout, with the cephalon semicircular, and the lateral parts of
the segments obtusely produced; outer lamelle of pleopoda wanting. — Adult
male oblong, linear, with the segments of mesosome very sharply marked off
from each other, metasome forming an undivided piece, broad at the base and
conically tapered distally. Colour of fully grown female dark brownish violet.
Length of female attaining 11 mm., that of male 3 mm.

Remarks. — This form was first described by Kroyer in the year 1840
as Bopyrus abdomimalis, and it was 3 years later that H. Rathke published his

description of Phryxus hippolytes. That these two forms are identical is

217

obvious, and it must accordingly be assumed, that Rathke, in describing the
animal under a new name, did not know the description given by Kroyer. Of
course the speeific name proposed by the latter author is that which should be
retained for the species. It is an easily recognizable form, though rather vari-
able in shape, according to the degree of distention of the marsupium. Also the
male is somewhat variable both as to size and in the shape of the metasome.
As is generally the case with parasitic Isopoda, the immature female exhibits
an appearance very different from that of the fully grown animal. In order to
show this difference and the successive transformations, several stages are figured
on Pl. 91, and also figures of the embryo in its last stage, and of the larva in
the so-called cryptoniscian stage, are given on this plate.

Occurrence. — 'This is by far the commonest of our indigenous Bopy-
rids, being met with rather frequently along the whole coast of Norway, from the
Christiania Fjord to Vadse, infesting rather a large number of different Crusta-
ceans. I have found it on the following 6 species of the genus Spirontocaris
(Hippolyte): S. Gamardi, polaris, pusiola, turgida, spinus, securifrons, and more-
over on 3 species of the genus Pandalus, viz., P. Montagui, borealis, and pro-
pinqvus. It is also recorded by Dr. Hansen from Spirontocaris Phippsii and
by Sp. Bate from S. Barleei, so that at present it is known to occur on no less
than 11 different hosts. In all of them, the parasite occupies the very same place,
viz., beneath the anterior part of the metasome, more or less enclosed be-
tween the epimeral plates of the first 2 segments (see the uppermost figure in
Pl. 90). On a closer examination, the parasite is always found to be firmly
attached by the aid of the one series of legs to the basal part of one of the
anterior pleopoda of its host, sometimes the right, sometimes the left and
the distortion of the body to the one or the other side depends on this mode
of attachment. The male is found clinging to the ventral face of the metasome
of the ‘female, often occupying an oblique position and more or less concealed
by the protruding marsupium. In immature females the attached male is often
found to be still in the cryptoniscian stage, and I have also occasionally found
larval males of this description in different places on fully grown females. The
number of eggs and embryos contained in the marsupial cavity is immense,
and may amount to several thousand in all.

Distribution. — British Isles (Sp. Bate), Kattegat (Meinert), Spitsbergen
(Norw. North Atl. Exp.), the Kara Sea (Hansen), Greenland (Kroyer), Grinnels
Land (Miers), Atlantic coast of North America (Harger).

28. Crustacea.

218

The genus Microniseus, Fritz Miiller.

(See Pl. XCII).
2

In the year 1870 Fritz Miiller examined a small Isopod found by him
parasitic on a Copepod (Calanoid) from Brazil, and described it under the name
of Microniscus fuscus as the type of a new genus of Bopyride. Some years
afterwards I found a similar form off the Lofoten Islands clinging to a calanus
finmarchicus, and I recorded it briefly in my ,,Oversigt“ as a new species under
the name of Microniscus calani, though at the same time expressing my doubt as
to its being an adult animal somewhatin the following terms: I feel, however,
great doubts as to the validity of the genus Microniscus, for both the form
described by Fritz Miiller and that examined by myself, exhibit so strong a re-
semblance to larval stages of other Epicarida, that I should be much inclined to.
believe that both these forms represent immature animals, which would never
have reached to sexual maturity in the hosts on which they were found.“ On
re-examining the material of Micronisci subsequently collected, I am now in a
position to give full proof of the correctness of the above-quoted supposition.
The genus Microniscus, which is even regarded by MM. Giard and Bonnier as
the type of a distinct family, must indeed be altogether discarded, as only re-
presenting a transitory larval stage of Epicarida belonging to different families.
In the several forms of Epicarida only 2 larval stages have hitherto been de-
scribed, and these 2 stages are so very different both as to the general form of
the body and the structure of the several appendages, that it is rather difficult
to imagine how the one could develop from the other. Nor, so far as
[ know, has the immediate transformation of the one stage into the other ever
been observed by any zoologist. Now the observations which I have had an
opportunity of instituting, and of which the results are elucidated by the figures
given on Pl. 92, make it highly probable, that in all Epicarida there exists an
intermediate larval stage between the 2 formerly observed, and that this stage is
actually the Microniscus. Whether this stage in all cases is parasitic on Cope-
poda, I cannot say with certainty: but for 2 different forms at least, evidently
belonging to 2 different families, the parasitism on Copepoda is now proved.

In one place on the west coast of Norway (Kggesbones), a Microniscus,
not apparently differing from the one first described as M. ciilani, was met
with not infrequently on the small Calanoid Pseudocalanus elongatus Boeck, and

it often happened that a single specimen af this Copepod carried 2 such para-

219

sites, one on each side of the anterior division of the body, both turning their
heads towards that of their host (see fig. 1). On examining the specimens more
closely, they were found to be of rather different size and different degrees of
development, though evidently representing the very same species. The smallest
specimens (fig. 1 a) had all the characters of a normal Bopyrid-larva in the 1st
stage, and exhibited a strong resemblance to the well-known larva of Phrywus
abdonunalis (cf. Pl. 91 below), the number of legs being only 6 pairs, and
the antenne, pleopoda and uropoda being tipped with slender bristles. In some-
what larger specimens (fig. 16) the antennz had lost their bristles, and assumed
the appearance characteristic of the Micronisci, looking merely like simple inarti-
culate processes. The 6 pairs of legs exhibited likewise a much more clumsy
appearance, showing scarcely any trace of articulation, though terminating in a
sharp hook-like poimt, and behind them a 7th pair of legs was seen in process
of formation as 2 comparatively small rounded tuberosities. The pleopoda were
still tipped with bristles, but of very small size, whereas the uropoda were wholly
devoid of such bristles, and their rami were only present in the form of slight lobes.
In other specimens (fig. 1 ¢.) of larger size and with the body more produced, the
7th pair of legs had lengthened considerably so as to project laterally, though
showing as yet no trace of a terminal claw (see fig. 1 ¢, p 7). In this
stage, which otherwise did not differ much from the preceding one, the
Microniscus agrees rather closely with one of the 2 specimens recently figured
by Dr. Hansen in his work on the Isopoda, Cumacea and Stomatopoda of the
German Plankton-Expedition. Finally, in the largest specimens (fig. 1 d), which
exhibited all the characters of a normal Microniscus calani, all the 7 pairs of
legs were distinctly developed and of exactly the same structure, representing
indistinctly articulated grasping organs, (fig. 1 d. p.), and the uropoda had leng-
thened considerably, the outer ramus projecting far beyond the inner, and exhibiting
a few small hairs at its tip (see fig. 1 d. urp.). In all the specimens, distinct
though rather small eyes were present on each side of the flat, semicircular
cephalon, and the lateral parts of the segments were more or less acutely pro-
duced, giving the sides of the body a jagged appearance.

Another form of Microniscus was found in a different locality, clinging
to a deep-water Calanoid, Metridia longa Lubbock (fig. 2). This form (fig. 2 a),
of which 2 specimens were secured, agreed in all essential characters with that
found on Pseudocalanus elongatus, but was of somewhat larger size, and had the
lateral parts of the segments less produced. It differed, moreover, in the total
absence of visual organs, as also in the structure of the uropoda. Whereas in

the other form, the inner ramus of these appendages exhibited a very rudimen-

220

tary appearance, in the present form it was well developed, even extending con-
siderably beyond the outer. One of the two specimens (fig. 2 b) was found,
on a closer examination, to be just about to cast off its skin, and within the
pellucid envelope a quite normal Cryptoniscian larva could be discerned, exactly
agreeing with a form that I had previously not infrequently found free in the sea
(fig. 2 c). The latter exhibits all the characters indicated by Dr. Hansen’) as
peculiar to the larve belonging to the family Cryptoniscide, and some of these
characters could also be very distinctly seen in the Microniscus stage mentioned
above (cf. the detail figures 2 b and 2 ¢).

From the two above given series of observations, it is thus clearly shown,
firstly, that a true Microniscus, apparently identical with the form previously
recorded by the present author as M. calani, develops from the Ist stage
of a normal Bopyrid larva; secondly, that another form of Microniscus, after
having attained its normal development, is transformed by a single exuviation into
the well-known 2nd larval stage, generally termed the Cryptoniscian stage; thirdly,
that these 2 forms of Microniscus, though exhibiting a very similar appearance,
in reality belong to 2 very different families of Epicarida, the one to the Bopy-
ride, the other to the Cryptoniscide. In other words the name Microniscus
cannot in future be taken in the formerly-adopted sense as a generic denomi-
nation, but must be restricted to designate a transitory developmental stage of
Epicarida connecting the 2 previously-known larval stages.

It is rather difficult at present to state with certainty, to which species
of Epicarida the 2 above-mentioned Micronisci belong; but I am much inclined
to believe that the one form will turn out to be a developing stage of Phryxus
abdominalis, and the other a similar stage of a species belonging to the genus

Podascon of Giard and Bonnier.

1) Isopoda, Cumacea and Stomatopoda of the German Plankton-Expedition, p. 22.

Fam. 2. Dajide.

Characters.—Body of adult female perfectly symmetrical, shield-like, and
more or less curved ventrally, the 3 chief divisions being only slightly indicated,
and the segmentation, as a rule, only visible in the middle of the dorsal face,
lateral parts of mesosome more or less expanded and hollowed, to receive the
ova and embryos. Ventral face exhibiting in front a comparatively small de-
pressed area, defined anteriorly by the frontal margin, laterally by the closely
crowded coxal plates. Antenne of different structure in the different genera.
Buccal mass conically produced, and containing the styliform mandibles. Maxille
obsolete. Maxillipeds lamellar, without any terminal joint, turned sometimes an-
teriorly, sometimes posteriorly. Behind them a more or less developed sternal
plate, occupying the. floor of the above-mentioned area. Incubatory plates com-
paratively small, sometimes greatly reduced in number, and scarcely at all par-
taking of the formation of the marsupium, which constitutes two separate
cavities bounded by the lateral walls of the body itself. Only 5 pairs of
legs present, these being densely crowded together around the oral area. Pleopoda
generally rudimentary or wholly absent. Uropoda distinct or wanting.— Adult
male narrow linear, with the cephalon and Ist segment of mesosome coalesced,
metasome simple or imperfectly segmented.—Last larval stage with the basal
jomt of the antennule produced behind to a long tooth-like projection, antennal
flagellum 5-articulate; oral cone terminating in a circular sucking disk; Ist pair of
legs shorter and thicker than the others, last pair with 2 groups of delicate, diverging
spinules on the palmar edge; uropoda with the rami subequal. Parasitic on Schizopoda.

Remarks.—This family forms, as it were, a transition between the Bopy-
ride and Cryptoniscide, and is chiefly characterized by the shield-like, perfectly
symmetrical body of the female, the total absence in the same of the 2 posterior
pairs of legs, and the close crowding together of the 5 anterior pairs, which
are arranged around a small depressed ventral area situated quite m front.
The mode in which the marsupial cavity is formed, is also very different from
that found in the Bopyride. Whereas in the latter this cavity is formed exclu-
sively by the largely developed incubatory plates, in the forms belonging to the
present family it is bounded by the lateral walls of the body itself, and theretore,
strictly spoken, constitutes 2 separate cavities, more or less approximate on the
ventral face, but never confluent. The incubatory plates only serve for closing

the anterior and posterior openings leading to these cavities, and are therefore,

222

as a rule, very small and sometimes greatly reduced in number. In the male,
the more or less complete fusion of the Ist segment of mesosome with the ce-
phalon is a very pronounced character, and moreover the larva in the last (Cryptonis-
cian) stage exhibits several well-marked peculiarities first pointed out by Dr.
Hansen. All the hitherto known forms are found parasitic on Schizopoda belong-
ing partly to the family Huphauside, partly to that of the Myside. We know
at present of only 4 genera belonging to this family, 3 of which will be treated

of below.

Gen 1. Dajus. Krogyer, 1842.

Syn.: Leptophryxus, Buchholz.

Generic Characters.—Body of adult female very tumid, slightly curved
ventrally, with the lateral parts greatly expanded and more or less projecting in
front beyond the cephalon, middle part of dorsal face sub-depressed and distinctly
segmented. Metasome abruptly contracted and divided into 6 segments, the last
carrying 2 small juxtaposed lamelle, the uropoda. Oral area comparatively
broad, semicircular. Antenne distinct, and of normal structure. Maxillipeds
extended anteriorly, as in the Bopyride. Sternal plate of moderate size, trigonal
in form. Incubatory plates present in the normal number (5 pairs), last air
much the largest. Legs short and thick, exactly alike. First pair of pleopoda
forming 2 rather large lamelle occurring immediately behind the last pair of in-
cubatory plates; the succeeding pairs rudimentary.—Adult male with the meta-
some undivided. Parasitic on species of the genera Mysis (sens. strict.) and
Cynthilia (Siriella), being attached to the ventral face of the last segment of
mesosome, between the incubatory lamelle of the host.

Leemarks.—This genus was established in the year 1842 by Kroyer, to
include a peculiar parasite found by him on a species of Mysis. The genus
Leptophryxus of Buchholz is unquestionably identical with Kroyer’s genus, and
was founded upon the very same species. We know as yet of only 2 species be-
longing to this genus. One of these will be described below, the other having
been briefly recorded from the Challenger Expedition by the present author,

under the name of Dajus sirielle, A 8rd species, it is true, has been estab-

223

lished by MM. Giard and Bonnier as Dajus mixtus, but this is only a nominal
species, and undoubtedly identical with that originally recorded by Kroyer.

Dajus mysidis, Kroyer.
(Pl. XCIII, CIV).
Dajus mysidis, Kroyer, in Gaimard’s Voyage, Pl. XXVIII, fig. 1.

Syn... Bopyrus mysidum, Packard
Leptophryxus mysidis, Buchholz
” if } . ?
Dajus mixtus, Giard and Bonnier.

Specific Characters.—Body of fully grown female oval quadrangular in
outline, broadest in front and slightly narrowed behind. Cephalon imperfectly
defined, and curved downwards, frontal margin straight. Lateral parts of meso-
some greatly swollen, and projecting anteriorly in the form of bluntly rounded
protuberances extending beyond the limits of the cephalon, median part sub-
depressed and exhibiting 5 or 6 distinct transversal sutures defining the seg-
ments. Metasome rather short and but slightly projecting, being conically

.

tapered, its Ist segment much larger than the others. Oral area placed wholly
in front, comparatively broad, semicircular. Antennule very short, 3-articulate ;
antennze much more slender and extended laterally, being composed of 8 or 9
articulations successively diminishing in size distally. First pair of incubatory
plates larger than the next succeeding ones, and divided by a transversal fold
into 2 segments; last pair, extending behind the oral area, rather broadly over-
lapping each other in the middle.—Body of young female narrower, subclavate,
with the mesosome more distinctly segmented, and the metasome more produced ;
that of still younger female oblong, attenuated behind, with the cephalon freely
projecting in front, and the coxal plates occupying the side-edges of the meso-
some.— Body of immature female, immediately after the metamorphosis, still nar-
rower, somewhat resembling the male in shape, but having only 5 pairs of legs,
and the metasome distinctly segmented.—Adult male linear, subcompressed, with
the 6 posterior segments of mesosome very sharply marked off from each other,
metasome forming a thickish, undivided piece of oval or elliptical form, carrying
at the tip 2 extremely small appendages (rudiments of uropoda). Colour of
female along the middle of the dorsal face reddish brown, lateral parts whitish.
Length of fully grown female 4 mm., that of male J mm.

Remarks.—As above stated, this form was first recorded by Kroyer, and
figured by him in Gaimard’s work from a not yet fully developed specimen. ‘The

same form was subsequently described under two different names, viz., by. Packard

224

as Bopyrus mysidum and by Buchholz as Leptophryxus mysidis, and Dr. Hoek
records it also under the latter name, none of these authors having apparently
been aware of the fact that this form had long been recorded by Kroyer
as Dajus mysidis. Tn more recent times MM. Giard and Bonnier have published
in the ”Bulletin scientifique de la France“ a very exhaustive description of this
interesting form, accompanied by excellent figures, and they are indeed highly to
be commended, for giving such a full acount, considering that they had only
a solitary specimen at their disposal. As I have had an opportunity of examin-
ing numerous specimens of this form, I have been enabled to testify the great
exactness of the said distinguished French zoologists, and to supplement their ac-
count as regards the development. of the species. In the 2 accompanying plates,
figures are given not only of the fully grown animal in both sexes, but also of
3 different stages of the female, of a young male in the Cryptoniscian stage,
and of an embryo in one of the latter stages. The peculiar larval form figured
at the bottom of Pl. 94 was found in a sample of plankton from Nansen’s
Expedition. It is figured here, because in the same sample several specimens of
the easily recognizable Cryptoniscian stage of Dajus were found, which makes
it highly probable that it represents the Ist free larval stage of the pre-
sent form.

Occurrence.—I have taken this form not infrequently from 2 different
species of Mysis, viz. M. oculata Fabr. and M. mixta Lilljeborg, both collected
off the Norwegian coast, the former in Finmark, at Vardo and Vadso, the latter
in 2 localities of the Nordland coast. No differences whatever could be detected
between the specimens infesting these 2 species of Mysis, and the nominal spe-
cies Dajus mixtus Giard & Bonnier ought therefore to be altogether discarded.
The parasite is only found on female specimens of the Mysis, being invariably
attached to the ventral face of the last segment of the mesosome, turning its
head backwards and its ventral face towards the belly of its host, in such a
manner that its body is partly imserted between the 2 pairs of incubatory plates
which form the marsupial pouch in the Mysis. Jn no_ instance, however,
had these plates attained their full size in the infested specimens, and it is,
indeed, very probable, that the presence of the parasite put a stop to their
growth. The male is found clinging to the ventral face of the metasome of the
female, and is partly concealed by the lamelle of the anterior pleopoda. In
young females the attached male is often found to be still in the Cryptoniscian
stage, and I have also occasionally found similar larval individuals, probably be-
longing to both sexes, free in the sea, and likewise not infrequently attached

firmly to the rudimentary pleopoda of the Mysis. The number of eggs or embryos

225

contained in the marsupial cavities is rather considerable in fully grown females,
though not nearly so immense as in the Bopyride. They show with great di-
stinctness through the thin body-walls bounding these cavities.
Distribution.—Greenland (Kroyer), Labrador (Packard), Sabine Island
(Buchholz), Spitsberg (Hoek), Jan Mayn (Norw. North Atl. Exped.), the Murman

coast (Stuxberg), the Kara Sea (Hansen).

Gen. 2, Notophryxus, &. O. Sars, 1882.

Generic Characters.—Body of adult female ovate, more or less depressed,
and but slightly curved, with the cephalic part projecting in front, and the lateral
parts greatly swollen, though scarcely expanded anteriorly. Metasome forming
a semicircular, incurved plate, without any appendages. Marsupial rooms sub-
contiguous in the middle of the ventral faces. Antennz lamellar, imperfectly
articulated. Oral area rather small, contracted behind. Tips of mandibles pro-
jecting from the oral cone in the shape of 2 narrow plates armed with recurved
teeth. Maxillipeds folded backwards over the very large and broad sternal plate.
Only a single pair of incubatory plates present, issuing from the base of the anterior
pair of legs, and divided into 3 diverging lappets. Legs small, of normal structure.
Adult male resembling that of Dajus. Larve in the 1st stage distinguished by the
large size and peculiar structure of the uropoda. Parasitic on Mysidze and
EKuphausiide, being, as a rule, attached to the dorsal face of their hosts.

Remarks.—Though in the general appearance of both sexes this genus
is rather like the genus Dajus, it is found, on a closer examination, to differ in
several respects very pronouncedly. Thus, the antenne, at-least in the type
species, exhibit a rather anomalous appearance, forming broad, inarticulate
plates, which together constitute a broad lamella bounding the oral area in
front. Moreover, the maxillipeds, instead of being turned anteriorly, are folded
backwards over the large sternal plate, looking at first sight merely like a pair of
incubatory plates. Of the latter there is only a single pair present, issuing from
the base of the Ist pair of legs, and exhibiting a very irregular form. Finally,
there is no trace of any appendages on the metasome. Four different species
have been recorded by the present author as belonging to this genus; but, as

remarked by MM. Giard and Bonnier, it is very probable that some of these
29. Crustacea.

on a closer examination, will turn out to constitute types of distinct, though
nearly allied genera. This may especially be the case with the 2 species from the
Challenger Expedition, N. lateralis and globularis, both of which were found on
Euphausiide. The species described from the Norwegian North Atlantic Expedi-
tion as JN. clypeata, seems to agree more closely with the type species, though this
form, too, exhibits some rather pronounced peculiarities. The Norwegian species,
described below, is the first one recorded, and must accordingly be regarded as

the type of the genus.

Notophryxus ovoides, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XCY).
Notophryxus ovoides, G. O. Sars. Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I,
p. 71, Pl. I, figs. 9—11.

Specific Characters.—Body of fully grown female ovoid in outline, some-
what widening behind, with the cephalic part projecting in front as a broadly
rounded prominence, scarcely at all deflexed. Dorsal face of mesosome
slightly convex, with the segments only visible along the middle, lateral parts
strongly tumefied, and projecting posteriorly beyond the tip of the metasome.
Ventral face canaliculate along the middle, and forming in front a comparatively
small rounded oral area, abruptly contracted behind. Metasome constituting a
short, semicircular deflexed plate, with only slght traces of segmentation.
Marsupial cavities nearly contiguous along the middle of the ventral face, their
posterior openings pushed on to the dorsal side. Antennze imperfectly defined,
lamelliform, constituting together a broad horizontal plate defining the oral area
Body of

young female narrower, oblong oval in form, with the metasome more distinctly

in front, and deeply incised in the middle, to receive the oral cone.

segmented and projecting behind, being strongly curved downwards.—Adult male
narrow linear, resembling in shape that of Dajus mysidis; metasome, as in the
latter, undivided. Colour of female pale yellow, with short reddish orange trans-
versal bands across the median part of the back. Length of fully grown female
3'/2 mm., of male 1 mm.

Remarks.—This form was described by the present author in the year
1882, but was at that time not subjected to a more detailed analysis, for which
reason several peculiarities had escaped my attention. The description and figures
now given are based upon a very close examination of several specimens, one

of which was carefully dissected, in order to assertain some difficult points, especi-

227

ally as regards the oral parts and the incubatory plates. The larva figured at the
bottom of the accompanying plate was taken from the marsupial room of a speci-
men, in which the greater part of the brood had been discharged, so that only a
few larva still remained. On comparing this larva with that from Nansen’s Expedi-
tion figured on Pl. 94 and adduced to Dajus mysidis, an unmistakable resem-
blance between the two will be found to exist, especially as regards the peculiar
structure of the uropoda.

Occurrence.—I have found this form only on a single species of deep-
water Myside, viz. Amblyops abbreviata, G. O. Sars. All the specimens were
found attached to the same place on their hosts, viz., to the dorsal face of the
3rd segment of the metasome, and in all the cases the parasite was found to
turn its head forwards in relation to its host, as shown by fig. X. This is
a rather anomalous position, and MM. Giard and Bonnier are therefore inclined
to believe that my statement about this point might be due to some mistake, and
that the parasite might in reality have had its head turned to the opposite side.
Though none of my specimens are vow in their original connection with their hosts,
I must still insist on the correctness of my statement. Nor is such a position
quite exceptional among the Epicarida, for, as stated above, the Micronisei
as a rule occupy a similar position in relation to their hosts, and farther below
a Cryptoniscid will be described, Cyproniscus eypridine, which also, in its fully
grown state, invariably turns its head to the same side as that of its host.

As to the distribution of the present form, I have found it in two rather
distant localities of the Norwegian coast, viz., at Mosterhavyn in the outer part
of the Hardanger Fjord, and at Bejan outside the Trondhjemsfjord. Out of

Norway this form has not yet been recorded,

Gen. 3. ASpidophryxus, G. O. Sars, 1882,

Generic Characters.—Body of female shield-like, convex above, concave
below, without any distinct boundary between its chief divisions, and with only
very slight traces of segmentation. Cephalic part projecting in front between
the largely developed, wing-like lateral parts of the mesosome, its ventral face

forming a horizontal quadrangular plate defining the very small rounded oral

228

area in front. Caudal part of body continuous with the preceding part, and
forming below a slight hollow, in which the male is found attached. Marsupial
rooms approximate along the middle of the ventral face, though not contiguous.
Antenne quite rudimentary, forming 4 extremely small and _ closely set
tubercles just within the frontal margin. Oral cone short, simple. Maxillipeds,
as in Notophryxus, folded backwards over the comparatively small cordiform
sternal plate. Only a single pair of distinctly developed mcubatory plates present,
issuing, as in Notophryxus from the bases of the anterior pair of legs. A nar-
row longitudinal fold also extends on each side behind the oral area, terminating
behind in a projecting lappet, which serves for closing the posterior openings of
the marsupial cavities. Legs small, somewhat more slender than in Notophrycxus,
and densely crowded around the oral area. Pleopoda and uropoda wholly absent.
Male with the metasome rather produced and indistinctly segmented, last segment
carrying 2 small appendages (uropoda). Parasitic on Mysidz, being, as a rule,
attached to the dorsal side of the carapace.

Remarks.—In some respects this genus agrees with that of Notophryxus,
especially as regards the structure of the oral parts and the reduction of the
incubatory plates; but in other points it differs rather markedly, for instance in
the pronouncedly clypeiform shape of the body in the female, the peculiar form of
the cephalic part and the rudimentary condition of the antenne. The male also
is easily distinguishable by the different structure of the metasome.

We know as yet of only a single species belonging to this genus. For
the form described by MM. Giard and Bonnier as A. Sarsi cannot in my
opinion be maintained as such. In describing this form, the above authors have
fallen into some serious errors as regards the structure of the antenne, oral
parts and incubatory plates, and this may easily be accounted for by the fact,
that they had for examination only a single js: which could not be dis-

sected, as it belonged to a foreign collection.

Aspidophryxus peltatus, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XOVD.
Aspidophryxus peltatus, G. O. Sars, Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer, I, p. 72, Pl. I, fig.s 12—15.

Syn.: Aspidophryxus Sarsi. Giard and Bonnier.

Specific Characters.—Body of fully grown female oval triangular in out-
line, being broadest in front and somewhat attenuated behind, terminating in an

obtuse point. Dorsal face slightly vaulted, and exhibiting 5 or 6 ‘indistinct

transversal folds as an indication of segments, ventral face concave, or more
properly grooved along the middle. Cephalic parts narrowly truncated in front,
and defined laterally from the wing-like projecting lateral parts of mesosome by
deep incisions, its ventral portion forming a narrow quadrangular plate deeply
emarginated behind. Oral area very small, rounded, placed far in front. —
Body of immature female nearly quadrangular in outline, scarcely tapering at all
posteriorly, hind extremity bluntly truncated, cephalic part narrowly produced.—
Adult male narrow, linear, somewhat resembling that of Notophryxus ovoides,
but having the metasome considerably more produced, tapering distally, and di-
vided into 5 not very sharply defined segments, the last of which carries 2 in-
distinctly bifid appendages (the uropoda).— Young male, still in the cryptoniscian
stage, resembling that of Dajus, though having the front narrower and the oral
sucking disc of smaller size. Colour of female somewhat varying in different
specimens, the dorsal face being more or less variegated by a dark brownish
red pigment, generally arranged in broad transversal bands. Length. of female
attaining 3 mm., of male 0.70 mm.

Remarks.—As above mentioned, this is, in my opinion, the only as yet
known species of the genus. As regards the supposed new species described by
MM. Giard and Bonnier, and kindly dedicated to the present author, the only
distinguishing character given is the smaller number and comparatively greater
size of the ova contained in the marsupial cavities; but this is simply due to the
circumstance that the specimen examined was of rather small size, in which case
the ova cannot of course be so numerous as in larger specimens, and must
also naturally appear of greater size in relation to the parent animal.
The other apparent differences, relating to the structure of the antenne, oral
parts, and incubatory plates, evidently are due to an imperfect examination. It
is, indeed, very difficult to get any correct idea of these parts without a very
careful dissection and preparation, and such a close examination could not, as
above stated, be instituted by the said authors. As to the incubatory plates, MM.
Giard and Bonnier say that they have found them to be of essentially the
same structure as in Dajus mysidis, and they are also thus represented in
one of the detail-figures given. The fact is, however, that in the present genus
these plates, both as to form and number, are very different from those in
Dajus, and much more resembling those in Noftophryxus. As in that genus, only
a single pair of such plates are developed in front, to close the anterior open-
ing leading to the marsupial cavities, and these plates in this case too,
issue from the bases of the foremost pair of legs, the next succeeding legs

having no traces of plates at their bases. The above-named plates (see the

230

2 middle figures on Pl]. 96) are of very considerable size, projecting with their
outer, broadly rounded parts far into the marsupial cavities, and they are divided
by several irregular folds, so that they might have presented themselves for the
above mentioned authors as consisting each of several superposed plates. It is also
very probable that the maxillipeds, owing to their anomalous direction, have been
taken by them for another pair of incubatory plates. The 2 narrow, juxtaposed
folds, which extend behind the oral area, and which, by their posterior lappet,
serve for closing the posterior openings of the marsupial cavities, are described by
MM. Giard and Bonnier as the 5th pair of incubatory plates. It may be that
they answer to the plates so named in Dajus, but between these folds and the
above described 1st pair no other plates exist, for a slight lobe found at about
the middle of the length of the folds, and extended laterally within the mar-
supial cavities, has on dissection turned out to be only a lateral lappet issuing
from these folds (see the upper middle figure on Pl. 96).—The appearance of
the immature females, of which I have examined specimens scarcely exceeding
1 mm. in length, is rather perplexing; for. contrary to what is the case in
Dajus and probably also in Notophryxus, the body exhibits in such specimens a
still more compact form than in fully grown females, and there is scarcely any
trace of a caudal division. In such young specimens, the appertinent male is
generally found to be still in the Cryptoniscian stage, and is invariably found
clinging to a peculiar, more or less contorted fleshy cord hanging down from
the posterior hollowed part of the body answering to the caudal part in fully
grown specimens. The same peculiar mode of affixion could also be proved to
occur in adult specimens, and this cord therefore appears to be an integrant
part of the genital apparatus of the female. MM. Giard and Bonnier have also
seen a cord of this description in the specimen examined by them; but they have inter-
preted its significance in a very different manner, believing it to belong to a parasitic
Copepod (Aspidoecia Normani) found by them attached to the same host (a spe-
cies of the genus Erythrops) below the body of the Aspidophryxus, and accord-
ing to their assumption, at the same time affixing itself by the aid of this cord
to the Kpicarid. This supposition is evidently quite wrong. For the above-named
Copepod, which I have found not infrequently attached to different places of the body
in specimens of Erythrops, has in reality nothing to do with the Aspidophryxus,
and the apparent association of the 2 parasites, as observed by MM. Giard and

bonnier, has certainly been due to a mere accident.

Occurrence.—I have found this peculiar Epicarid not infrequently along
the whole south and west coasts of Norway, and northwards at least to the Lo-

foten Islands, especially infesting species of the Mysidian genus Erythrops. Its

231
occurrence on the following 4 species of this genus has been proved—H, Goési,;
pygmea, serrata, and nicrophthalma. I have, moreover, found it on Parerythrops
obesa, and in a single case also on Mysidopsis didelphys. I have carefully compared
specimens from all these different hosts, and have convinced myself that they all
belong to one and the same species. The mode of affixion of the parasite is rather
peculiar. As shown by the figure at the bottom of Pl. 96, it covers the
dorsal face of the carapace of its host like a mantle, invariably turning its head
backwards in relation to its host. The exact place where it attaches itself was
not formerly sufficiently determined by me, but I am now fully able to
confirm the statements of MM. Giard and Bonnier on this point. It is, in-
deed, the posterior incurved edge of the carapace, which exhibits the point of
affixion for the parasite, not, as formerly supposed, the dorsal face of the last
free segment of the mesosome. In one case only have I found it attached. in a
very different manner, viz., to the left peduncle of the superior antenne in a
specimen of Mysidopsis didelphys. The male, as above stated, is found within
the ventral hollow of the caudal part of the female, and is generally curled up
almost in a circle, always clinging to the above-mentioned fleshy cord issuing
from the genital region of the female.

Out of Norway, this form has not yet been recorded, for the specimen
examined by MM. Giard and Bonnier was found on an Erythrops micropthalma

taken off the Norwegian coast by the Rev. A. M. Norman.

Fam. 3. Cryptoniscide.

Characters.—Body of adult female reduced to a simple sac filled with
ova, though sometimes exhibiting slight traces of segmentation, but without any
true limbs. Last larval stage resembling in its outward appearance that of the
Bopyride and Dajide. Antennule with 2 flagella, and having the basal joint
lamellarly expanded behind, the expansion being more generally divided
into coarse teeth. Antennal flagellum 5-articulate. Oral cone simple, without
any sucking dise. Coxal plates generally closely pectinate. The 2 first pairs
of legs subequal, and much shorter and thicker than the others, which, as
a rule, are very slender, with long setiform dactyli. Pleopoda with both

rami well developed. Uropoda with the outer ramus, as a_ rule, much

232

shorter than the inner. Male not passing beyond the last larval stage, and undistin-
guishable from the female larva, except by the presence of the male generative
organs, which form 2 small bags within the last segment of mesosome. Ovaries
of female sometimes fully developed even in the last larval stage. Parasitic on
Crustacea of very different orders, more generally occurring within the marsupial
cavity of their hosts.

Remarks.—Under this head I combine the four families, Cyproniscide,
Cabiropside, Podasconide and Cryptoniscide of MM. Giard and Bonnier. The
chief motive which has led the above mentioned authors to the establishment of
these four families, seems to have been the occurrence of the parasites, each
family containing only forms which are stated to infest one group of Crusta-
cea. In my opinion, however, this circumstance cannot be regarded as a suffi-
cient criterion for the distinction of separate families, unless there are also found
very essential differences in the structural relations. This, indeed, seems, not to
be the case, and the last larval stage in particular, as also the male, in all these
forms is of a very uniform appearance, and easily distinguishable from that of the
2 above-described Bopyroid families.

The earliest known genus, from which the family has derived its name,
is Cryptoniscus, established by Fritz Miiller for a peculiar parasite found on a
Peltogaster infesting a Brasilian Pagurid, and having in its adult state a perplex-
ing resemblance to a Planaria, hence the specific name planarioides. Subse-
quently several other genera have been established, amounting to about 12 in
all. Of these, 5 will be described below, of which 4 at least are stated to

be represented in the fauna of Norway.

Gen. 1. Cyproniscus, Kossman, 1884.

Generic Characters. Body of adult female forming an inert curved sac
wholly filled with ova or embryos, and affixed to the host by the aid of a thin
flexible chord; dorsal face convex and exhibiting distinct traces of segmentation,
ventral face flattened, lateral parts expanded, anterior extremity broadly produced,
posterior obtusely rounded and incurved. — Body of immature female sub-pyri-
form, bluntly truncated in front, hind extremity narrowly exserted, lateral parts
not distinctly defined. — Body of young female, imediately after the trans-

formation, subfusiform, very faintly segmented, front part still enveloped by the

Bopyride.

G.0.S ars, autoar.
‘ ils Athelges tenuicaudis, n. Sp.
2. Athelges bilobus, n. Sp.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Phryxus abdominalis, (Kréyer).

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Phryxus abdominalis, (Kréyer).
(continued ).

Pipes

Meo © cla:

Bopyrides.

oA Cryptoniscid.

Microniscus (transitory stage of Epicarida).
1. Bopyrid.

G.0.Sars, autogr.

G.0.Sars, autogr.
Dajus mysidis, Kroyer.

Dajidae.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Sieeeneker

Dajus mysidis, Kroyer.
continued ).

Emby~, x [90

Larva . x13

[scpoda:

Dajidee.

a Od
es

s

Ree ete i ie

ar) a" pelea ree

7

i

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Notophryxus ovoides, GO. Sars.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Aspidophryxus peltatus, G.O.Sars.

233

larval skin, and deeply immerged within the body of the host, being anchored by
a pair of long, flexuous, root-like processes. — Adult male exactly resembling the
female larva of last stage, being rather slender, and without eyes; hind expansion
of basal jomt of antennule divided into a restricted number of teeth, coxal
plates coarsely pectinate; outer ramus of uropoda much smaller than the inner.
Parasitic on Ostracoda.

Remarks. — This genus was established in the year 1884 by Dr. Kossman,
to include the peculiar parasite briefly described and figured by the present
author in his ,,Oversigt“ as Cryptothiria cypridine. I now fully admit that this
form ought to be regarded as the type of a distinct genus, but cannot, on the
other hand, agree with MM. Giard and Bonnier, that the parasitism of this form
on an Ostracod should make it necessary to place it even in a separate family.
The structure of the male and the last larval stage of the female do not exhibit
any essential differences from those found in other Cryptoniscide. The genus

comprises as yet only a single species, to be described below.

Cyproniscus cypridine, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XCVII, Pl. XCVIII, fig. 1).

Cryptothiria cypridine, G. O. Sars. Oversigt af Norges Crustaceer I, p. 13, Pl. 2, figs. 17—21.

Specific Characters. — Body of adult female almost semi-globular in
shape, with the dorsal face greatly vaulted, the ventral one coneave, anterior
extremity, turning forward in relation to the host, subcordiform, posterior nar-
rower and inflexed, obtuse at the tip. Dorsal part of body well defined from
the lateral parts, and divided by distinct transversal lines into 7 segments, each
forming an obtuse gibbosity; lateral parts moderately expanded and unsegmented.
Integuments very thin and pellucid, without any obvious opaque area dorsally.
— Immature female somewhat varying in form, more generally clavate, with the
dorsal margin more or less deeply indented between the segments, posterior
extremity narrowly exserted and deflexed, lateral parts not defined from the
dorsal. — Still younger female, immediately after the transformation, fusiform,
but slightly curved with the ventral face very convex in front, neck constricted
and still covered by some of the anterior segments of the larval skin, cephalic
part wholly immerged within the skin of the host and exhibiting in front a
strongly denticulated recurved projection, reot-like filaments long and flexuous.
Male (and female in last larval stage) long and slender, sublinear, with the

dorsal face finely striolate transversally. Cephalic segment evenly rounded in front;

30. Crustacea.

234

anal segment obtusely produced behind. Basal expansion of antennule divided
behind into 6 coarse teeth. Coxal plates very distinctly pectinate. Outer ramus
of uropoda extremely small, scarcely half as long as the inner. Colour whitish.
Length of adult female 2.10 mm., of male 0.90 mm. — Parasitic on Cypridina
norvegica, occupying the part of the shell-cavity otherwise destined to receive the
ova and embryos of the host.

Remarks. — As above mentioned, this peculiar parasite was first described
by the present author in his ,,Oversigt“ under the name of Cryptothiria cypridine.
The description was only a preliminary one, and, after now having subjected
this form to a closer investigation, I am in a position to complete this description,
and at the same time to correct an essential error. The fusiform little creatures
generally found associated with the adult female, firmly anchored to the Cypridina
at one or both sides of the former, are not, as formerly opined, males, but
likewise females, though in a very early stage cf development, having lately
undergone their transformation. The successive stages figured on Pl. 97 and
marked 9! to 9° show this fully. Shortly before the transformation the female
larva burrows its head deeply imto the skin of the host (see figs. 9', 9?), and
from its anterior part the long, root-like filaments characteristic of the suc-
ceeding stages gradually grow out. Moreover, a highly chitinized reflexed plate,
terminating in several strong denticles, developes from the extremity of the head,
whereby the attachment becomes still firmer (see the figure at the bottom of
the plate on left side). At the same time the fusiform body of the Ist post-
larval stage may be distinctly traced within the larval skin, gradually retracting
itself from the inner walls of the latter, so as at last only to occupy a part of
its imner cayity (see fig. 9%). The empty larval skin is thereupon shed gradu-
ally from behind forwards. In the earliest postlarval stage (see fig. 9*) some
of the anterior segments of the larval skin are generally seen still loosely
covering the neck of the young female, with their appendages in a more or less
complete state; but very soon they too are thrown off, and only the deeply
immerged cephalic segment of the larva remains, constituting the means by
which the female is attached to its host (see fig. 9+). The neck of the latter |
now becomes gradually more and more constricted, and at last is converted into
the narrow flexible string by which the female adheres to the host (see figs. 2°, 9°).
The form of the body still looks rather different from that of the adult female;
but all intermediate stages may be easily demonstrated by the examination of a
sufficiently rich material. In the interior of the young female a large bag-shaped
body, filled with yellowish contents, may be easily traced. This body, which appears

wholly closed in front, and behind extends into the posterior, narrowly exserted

235

extremity, undoubtedly represents the alimentary cavity. Dorsally, at each side
of the latter, a narrow bandlike body first makes its appearance, extending
through the greater part of the body, and having its anterior extremity slightly
dilated (see fig. 9°). These bodies are converted in to the ovaries, which in a later
stage (fig. 9°), constitute 2 rather large lobular organs filled with numerous very
small ovicells. In the lateral walls of the body several short muscles are seen
passing from one segment to the next in succession, indicating that the body in
these stages is capable of some slow vermiform movements. All these inner
parts, however, at last wholly disappear, and the body of the fully-grown female is
converted merely imto an inert capsule filled with ova or embryos. It often hap-
pens that several young females are found attached to the same Cypridina; but
of these only one becomes fully grown and ovigerous, and it is very probable
that the others soon die off without reaching full maturity. The position of this
parasite in relation to the body of its host is quite contrary to that advanced
by MM. Giard and Bonnier as an unexceptional rule for all Epicarida, the fore-
part of the body always turning the same way as that of the host.

The male is found creeping freely on the body of the Cypridina or on
that of the female (see fig. 9°). It is undistinguishable from the female in the
last larval stage, except by the nature of the generative organs, and it is even
not improbable that, after its function has been accomplished, it becomes con-
verted into a female, and that this form accordingly is protandric in character,
as has been suggested for some other Epicarida.

I have not infrequently found this interesting form off the

Occurrence.
Lofoten Islands and at Bodé and Selsévig, infesting Cypridina norvegica Baird,
an Ostracod occurring in great abundance on a muddy bottom in depths varying
from 100 to 300 fathoms. The parasite, when fully developed, is easily obser-
vable through the semipellucid valves of the Cypridina, always occupying the place,
where otherwise the ova and embryos of the latter are carried during their deve-
lopment. Occasionally the parasite also occurs on male Cypridine; but in no
instance have I found it in this case fully developed, and it is very probable that
under such circumstances it does not ever reach maturity. Out of Norway this

form has not yet been recorded.

236

Gen. 2. Cryptothir, Dana, 1852.

Syn.: Cryptothiria, Sp. Bate (part).

* Hemioniseus, Buchholz.

Generic Characters—Body of adult female forming a broad, lobular sac,
apparently without any distinct segmentation, but exhibiting in front, somewhat
dorsally, a small conical projection, constituting the anterior larval part of the
body still retaining its appendages, and serving for the attachment of the parasite.
Young female Praniza-like. with the middle segments strongly tumefied. Male (and
last larval stage of female) slender, with distinct, though small eyes, basal expan-
sion of antennule spatulate, and coarsely dentate behind. Parasitic in the mantle-
cavity of barnacles.

Remarks. —This genus was established by Dana in the year 1852, to in-
clude a small parasite, C. minutwm, found off the Fiji Islands in the corallido-
mous barnacle Creusia. In 1860, Sp. Bate recorded, under the name of Luriope
balani, another form, which is undoubtedly congeneric with Dana’s species, and
which also in the History of British sessile-eyed Crustacea was referred to that
genus (here spelt Cryptothiria); im the same genus was, moreover, included
a rather different form, viz., the Liriope pygmea of Rathke, which constitutes the
type of a distinct and rather anomalous genus. The species of Sp. Bate was
subsequently, in the year 1866, rather fully described by Dr. Buchholz as the
type of a new genus, Hemioniscus, which name, however, must cede to that pro-
posed by Dana. ‘l'o the Norwegian fauna there belongs only a single species,

to be described below.

Cryptothir balani, Sp. Bate.
(Pl. XCVIII, fig. 2).
Tiriope balani, Sp. Bate, Brit. Assoc. Report 1860, p. 225.
Syn.: Hemioniscus balani, Buchholz.

» Cryptothiria balani, Sp. Bate & Westwood.

Specific Characters.— Body of adult female short and broad, star-like, with
7 radiating lobes, the 2 anterior of which are less prominent, sometimes ob-
solete, posterior lobe more conical than the others. Anterior larval part of the
body sharply defined, and consisting of the head and 3 anterior segments of meso-
some, with their appendages exactly as in the larva in its last stage. The latter
(and the male) oblong fusiform in shape, with the basal expansion of the anten-
nule very broad, and divided into 7 or 8 strong teeth. Colour of adult female,

237

according to Buchholz, pale carneous. Length of adult female reaching to 8 mm.
Parasitic on Balanus balanoides Lin.

Remarks.—As above stated, this form was first recorded by Sp. Bate as
a species of the genus Liriope of Rathke. About the identity of Buchholz’s
Hemioniscus balani with Sp. Bate’s species, there cannot, in my opinion, be any
doubt. It is the only species of the genus found in northern latitudes.

Occurrence.—I have not myself found this form; but its occurrence in
Norway is stated by Dr. Buchholz, who found it at Christiansand on the com-
mon littoral barnacle (Balanus balanoides). In all probability it is distributed
along the greater part of the Norwegian coast, as is the barnacle on which it
lives as a parasite. The figures here given are from a specimen kindly sent me
by Dr. Buchholz.

Distribution.—British Isles (Sp. Bate).

Gen. 3. Aseconiscus, G. O. Sars, n.

Generic Characters.—Body of adult female constituting a simple pouch,
without any traces of segmentation or projecting lobes, affixed to the host only
by the aid of the shed larval skin still adhering to the pouch. Male (and last
larval stage of female) resembling in outward appearance that of the 2 preceding
genera, but differing in the fact that the basal expansion of the antennule and
the coxal plates are not pectinate, as also in the fuller development of the outer
ramus of the uropoda. Parasitic in the incubatory pouch of deep-water Myside.

Remarks.—This new genus is founded upon an Epicarid, the retrograde
development of which has attained its maximum, the adult female being reduced
to a quite simple soft pouch containing the generative organs. ‘ihe male, how-
ever, exhibits on the whole the usual structure, though differing in some particu-
lars rather pronouncedly from that of the 2 preceding genera. In any case
there cannot be any doubt that the present genus ought to be placed within the

family Cryptoniscide.

238

Asconiscus simplex, G. O. Sars, n. sp.
(Pl. XCVIH, fig. 3).

Specific Characters. —Body of adult female formmg an oval pyriform, soft-
skinned pouch hanging down from the empty larval skin, the posterior part of which
is generally found to be thrown off; that of young female more fusiform or rather
sigmoid in shape, with the posterior extremity conically produced and slightly wrinkled.
Male (or female in the last larval stage) oblong oval, tapering both in front and
behind, dorsal face finely striolate transversally. Cephalic segment narrowly
rounded in front; anal segment almost transversally truncated behind. Eyes
wanting. Basal joint of antennulz produced behind to a narrow linguiform expansion
pointing straight posteriorly, and tipped by 2 strong, unequal sete. Antenne
rather elongate, extending to the end of the 5th pedigerous segment. Legs of
about same structure as in the male of Oyproniscus. Uropoda with the outer
ramus well developed, though shorter than the inner, which tapers to a very nar-
row point. Length of adult female 4'/, mm., of male about 2 mm. Parasitic
on Boreomysis arctica (Kroyer).

ftemarks.-—This is the only as yet known species of the genus, and exhi-
bits considerable interest on account of the extreme retrogression of the female,
which, strictly speaking, represents nothing more than an ovarian pouch, its con-
nexion with the larval individual being only a mechanical, not an organic one.
Indeed, the larva from which the female is developed dies off completely, and it
is only to the inside of the empty skin of the former that the female is connec-
ted. In all the specimens examined, both young and adult, the larval skin was
incomplete, a great number of the posterior segments having been thrown off.
The occurrence of this form under very similar conditions to those under which
the species of the genus Dajus, belonging to a quite different family, are found,
clearly shows that the principle of classification adopted by MM. Giard and
Bonnier is quite unmaintainable.

Occurrence.—I have found this peculiar parasite occasionally within the
incubatory pouch of the deep-water Mysidian Boreomysis arctica, Kroyer, taken
partly in the Trondhjem Fjord partly in the Christiania Fjord. In all instances,
unlike what is the case with Myside infested by Dajus, the marsupial pouch of
the host was fully developed, and it thus seems that the parasite must have
entered the pouch immediately after the young of the host had escaped. Several
male specimens were found associated with the female, and in one instance 2 or
3 females of different development were found in the same host. The male, or

last larval stage, I have also found occasionally free in the sea.

239

Gen. 4. Clypeoniscus, Giard & Bonnier, 1895,

Generie Characters.—Body of adult female forming a somewhat flattened
bag of oval form, without any distinct segmentation, but with the lateral parts
shghtly lobular, and both extremities briefly incised; dorsal face convex and exhi-
biting somewhat in front of the middle an opaque area, ventral flattened, with a
longitudinal shit leading to the inner cavity, and admitting of being closed by a
number of small valvular lamelle defining it on each side. Within the bottom of
the posterior incision an extremely small projection occurs, constituting the hind
extremity of the animal. No distinct affixing apparatus present. — Male compara-
tively short and thick, with the basal expansion of the antennule very broad and
densely pectinate. Coxal plates likewise distinctly pectinate. Antennz comparatively
short. Uropoda with the outer ramus much smaller than the inner. Ist larval
stage distinguished by the presence of a broad operculiform plate covering the
ventral face of the tail. Parasitic in the marsupial cavity of Isopoda belonging to
the family IJdotheide.

Remarks.—This genus, recently established by MM. Giard and Bonnier,
is well distinguished from the other Cryptoniscian genera by the flattened cake-
like shape of the adult female, as also by the peculiar shield-like plate occurring
in the Ist larval stage beneath the tail. It is, indeed, the latter character which
has given rise to the generic name proposed by the said authors. They record
2 different species, the distinetness of which, however, appears to me somewhat
questionable, although they are from widely distant localities and have been found

on different species.

Clypeoniscus Hanseni, Giard and Bonnier.
(Pl. XCIX, fig. 1).
Clypeoniscus Hanseni, Giard and Bonnier, Contributions A l’étude des Epicarides, in Bulletin
scientifique de la France, T. XXV, p. 444, Pl. VII—X.

Specific Characters.—Body of adult female oval quadrangular in outline,
with both extremities nearly alike, or the anterior very little narrower than the
posterior, lateral parts divided into 5—6 rounded lobes, which, however, often
appear less regular and sometimes are almost obsolete; dorsal opaque area not
very. distinctly defined, and oval in form; caudal prominence very small, clavi-
form, briefly bilobed at the tip. — Male oval pyriform in outline, but little more

than 3 times as long as it is broad; cephalic segment evenly curved in front;

240

anal segment rounded at the tip. Eyes wanting. Basal expansion of antennule
very broad, and divided into 21 closely crowded teeth. Antennz with the fla-
gellum scarcely longer than the last 2 joints of the peduncle combined. Uropoda
with the outer ramus about half as long as the inner. Length of adult female
about 4!/2 mm., of male 0.65 mm. Parasitic on Idothea baltica.

Remarks.—As above indicated, the differences between this form and the
other species recorded by MM. Giard and Bonnier, C. Meimerti, are very slight,
and it is, indeed, chiefly the occurrence of both forms that has led the said
authors to regard them as 2 distinct species. It may be that a closer compara-
tive examination of young females specimens, males and larve, might reveal better
distinguishing characters; but the adult females, at least, of these 2 forms appear
to me to be nearly undistinguishable from one another.

Occurrence.—This form has certainly not yet been recorded from Nor-
way; but, as the species of Isopod, Jdothea baltica Pallas, on which it is found
parasitic, is very common along our whole coast, it is very probable that, on a
closer investigation, it will in reality be found to exist also off the Norwegian
coast. ‘The figures here given are from Danish specimens kindly sent to me from
the Museum of Copenhagen. In none of these were fully developed embryos
found, and I have therefore not been able to give any figure of the characteristic
lst larval stage. The specimens examined by MM. Giard and Bonnier were
likewise from the Danish coast, and this form has, indeed not yet been found
in other places, unless the Greenland form, C. Meinerti, should prove to be the

same species.

Gen. 5. Munnoniseus, Giard & Bonnier, 1895.

Generi¢ Characters.—Body of adult female forming a thin-skinned sac
of a somewhat irregular bilobed form, without any traces of segmentation, but
exhibiting dorsally a well defined, though rather small opaque area; that of
younger female more regular in form, with the opaque area occupying almost the
whole dorsal face. No distinct affixing apparatus present. Male unknown. Para-
sitic in the incubatory pouch of [sopoda belonging to the family Munnopside.

femarks.—This genus was proposed in the year 1895 by MM. Giard and
Bonnier, to include the form previously recorded by the present author as
Cryptothiria marsupialis and, indeed, with some doubt referred by him to Dana’s

genus. We only know at present of a single species, to be described below.

241

Munnoniscus marsupialis, G. O. Sars.
(Pl. XOIX, fig. 2.)
Cryptothiria marsupialis, G. O. Sars, Oversigt over Norges Crustaceer I, p. 74, Pl. 2, fig. 22—23.

Syn: Munnoniscus Sarsii, Giard & Bonnier.

Specific Characters.—Body of adult female nearly as broad as it is long,
somewhat narrower in front’ than behind, and divided behind into two lateral
lobes of somewhat unequal size, the right lobe generally advancing beyond the
left, from which it is defined by a deep and narrow incision, in front only by a
slight sinus; dorsal area comparatively small, diamond-shaped. Younger female
more symmetrical in form, regularly bilobed behind, and obscurely trilobate im
front; dorsal face convex and slightly wrinkled, ventral flattened, with a slight
groove along the middle. Length of adult female 2!/2. mm. Parasitic on Hwrycope
cornuta G. O. Sars and Ilyarachna longicorms G. O. Sars.

Remarks.—As above mentioned, this is the only species of the genus as
yet known, for the form named by MM. Giard and Bonnier M. Sarsii does not
in reality differ im any respect from the type species, except by its occurrence
on a different species of Munnopside. The male and last larval stage I have
not succeeded in finding; but the embryos (see fig. 2 emb.) are fully normal,
exhibiting all the features found in other Hpicarida.

Occurrence.—I have found this extremely degenerate parasite in the marsu-
pial pouch of 2 different Munnopside, viz., Eurycope cornuta G. O. Sars and
Ilyarachna longicornis G. O. Sars, more frequently in the former than in the
latter. In both instances the incubatory lamelle of the host were fully deve-
loped, and the parasite must accordingly have entered the marsupium immediately

after the young of the host had escaped.

Gen. 6. LiriopSis, Mac Schultze, 1859.

Syn.: Liriope, Rathke.
* Cryptothiria, Sp. Bate (part).

Generic Characters.—Body of adult female consisting of two very sharply
defined sections connected by a narrow neck, the anterior deeply immerged within
the body of the host. the posterior freely exposed, the former showing traces of

segmentation, the latter quite simple. No trace of any appendages or affixing

31. Crustacea.

242

apparatus present. — Male (or last larval stage) resembling in outward appea-
rance that of other Cryptoniscide, though distinguished by the presence of well-
developed eyes, the want of teeth on the basal expansion of the antennule, and
by the poor development of the last 2 pairs of legs. Parasitic on rizocephalic
Cirripedia.
Remarks.—This genus was established as early as in the year 1843 by
H. Rathke, to include a small Crustacean, which he erroneously referred to the
Amphipoda, but which has turned out to be the male (or last larval stage) ‘of a
parasitic Isopod. ‘lhe female was only detected many years afterwards (1858)
by Prof. Lilljeborg, who at first made out the life-history of this peculiar Cru-
stacean. As the generic name Liriope proposed by H. Rathke has been appro-
priated by Lesson to designate a genus of Meduse, Dr. Mac Schultze has changed
it to Liriopsis. Though evidently belonging to the family Cryptoniscide, this
genus differs in several points rather markedly from the other forms, both as
regards the structure of the female and that of the male. Besides the northern
species described below, a 2nd nearly-allied form has been recorded by Dr. Fraisse

from the gulf of Naples under the name of L. monophthalma.

Liriopsis pygmeea (Rathke).
(Pl. XCIX, fig. 3, Pl. C., fig. 1).
Liriope pygmea, H. Rathke Beitr. z. Fauna Norwegens, p. 60, Pl. 1, figs. 8—12 (male).
Tiriope pygmea, Lilljeborg, Les genres Liriope et Peltogaster, p. 6, Pl. 1 (female).

Syn: Cryptothiria pygmea, Sp. Bate & Westwood.

Specific Characters.— Anterior immerged section of the body securiformly
expanded, or almost semilunar in form, convex above and plane below, consist-
ing of 4 segments, the defining lines being well distinguishable on the dorsal side;
posterior exposed section globular in form, with a groove along the middle of
the ventral face. — Male (or last larval stage) moderately slender, gradually
narrowed behind, dorsal face smooth and shining. Cephalic segment evenly ar-
cuate in front; anal segment rounded behind. Eyes very distinct, each consisting
of a dark pigment within which is imbedded a single rather large, refractive
lenticular body. Antennule comparatively robust, 1st joint of the peduncle pro-
jecting in front to a strong denticle, and forming behind a very large linguiform
expansion without any traces of teeth or setew, 2nd joint with the front edge
divided into 2 small denticles. Antenne well developed, extending to the end of
the 4th pedigerous segment. Coxal plates not pectinate. The 5 anterior pairs

of legs of the usual structure; the last 2 pairs, on the other hand, very small,

ae
with the propodos almost globular and the dactylus straight, styliform. Uropoda
with the outer ramus very small, scarcely attaining half the length of the inner.
Colour of female whitish, of male pale yellow, with a bister-brown assemblage of
pigment on the anterior part of the dorsal face. Length of adult female nearly
5 mm., of male 1.35 mm. Parasitic on Peltogaster paguri Rathke.

Remarks.—This is the typical species, the female of which is well distin-
guished from that of the Mediterranean form, L. monophthalma, by the different
shape of the exposed section of the body, which is always globular, whereas this
part is stated to be cylindrical in the Mediterranean species. As to the male or
last larval stage, it may be noted, that the figure given in Sp. Bate and West-
wood’s work, p. 261, does not belong to this form, but is apparently a larva of
Phryxus abdominalis or any other Bopyrid, as is easily seen from the structure
of the legs and uropoda.

Occurrence.—Rathke found 8 specimens of the male, or more properly
last larval stage, of this form within the body-cavity of a Peltogaster paguri found
attached to the tail of a Hupagurus bernhardus taken at Christiansund, and Prof.
Lilljeborg observed the adult female at Molde and Bergen, likewise on Peltogaster
paguri, which in this instance was attached to another species of Eupagurus, viz.,
E. pubescens Kroyer. I have myself not yet succeeded in finding the female, but
males, or larve in the last stage, I have several times taken, partly from the body
cavity of Peltogaster paguri, partly free in the sea. The figures of the female here
given are from a specimen kindly sent to me from the Museum of Copenhagen.
It is here represented both in its natural connexion with the Peltogaster and
isolated from it. Together with this specimen was also sent me, in a sepa-
rate tube, 3 larve labelled Liriopsis pygmea 3. Though in all probability they
were found associated with the female Liriopsis, they all, on a closer examination,
turned out to be Bopyrid larve. Indeed, I have myself occasionally found such
larve in the body-cavity of Peltogaster; but there cannot be any doubt that they
did not have any true relation either to the Peltogaster or to the female Liriopsis,
but might, by a mere accident, have entered the cavity of the former.

Distribution. Coast of Denmark (Copenh. Museum), Black Sea (Czer-
niawsky).

I add below the description of 2 different forms of Cryptoniscid@, the
exact relation of which to other Cryptoniscian genera it is, however, impossible

244

at present to state, as they are both only known in the last larval stage. One
of the forms has already been recorded at an earlier date, whereas the other is

new. They are here simply designated as No, 1 and No. 2.

Cryptoniscid No. 1.
(Pl. C, fig. 2).
Podascon (?) Stebbingi, Giard & Bonnier.

Characters.—Body comparatively robust, oblong oval in form, with the
greatest width rather behind the middle. Cephalic segment semilunar, with the
frontal edge evenly curved; anal segment angularly produced behind. Eyes want-
ing. Basal expansion of antennule short and broad, with the posterior edge
divided into 8 short, and somewhat irregular, blunt teeth. Antenne rather
elongated, extending almost to the end of the 4th pedigerous segment, flagellum
fully as long as the peduncle. Coxal plates distinctly pectinate. Legs of the
usual structure, dactylus of the posterior pairs bidentate at the tip. Uropoda
with the outer ramus very small, scarcely exceeding half the length of the inner,
both having the extremity simple, and tipped with 3 slender bristles, the middle of
which it the longest. Colour not yet determined. Length of body 1.70 mm. Found
occasionally in the incubatory pouch of Onesimus plautus, Kroyer.

Remarks.—TVhis form is undoubtedly identical with the parasite recorded,
but without any name, by the Rev. Th. Stebbing in his account of the Amphi-
poda of the Barents Expedition, and for which MM. Giard and Bonnier have
proposed the name Podascon (?) Stebbingi. The specific name ought certainly to
be retained, as this form has been described and figured by that distinguished
author in a very recognizable manner; but, on the other hand, I regard it as
very questionable, whether it can be adduced to the genus Podascon of MM. Giard
and Bonnier, or even to the family Podasconide of those authors. We do not
know the last larval stage of either of the 2 species of the genus Podascon recor-
ded, and of course are not in a position to institute any comparison. Indeed,
the only motive for referring the present annimal to that genus is based upon
the fact that it has been found on an Amphipod, belonging, however, to a ra-
ther different genus. But, in my opinion, this coincidence is far from giving full
evidence of its true relationship. Thus, as above stated, we find in the mar-
Supial cavity of Myside 2 very different types of Epicaride belonging to quite
different families, viz. a Dajid (Dajus) and a Cryptoniscid (Asconiscus), and

moreover, not seldom a Choniostomatid, Mysidion, belonging even to quite a

=a ee ee ee

Se Clr lee eee

245

different order. Furthermore, on the very same species of Spirontocaris (Hippo-
lyte), S. securifrons, and at about the same place, below the anterior part of the
tail, may be found sometimes a Bopyrid (Phryxus), sometimes a rhizocephalic Cirriped
(Sylon), and the same species is very often found to be infested by another Bopyrid
(Bopyroides). A similar case is also shown in our common hermit crab, Hupagurus
bernhardus. It may be found infested by a Psewdione under its carapace, or it
may carry on the dorsal face of its tail a very different Bopyrid, Athelges, and
the place of the latter is not infrequently occupied by a rhizocephalic Cirriped Pelto-
gaster, to which again sometimes a Liriopsis is found attached. There is nothing
that forbids the assumption, that the Amphipoda may also be infested by para-
sites of very different nature, and indeed Dr. Hansen has shown that they not
infrequently contain in their marsupium Choniostomatide belonging to 2 different
genera, Stenothocheres and Spheronella. As to the Cryptoniscid in question,
there is a circumstance, which makes it rather improbable that it should be
transformed to a Podascon. One of the specimens, the one here figured, was
found, on a closer examination, to be provided with very fully developed ovaries
in the form of 2 dark-coloured bags extending through the greater part of the
mesosome, and containing a restricted number of comparatively large ovarial
eggs. In no other instance have I found the ovaries in this stage developed to
such a degree, and this seems to indicate that the metamorphosis of the present
form might be far less complete than in other Epicarids. Perhaps we even have
here an instance of the female retaining its larval characters also in the adult
state. In this connexion it is worthy of note that the present form is of
considerably larger size than any other larval stage of Epicarida with which I
am acquainted.

Occurrence.—The specimen examined by the Rev. Th. Stebbing was found
among the ova in the marsupical pouch of an Onesimus plautus Kroyer, taken
in the Barents Sea. I have myself found it under altogether similar circumstances,
and on the very same host at Bodé, and have also occasionally taken it off the
Nordland coast free in the sea by the aid of the tow-net. The same form also
occurred in some Plankton-proofs taken during Nansen’s Polar Expedition in the
glacial sea, north of Siberia.

From the’ above mentioned finding-places, it seems to be a_ true

arctic form.

246

Cryptoniscid No. 2.
(Pl. ©, fig. 3).

Characters.—Body, as seen from above, oblong fusiform in outline, broadest
in the middle, and tapering to almost an equal extent both anteriorly and posteri-
orly. Cephalic segment considerably narrowed in front, with the extremity narrowly
rounded; anal segment forming behind a rounded lamellar expansion divided into
7 coarse teeth. Eyes inconspicuous. Basal joint of antennule forming behind a
very large laminar expansion divided into 9 closely crowded acute teeth; the 2
succeeding joints densely covered in front with small denticles. Antenne com-
paratively short, scarcely extending beyond the 2nd pedigerous segment, flagellum
much shorter than the peduncle. Coxal plates distinctly pectinate. Legs of nor-
mal structure, the posterior pairs rather slender, with the dactylus simple. Uro-
poda somewhat resembling in structure those in the corresponding stage of the
Dajide, the rami being linear in form and terminating in several denticles, outer
ramus, however, considerably shorter than the inner. Length of body 0.90 mm.
Found attached beneath the anal segment of d’ga ventrosa M. Sars.

Remarks.—This form somewhat resembles in its outward appearance some
of the Dajid larve figured by Dr. Hansen in his account of the Isopoda of the
German Plankton Expedition, and the structure of the uropoda likewise approaches
that found in the larve belonging to that family; but the structure of the
antennule is essentially different, and agrees with that in the Cryptoniscid larve,
and the oral cone lacks all trace of the sucking disc so characteristic of the
Dajid larve. On account of these 2 latter characters and also of the structure of
the legs, this form ought certainly to be referred to the family Cryptoniscide;
but at present it is impossible to recognise its relationship to the several genera
comprised within that family.

Occurrence.—All the specimens examined by me were taken from the
same species of Alga, viz., di. ventrosa M. Sars, and were invariably found
firmly attached to the lower face of the anal segment or telson, near the anal
opening, sometimes but a single specimen, sometimes 2 such in each Mga. The
latter were collected by the aid of the dredge from a depth of 60 —100 fathoms
off the Nordland coast.

APPENDIX.

Page 7. Apseudes spinosus.
Distribution.—Kattegat and Skagerak (Meinert).

Page 12. Tanais tomentosus.
Distribution.—Azores (Barrois).

Page 27. Leptognathia longiremis.
Dstribution.——Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott).

Page 28. Leptognathia breviremis.
Distribution.—Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott).

Page 29. Leptognathia brevimana.
Distribution.—Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott).

Page 32. Tanaopsis laticaudata.
Distribution.—Cumbrae (Robertson).

Page 40. Pseudotanais forcipatus.
Distribution.—Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott).

Page 46. Calathura brachiata.
Distribution.—The Barents Sea (Hoek).

Page 67. Syscenus infelix.
(Suppl. Pl. I).

Remarks.—Of this form, previously observed by me only in immature

specimens, I have recently had the opportunity of examining 2 specimens in a

248

much more advanced stage, the one from the Norwegian coast, the other taken
from a fisher’s boat at Skagen (Denmark), and kindly sent to me for examination
from the Museum of Copenhagen. The habitus-figure given on the accompanying
plate is from the latter specimen, whereas the detail-figures have been made from
dissections of the other specimen, which was in rather a bad state of preserva-
tion, though it admitted of an exact examination of all the appendages. This spe-
cimen was taken off the south coast of Norway (the exact locality not being
stated), and measured 24 mm. in length. It was accordingly of about the same size
as that described by Dr. Bovallius under the name of Rocimela Lilljeborgu, and
agreed with it in all respects. The Danish specimen was considerably larger,
measuring in length 29 mm., and had the anal segment somewhat broader in
proportion to its length, though otherwise it agreed very closely with the Norwegian
specimen. In both, the 7th pair of legs were well developed, and of exactly the
same structure as the preceding pair, though not quite so long, at least in the
Norwegian specimen. In fully grown individuals this pair are, in all probability,
the longest of all. I can see no essential differences between the European and
American forms, and am still of opinion that they belong to the very same
species. The only difference is that the legs, according to the detail-figures given
by O. Harger, are somewhat more spiny in the American form than in the Nor-
wegian form; but the number of spines in all probability increases with age, and
some of the American specimens are of very considerable size, reaching to no
less than 44 mm. in length. The shlght difference in the relative length of the
anterior and posterior divisions of the body, found on comparing the habitus-
figure given by O. Harger with that of the accompanying plate, may arise from
the different sex of the 2 specimens, the one here figured being a female, whereas
that figured by O. Harger is a male. As to the form of the anal segment, it
may also vary to some extent; it was, indeed, in the Norwegian specimen, more

like that of the American form than it is in the Danish specimen.

Page 70. Cirolana borealis.
Distribution.—The Barents Sea (Hoek).

Page 81. Idothea pelagica.

Occurrence.—Some well-marked specimens of this form were sent to me for
examination by Mr. Schneider, who took them at Vadsé. It has also been collected
in the Trondhjem Fjord by Curator Storm, and I found it myself last summer

at Christiansand. In all 3 cases it occurred close to the shore among alge.

249

Page 82. Idothea granulosa.

Remarks.—Mr. Walker is of opinion that this species is identical with
I. phosphorea of Harger, and, indeed, at first sight both are somewhat similar;
but the American form is of much larger size, attaining a length of 25 mm.

Oceurrence.—This form also has been found by Mr. Schneider in the
arctic region of Norway, both at Tromsé and at Vardo.

Distribution.—West coast of Ireland (Walker).

Page 83. Idothea viridis.
Distribution—West coast of Ireland (Walker).

Page 85. Idothea emarginata.
Distribution.—Coast of France (Dollfuss), Mediterranean (Chevreux).

Page 102. Ianiropsis breviremis.
Distribution.—West coast of Ireland (Walker).

Page 107. Munna Boecki.
Distribution.—Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott).

Page 109. Munna Kroyeri.
Distribution—Greenland (Hansen).

Page 112. Paramunna bilobata.
Distribution.—Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott).

Page 113. Pleurogonium rubicundum.
Distribution.—Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott).

Page 119. Nannoniscus oblongus.

Remarks.—Dr. Hansen is of the opinion that the form recorded by the
present author as the male of this species, and figured on Pl. 50, is a female
belonging to a distinct species. It is, however, stated in the text, that the gene-
rative organs exhibited all the characters of testes, and not of ovaries, and it was
chiefly on this account that I held it to be the male of N. oblongus. Not having
any more specimen at my disposal, I am prevented from renewing my investiga-
tion upon this point.

32. Crustacca.

250

Page 122. Add the following species:

Macrostylis longiremis (Meinert).
(Suppl. Pl. HU, fig. 1).
Vana longiremis, Meinert, Crustacea malacostraca (from the cruise of the steamer ,Hauch“),
ps L905, Pl. H, figs:65—To.

Specifie Characters.—Very like M. spinifera, but, on a closer examination,
easily distinguishable by the somewhat different shape of the caudal segment, which
is not nearly so much produced at the end, between the insertion of the uropoda.
The 3rd pair of legs with the ischial spine less curved, and distinctly bidentate at
the tip. The 3 posterior pairs of legs comparatively less slender than in the
type species. Uropoda not attaiming the length of the caudal segment, and having
the distal joint nearly half as long as the proximal one. Length of adult female
27/, mm.

Remarks.—It is Dr. Hansen who has called my attention to the fact
that the form described by Prof. Memert as Vana longiremis does not exactly
agree with Macrostylis spinifera, to which I have formerly adduced it as a syno-
nym. Through the kindness of that distinguished zoologist, I have received several
specimens of the Danish form, and a closer examination of these has indeed
convinced me that it ought to be regarded as a distinct, though very closely
allied species. The differences between the 2 species may be easily seen on a
comparison of the figures given on the accompanying plate, with those on Pl. 51.

Occurrence.—This species has certainly not yet been found off the Nor-
wegian coast; but as it occurred rather frequently in one Station (460) lying in
the Skagerak at rather a long distance north of Skagen, it may with almost equal
right be referred to the Norwegian fauna as to the Danish. In all probability

it will, on a closer investigation, be found to exist off the coasts of both countries.

Page 127. Add another species:

Desmosoma angustum, Hansen, MS.
(Suppl. Pl. I, fig. 2, Pl. IV, fig. 2).

Specifie Characters—Body of female very slender and narrow, being more
than 6 times as long as it is broad, and somewhat moniliform, with the segments
sharply marked of from each other. Cephalon of moderate size, distinctly notched

es =

251

on each side, and having the frontal edge broadly rounded. The 3 anterior
segments of mesosome of nearly same size and shape, with the lateral parts slightly
expanded and curved anteriorly, each terminating in a blunt corner; 4th segment
considerably narrower, subquadrate in outline, and somewhat constricted in the
middle. Posterior section of mesosome exceeding the anterior in length, its Ist
segment much longer than any of the other segments, but rather narrow, with
the anterior corners rounded off. Caudal segment narrow oblong, without any
lateral notch, tip narrowly rounded. Inferior antennze comparatively short, not
attaining the length of the anterior division of the body, flagellum somewhat
exceeding half the length of the peduncle, and composed of 9 articulations. 1st
pair of legs rather strong, meral and carpal joints dilated, and each armed inside
with 3 strong spines, propodos narrow, sublinear, unarmed; 2nd pair still larger
and of a very similar structure, carpal joint armed inside with 4 strong spines,
meral one with only 2 such spines; the 2 succeeding pairs rapidly decreasing in
size, and likewise spinous inside. The 3 posterior pairs comparatively feeble and
imperfectly natatory, carpal joint but slightly dilated, and carrying inside only 2
or 3 slender spines. Uropoda scarcely attaining half the length of the caudal
seement, and of the structure characteristic of the genus.—Adult male somewhat
less slender than the female, and having the frontal part of the cephalon considerably
more produced, and distinctly insinuated at the tip. The 4 anterior segments of
mesosome each with the lateral parts produced to a short incurved spine. Posterior
section of mesosome comparatively broader than in the female, its Ist segment
nearly quadrate in outline, with the anterior corners tipped by a small denticle.
Caudal segment likewise broader than in female, and more evenly rounded at the
tip. Length of female about 2 mm., of male 1'/; mm.

Remarks.—This is a very distinct species, easily recognizable from any
of the other known species of the genus, both by the general form of the body
and by the structure of its several appendages. It has been provisionally named
by Dr. Hansen as above, and the specimens were kindly sent me for examination
and description.

Occurrence.—The specimens were taken during the Danish Expedition in
the very same place (Stat. 460) where Macrostylis longiremis occurred, the depth

being 125 fathoms.

252

Page 129. Add the 3 following ‘species:

Eugerda globiceps, Meinert.
(Suppl. Pl. Ill, fig. 1).
Eugerda globiceps, Meinert, Crust. malacostraca, p. 194, Pl. II, figs. 53—62.

Specific Characters.—Body of female resembling that of E. tenuimana,
but of considerably smaller size, and perhaps also somewhat less slender. Anterior
and postericr sections of mesosome of nearly equal length, and defined by a well-
marked constriction, the former somewhat broader than the latter; 1st segment
well developed, though considerably smaller than the 2 succeeding ones, 4th seg-
ment broader, but scarcely longer than the 1st, anterior corners of all 4 seg-
ments obtusely produced. 5th segment regularly quadrangular in outline, some-
what broader than it is long, and having the lateral edges straight. Caudal seg-
ment rounded oval, without any lateral notches, tip narrowly rounded. Superior
antenne 5-articulate. Inferior antennz less slender than in L. tenuimana, scarcely
exceeding '/; of the length of the body, flagellum shorter than the peduncle,
and composed of only 6 articulations. Ist pair of legs rather feeble, though not
nearly to such a degree as in EH. tenuimana; the 3 succeeding pairs with a much
smaller number of spiniform bristles; the 3 posterior pairs likewise poorly provided
with sete, and scarcely at all adapted for swimming. Uropoda of almost exactly the |
same structure as in E. tenwimana. Length of adult female scarcely exceeding
24/2 mm.

Remarks.—This form is certainly very closely allied to EH. tenuimana,
and I was thereby led to consider it as the very same species. Dr. Hansen however,
has found on a closer examination, that the Danish form in reality differs in some
points rather pronouncedly, and should thus more properly be regarded as speci-
fically distinct; and, in order that I might convince myself thereof, he has kindly
placed at my disposal the material upon which Prof. Meinert founded his species.
Indeed, the figures here given, which have been made from Danish specimens, leave
no doubt that Dr. Hansen is quite right in his supposition, and I am glad to be
able to give full evidence of the validity of Prof. Meinert’s species. On the
other hand, Dr. Hansen is of opinion, that the genus Eugerda proposed by
Prof. Meinert is quite unmaintainable, and must be regarded as only a synonym
to Desmosoma of the present author. Indeed, the 2 new species described below
would seem to support such an opinion, since the feeble structure of the 1st pair
of legs cannot be regarded as a distinguishing character of that genus; but

there still remains a character, viz. the very obvious biramous nature of the

253

uropoda, by which the 2 genera may be easily distinguished, and for this reason
I have thought it right to retain the genus of Prof. Meinert, though I must allow
that it is far from being a well defined one.

Occurrence.—This form was taken during the Danish Expedition in
4 different places, 3 of which lie in the Skagerak, NE of the Skagen light-house,
the 4th in the Kattegat. It has not yet been found off the Norwegian coast;
but I regard it as very probable that, on a closer investigation, it will be found
to occur there, at least off the southern part of the country.

Eugerda coarctata (Hansen).
(Suppl. Pl. II, fig. 2, Pl. IV, fig. 3).

Desmosoma coarctatum, Hansen, MS.

Specific Charaters.— Body of female not very slender, with the anterior
and posterior divisions of the body of about equal length. Cephalon rather
large, with the frontal edge evenly rounded. The 3 anterior segments of meso-
some of about same size and appearance, having the lateral parts curved anteriorly
and terminating in an obtuse point; 4th segment considerably broader in front
than behind and transversely truncated at the extremity; 5th segment rather
broad, irregularly quadrangular in shape, and very distinctly contracted in the
middle, anterior corners obtusely produced. Caudal segment oval in form, and
distinctly notched on each side of the obtusely rounded extremity, the notch being
defined in front by a tooth-like projection. 1st pair of legs very strongly built,
with the joints considerably dilated, meral joint with 2, carpal joint with 3 strong
spines inside, propodos oblong oval, finely denticulate inside; the 3 succeeding
pairs more slender, and successively decreasing in size, carpal joint with a restricted
number of spiniform bristles arranged in a double row, propodal one rather narrow,
dactylus comparatively strong. The 3 posterior pairs of legs, as in LH. globiceps,
imperfectly natatory. Uropoda with the outer ramus very small, though well
defined.—Male resembling in outward appearance the female, and, like the latter,
having the frontal part of the cephalon evenly rounded; posterior section of meso-
some scarcely more fully developed than in the female, its Ist segment being
even somewhat narrower, with the anterior corners less produced. Length of :
female 2 mm., of male 1'/2 mm.

Remarks.—This species is easily distinguishable from the preceding one
by the fuller development of the 1st segment of the mesosome, and by the different
form of the 4th and 5th segments, as also by the distinct notches occurring at

254

the end of the caudal segment. Moreover, some well-marked differences are found
in the structure of the several appendages, the Ist pair of legs in particular,
being very different, exhibiting a similar robust form to that found in Desmosoma
armatum. The male is less different from the female, than is usually the case
in the species of Hugerda and Desmosoma. In all the specimens examined the
inferior antenne were broken off, and I have thus been prevented from examining
the structure of these appendages.

Occurrence.—This form was also taken during the Danish Expedition,
and in the very same place, where Macrostylis longirenus and Desmosoma angustum

occurred.

Eugerda lateralis (Hansen).
(Suppl. Pl. IV, fig. 1).

Desmosoma laterale, Hansen MS.

Specific Characters.—Body of female rather slender and elongated, resembl-
ing that of EL. tenuimana, though having the posterior division of mesosome less
fully developed. Cephalon of the usual form. Ist segment of mesosome well
developed, and, like the 2 succeeding ones, having the lateral parts curved anteri-
orly and obtusely pointed; 4th segment considerably narrower than the preceding
ones, and transversely truncated at the extremity; 5th segment quadrangular in
form, nearly twice as broad as it is long, and having the anterior corners obtuse.
Caudal segment comparatively large, oval pyriform, with a small tooth-like pro-
' jection on each side beyond the middle, tip narrowly rounded. Inferior antenne
not much elongated, scarcely exceeding in length the cephalon and 2 anterior
segments of mesosome combined, flagellum shorter than the peduncle, and com-
posed of 6 articulations only. 1st pair of legs very strongly built, with the joints
considerably dilated, meral joint with one, carpal joint with 2 very strong spines
inside, propodos oblong, tapering distally, with a row of very small spinules inside;
the 3 succeeding pairs rapidly decreasing in size, carpal joint moderately expanded
and carrying inside 4 slender spines, outside 3 bristles. The 3 posterior pairs of
legs rather poorly developed, and of a structure similar to that in the 2 preceding
species. Uropoda with the outer ramus somewhat larger than in E. coarctata,
though scarcely attaining half the length of the inner. Length of adult female
about 2 mm.

Remarks.—This is another new species, first recognised as such by Dr.

Hansen, and referred by him, like the preceding species, to the genus Desmosoma.

pocooees

It is easily distinguished from the 2 preceding species both by the general form
of the body, and by the structure of the legs.

Occurrence.—Only 2 or 3 specimens of this form were found during the
Danish Expedition, and on the very same place (Stat. 460), where the preceding

species occurred.

Page 143. Pseudarachna hirsuta.
Distribution —Moray Firth (Th. Scott).

Page 145. Eurycope cornuta.

Distribution.—Greenland (Hansen), the Kara Sea (Stuxberg).

Page 146. Eurycope phallangium.

Distribution.—Coast of Scotland (Th. Scott), Skagerak, Stat. 460 (Mus.
of Copenhagen).

Aerie limo Ot A, tut

THA Viet

a diet i
i pppepeyeerey CaN Ti { revi \ f uu re jy
Pe oh a)
‘' a ae
is4 i<.
* PY j -
7 . | iN
elpett Saab uodee A
peal Tht wat 5 t's a »*
; . ; F 1 nites ;
}} svt r 3
1% ° ;
ye '
a" a
a
bith ie YW Fi h
f Ph kK
be \ t LP tae
a j had q
“7 j . . o 7 : os Pel
; a: * A i hoe
We . ae
4 a
epitti iA { iV if
Ty uf 1) ah My
ii : } ih { eh ' ri HELD

ia Pere A soe jay ati
ear eh i ee Ie ‘) “ NAN yee ah ae

- ' 14> € we
. . : ‘ Faas eed a? beh

Pe oa fae
ny : TR 4
Mi @ ie
a 7. i hy
at ; Pag t Ae
wee eee hi: Pee
td ype =
=/’ vy) un ee a etal
ey vv Fi of } ea ae ; a
A 7) —s te ;
ii a penatee) ae i"
~ 2 a if hae, a ae ’
- a) i a]
z ; ; + ' ¢ <- wou p

z F if
- 7 2
y i x
‘ i
= , 4 i
> od ;
se
It
' oa
i
= aby
- ~ c ad
* iy ny
> 4 <
‘ ' cr 4
_ . n ee
) 7
: * .
‘
4 sf) 4
»
- 4
j 4 vy
e td a
1 »
. - .

ie >; -
j Peer. re ;
a pe ; om :
~ ee a
L A d ”

‘ \ rs
F ; 40)
ri # oi i ane eT .
A oa eee a | 7 Bote a Say .
=“ > ee re .
. 4A as ater |
af oS i Vf hy it oa i
Mae Lt Sa
Pik, 4 :
wes

rr ee) Pity at ’

i
ae

Page
Atcanthocopeysartacicte ce: «, 131
JAGITEED CTE AS BOO IOBnE Cole 65
rotundicauda ...... 65, 66
INCCONISCUSHS same eee 160
INGO ACES weae cdc soo 6 43
ANGTINLULGe nahin eee 37
SUA UENO eee racic taeitinto ahs 38
EA COUS eras neve cvorehel spa tencaate 51
AVEO nioodolodoacc 56
GenbabUsiacteaa teenie 54
CIOS pcm dasoos 5D
AAMOMEOOES 640 qo coo 52
TMEDTIETENS Solo cece oodc 52
Opayailig: 301} ei inieloinc eo eaten 52
VODUSUUSHer dy Hoa ete 56
Atmitivelutiaiesperct-s crcl srrerare 49
PANG HUTA) 5 oy 2) ahch th orgie sist alls 44
AMCULCA a aele a rsciens PE RAG
lREVCMNANIE, booooooo6 45, 46
Athi an jaa ce 43
ANT EIIATS Oe orem OCOD O.OLe 6
AMOMAlUSN detach del ieee 9
SHUNOSUS sa detest) tse 7, 247
Calas havo havexss ete ein U
APSCUMIUIES 5 3550155 oho hl 5
AVAL necoobas boon rte 92
ONCLOLGE OL 92
PAR OEUPTAC Ln. voicsarerstsvencreh dices 86
JNACUBUPLITg 6 Dob DOD OO OC 87, 88
PURUDCUISL 6G OE Oe Tor ot 90
GRECMIY 5 a oo00bob OC 88, 89
HOWOUCOMISy-yely-y-¥-te tele 88
WOUISUUS papehotesporeyscosiatstete 91
Armadillidude .......... 187
Armadilliidium .......... 188
commutatum ......... 189
CONSPOLSUMeyeyay rere lacie: 190
emmys ocoononpedeeaue 190

33. Crustacea.

INDEX.

Page

OPACUING say -00 1 she alee) s 190
PUCUUN 3 ry si ela ete 190, 19]
pulchellum on 304.6 S00): 191
SulCaL uate aeut aati 190
UULGAV EN cian jac Aet alslialsehs 189
Amma dillorjeacicvteateiatats 188
ALET ry eriohebekal ce Reena h ate 189
Ma Cula busy arava 191
OPACUS vase aay wahoncnerens 190
POUMVATAS Moyet ct eta l cyt otelotels 189
pustulOsus jw re 191
triviallisicra aot eres 189
Varlegatus. «4.1.05 -- 189
WUIPHIE Soosba nuded oe 189
ASCONUSCUS Va te ett-la vats 237
SUMP «po eter a yetetatelerene 238
ANTALYA ea OI OE RG EAPO 95
ASellOdeSiya-vercnklere- 98, 99
ZANSAIOTCH Gs Rina ob Ne 3, 94
VAISCLIUS'S 3 cr =) shah oh sketch nan weal 96
CHCGHIACUISY icin bols 6005 6 Of
WWI, cocamonboanot 97
ASpidarachna:.)...\. sc0's 140
GUIQHION BoBiooonoabiaue 141
JAE MICLOTNOUTIS 5 og ebueb ao\or 141
Aspidophryxus .......... 227
WDELGAUUS Sc nerenoners 3 Sol eh0 the 228
SATS weeeepeieKs ttc horait tds 228
ASLGCUUG 5. Gr toleternes «ater ates 87
40/7 UDO G BPA EO EA GORYLAERE 90
UNCC VT bert tscutlesitls 90
Cilaitatayervarccnsievereusererd: 92
LONGLCOVNAS Fy scare Ws heise cs 88
(DOSNT As & 0: SER PRCRLES ELE 9]
INGHUORUE) 5 5.5.5 000.008 eet G
AGH CLG GS tM tarcrctorsisncuskerssstaht 209
URLOGTST ge s04 517 hte shes arst 213
iRUNIOGIOS Goasueoac 210, 211

Page
DAQUIT > se seston 210
benwmicaudis, o.2 ee ee 212
Bary browdarian.|. sete ee 43
BOpyrta sess age 195, 196
IBOPYTOUES: waa dee alae 198 -
acutimarginatus....... 199
hippolytes” io cea ees 199
BOpyiUs ors acre 196, 214
abdomumaliss-).1-\-r ee): 215
bermbarciecytatersicter ete 210
CLANCONUMA a eey eal 202
INoIMIHODG Blecacgadec 197
Inippolytessmecsc ea 199
lay EOIN ES bobo ouOdAd < 223
MESUPUN AGUS fee eilele 115
SQUUULGI UI vers) ete ie/ ae ots 197
Calbinopsidicerr vrei ehaal- 194
(COMMUTE oe counnen oo. 44
EUGhomiSe eet ye acts ets 45
DRACHiGLG tr tate 46, 247
MOM Wiis oo ededubuo oe 45
Cancer
ime xaS Seogouoes oh
Chel fers ghia Mate at (BY A
Chimidotheay ysis... 79
C@lncetilardee ry sree. sr ofei sis eles 7
(CORONTDG?S 6.605.606 be ate hale 69
Woreayisim octet. 70, 248
Gornela hatha gue yo eos Ce C4
CV ATIC Iss or .h ch ctoe chetee shel Ge
microphthalma ........ il
SjommyNess cobb oo bidolodb 70
Ciolanide iodo 68
Clypeoniscus ............ 239
JEHUTAT A abe bo Boe Oe 239
IMGIN GELS a chsnstoped spellers 240
Conilleraiy.s9-1-4nenrori ern 70
Coxallanidcetacaactactte re 43

Page.
(@rossukus peice oer 11
VANES ogo oaA DEO RS 12, 13
OPDLOCODE ie celts ov ave oe By)
ALCLIC AS mars sierseeier 33, 34
CQUGVEUIAUG nit rot. © oles ro = 34
Oryptoniscid No. 1...... 244
Cryptoniscid No. 2... .. 246
Cryptoniscide....... 195, 231
CHA NROMIEKOU coascousoed 232
LAMAMLONGES s -ueystelo stolons 232
Crp Oar to ncteteyave ieee’ 236
DATHTDR ENS Be Aes Se og ater 236
LMA oo HOO Oooo de 236
Crypuothinia erry.) 236, 241
ISHbNIE Sis aig OO Gad ols oe 236
Choline oogadncuode 233
TMS EIMEMNT: GG 5a odo ou 24]
(heey Hon oo noGoDOoL 242
OtMME Ga dbgoodaou vn pe 188
Clisticus: 33 ue yeiete Spies ok 185
CONVEDUS oS... 00,2 sieterdedk 186
Cymothoa
OVALE Ay eleteicn peers tekers te oi
emarpinata........... 85
nero G5adoqncqG0K 76
OCEANIC Aiemeresyetcdene lot ster: 156
Cymothoide.. 43, 57, 67, 194
Cyproniscide --.... 194, 232
CUPTONISCUS sie «2 ahile\ejeks10 232
CUSTUAINOE, echore hekeletais st: 233
IDG VERB eraod Oe ope 194, 221
WMIUS harewti cee ie Dee 222
PUNTER ATS) oh oye Nee cc\e cede sel eks 223
MUSUQUS ict eile ks anes 223
DDENATOTION ee (sp ws eke sf 116
SUNOS UM ge cists eioi\e us iose hs 116
Desmosoma .... 124, 127, 129
ACWIEALUMI yey ei 130
TOUSNHTO, 600000680656 250
CUNVATUNI itotede ts uel teint 126
COON GLOTWIN i ier-ietee Stel 253
elongatum: 2... 5... alive 125
Wes PKs gee aon 0 oie 254
VAT TAIN OAS Aico 125
tenuimanum.......... 128
Desmosomide .......... 118
Eichinopleirg 2. wis. Serves 129
GCUlEATOe ae ee oes 130
Mchinozone sts cep teak 139
COV ONALAN sees eae 139
WNtOMISCIC se wee celts 195
Ppicovida coo ece eae 3, 193 |

Page.
WU GEV dA eens sss st 127
COON CUAUeietee tet eee oi 253
QUOOICEDS eres 5 os feaens 252
LOLEK GNIS ic tele tots 5:0 215110 254
LEMMON vw a <n oe > oie 123
Huneopmathiay |. jis sues 50
IU DAWES ao glowed ce deo se 6
TEIUF COPE” eis mitre oct See 144
COTVNUUE= eens 145, 255
[UTCOION BES ee, ee Re 148
DIAM AM. meee eee tenet serene 145
UGEDTOSUVIST yc) ieee 148
EUR TES SOOM AS SOB 6 151
ULLCO 3 sies:. Seeds ier edocs: ¢ 149
phallangium...... 147, 255
(PTOOMCUL Bene Scie cee 146
PYUQIVEO 2 Sore Mae RO 150
PODUStAN ye c0,0, spapshous ie RNG 145
HUY ONCE Re ietea eed oR 72
MUUCH cece a ye eR 73
EGOCUITELG: oe ee ee 3, 43
GROG sora gotiess |B EEE 50
EDYSSOTUIN, 20 )5\.\«,:,s,208 018 56
CENtAbE: aor. cis, 5,08 SSIS 54
elongata, eee see neiee 55
LOREM INS Garay adr e 52
GNOMES ac eeeeeeee 50
Glyptonotus
EW UEIKOMOUR 65450000000 io
GV OC a ne eee fc cles 198
nippolytes... 6s. 6s te: 199
blaliaie nisl sv-¥ ferepss okeusdseeette 106
TTODUOCOPE S 2s .. Sine aes. o4
GNGUSUD comics ape het 35
Haplophthalmus ......... 166
COMICUS soo ee eeu ieee 168
elegans emree ree 167, 168
Weng it. me aitonet oe 167, 168
Harp Ovex « cclei erst ieehe tee 66
pranizoides......... 67, 68
Hiemiarjthrus nce ne uke 214
abdominalis eee herriert 215
Hemioniscusi. soeiistine 236
Dallamd) sia chetexcusie o cused 236
Henopomus) cereoere: Sle, BY
TOCMUNICELS on G0 6354 99, 100
eter otangis a. s-< Sac e ee 13
AN OMAlUs pene eee 14, 15
Or Sted: Sick = Se eee 14
ER SS Urals a sutineloue fois acdeebee 49
LAG cx eietentee ce oe te 103
DUE OMS y. petite aekek te LOA

Page.

balthicargy-ay-eietee rer 104
COPLOSAins -ts ete cieuerereestees 104
UGE Gg ongaae oo aaou 104
PROT UNG Ae ak. yorel- ise sen ae 104
MAUTV ATS aiave wie seus eieheeke 104

~ Nordmania:. i. opie 105
DNL Were hceea ga GON 8. cbc 98
brevaremisterr citer eer 102
Jacinia tags ger eieee 101
MACULOS OR ate. wists ie ee 2 99
Tanda hie ace See 98
TON -ODS1S oes eee 102
breviremis....:... 102, 249
TORE ste cost ee 100
IGONIG Aen. eee 101
SPOCIOSAN cicicisssveenns earth 100
FOUN 4 go boaiod sodane 101
To theG cence eee 73
AGivartd Cal vayeyedereuccsueetey eae 97
ANOUSLA Tz «4-\uierameee 84
OGLACE . x. rents Soe See 80
DON AKRON oGc60 46 ac 81, 82
emarginata ........ 85, 249
OXCISA TE najrusuritevere tein 85
GV ANUOSG:. «1 2- > Oete 82, 249
MAROVMANEEK orcad Go cleo ab 80
MATINA’ eee ek eee 80
NGICCED inte io aioe MAME 84
OestruUM saci eee ee 85
PELAQICO cco week 81, 248
phosphorea........ 83, 248
BRKGWVONC FRE) Go gagb obs 80
tirdenitigiaecrir ete 80
ORO aetoe rend oo a0 81, 82
VITUS EE orm 83, 249
ddotheid@ cnknk ee abner 78
Tlyarachna 134, 139, 140, 142
Clypeaitamerciirn aot 141
CoLonata men ce eee ne 139
CENHCUIGD wich 2 wen eer 138
nS utah mewn et eae 143
Rirticeps ei cee ee 137
LONGICOVMNIS ape leloe i = 186
OKs Goo os ogoonss oc 135
quadrispinosa......... 135
Ischnosoma sn cree oer ee 122
lov Kemllon(olsi545 4 oa coun ad 123
bacillustrmee: cites: 123
DISPULOSUM cron ie leioischel> 123
quadrispinosum ... 123, 124
FOuMANG oogoggooes cc 123
Kec active ce vcore 160

Page.
GRASSTCONMISHy. cera sale 175
Ik veka ear sian oon mune 161
NIGMS on coananaqceDe 167
IPPENIE Ao ooo Ono GOON 161
FOSEA msg eases slate 163
ILGENCTEN S cin b clplb blac peo ea rare 87
lacertosarn ssa eeioe 88, 89
IVGHOIDUT oo6.6 aciois doable itO
Leptanthura ....... ot 47
ECNUIS is 0 ssc we aie hate a Wd 48
We ptaspid camer sete 106
Meptocheliawecs taser 14
AUISUNAT Seapets stele helen ers 26
CONCH aig conan obbioo ds 26
limicola.... clomno cde
Heptognathia .. 0.6.4.0: 26
OREVIMONG Ss J 2)5,415,- 29, 247
breviremis ......... 28, 247
Gent ender rotate 4 sea 30
[OTIS steals ieee 28 |
latlecaudatarc acter. 32
longiremis... 250.6: 27, 247
MRORGCON stepen a a areata hekas 31
We DEO pl yXUS tere eerste 222
MVCN G5 oooo6ou sn 223
IGS ee OOOO ORT CE 155
el Ca gery ers)s, a, syousata ats 156
iy PIMOTUMN sss) as) ets 158
QCCOMLED x5 sins cetera 156
SCOpuloruMily ee aeeleievard ste 156
LEO TD LOCOS 157
BOMB. ayay0)e; 0h eye, «10, eth & 158
RYPNOTUIN. «5 5.5 e3\e ieee 158
IPELS OMI ayy siete ata ee ete 158
TQGUOR Rs ane elie 155
TMM ORIG 5.6, 5 «aval a desde 3 75
AMbAT Cha)... «,« « 1) sh: 75
WON OVUM, aes 0 oes wiles 76
SOO MISH travel etancnctarre eins 75
Gerebrans ).crsctelelaaclele 76
HOCHOENEY Soon gabe oobi 76
EQMNOVAME 65. 0 5s, 5:5 Asis 44
MUITTOPC Ware arncaicteia tl ieteys 241
Hoel anevada) sehen stelaheteds 236
TOA AOE, o.com Opa BM be 242
DAVODSIS oo oo BGG 241
monophthalma.... 242, 243
OU GING. cia a rstsheheshajeke 942
MACK OSU YUIS a5 oc5 ee 30) 21055) a 120
VONGILOMIG «4 { uleiciecaid st 249
SUNAPCH Gy a «dain clay ake ncrels 121

Mancasellus)s..:. chelsscvelee

259

Page.
Mesostenus......... 134, 135
TON EUCORMIS Tr 2 scree 156
Metoponorthus .......... 183
IPT ULUOSUS rae fie oe 184
Mieromiscidcememra sires 194
MGCROAMIOLS cosdaochegoc 218
Calamai ry. icerue vers ote a vee 218
FUS CUS hatess aversve a eer 218
Monoculus
CLANS OLUM a). ess relsie alr 197
IMYUING sa cua 6 USNR 106
IB Occictirs aera acts 107, 249
HADTICU aay eae 108, 109
Kroyert 20. 109, 111, 249
WUNICOLG 5. eo es 108
WCU OU yao, ict 110
wihiteannas =. a crperets 109, 110
Munnar .05 55 7s 106
MUNN erg soak 105
Munnoniscus ........... 240
MAY SUPtAUS ao.) AeA 241
SATSU Ss a saya ahs elaks nae 241
Munnopside ............ 131
Munnopsisis scul:nien ade 132
AUStralisy pans seiacderle 133
OTA CUIS Scape, +, «yordislal he 133
LabifLonswey ora sie serene 133
Lon PICOLMIS Hye yee 133
PY DUC a ace sy sftp gsr 133
NG@NNONISCUS ... veces ess 118
OIGUSPIS yy a apeyaelaeele 119
CEISFOMBIET, Googie oa aidlalsiae 119
ODlONGUS Se ts @ nar 119, 249
Nieaseliltsiy sss ja stenemaciers 106
Notoplnyaous’y 44404 ae 225
chy peatusing 5 55.5 tyes cls 226
GOD Ul anisiare a leleiaretstatens 226
lateralists ics s5s 44 steels 226
GUOIDES ass 4s oto eo 226
le Onisei dee a <2 55 2s O0e 169
Oniscoday case aqa out 984799
TVA CULOS A rapeyerotoneysyes serene B99
Oniscoiddwaana. 0. sade alba
Oniscusi teens ooheuns 170
ENGalbIS) ojala acyora ara oraye 158, 173
AQUATICUS Fe ocr aiei ida toed: 97
GSCHUS, sya cs sn lke 171
WDALCICUS) spe acre cca deve ine 80
COME an an odd omonioe 186
TOSSODY 5) rave «sa! O10 171, 172
granulatus |), .. 3. <1islJh 176
HYPHOLuM |. «consi 158, 159

Page.

longicornis,... <Jelsa 88, 89
MMMAUNS ss soo GGan ac 80, 104
MUHA oo Go exolc 1W7Al, We}
MAUS COLUM yey <select eke 173
Oceanilcus) eye ee 156, 157
WSONAi a 3 ta ccsichenecd eS 59
SYLVESELIS. 25 cise sil stetne 173
WITIGIS, tases ciclese ee 83, 84
Paillep yee ls ears clarataits 200
DET MISH recta 201

13 Oy AN MEA Se nioy preicrorc othe 201
Parapseudes 2/2 ctgisio ll sbell= 6
PQVQMUnna, v2.5.2. 2 is 111
GilODGLA Jara cea ae 112, 249
Parana ie erieteralee 45
brachiatayanisceianris 46
NOLVESICA aie erates 45
OMNIS, g-arana sya ete ate 48
POnAtanGis; «a ass hoes 16
IBALL i ae sey eee ee 16
COEMULUS) sry erenlerae 24
Clongvatusyay-)-feraitas Mo aly)
LOLCUPAGUS Haste sereltaleis 16
LIC ATIS\Ka scene osteitis 38
TICS Conoco oso +} 26
COMUIS) fc gas 5.4 a a arlehs 14
Peltog asthenia. cities tet. 243
PAC ULT ser otsrerel neatly ett 243
PRIULOSCIG; 3 tas vl ate 172
MALMOKAtALS ld teil lee 173
TOUSGO ALTO 3 o.com obl6 a10lo © 173
Phil oWoria pac) <a erena oe 160
LEPAIA pervccyaeldeettotets 161
MOSCA tasty Facnaa a eek 163
Phryxus ., 200, 205, 209, 214
abdomimalis........0..- 215
fusticaudatus. 203, 210, 211
Eliane alamalsrctee ote ee 202
longibranchiatus ...... 206
[SEATS S Somgiome ddcldioe 210
PYAtY Or THOU «, ooo (ci eloials 174
Hoffmannseggi ........ 175
Pleuracanthays sb ets 113
PULOUCUMG Aare ataialsiaerestere 113
SPIPOSTSSINIA hay aielel st olehoke 115
PICULOCLY PUG «2.5, 0 01s: «eh «las 205
PRATLANE) aPC cuseys Ol Dio {olo!s 201
PalacMecerntaly a aerte 204, 205
Hen dlers Onis isryateaiarotatons 208
longibranchiata........ 206
MOALGINAUA <0 4 Nel sistelele 207
microbranchiata....... 208

Page
Pleurogonium ........44. 113
2ilowtelrnrowie rie dink sil? 113
ANVEVONE: volcicrersiahci rolisohols 114
bin Neo e cee ela dae. 113
rubicundum......- 113, 249
SpINOSissIMUM .......- 115
IPISUTO TONS a erst citer ees 116
IPOUASCOM caciy sels ory aie ihe 244.
BECUD UND ic} stsisrci ctoxehe the: 244
Podasconide
POY. CELO aera ere 176
armadilloides ......... 186
ASPEL Es wvehensictetsfors stshaves 176
PZUCCUS espe re yeiets rays toh stataett 181
IBTANGUUN-peicfevsyersndetitalls 176
CIMETALIUS eeyeretets teens tae te 181
Gwin ao ouodeob ooEe 181
IDO PCCM ss lercrucierersh<paFs oe 181
ANGEOUUS oce-fort-h-1-y- keels 179
GAT DIS /sp-teiees raver otoioncves orstt 176
CUGCETCUBS taricipyer thee 181
HOREU SUNS tactererelsieleiele 180
HAWADES <<copsrspor-Fetolel ores lec 181
FLOMTANIS wapsyper-vetetsaelie tel ere 184
AMIOUDTISeparsvererehercteten ates 182
WRUNS Non h cashes ey fekere 181, 186
MMA CTICOLNIS .y.pe0-1-121e 4 oe 184
MM ATS INALUS) s.:2r-tercroreie ete 177
AMAT INOTALUS vexsxeteterereRiele Ar
melanocephalus ... 177, 178
Mi>-c(CHME gonudabaded 181
PMU Sicjejepayeverscorses wha tials 177
Monte zwei exe terereteee 176
pmoulliinesaqgaeacansc 181
MEMOVEMEISK caste arte oe 182
MID CL Vasavaxsenyetesstataawherne 176
PaAuUlensisic.;\... sty sachs 176
PUCUUB =. avy occcosies ch SOE TS 177
POCPT esavecore ta bilo iahauice 181
PLEUINOSUS eepstorerex-Feleholeter 184
QUIERCUUMY. jeycsareinte (cts 15 he 182
TEGUBK CU rarer bos CA 180
EEGUZCURU GY vor ciere ea 182
SCMOCH etary te wren tele teins 176
SPINIELOMS peveterofetatae veleie 186
SELTACUS ys soe i01- roterelvietan sty 180
SUMICHTASUIe et erercrere ele 181
SYIVESUTIS! 15 ao 4 oa sethiers 180
SYTIACUS saan vaeieaeierne 181
tetramoerus .......... 180
trilimeatus’s cr. a bie 180
thivittatus, .6)s)oisk sled 180

260

Page
LEUNCALUS | varaaclsye sets 184
WG DUCTS sain or orckeettae atckehens 181
Porcellionidés = ..:).). s+ 183
HAV O=VilthAtaneyeromn te ele 184
IPRATUZAN aera a cee axe rake arehel ats 51
Goeruleatalsc.. scien se 52
BiG WAT Mejia vie). ot-er ohiorfol el eee 52
IDG WHVAGE ep BpinBS Olbiod Ue 50
Prostéte
cannellée.-. 35.4.0) 210, 211
IPSCUDOTACHNG «03 3.050 0s 142
WRU SUL wells tafe vote a tare 143, 255
PSCUTIONE (56. s0varas crave teas 200
Gi fiNiss. snhhcw co cechwes 201
CRENMIGIA cies 203
CONUS oaodaeodooodde 208
Hyndmanni .......... 202
Peeudotanagis rnc ose ee 39
ALTIIG yore ravanshsreretatsrevsntere 39
CLASSICOMMIS) ii. ik coher 39
FON CUPATUS 1.1.7... e 40, 247
FANG EDORGU ...:0:0:0'ha.0 ve 40
MGCKOCKELES) 1.1.1.1. ss ee 41
mediterraneus ........ 39
Wallemoesi <ri-::.). sno 39
PtilamMbh Una srereretateretete snes 48
UD OCAG ckerateretecsts rotors Sieh 6
BPIMOSA, sole yohe re /0/0i's 1d eeakstors 7
TIO CUNELG reso ors tote G hoes take 65, 66
danmoniensis ......... 65
Mua Shon gcse teterete ole 67, 68
Scyphacella prereset eee 160
SOrOlUG ss) oycsctececsrsconste gisnohens 43
Slap Perini vejerierstenerrsnenieks 72
DATA ey oranesenedensrteiletsie 73, 74
APTS very cvokoetstatetsbehets 73, 74
DTACTIS 3 crore 9 iorehe 73, 74
SHY OPUS oc5ar-icroreroretbieiete 8
GNOMGIUS \ervelcrtehot onto 9
malleolustemeceree 9
SEVEACUS.. (ayereloreressiencrotels 9, 10
NUGLES). yu ioifons ie lororencnelitohotene 9
Spheromide ......... 43, 75
Sqvilla
ASCLIUS 2h), ever cvs or eater erate lth 97
BienoOsomancrrreci see 84
APT OLAGAY cy craic cnah ovoene iets 80
Strongylura ..wcceeceees 36
arctophylax ........ 36, 37
Cylindr ata sac. tc 36
Htyloniseus 4 ae2.e cess 155
Stymphalus 16445 iu sisieid 155

Page.
Sy LOM! tei cker.rsytor cies eiel sssereters 245
DBYSCONUS 666 6 jos oleh 66
WI CUD 2 5h 50 Nae kae 67, 247
Dangers 3125 ssc 10
TGTAIS LE hap Neko e heh ee ila
abbreviatusiess «4444 se 34
ballthacu'sspreretcherccet res 14, 15
DLevACOGMIShs «pry epeteict ies 23
brevamanus))1re eee 29
bReVATeMIs avieia aida 4 see 28
depressusiiaa444- oer 21, 22
Dalomet raw eas disiesere 12
HtKOTMMIS TA recie e ee ee 28
fOCIPAtUsys peeves Ate 17, 40
OTACIIN ert pteletehteteeiee 26
praciloides .... 0's) =. 26
hirGicandatus css ere cel 12
ISlANGTCUS sy ne relent vectors PAT
VONOTECMIIS 5-1-0 eieles = ctehore 27
novee-zealandi#....... 12
mhynohites! (\1-\. iiss 14, 15
COMUTMAMUS)|s)-1 <1 <1</ersle te oe coe
‘tomentosus ......-. 12, 247
VILEALUS tote snsiete euchorererete 12
IVOCVINGT EF otet ete ctevefererens 33
geqviremis..........4- 21
DONMOPSIB'}- 31a %nt010'~'0%= ole aie 31
laticaudata ........ 32, 247
MibhANebEsins: 101.1%. avers ere 155
Trichoniscide ........... 159
Trichoniscoides.......... 164
CUDVOMS, peta ct (s'e' a ofatstaete 165
TPACRONISCUS:«1.1-1-101> italia: 160
Pilloohteap ao tors obo 165
CAV.ETNICOlA./s..:-1e1 chester 165
DG Y GAG 1.cto er aretetatete 165, 166
WUSUIUS <i. Jeseleaictees'e et 161
DYUGICUS 0010! «rele le one 162
WOSCUS Catala tetatalets oletetaisvers 163
Dyphlapseudes| .... 2.0... 6
Dyphioniscus .... 2. ste sl 174
Stent. cae ee oe 175
Typhlotandis.......+.+5. 17
ASSUNUIS Te) .ictetelelctelo ie oie 22
brachyurus) joe cree 18
BYOVICOTNIS shehe vreisinte hae 23
COTTIUTUS Tita cis wis wise so 7s 24
finmarchicus .......+.- 20
ikerouelensis’s4 2. chs 18
messinensi8.......... yells
MACKOCHELES owss cles sds 19

PEMICHIAUS. «66 seveews 25

Page

CCNRUACONTIG si oicrcle icine wes 23
LENUIMANUS «02-2... 18
CU EMIS Be ars ties tia) 3.5 21
Valviferderrance mosses 3, 78
Wat al eeenenerstcrencherianopsicole etek: 120
longiremis ....... 121, 149
Vien c.00 GH OOOO MOCO LO OEE 157
GEG 0.6 Biba o0 0 bOODIED 158

261

Page

SOUMCOVSIeens rel oelenors eos 158
VISIT). Dae ge OP aera 58
AGHED De tree 63
IDICAALTENID. 5 65 Go.cumo006 60
CRETULOLO Meee Cee 61
emarginata........... 59
MOVE MI rapaysustarenseeta ereie:s 64
monophthalma ...... 60, 62

Page
JUTSU o5 ooo boo uno GDDoC 59
SUOMI rere s0:5.8 eae ects 60
PROTONS OC ORO OO OOO 60
VEN OSG crates exe t sissch rerctons 64
AU GTA: disis oath eters Matoles 57
ADO Gon goo fobo0n Ur 64
Nordenskjéldi ........ 64
VeNtLOSUS ss cicieisiisteie se 64

hw m5 OA uns
eee Rt UE boty 8h)

mer ee bos Uren vey ie DE

Ni Re chy coy Na) ieee NS

of ops Seat HA y aa

siey res chet TE
Lol soe WOM AKoRIIE

hese ve

- ; : . 7 _ : j - y :\4
a etme r ws A mgt -_ Par a Md 7% (aoe ;
i Ga! ee us * 7 ae
y eee cad ne eo) ek
SS ' poe : an ,
aaag. 400 Fl aaa Ss
i's ;

a awe

Pe a ae , re
a S11 t0a§ cel
: - : . e }
: er
i a he pede
’ } an a phe ox Pee pe PRG
ne
i 7 a = "
¥ ?
} ) -
‘an
? : r
2 a ~~
> 7 | ¥ |
. ame ” at Sal ty
4 f % £ ce aa) a ich
.

Lo POF (PLATES.

Remarks.—The figures, as far as possible, haye been marked in accordance with those
belonging to the Ist Volume (Amphipoda).

The following are the chief markings, with their significations:

Q female, G& male, larv. larva, embr. embryo, C. Cephalon, sgm. 1—7 Ist to 7th seg-
ment of mesosome, Mts. (Urs.) tail, 7. anal segment (telson), 7. rostrum, cax.pl. (cp.) coxal plate,
a, superior antenna, a®. inferior antenna, or. ar. oral area, L. anterior lip, /. posterior lip, M.
mandible, Mp. mandibular palp, m!. anterior maxilla, m*. posterior maxilla, mp. maxilliped,
p'—p™ legs of Ist to 7th pairs, pen. outer sexual appendage of male, plp. pleopod, opre. oper-
culum in Asellota, wp. uropod.

Of plates 84—100, illustrating the Kpicarida, a detailled explanation is given below,

because these plates contain several figures not corresponding to those on the other plates.

1G Le Pl. 10.
Apseudes spinosus (M. Sars). 1. Typhlotanais eqviremis (Lilljeb.)
PL 2 2. = assimilis, G. O. Sars.
ORO TOG 3. —- tenuicornis, G. O. Sars.
Apseudes spinosus (continued).
Pl. 11.
sce. 1. Typhlotanais brevicornis (Lilljeb.)
Sphyrapus anomalus, G. O. Sars. 9. He corniuitus ua rorisans:
Pl. 4. 3. = penicillatus, G. O. Sars.
Sphyrapus anomalus (contin.) oii
Pa Leptognathia longiremis (Lilljeb.)
Tanais tomentosus, Kroyer. a es
Pl 6 1. Leptognathia breviremis (Lilljeb.)
Heterotanais Orstedi (Kroyer). 2. == filiformis (Lilljeb.)
3. = brevimana (Lilljeb.)
Heese Pl. 14.
Bae sue Bete by ig Rate. 1. Tanaopsis laticaudata, G. O. Sars.
Bie e 2. Leptognathia dentifera, G. O. Sars.
1. Typhlotanais tenuimanus (Lilljeb.) Rive EN maneca, 0. Sars.
2. — microcheles, G. O. Sars. Se
Pl. 9. 1. Cryptocope abbreviata, G. O. Sars.

Typhlotanais finmarchicus, G. O. Sars. 2. Hoplocope angusta, G. O. Sars.

bout

264

Pls: Pl. 32.
. Strongylura cylindrata, G. O. Sars. Idothea baltica (Pallas).
. Anarthrura simplex, G. O. Sars.
Pl. 33.
Pi Av. Idothea pelagica, Leach.
. Pseudotanais forcipatus (Lilljeb.) rt

= Liljeborgii, G. 0. Sars.
1. Idothea granulosa, Rathke.

Pl; 18! 2. — _ viridis (Slabber), (see text).
Pseudotanais macrocheles, G. O. Sars. ;
Pl. 35.
Pi. 19. 1. Idothea neglecta, G. O. Sars.
. Calathura norvegica, G. O. Sars. 2. — emarginata, Leach.
— brachiata (Stimpson).
Pl. 36.
Pl. 20. Astacilla longicornis (Sowb.)
Leptanthura tenuis, G. O. Sars.
Pl oils
Pl. 21. 1. Astacilla arietina, G. O. Sars.
Gnathia maxillaris (M. Edw.) 2. =" affinis, G: ©. Sars.
Pl. 22. ’ 3. sas pusilla, G. O. Sars.
. Gnathia maxillaris (Larva). Pl. 38.
—''dentata, G- 0. Bars. Arcturella dilatata, G. O. Sars.
Pl. 23.
Pl. 39.

Gnathia elongata (Kroyer). .
— abyssorum, G. 0. Sars. Asellus aquaticus (Lin).
Pl. 40.

Pl. 24. ‘
Janira maculosa, Leach.

Aga psora (Lin.)

Pl. 25. a Pl. Al.
. Ega tridens, Leach. Janthe laciniata, G. O. Sars.
— Stromii, Liitken. Pl. 42.
— erenulata, Liitken. Janiropsis breviremis, G. O. Sars.
Pl. 26. Pl. 43.
. Aga monophthalma, Johnston. Jaera marina (Lin).

— arctica, Liitken.

— ventrosa, M. Sars. Pl. 44.

Munna Boeckii, Kroyer.

Ply 27.
Rocinela danmoniensis, Leach. ar 45.
1. Munna limicola, G. O. Sars.
PL 28. 2, — Fabricii, Kroyer.
Syscenus infelix, Harger
(immature specimen). Pl. 46.
1. Munna Kroyeri, Goodsir.

1b Se 2. — palmata, Lilljeborg.
Cirolana borealis, Lilljeborg.

Pl. 47.

Pl. 30. 1. Paramunna bilobata, G. O. Sars.
Cirolana microphthalma, Hoel. 2. Pleurogonium rubicundum, G. 0. Sars.
Eurydice pulehra, Leach.

Pl. 48.
Pl, 31, 1. Pleurogonium inerme G. 0. Sars.

Limnoria lignorum, Rathke. 2. ote spinosissimum, G. @. Sars.

265

Pl. 49.
Dendrotion spinosum, G. O. Sars (see text).

Pl. 50.
Nannoniseus oblongus, G. O. Sars.

Pie bi:
Macrostylis spinifera, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 52.
Ischnosoma bispinosum, G. O. Sars.

Piao:
Desmosoma lineare, G. O. Sars (female).

Pl. 54.

Desmosoma lineare (male).
— armatum, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 55.
Eugerda tenuimana, G. O. Sars,
Pl. 56.
Echinopleura aculeata, G. O. Sars,

Piya
Munnopsis typica, M. Sars.

Pl. 58.
Munnopsis typica (contin.).

PIN 59!
Ilyarachna longicornis, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 60.
Ilyarachna hirticeps, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 61.
Ilyarachna denticulata, G. O. Sars.
Echinozone coronata, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 62.
Aspidarachna clypeata, G. O. Sars
(see text).

PEGS:
Pseudarachna hirsuta, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 64.
Eurycope cornuta, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 65.
Eurycope producta, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 66.
Eurycope phallangium, G. 0. Sars.

1, (Oe

. Eurycope latirostris, G. O. Sars.

— furcata, G. O. Sars.

34. Crustacea.

il

i)

Oo te

Pl. 68.
Eurycope mutica, G. O. Sars.
a pygmea, G. O. Sars.

Pl. 69.
Eurycope megalura, G. O. Sars.

Pl 70:
Ligia oceanica (Lin.)

IP, T/L
Ligidium hypnorum (Cuy.)

12 7
Trichoniscus pusillus, Brandt.
=< pygmeus, G. O. Sars.

1b ee
Trichoniscus roseus (Koch).
Trichoniscoides albidus (B.-Lund).

Pl. 74.
Haplophthalmus Mengii (Zaddach).
-— danicus, B.-Lund.

Pl. 75.
Oniscus asellus, Lin.
PIUT6t
Philoscia muscorum (Scopoli).
Platyarthrus Hoffmannseggi, Brandt.
IL, A
Porcellio scaber, Latr.

= var. marmorata.

12 Tick

Porcellio pictus, Brandt.
== dilatatus, Brandt.

Pi 9:

Porcellio Rathkei, Brandt.
— levis, Latr.
Pl. 80.

Porcellio Ratzeburgi, Brandt.
Metoponorthus pruinosus (Brandt).

Pl. 81.
Cylisticus convexus (de Geer).

Pl. 82.
Armadillidium vulgare (Latr.)

PISS:
Armadillidium opacum (Koch).
= pictum, Brandt.
= pulechellum, Brandt.

266

Pl. 84.

1. Bopyrus sqvillarum (Latr.)

Q. Adult, dextrorsal female, dorsal view.

01, Same, ventral view.

CO. Male (copied from Sp. Bate and West-
wood’s work), dorsal view.

C. Anterior part of cephalon, viewed from
below (left maxilliped removed).

mp. Left maxilliped.

mp*. Terminal part of same.

p- Leg.

1 Ist incubatory plate.

2. Bopyroides hippolytes (Kroyer).
><. Anterior part of a specimen of Spi-

rontocaris polaris infested with this
parasite; dorsal view.

Q. Adult, sinistrorsal female, dorsal
view.

Ql. Same, with attached male; ventral
view.

oO. Male, dorsal view.

C. Anterior part of cephalon of female,
ventral view.

mp. Left maxilliped.

mp*. Terminal part of same.

. Ist incubatory plate.

Dp.) dueg.

Co. Cephalon and Ist pedigerous segment
of male, with the corresponding ap-
pendages; ventral view.

Pl. 85.

1. Pseudione affinis, G. O. Sars.

Q. Adult, sinistrorsal female, dorsal
view.

Qt. Same, with attached male; ventral
view.

CO. Male, dorsal view.

CQ. Part of cephalon of female, from
below.

mp. Left maxilliped.

mp*. Terminal part of same.

1, 1st incubatory plate.

pQ. Leg.

Co. Cephalon and Ist pedigerons segment
of male, viewed from below (lst pair
of legs omitted).

po. Leg. of male.

2. Pseudione Hyndmanni (Bate & Westw.)
Q. Adult, dextrorsal female, dorsal view.
Ql. Same, with attached male; ventral

view.

mp. Left maxilliped.

mp*. Terminal part of same.

it. lst incubatory plate.

oO. Male, dorsal view.

Co. Cephalon of same, from below.

Urs... Outer part of tail of same; dorsal

view.

Pl. 86.

Pseudione crenulata, G. O. Sars.

Q. Adult, sinistrorsal female, dorsal view.

Q!, Same, with attached male; ventral
view.

C.Q. Same, anterior part of cephalon, ven-
tral view (1st incubatory plate on left
side removed).

mp. Maxilliped.

}!, Ist incubatory plate.

p- Leg.

GO. Male, dorsal view.

Co. Cephalon of same, from below.

Pleurocrypta longibranchiata (Bate &

Westw.)

Q. Adult, sinistrorsal female, dorsal view.

Ql, Same, with attached male, ventral
view.

C. Part of cephalon, from below.

mp. Maxilliped.

mp*. Terminal part of same.

l!, Ist incubatory plate.

p- Leg.

plp. Pleopod.

CO. Male, dorsal view.

Pols

Pleuroecrypta marginata, G. O. Sars.

Q. Adult, dextrorsal female; dorsal view.

Q1. Same, with attached male; ventral
view.

Qjuv. Young female, with the incubatory
plates in process of formation; dorsal
and ventral views.

C.Qjuv. Same, cephalon and Ist segment of
mesosome, from below.

Urs. Extremity of tail of same specimen.

CO. Male, dorsal view.

Pleuroerypta microbranchiata, G. O. Sars.

>. A specimen of Galathea intermedia
infested by this parasite; dorsal view
(legs of the lost omitted).

Q. Adult, dextrorsal female, dorsale view.

Ql, Same, with attached male; ventral
view.

p%. Leg of 7th pair.

Urs. Extremity of tail, dorsal view.

Oo. Male, dorsal view.

Pl. 88.

Athelges paguri (Rathke).

Qad. Adult female, with attached male;
ventral view.

Qad*, Same, dorsal view.

Gr Male, dorsal view.

O(c). Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous

segment, from below (left leg of Ist
pair omitted).

267

Qjuv. Young female, with not yet fully
developed incubatory plates; dorsal
view.

Qjuv*. Same, ventral view.

C.Qjuv. Same, anterior part of body. dorsal
view.

Qmp. Maxilliped of adult female.

Qp. Leg of same.

Pleopod.

Qplp.
Ot. Terminal piece of tail, ventral and
lateral views.

Qpull. Very young female, immediately
after the transformation; dorsal
view.

‘ QOpull*. Same, ventral view.

C.Qpull. Same, cephalon and adjacent parts,
from below.

Pl. 89.
Athelges tenuicaudis, G. O. Sars.

oF A specimen of Spiropagurus chiro-
acanthus infested with this parasite ;
dorsal view.

Qad. Adult female, ventral view.

Qad*. Same, viewed from right side.

Qjuv. Young female, with attached larval
male; dorsal view.

Qjuv*. Same, ventral view.

Urs. Extremity of tail of adult female;
dorsal view.

Urs.juy. Same part of a young specimen.

Plp. Pleopod.

Gad. Adult male, dorsal view.

Gjuvy. Young male in last larval stage;
dorsal view.

12, S10)

Athelges bilobus, G. O. Sars.

Qjuv. Immature female, with attached
male; dorsal and ventral views.

Ge Male, ventral view.

PIO!

Phryxus abdominalis (Kriyer).

<. A specimen of Spirontocaris securi-
frons infested with this parasite,
viewed from left side (legs of the
host omitted).

Q. Adult, dextrorsal female; ventral
view.

Ox. Same, with attached male; dorsal
view.

Ge Right part of body of another,
sinistrorsal specimen; dorsal view.

One. Same part from below, showing the
5 densely crowded incubatory plate
on right side, as also the oral area,
and the inner lamelle of the ple-
opoda.

ts Terminal piece of tail.

mp. Maxillipeds.

pl. Leg of Ist pair with pertaining

incubatory plate.

pe Leg of 4th pair.

Small rudiments of the 3 posterior
legs found on right side within the
angle between trunk and tail (see

fig O2*))
Owe Adult male, dorsal view.
Co. Cephalon of same, ventral view.

po. Leg of same.

Piao
Phryxus abdominalis (contin.)

Qjuv!. Young, dextrorsal female, with the
incubatory plates not fully develo-
ped, and having still the full num-
ber of legs on both sides; ventral
and dorsal views.

Immature female, with attached
larval male, and exhibiting incipient
dextrorsal torsion; ventral, dorsal
and Jateral views.

CQjuy®. Same, front part of cephalon from

Qjuv?.

below.

Qjuv’. Very young, vermiform female,
with attached larval male; lateral,
dorsal and ventral views.

Clarv. Young male in last larval stage;

dorsal view.

Clary. Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
segment from below (left antennal
flagellum and right Ist leg omitted).

Urs.¢larv. Same, extremity of tail, dorsal
view.
Embr, Embryo in last stage, dorsal, ventral

and lateral views.

Pi Oe:
Miecroniscus-stages.

te A specimen of Pseudocalanus elon-
gatus infested with 2 Micronisci of
different development; dorsal view.

la. Youngest stage observed, dorsal
view.

la*. Same, ventral view.

la.urp. Same, uropod.

1b. Subsequent stage, exhibiting the

first trace of the 7th pair of legs;
ventral view.

ile More advanced stage, dorsal and

ventral views.

Same, leg of 6th pair.

Same, leg of 7th pair, in process

of formation.

ld. Last Microniscus-stage, dorsal and
ventral views.

ld. p. Same, leg of 7th pair.

ld. urp. Same, uropod.

2. A specimen of Metridia longa in-
fested by another form of Micro-
niscus; viewed from right side.

2a. The Microniscus isolated, and
viewed from above.

2b. Another specimen just about to
cast off its skin: dorsal view.

268

2b. p’. Same, leg of 7th pair, exhibiting
in its interior the corresponding
Cryptoniscid leg.

_2b.urs. Same, extremity of tail, showing
the Cryptoniscid uropoda in process
of formation within the Microniscid
uropoda.

2¢. Cryptoniscid larva in last stage,
supposed to have developed from
the Microniscus 2a, b; dorsal view.

2c.C. Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
segment from below (right inferior
antenne and left Ist leg omitted).

Qc. p%. Same, leg of 7th pair.

2c. Urs. Same, extremity of tail, dorsal view.

PIS:

Dajus mysidis Kroyer.

Mysis. Anterior part of a specimen of
Mysis mixta infested with this
parasite, viewed from left side
(antenne, eyes and legs of the host
omitted).

Qad. Adult, oviferous female, with
attached male; ventral view.

Qad*. Same, dorsal view.

Or.ar. Oral area, with the sternal plate;
ventral view (right maxilliped
removed).

Lat. ar. Right part of the postoral area,
with the corresponding 5 legs and
incubatory plates; ventral view.

mp. Maxilliped.

Dp. Leg.

Ourp. Extremity of tail, with the uropoda.
Adult male, dorsal view.

Co Same, viewed from left side.

oO: Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
segment, from below (right Ist lee
omitted).

Gurp. Same. extremity of tail, with the
rudimentary uropoda; dorsal view.

Qjuvy. Young female, with the incubatory

cavities not yet developed; dorsal

and ventral views.

Same, viewed from left side.

Qjuv*. Same, more highly magnified, from
below (extremity of tail not drawn).

PIROAs
Dajus mysidis (continued).

Qjuvi. Immature female, dorsal and ven-
tral views.

Qjuv1.C. Same, anterior part of body from
below.

Qjuv’. Very young female, immediately
after the transformation; dorsal and
ventral views.

Qjuv.2*, Same, viewed from left side.

Qjuv®. Urs. Same, extremity of tail.

Clary. Young male in last larval stage,
dorsal and lateral views.

Olaryv.C. Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous

p*.
Urs.

Embr.

Lary.

segment, from below (right inferior
antenne and right Ist leg omitted).
Same, leg of the pair.

Same, extremity of tail, dorsal
view.

Embryo in an advanced stage, ven-
tral and lateral views.

Ist free larval stage, taken during
Nansen’s Polar Expedition, and
supposed to belong to this species;
ventral and dorsal views.

IPL, ')5),

Notophryxus ovoides, G. O. Sars.

><.

Qad.
Qjuv.

Qjuy.

Posterior part of body of a speci-
men of Amblyops abbreviata infested
with this parasite, viewed from left
side.

Adult, ovigerous female, dorsal and
ventral views.

Younger female, viewed from left
side.

Same, ventral view.

Ventr. ar. Anterior part of ventral face of

an adult female, exhibiting on right
side the corresponding maxilliped,
incubatory plate, legs and coxal
plates. On left side all these parts
are removed, in order to show the
underlying large sternal plate.
Oral cone, with the projecting ends
of the mandibles.

Maxilliped.

Left incubatory plate, from the
upper face.

Leg.

Adult male, dorsal view.

Same, viewed from left side.
Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
segment from below (right inferior
antenna and left 1st leg omitted).
Same, leg of 2nd pair.

Ist larval stage found in one of
the incubatory cavities of a female
which had discharched the greater
part of its brood; dorsal and ven-
tral views.

Pl. 96.

Aspidophryxus peltatus, G. O. Sars.

=<.

Cad.
Oad*.

Anterior part of a specimen of
Erythrops Goésii infested with this
parasite, viewed from left side (legs
of the host omitted).

Adult, ovigerous female, dorsal
view.

Same, with attached male; ventral
view.

Ventr. ar. Mediane part of ventral face of

an adult female, exhibiting anteri-
orly the large frontal shield, suc-
ceeded by the rounded postoral

269

area, on the sides of which project
the single pair of incubatory plates,
and behind the latter the long
occluding folds of the incubatory
cavities.

QVentr.ar. Anterior part of ventral face,
more highly magnified. On left
side the legs and coxal plates are
removed, in order to show more
distinctly the underlying left incu-
batory plate.

mp. Maxilliped.

Strn. Sternal plate.

Q.p*. Leg of 5th pair.

Qjuv. Very young female, with attached
larval male; dorsal and ventral
views.

Cad. Adult male, dorsal view.

Cad*. Same, viewed from left side.

oC. Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
seoment from below.

CO Urs. Same, extremity of tail, with the
rudimentary uropoda.

Olarv. Young male in last larval stage;
doisal view.

Glarv.C. Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
seoment from below (right inferior
antenna and ieft Ist leg omitted).

Olarv.p®. Same, leg of 6th pair.

Gilarv.p*. Same, leg of 7th pair.

CGlarv.Urs. Same, extremity of tail, dorsal

view.

1A, We
Cydroniscus eydridine, G. O. Sars.

Central fig. A female specimen of Cypridina
norvegica infested with this parasite,
viewed from right side, the right
valve being removed. Besides the
fully grown female, occupying the
incubatory cavity of the host,
another very young female is seen
attached laterally to the skin of
the Cypridina.

Adult; ovigerous female, dorsal and
ventral views, magnified to the same
scale as the preceding figure.

tub. an. Same, anal tubercles, highly mag-
nified.

Q1, Femal larva, immediately after it
has attached itself to the host;
dorsal view.

o2. Another recently attached female

larva, which is about to shead its
skin. Within the latter the cha-
racteristic fusiform body of the next
stage is distinctly traced.
93, Young female in the Ist postlarval
stage, ventral view.
ORS Another female in same stage,
viewed from right side. In both
specimens the neck is still covered
by some of the anterior empty
larval segments, with their append-
ages in a more or less complete

bo

state, whereas the head with its
root-like filaments is deeply buried
into the skin of the host.
Anterior extremity of body in about
this stage, viewed from below (only
the bases of the root-like filaments
drawn).
OF. Somewhat more advanced stage,
dorsal view.
©». Immature female, after the neck
has been converted to the affixing
string; viewed from right side.
O68, A somewhat more advanced female
with attached male, viewed from
right side.

Qjuv.

Pl. 98.
Cyproniscus cypridine (contin.)
ole Adult male, dorsal view.
C. Same, anterior part of body from

below (left inferior antenna and the
2 anterior legs on same side not
drawn).

COX. A coxal plate.

p®. Leg of 3rd pair.

p*. Leg of 7th pair.

plp. Pleopod.

Urs. Extremity of tail, dorsal view.

Cryptothir balani (Sp. Bate).

Q. Female (not fully grown), dorsal
view.

C. Anterior larval part of body, ven-
tral view.

Asconiscus simplex, G. O. Sars.

Qad.

Qjuy.

Adult female with attached larval
skin, viewed from left side.
Young female, likewise with attached
larval skin, viewed from right side.
(Se Adult male, dorsal view.

CO. Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
segment from below (left inferior
antenne and right Ist leo not
drawn).

ep: Same, leg of 3rd pair.

ep". Same, leg of 7th pair.

CO Urs. Same, extremity of tail dorsal view.

Pl, 99.

Clypeoniscus Hanseni, Giard & Bonn.

Q. Adult female, dorsal and ventral
views.

an. t. Caudal process (anal tubercle) of

same, highly magnified.
(Sts Male, dorsal view.
Same, anterior part of body from
below (left inferior antenna and
right lst and 2nd legs not drawn).

bo

270

Sp*. Same, leg of 3rd pair.
Op’. Same, leg of 7th pair.
CO Urp. Same, uropod.

Munnoniscus marsupialis, G. O. Sars.

Qad. Adult, ovigerous female, dorsal view.

Qjuv. Young female, dorsal and ventral
views.

emb. Embryo in an advanced stage of

development, viewed from right
side.
Liriopsis pygm#a (Rathke). |
Oke A specimen of Peltogaster paguri |
infested with this parasite; dorsal |

and ventral views.
Q. The female Liriopsis isolated, ven-
tral and dorsal views.

Pl. 100.
Liriopsis pygmea (contin).
Chic Adult male, taken from the body.

cavity of a Peltogaster paguri;
dorsal view.

C. Same, cephalon and Ist pedigerous
segment trom below (right inferior

antenna and Ist pair of legs not

drawn).

pl. Same, leg of 1st pair.

pe Same, leg of 3rd pair.

p°. Same, lee of 5th pair.

ps. Same, leg of 6th pair.

pee Same, leg of 7th pair.

plp. Same, pleopod.

Ws: Same, extremity of tail, dorsal view.

Cryptoniscid No. 1.

Q. Larval female, with fully developed
ovaries, dorsal view.

Combo)

C. Cephalon and Ist pedigerous seg-
ment of same from below (inferior
antenna and Ist leg on right side
not drawn).

aes Right antennula, from below.
igen Leg of 2nd pair.

po Leg of 3rd pair.

pe. Leg of 6th pair.

Bow Extremity of dactylus of same.
p* Leg of 7th pair.

Urs. Extremity of tail, dorsal view.

Cryptonisecid No 2.

Ge Larva in last stage, dorsal view.

C. Anterior part of body from below
(right inferior antenna and left 2nd
leg not drawn).

po Leg of Sth pair.
p*. Leg of 7th pair.
Urs. Extremity of tail, dorsal view.

Supplo-i. L.
Syscenus infelix Harger. Adult female.

Suppl. Pl. IL.
Macrostylis longiremis, Meinert.
Desmosoma angustum, Hansen.

Suppl. Pl. If.
Eugerda globiceps, Meinert.
= coarctata (Hansen).

Suppl. Pl. IV.
Eugerda lateralis (Hansen).
Desmosoma angustum, Hansen &.
Eugerda coarctata (Hansen) &.

Cvas aaa eas, an
/ ees riaks tnt 7 1) fey oe :
i pie a 2 a ee on

ate a Solar R 7e4y

’ a

nt (ee oF 4 = tye : : garoy
a ahaa oe
a i a? ole Br er
: on, we iw 36 : ay. 0t = oa ee a

re de “

> yy ha en 4

: r ; of OP

gy ro

ibe, a oe oe 7 7 perans bin
5 a : 4 : se
ims ae hi" y = Pos ek 2 ST Nn = Se
Tan > Waa ers ee; eae ee co Te
=> f s =" a
? oe & ae, =
é mi i) ne a)
< ix Ma hoe 7 aft 5k
b

af »
; of Dw
om
. t
,
7

Piao.

fSaopoe ae.

Gryptoniscides.

G.0.S ers, autcgr

5. O- Sate =

Cyproniscus cypridine,

G.0.Sars, autogr. ;
1. Cyproniscus cypridine, G. 0. Sars. 6.
9 Cruptothir balani, (Sp. Bate).

G.0.S ars, autogr. ‘ a Sp :
1. Clypeoniscus Hanseni, Giard & Bonnier.
2. Munnoniscus .marsupialis, G.O.Sars.

Cryuptoniscidas.

iGiors ars, autogr.

Pe rinteosis pygmea, (Rathke) 6.
2. Cryptoniscoid 1.

G.0.S ars, autogr.

Syscenus infelix, Harger.

ouppl Pl if,

Hansen.

longiremis, (Meinert).

PeapDoOda-

Macrostylis
2. Desmosoma angustum,

I

~Desmosomide.

G.0.Sars, autogr.

Desmosomide. 6 By. ler OupDI. Pie Lie

<4

A. frp

ow

G.0.S' ars, sutogr.

1. Eugerda globiceps, Meinert.
2. Eugerda .coarctata, (Hansen).

Peomccemiis Ss op. Sus Suppl. PI. IV.

G.0.Sars, autogr.4

Eugerda lateralis, (Hansen).
2. Desmosoma angustum, Hansen 6.

3. Eugerda coarctata, (Hansen) 3d.

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE

USTAGEA

OF

NORWAY

WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIES

BY
G. O. SARS
VOL. Il.
ISOPODA
PART I. IL

APSEUDIDA, TANAIDA

BERGEN
PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM
SOLD BY
ALB. CAMMERMEYER’S FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA
1896

An Account

of

The Crustacea of Norway. |

/

Gttes the above title Prof. G. O. Sars of the University, of Christiania,
who has for many years been specially engaged in the study of the various groups
of Crustacea, will publish a complete work on the Crustacea of Norway. The
author will characterize, as concisely as possible, all the Norwegian species hitherto -
known, and, what is of great importance, the descriptions will be accompanied
by carefully drawn figures of all the forms. ~The lack of good plates has
hitherto made the study of this interesting class of animals very difficult, and,
in many cases, has caused sad confusion in the synonymy. It is the author’s
intention to try to make the species belonging to the fauna of Norway easily re-
cognizable and definable, which, much better than by the most elaborate descrip-
tions, may undoubtedly be brought about by good drawings, representing the
whole animal and, on a greatly enlarged scale, the most characteristic details.

For the group Amphipeda this plan has been carried out in the first
volume of the present work published in 1890—95 by Alb. Cammermeyer’s. For-
lag, Christiania, and consisting of 708 pages with 248 plates. (Price complete
iota 2s)

The publisher of the first volume not wishing to continue, the Bergen Museum
finding, that in the interest of zoological science the further publication of this
most valuable work ought not to be delayed, has undertaken the publication of
the following volumes, the expenses being defrayed partly by a grant from the Nor-
wegian Government, partly by the revenue of the , Joachim Friele Fund“, belonging
to the Museum. ;

The second volume, comprising the order isopoda, will consist of
about 240 pages with 80 plates.

The subscription price is 2 kr. for each part, consisting of 2—3 sheets
of 8 pages and 8 plates.

Alb. Cammermeyers Forlag, Christiania, is the sole commissioner for the
book trade. Private persons, libraries ete. may also order the work to be sent

by post from the publisher:

The Museum, Bergen, Norway.

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE.

, | | ee oe
WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIES

BY

G. 0. SARS

‘VOL 22

-. ISQPODA

7 PART Ill, IV.
ANTHURID, GNATHUDA:, AGIDA, CIROLANIDA:, LIMNORIIDA: -

BERGEN

PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM
: SOLD BY
ALB. CAMMERMEYER’S FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA
1897

Py a gre
y Nate

ait

Y
LY

i J
we ase

si

a"

¥
4.
te
‘ie
7
pee

Wn Pe
piheners

An Account. =

of

The Crustacea of Norway. —

.

idee the above title Prof. G. O. Sars of the University of Christiania,

who has for many years been specially engaged in the study of the various groups
of Crustacea; will publish a complete work on the Crustacea of Norway. The

author will characterize, as concisely as possible, all the Norwegian species hitherto |
known, and, what is of great importance, the descriptions will be accompanied

by carefully drawn figures of all the forms. The lack of good plates has
hitherto made the study of this mteresting class of animals very difficult, and,

& ea

in many cases, has caused sad confusion in the synonymy. It is the author’s

intention to try to make the species belonging to the fauna of Norway easily re-
cognizable and definable, which, much better than by the most elaborate descrip-- 3
tions, may undoubtedly be brought about by good drawings, representing the .

whole animal and, on a greatly enlarged scale, the most characteristic details. -

For the group Amphipeda this plan has been carried out in the first.

volume of the present work published in 1890—95 by Alb. Cammermeyer’s For-

lag, Christiania, and consisting of 708 pages with 248 plates. (Price complete

kn B2.)

The publisher of the first volume not wishing to continue, the Bergen Museum
finding, that in the interest of zoological science the further “publication of this _
most valuable work ought not to be delayed, has undertaken the publication ghee =
the following volumes, the expenses being defrayed partly by a grant from the Nor-
wegian Government, partly by the revenue of the ,,Joachim Friele Fund", helonging sie

to the Museum.

Se,

The second volume, comprising the order Isopoda, wi consist of
about 240 pages with 80 plates. ? er

f

The subscription price is 2 kr. for each part, consisting of 2—3 sheets

of 8 pages and 8 plates.

Alb. Cammermeyers Forlag, Christiania, is the sole commissioner for the

book trade. Private persons, libraries etc. may also order the work to be sent ©

by post from the publisher | 2
~

The Museum, Bergen, Norway. —

¥

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE

CRUSTACEA

NORWAY

WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIES

BY

GO. SARS

VOL. Il.

ISOPODA

PART V, VI.
IDOTHEIDA, ARCTHURIDA, ASELLID A, IANIRIDA:, MUNNIDA&

BERGEN
PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM
SOLD BY
ALB. CAMMERMEYER’S FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA
1897

at) te

,
7 Be
cain \

An: ACCOUE.

of

The Crustacea of Norway.

Usaer the above title Prof. G. O. Sars of the University of Christiania, —
who has for many years been specially engaged in the study of the various groups
of Crustacea, will publish a complete work on the Crustacea of Norway. The
author will characterize, as concisely as possible, all the Norwegian species hitherto
known, and, what is of great importance, the descriptions will be accompanied
by carefully drawn figures of all the forms. The lack of good plates has
hitherto made the study of this imteresting elass of animals very difficult, and,
in many cases, has caused sad confusion in the synonymy. It is the author's
intention to try to make the species belonging to the fauna of Norway easily re-
cognizable and definable, which, much better than by the most elaborate descrip-
tions, may undoubtedly be brought about by good drawings, representing the
whole. animal and, on a greatly enlarged scale, the most characteristic details.

For the group Amphipoda this plan has been carried out in the first
volume of the present work published in 1890—95 by Alb. Cammermeyer’s For-
lag, Christiania, and consisting of 708 pages with 248 plates. (Price complete
kriy32.) ‘i
The publisher of the first volume not wishing to continue, the Bergen Museum
finding, that in the interest of zoological science the further publication of this
most valuable work ought not to be delayed, has undertaken the publication of
the following volumes, the expenses being defrayed partly by a grant from the Nor-
wegian Governinent, partly by the revenue of the , Joachim Friele Fund“, belonging ry
to the Museum. uy

The second volume, comprising the order Isopoda, will consist of
about 240 pages with 80 plates.

The subscription price is 2 kr. for each part, consisting of 2—3 sheets
of 8 pages and 8 plates.

Alb. Cammermeyers Forlag, Christiania, is the sole commissioner for the
book trade. Private persons, libraries etc. may also order the work to be sent
by post from the publisher: 7

The Museum, Bergen, Norway.

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE

PP TsTAGEA

OF

NORWAY

WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIES

BY

G. O. SARS

VOL. Il.

ISOPODA

PART VII, VIII.
DESMOSOMID, MUNNOPSIDZ (part).

BERGEN -
PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM
SOLD BY
ALB, CAMMERMEYER’S FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA
1897

An- Account

of

The Crustacea of Norway.

one the above title Prof. G. O. Sars of the University of Christiania,
who has for many years been specially engaged in the study of the various groups
of Crustacea, will publish a complete work on the Crustacea of Norway. The
author will characterize, as concisely as possible, all the Norwegian species hitherto
known, and, what is of great importance, the descriptions will be accompanied
by carefully drawn figures of all the forms. The lack of good plates has
hitherto made the study of this interesting class of animals very difficult, and,
in many cases, has caused sad confusion in the synonymy. It is the author’s
intention to try to make the species belonging to the fauna of Norway easily re-
cognizable and definable, which, much better than by the most elaborate descrip-
tions, may undoubtedly be brought about by good drawings, representing the
whole animal and, on a greatly enlarged scale, the most characteristic details.

For the group Amphipoda this plan has been carried out in the first
volume of the present work published in 1890—95 by Alb. Cammermeyer’s For-
lag, Christiania, and consisting of 708 pages with 248 plates. (Price complete
ke 32.)

The publisher of the first volume not wishing to continue, the Bergen Museum
finding, that in the interest of zoological science the further publication of this
most valuable work ought not to be delayed, has undertaken the publication of
the following volumes, the expenses being defrayed partly by a grant from the Nor-
wegian Government, partly by the revenue of the ,,Joachim Friele Fund“, belonging
to the Museum. .

The second volume, comprising the order Isopoda, will consist of
about 240 pages with 80 plates.

The subscription price is 2 kr. for each part, consisting of 2—3 sheets
of 8 pages and 8 plates. |

Alb. Cammermeyers Forlag, Christiania, is the sole commissioner for the
book trade. Private persons, libraries etc. may also order the work to be sent
by post from the publisher:

The Museum, Bergen, Norway.

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE

CRUSTACEA

OF

WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIES

BY

G. O. SARS
VOL. II.

ISOPODA

PART IX, X.
MUNNOPSIDE (concluded), LIGHDAX, TRICHONISCID &,
ONISCIDA: (part).

BERGEN
PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM

cares : SOLD BY
J Eee ALB, CAMMERMEYER’S FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA
ae 1898

5
Ree Sy
i nts

An Account

of

The Crustacea of Norway. —

sacs the above title Prof. G. O. Sars of the University of Christiania,
who has for many years been specially engaged in the study of the various groups
of Crustacea, will publish a complete work on the Crustacea of Norway. The

author will characterize, as concisely as possible, all the Norwegian species hitherto

known, and, what is of great importance, the descriptions will be accompanied

by carefully drawn figures of all the forms. The lack of good plates has * :

hitherto made the study of this interesting class of animals very difficult, a

in many cases, has caused sad confusion in the synonymy. It is the author’s

intention to try to :1ake the species belonging to the fauna of Norway easily re-

cognizable and definable, which, much better than by the most elaborate descrip- —

tions, may undoubtedly be brought about by good drawings, representing the
whole animal and, on a greatly enlarged scale, the most characteristic details.
For the group Amphipoda this plan has been carried out in the first

volume of the present work published in 1890—95 by Alb. Cammermeyer’s For-— ote

lag, Christiania, and consisting of 708 pages: with 248 a (Price complete —

kr 32.) ‘

The publisher of the first volume not wishing to continue, the Bergen Museum

finding, that in the interest of zoological science the further publication of this

most valuable work ought not'to be delayed, has undertaken the publication of

the following volumes, the expenses being defrayed partly by a grant from the Nor- —

wegian Government, partly by the revenue of the Joachim Friele Fund“, belonging is oe

to the Museum.

The third volume, now in preparation, will treat of the anomalous

group Cumacea, and will consist of about 120 pages with 40 plates.

The subscription price is 2 kr. for each part, consisting of 2—3 sheets

of 8 pages and 8 plates.

Alb. .Cammermeyers Forla;, Christiania, is the sole commissioner for the

book trade. Private persons, libraries ete. may also order the work to be sent

by post from the publisher:

The Museum, Bergen, Norway.

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE

CRUSTAGEA |

OF

NORWAY .

WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIES

BY

G. O. SARS

VOL. Il.

ISOPODA

PART XI, XIL.
ONISCIDA (coneluded), BOPYRIDA, DAJIDA‘.

BERGEN
PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM
SOLD BY
ALB. CAMMERMEYER’S FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA .
1898

sys
Cae

nee

ce

An Account

of

The Crustacea of Norway.

as the above title Prof. G. O. Sars of the University of Christiania,
who has for many years been specially engaged in the study of the various groups
of Crustacea, will publish a complete work on the Crustacea of Norway. ‘The
author will characterize, as concisely as possible, all the Norwegian species hitherto
known, and, what is of great importance, the descriptions will be accompanied
by carefully drawn figures of all the forms. The lack of good plates has
hitherto made the study of this interesting class of animals very difficult, and,
in many cases, has caused sad confusion in the synonymy. It is the author’s
intention to try to make the species belonging to the fauna of Norway easily re-
cognizable and definable, which, much better than by the most elaborate descrip-
tions, may undoubtedly be brought about by good drawings, representing the
whole animal and, on a greatly enlarged scale, the most characteristic details.

For the group Amphipoda this plan has been carried out in the first
volume of the present work published in 1890—95 by Alb. Cammermeyer’s For-
lag, Christiania, and consisting of 708 pages with 248 plates. (Price complete
kare yh)

The publisher of the first volume not wishing to continue, the Bergen Museum

finding, that in the interest of zoological science the further publication of this:

most valuable work ought not to be delayed, has undertaken the publication of
the following volumes, the expenses being defrayed partly by a grant from the Nor-
wegian Government, partly by the revenue of the ,,Joachim Friele Fund“, belonging
to the Museum.

The third volume, now in preparation, will treat of the anomalous
group Cumacea, and will consist of about 120 pages with 40 plates.

The subscription price is 2 kr. for each part, consisting of 2—3 sheets
of 8 pages and 8 plates.

Alb. Cammermeyers Forlag, Christiania, is the sole commissioner for the
book trade. Private persons, libraries etc. may also order the work to be sent
by post from the publisher:

The Museum, Bergen, Norway.

AN ACCOUNT

OF THE

GRUSTAGEA

OF

~ NORWAY

WITH SHORT DESCRIPTIONS AND FIGURES OF ALL THE SPECIE

BY

G. O. SARS

VOL. II.

ISOPODA

PART XIII, XIV.
CRYPTONISCIDA, APPENDIX.

BERGEN
PUBLISHED BY THE BERGEN MUSEUM
SOLD BY
ALB. CAMMERMEYER’S FORLAG, CHRISTIANIA
1899

%

£

+

ae

x
s

6;

An Account. |

of

The Crustacea of Norway. _

é

Dates the above title Prof. G. 0. Sars of the University of Christiania,
who has for many years been specially engaged in the study of the various groups _

of Crustacea, will publish a complete work on the Crustacea of Norway. ‘The

author will characterize, as concisely as possible, all the Norwegian species hitherto
known, and, what is of great importance, the descriptions wil be accompanied —

by carefully drawn figures of all the forms. The lack of good plates has
hitherto made the study of this interesting class of animals very difficult, and,
in many cases, has caused sad confusion in the synonymy. It is the author’s

intention to try to make the species belonging to the fauna of Norway easily re- _
cognizable and definable, which, much better than by the most elaborate descrip-

tions, may undoubtedly be brought about by good drawings, representing the ee

whole animal and, on a greatly enlarged scale, the most characteristic details.

For thé group Amphipoda this plan has been carried out in the first
volume of the present work published in 1890—95 by Alb. Cammermeyer’s For- eae
lag, Christiania, and consisting of 708 pages with 248 pee (Price complete

kr. 32.)

finding, that in the interest of zoological science the further publication of this

The publisher of the first volume not wishing to continue, the Bergen Museum |

OE A

most valuable work ought not to be delayed, has undertaken the publication of

the following volumes, the expenses being defrayed partly by a grant from the Nor- ~ :

wegian Government, partly by the revenue of the ,,Joachim Friele wade belonee
to» the Museum.

The third volume, now in preparation, will treat of the anomalous
group Cumacea, and will consist of about 150 pages with 60 plates.

The subscription price is 2 kr. for each part, consisting of 23 sheets

of 8 pages and 8 plates.

Alb. Cammermeyers Forlag, Christiania, is the sole commissioner for the

book trade. Private persons, libraries etc. may also ees the work to be sent —

by post from the publisher:

The Museum, Bergen, Norway.